GenRad

Catalog78
Table of Contents
Sales and Service Acoustic/Vibration Instruments
Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 and Systems .................... 165
Policies. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sound~Level Meters .................. 166
Noise Dosimeters .................... 169
Impedance Measurement . . . . . .. 11
Manual Impedance Bridges. . . . . . . . . . . 17 Calibrators .......................... 169

Automatic Impedance Bridges and Noise Recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 171

Comparators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 22 Signal Analyzers ..................... 172
High-Frequency Instruments. . . . . . . . .. 33 Graphic Recorders/Analyzers .......... 173
Capacitance Bridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Community Noise Analyzer ............ 176
Resistance Bridges and Megohmmeters 55 Microphones/Preamplifers/ Accessories. 177
Inductance Bridges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 59 Audio Test Instruments ............... 180
Capacitance Standards and Decades. .. 63 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer ........ 184
Resistance Standards and Decades .... 79 Spectrum Analyzer ................... 186
Inductance Standards and Decades. . .. 86 Digital Signal Analysi$ Systems ........ 188

Coaxial Components. . . . . . . . . . .. 90 Vibration Control Systems ............ 190

GR874® series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 91
Strobotac® stroboscopes. . . . . .. 193
GR900® series ... . .. .. .............. 107

Signal Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 117 Variac® line-voltage regulators. 205

Synthesizers ........ . ..... . ........ . 118
High-Frequency Oscillators ........... 121
Variac® adjustable
autotransformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 213
Low-Frequency Oscillators .. . .... . ... . 124

IC Testers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 128 General .......................... 237

Binding Posts, Jacks, Plugs, Adaptors,
Component/Network/Modu Ie and Cords ................. . . . .... 237
Tester .... . ...... . ............. . .. 143
Counter ..... . ........... . ....... .. . 242
PC-Board Testers ............ . .. 151 Scaler ... .. ................ . ........ 244
Logic Test Systems .................. 152
Digital/Analog Test Systems . . ........ 154 Appendix ........................ 245
OJ
~ Programming Station ................. 157 Abbreviations , Symbols, and Prefixes .. 245
s::' I n-CircuitiFunctional Tester ........ . . . 158 National Stock Numbers .............. 246
J

Test-System Software ............... . 159 Alphabetical Index ................... 248

Bug Hound ............ '.' .......... . 162 Numerical Index ..................... 254
 automatically test digital circuits. It was also quick to
recognize the importance of software as an adjunct to
GenRadand test-system hardware. Consequently, GenRad's CAPS
VIII Software Package is acclaimed by many to be the
the Challenge most advanced software ever developed for test systems.
Before the first microcomputers were available in pro-

of Ch ge duction quantities, GenRad's development engineers

were busy designing the next generation of automatic
testers around them. GenRad's 2230 Component Test
Electronics and the application of electronics, more System and its new line of DigibridgeTM impedance
than any other technology, demonstrate the concept of bridges are examples of how successfu I Gen Rad has been
acceleration of change in today's society. The time cycle in quickly applying the microcomputer to product areas
from discovery to obsolescence has been compressed to in which it excels.
the point where tota I product lifetime is frequently briefer Measurement and analysis of noise and vibration are
than the time formerly required just to develop a new also areas where GenRad plays a leadership role, as it has
product. for over 40 years. In this catalog you will find two new
During the past decade GenRad has met the challenge analyzers, the 2512 and the 1995, that dramatically
of rapid change by being one of the first to apply the illustrate how greatly improved performance at consider-
minicomputer, and later the microcomputer, to meas- ably lower cost can be achieved through innovative appli-
urement technology. Early in the development and appli- cation of new technologies.
cation of printed-circuit boards, GenRad was the first on On the marketing side, GenRad continues to expand its
the market with a computer-controlled system that could services worldwide in response to ever-changing national

2
and international requirements . To support the huge
number of GenRad board test systems now installed
worldwide , several GenRad System Centers have been
established around the world. One of the services offered
by the System Centers, programming, typifies the after-
sale support GenRad provides its customers. Five sub-
sidiary companies in Europe and a sixth one in Canada
continue to play an increasingly important role in cus-
tomer support as GenRad's worldwide growth continues.
Catalog78 describes all current GenRad instruments
and test systems . Those instruments that are used
primarily for testing or measuring electronic/electrical
phenomena are described fully. Instruments and sys-
tems used for measuring and analyzing sound and vibra-
tion are described briefly since separate catalog data are
available. The same is true of the PC-board test systems.
Several postage-paid cards are inserted at the rear of this
catalog for your use in requesting additional information
on any product or product line.
We we.lcome any comments or suggestions you might
have regarding our products, service, policies, or any
other matters.

3
 GenRad Serves Its Customers through
a World-Wide Sales and Service Network
The following listings, organized by geographic area, Customers located in geographic areas in which Gen-
identify the world-wide sales/service facilities of Gen- Rad has no direct representation are served by carefully
Rad. In the United States, GenRad's sales and service selected independent organizations whose personnel are
support is divided into Eastern, Central, and Western thoroughly knowledgeable about the uses and applica-
Regions, each of which is comprised of a regional staff tions of GenRad products.
and two or more district offices. For prompt attention to your inquiries, please corre-
Five subsidiary companies in Europe and another one spond with the facility nearest you as indicated below and
in Canada maintain an effective and efficient sales/ on the following pages.
service link between headquarters and customers in
those areas.

UNITED STATES, PUERTO RICO,

and CANADA

GenRad, Inc. WASHINGTON SALES OFFICE LOS ANGELES SALES OFFICE

Main Office and Plant Maryland, Virginia, Washington, D.C. Arizona, Hawaii (Non-Government), Nevada
300 Baker Avenue West Virginia (Clark County only), Southern California
Concord, MA 01742 GenRad, Inc. GenRad, Inc.
(From Metropolitan Boston) 15 Firstfield Road P.O. Box 19500
Tel: 646-7409 Gaithersburg, MD 20760 17361 Armstrong Avenue
(From all other locations) TEL: (301) 948-7071 Irvine, CA 92714
Tel: 617 369-8770 TWX: (710) 828-9741 TEL: (714) 540-9830
TWX: 710347-1051 TWX: (910) 595-1762
Cable Address: GEN RADCO Concord
CENTRAL REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS SAN FRANCISCO SALES OFFICE
(Mass.)
Colorado, Hawaii (Government), Idaho,
GenRad, Inc.
1067 East State Parkway Montana, Nevada (except Clark County),
Schaumburg,IL60195 New Mexico, Northern California, Oregon,
TEL: (312) 884-6900 Utah, Washington, Wyoming
TWX: (910) 291-1209 GenRad, Inc.
2855 Bowers Avenue
CHICAGO SALES OFFICE Santa Clara, CA 95051
EASTERN REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS
Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, TEL: (408) 985-0662
GenRad, Inc. Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, TWX: (910) 338-0291
Bolton, MA 01740 Wisconsin
TEL: (617) 779-5562 ALASKA
GenRad, Inc.
(From Metropolitan Boston) 1067 East State Parkway Harry J. Lang & Associates
TEL: 646-0550 Schaumburg, IL 60195 1406 West 47th Avenue
TEL: (312) 884-6900 Anchorage, AK 99503
ATLANTA SALES OFFICE TEL: (907) 279-5741
TWX: (910) 291-1209
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi,
North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee DALLAS SALES OFFICE PUERTO RICO
GenRad, Inc. Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Texas Southern International Sales Company
1 Dunwoody Park 555 Calle Rosales
GenRad, Inc.
Suite 107 Santurce, PR 00936
777 South Central Expressway
Atlanta, GA 30341 TEL: (809) 722-0863, 742-0600
Suite 4A
TEL: (404) 394-5380 TELEX: 365-384
Richardson, TX 75080
BOSTON SALES OFFICE TEL: (214) 234-3357 CANADA
TWX: (910) 867-4771 British Columbia, Central and Western
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont DAYTON SALES OFFICE Ontario, Western Provinces
GenRad, Inc. Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, GenRad Ltd.
Bolton, MA 01740 Pennsylvania (Western) 307 Evans Avenue
TEL: (617) 779-5562 Toronto, Ontario, Canada
GenRad, Inc.
(from Metropolitan Boston) M8Z 1K2
3300 South Dixie Drive
TEL: 646-0550 TEL: (416) 252-3395
Dayton, OH 45439
TELEX: 06-967624
TEL: (513) 294-1500
NEW YORK SALES OFFICE Eastern Ontario, Ottawa, Quebec and
TWX: (810) 459-1785
Delaware, New Jersey, New York, Maritime Provinces
Pennsylvania (Eastern) GenRad Ltd.
GenRad, Inc. WESTERN REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS 100 Alexis Nihon Boulevard
380 Midland Avenue GenRad, Inc. Suite 875
Saddle Brook, NJ 07662 2855 Bowers Avenue St. Laurent, Quebec, Canada-
TEL: (NJ) (201) 791-8990 Santa Clara, CA 95051 H4M 2P4
(NY) (212) 964-2722 TEL: (408) 985-0662 TEL: (514) 747-1052
TWX: (710) 988-2205 TWX: (910) 338-0291 TELEX: 05-826652

4
 ASIA and PACIFIC

AUSTRALIA INDIA MALAYSIA

Warburton Franki Industries (Adelaide) Hinditron Services Pvt. Ltd. Vanguard Company
Pty. Limited 69-A L. Jagmohandas Marg 87, Jalan Ampang
322 Grange Rd. Bombay 400 006, India P.O. Box No. 975
Kidman Park, South Australia 5025 Tel: 365344 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
(Post Box 1567, G.P.O. Adelaide 5001) Cable: TEKHIND Tel: 88213
Tel: 356-7333 Telex: 112326 Cable: VANCO-KUALA LUMPUR
Cable: ZELEMITE-ADELAI DE
Hinditron Services Pvt. Ltd.
Telex: Warfran AA82579 NEW ZEALAND
"Hinditron House"
412 Rajmahal Vilas Extension W. & K. McLean Limited
Bangalore 560016, India 103-105 Felton Mathew Avenue
Warburton Franki Industries (Brisbane)
Tel: 33139 P.O. Box 3097
Pty. Limited
Cable: TEKHIND Auckland 6, New Zealand
13 Chester Street
Telex: 043741 Tel: 587-039
Fortitude Valley
P.O. Box 345 Cable: KOSFY-AUCKLAND
JAPAN Telex: NZ2763
Queensland 4006, Australia
Tel: 52-7255 For GR Systems:
W. & K. McLean Limited
Cable: FRIGDEL-BRISBANE Tokyo Electron Laboratories, Inc. P.O. Box 2421
Telex: Warfran 41052 Meiho Building Christchurch, New Zealand
21 1-chome Nishi-Shinjuku Tel: 64-403
Tokyo 160, Japan Cable: KOSFY-CHRISTCHURCH
Warburton Franki Industries (Melbourne) Tel: 03-343-4411
Pty. Limited Cable: LABTEL W. & K. McLean Limited
220 Park Street Telex: 0232 2240 181 Upper Willis Street
P.O. Box 35 G.P.O. Box 496
Tokyo Electron Laboratories, Inc. Wellington 1, New Zealand
South Melbourne, Victoria 3205 Australia . Umeda Taisei Building Tel: 555-869
Tel: 699-4999 45 Manzai-Cho, Kita-ku
Cable: IGNITION-MELBOURNE Cable: KOSFY-WELLINGTON
Osaka 530, Japan Telex: NZ3053
Telex: Warfran AA31370 Tel: 06-313-4831
Cable: LABTEL
PAKISTAN
Telex: 0523 6030
Warburton Franki Industries (Perth) Pak Land Corporation
Pty. Limited Tokyo Electron Laboratories, Inc.
Central Commercial Area
98 Belgravia Street 1 Higashikata-Machi, Midori-ku
P.E.C.H. Society
Belmont, Western Australia 6104 Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan
Karachi 29, Pakistan
P.O. Box 313 Tel: 045-471-8321
Tel: 472 315
Cloverdale 6105, Western Australia Cable: LABTEL
Cable: PAKLAND-KARACHI
Tel: 65-7000 Telex: 03823018
Cable: PENTAGON-PERTH
SINGAPORE
Telex: Warfran 92908
Vanguard Company
308A, Upper Paya Lebar Road
Warburton Franki Industries (Sydney) Singapore, 19 Singapore
Pty. Limited Tel: 806822
199 Parramatta Rd. Cable: VANCO-SINGAPORE
P.O. Box 394
Auburn, N.S.W. 2144 Australia KOREA TAIWAN
Tel: 648-1711
M-C International Heighten Trading Company, Limited
Cable: BOOSTER-SYDNEY
Rooms 1406 & 1407 16, Nanking East Road, Section 3
Telex: Warfran AA22265
91-1 Sokongdong, Chung-ku P.O. Box 1408
C.P.O. Box 1355 Taipei, Taiwan, Republic of China
Seoul, Korea Tel: 551-9916
HONG KONG and MACAU Tel: 23-4101 thru 23-4105 Cable: HEIGHTEN-TAIPEI
Cable: EMCEEKOREA-SEOUL Telex: 21472
Gilman & Company, Ltd.
World Trade Centre, 24F Telex: 787-K24228
280, Gloucester Road M-C International THAILAND
P.O. Box 56 717 Market Street G. Simon Radio Co., Ltd.
.....-/
Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, B.C.C. San Francisco, CA 94103 30 Patpong Avenue, SuriwonE
Tel: 5-794266 Tel: (415) 543-1455 Bangkok, Thailand
Cable: GILMAN-HONG KONG Cable: EMCEE SAN FRANCISCO Tel: 2340991-3
Telex: HX83667 Telex: 340851 Cable: SI MONCO-BANGKOK

5
 LATIN AMERICA

ARGENTINA and Ambriex S.A. MEXICO

PARAGUAY Rua Sao Paulo, 893 - Conj. 1307
Mexitek, S.A.
30.000 Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil
Coasin S.A. Eugenia 408, Dept. 1
Tel: 224-0533
Virrey del Pino 4071 Apdo. Postal 12-1012
Ambriex S.A.
Buenos Aires, Argentina Mexico 12, D.F., Mexico
SQN-113 Bloco E - Apt. 402
Tel: 52-3185, 52-5248, 51-9363 Tel: (905) 536-09-10, 523-9751
70.000 Brasilia, DF, Brazil
Cable: COASIN-BUENOS AIRES
Tel: 73-2921
Telex: 012-2284
Intermetra Corporation PERU
Coasin, Inc. 11 Park Place, Suite 2003
c/o Intermetra Corporation New York, NY 10007 IRE Ingenieros S.A.
11 Park Place, Suite 2003 Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2 Avda. Franklin D. Roosevelt 105
New York, NY 10007 Telex: 141457 Lima 1, Peru
Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2 Tel: 288650
Telex: 141457 CARRIBBEAN ISLANDS Cable: IREING-LiMA
West Indies Sales Company Ltd. Telex: 25663
BOLIVIA 7360 N.W. 66th Street
Coasin Bolivia S.R.L. Miami, FL 33166
URUGUAY
Av. 6 de Agosto 2300 3er. Piso Tel: (305) 592-8188
Casilla 7295 Coasin Uruguaya S.R.L.
CHILE Cerrito 613 - 4.° Piso
La Paz, Bolivia
Tel: 40962 Coasin Chile, Ltda. Casilla de Correo 1400 - Correo Central
Cable: COALAP Ismael Vald~s Vergara 336, Of. 41 Montevideo, Uruguay
Casilla 14588 - Correo 21 Tel: 91-79-78
Coasin, Inc. Santiago, Chile Cable: COAUR MONTEVIDEO
c/o Intermetra Corporation Tel: 39-6713
11 Park Place, Suite 2003 Coasin, Inc.
Cable: COACH I L-SANTIAGO c/o Intermetra Corporation
New York, NY 10007
Coasin, Inc. 11 Park Place, Suite 2003
Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2 c/o Intermetra Corporation
Telex: 141457 New York, NY 10007
11 Park Place, Suite 2003 Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2
New York, NY 10007 Telex: 141457
BRAZIL
Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2
Ambriex S.A. Telex: 141457
Rua Ceara No. 104, 2.° e 3.° ands. VENEZUELA
20.000 Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil COLOMBIA
Tel: 264-7406, 264-7625, 264-0461 TeC Asociados Ltda. Coasin C.A.
Cable: RAIOCARDIO RIO DE JANEIRO Carrera 9a. No. 62-44, Of. 101 Avda. Habana con Valparaiso
Telex: (021)21128 Apartado Mreo 18631 Edif. Eguski - Local 3 - Los Caobos
Bogota, D.E., Colombia Apdo. Postal 50939
Ambriex S.A. Sabana Grande No. 1
Rua Tupi, 535 Tel: 553927, 592752
Cable: TECA Caracas 105, Venezuela
01233 Sao Paulo, SP, Brazil Tel: 782-9109, 782-8741, 782-2302
Tel: 66-0912, 67-7806, 67-1870 ECUADOR Cable: I NSTRUVEN
Cable: RAIOCARDIO SAOPAULO Telex: 21228
Telex: (011)21348 Sumitec Ltda.
Rumichaca 825 - 827 Coasin, Inc.
Ambriex S.A. P.O. Box 259-4492 c/o Intermetra Corporation
Rua Dr. Flores, 105 - s1713 Guayaquil, Ecuador 11 Park Place, Suite 2003
90.000 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil Tel: 302484, 30 14 19 New York, NY 10007
Tel: 24-7411 Cable: SUMITEC-GUAYAQUIL Tel: (212) 349-7630-1-2
Cable: PORTOCARDIO Telex: 3361 Telex: 141457

EUROPE
For countries not listed, please contact:
GenRad, Inc. BELGIUM DENMARK
International Department
Geveke Electronique et Sophus Berendsen AlS
300 Baker Avenue •
Automation SA 1256 Copenhagen K
Concord, MA 01742, U.S.A.
119-121 Rue Anatole France 10 Amaliegade, Denmark
Tel: 617369-4400
B-1030 Brussels, Belgium Tel: (01) 14 85 00
TWX: 710347-1051
Tel: 2-241-4550 Telex: 22 285
Telex: 92 33 54
Telex: 230-28
Cable Address: GEN RADCO Concord
(Mass.)
BULGARIA
AUSTRIA EIRE
Gotele Elektronik fur Industrie &
Gotele Ges. m.b.H. Wissenschaft GenRad Ltd.
Sandwirtgasse 9 Bahnhofstrasse 76 Bourne End
A-1060 Vienna, Austria 8500 Frauenfeld, Switzerland Bucks SL8 5 AT, England
Tel: 561617 Tel: 33 551 Tel: (06285) 2 66 11
Telex: (01) 12922 Telex: 76 811 Telex: 848321

6
 FINLAND NETHERLANDS SWITZERLAND
Into OIY Geveke Electronica en Automatie N. V. GenRad AG
P.O. Box 22 Kabelweg 25 Helenastrasse 3
SF 00661, Helsinki 66, Finland P.O. Box 652 P.O. Box
Tel: 742 133 Amsterdam-W2, Netherlands 8034 Zurich, Switzerland
Telex: 121 836 Tel: (020) 802 802 Tel: (01) 55 24 20
Telex: 12219 Telex: 53 638
FRANCE
NORWAY Seyffer & Co., AG
GenRad Bergman & Plesner Instrumentering AlS Hohlstrasse 550
96, Rue Orfila P.O. Box 129 Veitvet 8048 Zurich, Switzerland
75020 Paris, France Oslo 5, Norway Tel: (01) 62 82 00
Tel: (01) 7970739 Tel: (472) 1622 10 Telex: 52 540
Telex: 22 09 91 Telex: 17271
TURKEY
GERMANY PORTUGAL
Niikleer Elektronik Limited
GenRad GmbH Casa Serras E. Dias Serras Lda. Fevzi Gakmak Sok. 33/3
Trausnitzstrasse 8 Rua Augusta 228 Yenisehir, Ankara, Turkey
D-8 Munich 80, West Germany Lisbon-2, Portugal Tel: 187270
Tel: (089) 40 1801 Tel: (019) 320133 Telex: 42 229
Telex: 52 99 17 Cable: SERAS DOURO

RUMANIA UNITED KINGDOM

GREECE Gotele Elektronik fur Industrie & GenRad Ltd.
Marios Dalleggio Representations Wissenschaft Bourne End
2 , Alopekis Street Bahnhofstrasse 76 Bucks SL8 5 AT , England
Athens 139, Greece 8500 Frauenfeld, Switzerland Tel: (06285) 2 66 11
Tel: (021) 710669 Tel: 33 551 Telex: 84 8321
Telex: 216435 Telex: 76811
USSR
HUNGARY SPAIN
Gotele Elektronik fur Industrie &
Hispaiio Electronica S.A.
Gotele Elektronik fur Industrie & Wissenschaft
Poligono Industrial Urtinsa
Wissenschaft Ba hn hofstrasse 76
Apartado Correos 48
Bahnhofstrasse 76 8500 Frauenfeld, Switzerland
Alcorcon, (Madrid), Spain
8500 Frauenfeld, Switzerland Tel: 33 551
Tel: (341) 6194108
Tel: 33551 Telex: 76 811
Telex: (050) 22404
Telex: 76 811
SWEDEN YUGOSLAVIA
ITALY Johan Lagercrantz K.B. Gotele Elektronik fur Industrie &
GenRad SpA Kanalvagen 5 Wissenschaft
Via San Gregorio, 12 P.O. Box 48 Bahnhofstrasse 76
.....-'
20124 Milan, Italy S-194 01 Upplands Vasby, Sweden 8500 Frauenfeld, Switzerland
Tel: (02) 2092 57 Tel: 760861 20 Tel: 33 551
Telex: 34 37 3 Telex: 11275 Telex: 76 811

THE MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA

For countries not listed, please contact:
GenRad, Inc. ISRAEL NIGERIA
International Department
300 Baker Avenue Eastronics Ltd. Mofat Engineering Co. Ltd.
11 Rozanis Street 89 Wakeman Street, Yaba
Concord', MA 01742 , U.S.A.
Tel: 617369-4400 P.O. Box 39300 P.O. Box 6369
TWX: 710347-1051 61390 Tel Aviv, Israel Lagos, Nigeria
Tel: (03) 47 51 51 Telex: 21595
Telex : 92 33 54
Telex: 33638
Cable Address:GENRADCO Concord (Mass.)
SAUDI ARABIA
EGYPT LEBANON Electronic Equipment Marketing Est.
Lotus Engineering Org. Projects S.A.l. P.O. Box 3750
22 Kasr EI Nil Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
P.O. Box 11-5281
P.O. Box 1252 Beirut, Lebanon Tel: 32 761
Cairo, Egypt Tel: 33 1680 Telex: 20 120
Tel : 71 617 Telex: 21 075
Telex : 08791 2483 SOUTH AFRICA

IRAN Associated Electronics (Pty.) Ltd.

MOZAMBIQUE
P.O. Box 31094
Irantronics Co. Ltd. Telecommunicacoes de Mozambique Ltd. 150 Caroline Street
20 Salm Road, Roosevelt Ave . P.O. Box 2512 Brixton, Johannesburg 2017
Tehran, Iran Maputo, Mozambique Republic of South Africa
Tel: 828294 Tel: 25913 Tel: 839 1824
Telex: 21 29 56 Telex: 62 86 Telex: 88 432

7
Sales and Service
The sales/service facilities identified on the preceding Service Policy
pages have been geographically located so as to shorten
Your local GenRad office or representative will assist
as much as possible the communication link between
you in all matters relating to product maintenance, such
GenRad and its customers. You, the customer, need only
as calibration, repair, replacement parts and service con-
to contact the facility nearest you for prompt sales and
tracts. Field servicing of GenRad system products can be
service assistance. Each facility, whether GenRad owned
accomplished by any of the following methods:
and operated or that of a carefully selected representa-
tive, is staffed by sales and service personnel who have • By GenRad on a contract specifying a fixed price per
received thorough factory training on the products de- period or per call,
scribed in this catalog. • By GenRad on a per call basis with no contract, or
• By the customer, after service training by GenRad.
Products that have been repaired at a GenRad service
facility, with a charge for both parts and labor, are war-
ranted to perform in full accordance with the specifi-
Warranty cations in effect at the time of original shipment. If,
Each product manufactured by GenRad and described within a period of three months after such repair, it is
in this catalog is warranted against defects in material found and verified by us that the product fails to meet this
and workmanship. A statement of the specific warranty standard, it will be repaired or, at our option, replaced
coverage of each product appears in the instruction man- with no charge for parts or labor, provided the product is
ual provided with the product and, when a test system is returned to a GenRad service facility.
the product, the warranty statement is also attached to Any GenRad product returned for credit will be subject
the quotation. GenRad follows a policy of maintaining a to a restocking charge. If more than six months have
repair capability for every product for 10 years after the elapsed since original shipment, it will not be accepted
original shipment of the product. for credit. Authorization must be obtained from your local
A copy of the specific warranty applicable to a product GenRad office or representative before a product is re-
will be provided upon request. turned for credit.

Ordering Information
The procedures, terms, and conditions outlined on How to Order
these pages apply to most GenRad products. Where prac-
tical, exceptions are noted. However, all exceptions are Standard Catalog Terms
not covered and we advise that you contact GenRad's
nearest sales office to verify specific terms and condi- Always order by catalog number (if included), type
tions. number, and complete description. Some ac-operated
instruments are supplied wired for operation from 115-
volt power, unless otherwise specified, although most
instruments come equipped with a 115-V/230-V slide
switch that permits selectable power operation. Most
Where to Order instruments can also be suppl ied for operation from other
common voltages and frequencies as indicated in the
USA and Canada specifications under Power. Be sure to specify operating
Please address orders and other communications to voltage and frequency if other than nominal 115 volts,
the sales facility nearest you. 60 Hz.
Special Features
Special features and modifications not listed in the
Other Countries specifications (such as extra calibrations or software) are
Customers outside the United States and Canada are available at extra cost. Please include in your order in-
served by GenRad, its European subsidiaries, and by formation regarding any nonstandard features desired.
various export representatives, listed on pages 5 through Nonstandard Systems
7. Please direct all communications to the appropriate Systems that require hardware and/or software other
representative. For countries not listed, inquiries should than that described in the catalog are subjectto quota-
be addressed to GenRad, Inc., Concord, Massachusetts tion. Please make reference to the quotation when plac-
01742, USA. ing your order for the applicable system.

8
Conditions of Sale Prices
Determination of prices, terms and conditions of sale The prices of all instruments described in this catalog
and final acceptance of orders are made only at GenRad's appear in separate price lists, copies of which may be
facilities in Concord, MAand Santa Clara, CA; at GenRad requested from any of the sales offices listed herein.
Ltd., Toronto, Canada; or at any of GenRad's European Prices in the domestic price lists apply only on transac-
subsidiaries. tions originating in the USA, include the cost of domestic
packing, are F.O.B. shipping point, and are exclusive of
all taxes now in effect or that may be imposed by Federal,
State, or local governments. Exceptions are noted in the
USA and Canada price list.
Prices given in the price lists are subject to change
For instruments: Terms are net 30 days if credit has without notice. Formal price quotations remain in effect
been arranged; otherwise, unless payment is received for 30 days, 60 days for quotations to export customers.
before shipment, shipment will be made COD. Extended An export-order-handling charge and special packing
terms are available for higher-priced instruments. charge are applied to export orders. Applicable F.O.B.
For systems: Subject to credit approval, partial pay- prices for transactions originating outside the USA may
ments are required with issuance of purchase order, Clt be obtained from the GenRad subsidiary or representa-
time of shipment, and 30 days from installation and tive nearest you (see pages 4 through 7).
acceptance. Actual terms are available on request. Assis-
tance in the area of leasing or conditional sale is also
available.
Power-Supply Considerations
GenRad ac-operated instruments will meet the pub-
Outside USA and Canada lished specifications when operated from power lines
whose voltages and frequencies are within the limits
Terms of payment for orders placed on GenRad repre- stated in the specifications under the heading Power.
sentatives and on GenRad European subsidiaries are Most instruments have input voltage ranges of 100 to
those that are mutually agreed upon. If there is no repre- 125 and 200 to 250 volts and will therefore operate on
sentative in your area, the terms for orders placed directly nominal power-line voltages of 115, 220, 230, and 240
on GenRad, Inc. are full payment in advance of shipment volts. The voltage range for which an instrument is wired
or an irrevocable letter of credit, unless other terms have is marked at the power-input plug or cord. Proper fuses
been previously arranged. for this voltage range are fitted in the fuse holders.
Quantity Discount When the power-line voltage on which the instrument
Quantity discounts apply to some products. Refer to is to be operated is specified on the order, the necessary
current price list for applicable discounts. changes in connections, fuses, and name plate are made
at the factory. Instruments equipped with line-voltage-
selector slide switches are set for 115 volts when ship-
ped.
Minimum Billing Certain instruments are available for use only on power
lines of 220, 230, and 240 volts (nominal).
The minimum billing per order is $25. This applies to
For most instruments, the normal operating frequency
all purchases except cash-with-order transactions.
range is 48 to 62 hertz.
All ac-operated instruments are supplied with three-
wire power cords, designed for USA standard three-wire
receptacles.
Source-Inspection Surcharge Battery Operation
A surcharge of 1 percent ($5.00 minimum) applies on
Portable, battery-operated instruments are shipped
all orders requiring inspection before shipment. The in-
spection surcharge applies on each shipment inspected with dry-cell batteries packed separately to prevent drain
and covers only our costs. and leakage during shipment. To render the instrument
operative, the user need only install the batteries.

Shipping Instructions Dimensions

Unless specific instructions accompany the order, we Over-all dimensions are given for instruments except
shall use our judgment as to the best method of ship- that the depth dimension for rack-mount instruments is
ment. Shipments can be made by either air or surface actually depth behind panel, i.e., clearance required.
transportation. For fast delivery, at a reasonable pre- However, no allowance is made for additional clearance
mium over other means, air shipment is generally rec- that may be required for cables and connectors at rear
ommended and will be employed on request. panel.

9
 Impedance Measurement
GenRad makes a wide line of impedance-measuring some of their main characteristics. It should be of aid in
instruments wbj~ covers a variety of applications in selecting the best instrument for a particular measure-
research and' and ,development laboratories, incoming ment. Refer to the individual catalog pages for full speci-
inspection, qualify control, production testing, and serv- fications.
ice repair. The chart lists these GenRad instruments and

Quantities
Measured Frequencies Readout
Main Internal Basic Main
Instrument (Secondary) (External) Accuracy (Secondary) Features

IMPEDANCE
MANUAL RLC:
1650-B dc, 1 kHz 1% Portable. Orthonull'" balance-
Impedance Bridge (10 Hz - 100 kHz) finder helps low-O balance.
1656 dc, 1 kHz 0.1% Lever switches for fast balance.
Impedance Bridge (20 Hz - 20 kHz) Sensitive dc bridge. "'. it.:l..iD( _
1608 dc, 1 kHz .05% Accurate. Digital readout with units .
Impedance Bridge (20 Hz - 20 kHz)
AUTOMATIC RLC:*
1657 120 Hz," 0.2% Built-in test fixture. IJ.P-controlled.
RLC Digibridge'· 1 kHz 3 meas/s.
1658 120 Hz," 1 kHz Multi-limit sorting. IJ.P-controlled.
RLC Digibridge'M (other available) 3 meas speeds. Autorange.
1683
Automatic RLC Bridge
f L-v 120 Hz,"
1 kHz
Fast. Variable test voltage.
Leakage current, ESR options.
1685 P 1. 'i dc, 120 Hz, ** 0.1% (dc & 1 kHz) DC resistance. Built-in limit
Digital Impedance Meter 1 kHz 0.5% (120 Hz) comparator.
DEVIATION:
1654 100 Hz; 1, to .003% No balance. % indication.
Impedance Comparator 10, & 100 kHz Rapid sorting.
1654-Z Sorting Systems include 1782 Analog Limit Comparator for multi-limit sorting and/or 1413 Decade Capacitor to indicate .6C% and .60.
HIGH FREQUENCY:
1687
MHz LC Digibridge'· ..
;}33 C,L
(R,G,D,O)
1 MHz 0.1% Multi-limit sorting. IJ.P-controlled.
% deviation.
1606-B R,X (400 kHz- 2% Wide frequency range. Direct
Radio-Frequency Bridge 60 MHz) reading in ohms.
1602-B G,B (20 MHz- 3% dials Direct-reading G and B. Wide
UHF Admittance Meter l.5 GHz) frequency range. Versatile.
874-LBB SWR, r, (300 MHz- see specifications scale and Wide frequency range. Low
Slotted Line A, Z 9 GHz) ext det residual SWR.
900-LB SWR, r, (300 MHz- see specifications scale and Wide frequency range. Extremely low
Precision Slotted Line A, Z 8.5 GHz) ext det residual SWR.

CAPACITANCE
1615 C (10 Hz - .01% 6 digits 10- 5 pF to 11 IJ.F, Lever adjustment.
Capacitance Bridge (O,G) 100 kHz) (4 digits) 2- or 3-terminal.
1620 Capacitance-Measuring Assembly includes 1615 Bridge, 1311 Oscillator, 1232 Detector to get part-per-million C and 0 sensitivity.
1616 C (10 Hz - .001% 13 digits 10- 7 pF to 10 IJ.F. 10- 10 IJ.S to 1000
Precision Capacitance Bridge (G) ! 100 kHz) (5 digits) IJ.S. 2- or 3-terminal.
1621 Precision Capacitance Measuring System includes 1616 Bridge, 1316 Oscillator, 1238 Detector for .01-ppm sensitivity.
1617 C 120 Hz'" 1% dial 1 pF to 1 F, high bias provided. 4-
Capacitance Bridge (0) (40 Hz - 1 kHz) (dial) terminal. Measures leaka e current.
1686 C 120 Hz," 0.5% (120 Hz) 4¥2 digits Limit comparator. 4 meas/s.
Digital Capacitance Meter (D) 1 kHz 0.1% (1 kHz) (dial) Variable test voltage.

RESISTANCE
1666 dc .01% 6 digits Wide range. 1 IJ.n to 1 Tn (1 pS).
DC Resistance Bridge Guarded. 4-terminal. Lever switches .
1644 dc 1% dial .6Rdial to 0.1%. 10Vto 1000V.
Megohm Bridge 1 kn-to-1000 Tn resistance range.
1863 R dc 3% to 12% meter 50, 100, 200, 250 or 500-V test volt-
Megohmmeter age. 50 kn-to-20 Tn resistance range.
1864 R dc 3% to 12% meter 10 V to 1000 V in I-V or 10-V steps.
Megohmmeter 50 kn-to-200 Tn resistance range.

INDUCTANCE
1633-A L ext osc, int det 1% dial For iron-core coils. 9 internal detec-
Incremental Inductance Bridge (R,O) (20 Hz - 20 kHz) (dial) tor frequencies 50 Hz - 15.75 kHz.
1630-AV Inductance-Measuring System includes 1633 Bridge, 1308 Oscillator, 1265 dc bias supply to get up to 5-A dc bias. 400-V rms signal.

'See also 2230 Component Test System. "100-Hz version available.

IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT 11
 The following discussion defines some of the terms
used in the specifications of impedance-measuring in-
struments and outlines some of the measurement
methods used.
Definitions
Ohm's Law For dc, Ohm's law defines resistance, R, as
the ratio of the voltage across a device to the current
through it.

(1)

The reciprocal of resistance is conductance, G.

For ac, this ratio is complex because the voltage and
Figure 1. Series and parallel
current have relative phase as well as magnitude. This components of impedance .
complex quantity is impedance, Z.

Z= i- = R + jX (2) The reactances of Figure 1 are either capacitive or

inductive so that, at any given frequency, an impedance
where R is (ac) resistance and X is reactance. acts like a combination of equivalent resistance and in-
The reciprocal of impedance is admittance, Y. ductance, L, or equivalent resistance and capacitance,

i = +=
C, and these quantities have different values depending
upon whether they are in series or in parallel. The rela-
Y = G + jB (3) tionships between these quantities are:
where G is (ac) conductance and B is susceptance. 1
Other quantities used to express impedances and their Cp = Cs (1 + D2) (10)
units and prefixes are given in the Appendix at the rear of or
the catalog. Cs = Cp (1 + D2), (11)
Equivalent Series and Parallel Components, D and
Q Any impedance, regardless of its actual physical con- 1
figuration, can be expressed, at any given frequency, as Lp = Ls (1 + Q2 ) (12)
either a series or a parallel combination of resistance and or
reactance, as shown in Figure l. The relationship be- Q2
Ls = Lp 1 + Q2 ' (13)
tween these elements is:
and D of a capacitor = wRsC s= _1_ (14)
wCpRp
(4) and Q of an inductor = wRLs = ~L . (15)
5 w P
Many GenRad bridges allow the measurement of either
or: the series or parallel values of C and L. Generally, com-
ponents are specified in terms of their series values. Note
Y = Gp + j Bp = Z!. = 1 that if D <0.1 (or Q > 10) the difference between series
Rs + jXs (5) and parallel values is less than 1%. Most ac bridges
_ Rs _. Xs measure D of capacitance and Q of inductance and some-
- Rs2 + Xs2 J Rs2 + Xs2 times the Q of resistors can also be measured. In some
countries, D is referred to as tan 8, the tangent of the
where the subscripts sand p denote series and parallel angle 8 in the vector (phasor) representation of imped-
values. We could also use parallel resistance instead of ance or admittance of Figure 2. This figure also defines
parallel conductance, Rp = lIGp, and parallel reactance the power factor, PF.
instead of parallel susceptance, Xp = lIBp; but Rp =1= Rs
and Xp =1= Xs; see Equation (5).
The dissipation factor, D, is defined as

D=.&.=~=~ (6) I
Xs Rp Bp I
0::: cot8 =X
R G
;;: B = Q
I
= tanli
I
and the storage (or quality) factor I Q"'tan8::: ~ ={-- =-{-:::cotli
I
x Z I B
Q=--.l=~=~=~
""-R D
Power Factor, PF, ::: cos 8 -= - = --
(7) I IZI V1+iJ2
D Rs Xp (lp I where I Z I ::: ~ the magnitude of
I the complex Quantity Z ::: R + jX.

Using these quantities, we get I

I

Rp = J p
= Rs (1 + Q2) (8) R G

Figure 2. Vector diagram showing

and the relations between factors D and
(9) Q and angles (J and 8.

12 IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT
 Three- and Four-Terminal Measurements Many Gen- short-circuit the test leads at the far end, measure the
Rad instruments are capable of making measurements lead impedance, and subtract it from later meas-
that are quite immune to errors caused by either shunt urements of the unknown. A better way is to make a
admittance or series impedance. This means that they four-terminal measurement. The four-terminal imped-
make good guarded, three-terminal measurements or ance value of the network of Figure 4 is Eollin' and this
four-terminal "Kelvin" measurements, respectively. value is independent ofthe "lead" impedances, Zl, Z2, Z3
In order to measure the direct capacitance CHL in the and Z4' Any instrument that makes a four-terminal con-
circuit of Figure 3, the guard terminal, G, must not be left nection and is immune to lead impedances of reasonable
floating because, if it is, CHL is shunted by the series value makes a good four-terminal measurement. This
combination of CHG and CLG • A three-terminal connection four-terminal connection is also called a Kelvin connec-
must be made and the instrument used must not be tion, after Lord Kelvin whose famous bridge (used in the
affected by these two shunting capacitances. This situa- GR 1666) makes good four-terminal resistance meas-
tion is very common, particularly when measuring urements. Many low-impedance standards have four
shielded, three-terminal capacitance or any high imped- terminals and require this type of measurement, as does
ance connected with shielded cables. The shunting im- the accurate measurement of any low-valued impedance.
pedances are not always just capacitive; they could be The terminals carrying the current (Figure 4) are called
leakage resistances in a de measurement or even actual the current terminals and those used to make the voltage
circuit components, as would be the case if a component measurement are called the potential terminals. In
must be measured while it is connected in a circuit. theory, and in many cases, these pairs of terminals can
Almost all of GenRad's bridges and meters are capable of be interchanged and yet give the same result. Most in-
making such three-terminal, or guarded, measurements, struments, however, can tolerate more series impedance
but the amount of shunt admittance they can tolerate in some of their connections than in others so that con-
. without error depends on the type of circuit used. The sideration should be given as to how they are connected .
best in this respect are the precise transformer-type Also, when very high currents are used, they should be
capacitance bridges (1615 and 1616 - see Measure- applied to the current terminals, which are designed to
ment Methods). carry them; the potential terminals couLd be damaged.
When low impedances are measured, a two-terminal In many cases, four-terminal measurements are made
connection has errors caused by the addition of the series on low-valued components that have only two lead wires,
impedance of the connecting leads to the impedance to in order to avoid errors caused by the connections to the
be measured. One way to correct for this error is to bridge. Two connections are made to each lead, and it is
the position of the inner connections that determines
how much of the component's lead impedance is in-
cluded in the measurement. In Figure 4, the effective
four-terminal value includes all the impedance between
the junctions a and b and, in the two-lead case, these
points are where the inner connection is made.
Several GenRad instruments make good four-terminal
measurements. Many of these also make good three-
terminal measurements at the same time and sometimes
this combination is called a "five-terminal" measure-
ment.
Coaxial Two-Terminal Measurements At higher fre-
quencies, in the megahertz range and up, many instru-
G, GUARD ments make only two-terminal measurements and these
10 use coaxial connections. In order to make precise, re-
T on = jwC HL peatable measurements, a precision connector is re-
quired. The GR900® connector was designed for this
Figure 3 . Three-terminal capacitance purpose. It can reduce capacitance uncertainties to a few
and an ideal 3-terminal measurement. femtofarads and resistance uncertainties to a fraction of
a milliohm. GenRad makes several instruments that use
these precision connectors (see Coaxial-Line Instru-
ments).
z, a
Measurement Methods
Brid,es and Meters Historically, impedance-
measurmg instruments were usually divided into meter
~pes, which measured voltage or current on meters
calibrated in impedance quantities, and bridge or null
Eo types, which required an adjustment and indicated im-
pedance on a scale Qr dial associated with a variable
component of some kind. A bridge was generally more
accurate whUe a meter wa's taster and easier to use.
Many aPPttcatlons r~Utre both accuracy and speed.
Some years ago. GenRad <:tevetoped both bridges that
b made fast balances autOmaf1ca Ily aod impedance meters
Eo that used preCise clrcuit,tY and digital readouts to obtain
- = Zx good accuracy. The distlnction between bridge and meter
lin became less meaningfut, More recently, the GR Digi-
Figure 4 . 4-terminal impedance and bridge til method has alf bOt destrwed this distinction
an ideal 4-terminal measurement. because while, strictly speakin~, it uses a meter method,
it has many properties of a bridge.

IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT 13
 GenRad makes many types of impedance-measuring onal. If only one component of this combination is ad-
instruments. The various measurement techniques used justable, this component will be proportional to D or Q of
are discussed below. the unknown. In this case, when D is very high or Q very
DC Bridges The Wheatstone bridge measures an un- low, the two bridge adjustments will interact, causing a
known resistance, Rx, in terms of calibrated standards of slow balance convergence. The 1650-B Impedance
resistance connected as shown in Figure 5. A dc source Bridge and the 1617 Capacitance Bridge usea mechani-
(GEN) must be applied and a dc null detector (DET) used cal ganging of the bridge controls (called the Orthonull®
to detect output voltage. When this output voltage is zero, balance finder) to facilitate convergence.
the bridge is balanced or nulled and the relationship GenRad's three general-purpose impedance bridges
between the resistors is (1650-B, 1656, and 1608) use the basic circuits of
Figures 5, 6 and 7 to measure R, C and L and have
R R additional D or Q adjustments connected to allow both
Rx =~ = RN RB GA (16) series and parallel equivalent values. These use adjusta-
ble resistors (pots or decades) and resistance ratio arms
Generally, one of the standard resistors is adjustable and to extend the range. The GR 160p RF Bridge uses vari-
has a ca Ii brated readout proportiona I to its val ue. Another able capacitors for better high-frequency performance.
standard (or the other two) is changed to extend the One of these is in the same arm with the unknown and
bridge range. The GR 1644 Megohm Bridge is a makes what is known as a series substitution measure-
Wheatstone bridge designed for measuring high-value ment, in which the equivalent series reactance of the
resistors at high voltages. A guarded Wheatstone circuit unknown is measured as a change in this series-
is used in the GR 1666 Resistance Bridge, which also connected variable capacitor.
uses the Kelvin Double Bridge circuit to make four- Transformer-Ratio-Arm Bridges While inductance
terminal measurements. standards are rarely used in bridges because they are
AC Bridges This Wheatstone bridge circuit is adapta- generally larger, less stable, and less pure than resistors
ble to ac measurements but, with complex ac imped- or capacitors, a transformer can form an inductively-
ance, two balances are necessary to balance both the real coupled voltage divider whose ratio is more precise and
(resistive) and imaginary (reactive) parts in order to ob- stable than one made with resistors or capacitors. Ratio
tain a null. At balance accuracies of a few parts per million are possible even for
ratios as high as 1000 to 1 and these ratios are virtually
(17) unaffected by age, temperature, humidity or voltage.
or Such a divider can be used as two adjacent arms of a
Yx = Gx + jBx = YN ZA YB (18) bridge, giving the bridge extremely precise ratio accu-
racy.
The first of these equations expresses the unknown in The GR 1654 Impedance Comparator uses a fixed,
terms of impedance and the second in terms of admit- unity-ratio transformer and the two precise capacitance
tance. To satisfy these eq uations, at least one of the three bridges, GR 1615 and GR 1616, use multiple-tapped
arms, N, A, or B, must be complex. transformers to allow decade adjustment, as shown
A reactance, Xx, can be measured in terms of a similar simplified in Figure 8. The balance equation for this
reactance in an adjacent arm (Figure 6) or an unlike circuit is
reactance in the opposite arm (Figure 7). Bridges rarely
use standard inductors. 0
Gx + jwCx = ~2 [131 GI + 132 G2 + ...
(19)
The complex arm required to satisfy balance condi- + jw (aIC I + a2C2 + ... )]
tions of Equations (1}) or (18) may be a resistance and
reactance either in series or parallel. The bridge will where a and 13 are the decade ratio values adjusted by the
indicate equivalent series components if this complex panel lever controls. (Actually, there are many more than
arm is a series connection in an adjacent arm or a parallel two of each.)
connection in the opposite arm. The converse is also true. Transformer-ratio-arm bridges have a second, equally
If both components in this complex arm are adjusta- important, characteristic in that they can make very good
ble, the balances for the real and imaginary parts of the three-terminal measurements. Their tolerance to loading
unknown will be independent of each other and orthog- capacitances is illustrated in Figure 8. Here, CB shunts

.---0 GEN GEN 0----, GEN 0 - -...

Figure 5. The general Figures 6 and 7. Circuits for capacitance

Wheatstone bridge bridges in which like reactances (left)
circuit. or unlike reactances (right) are compared .

14 IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT
the detector, causing no error directly, only a reduction in multi-stage, unity-gain amplifier can have a very low
sensitivity if CB is very large. The other capacitance, CA, output impedance so that, when used with a potentiome-
shunts the transformer winding and thus tends to reduce ter, it makes good adjustable voltage to drive fixed
the voltage across the unknown. However, because of the standards. This scheme is used on the GR 1633 Incre-
tight coupling between the two windings (N 1 and N2 ), the mental Inductance Bridge, allowing it to make direct-
voltage on the standard capacitors will be reduced in very reading measurements at many different frequencies.
nearly the same proportion as the unknown voltage, leav- The GR 1683 Automatic Bridge adjusts voltages on
ing the balance condition (almost) unchanged. A I-p.F fixed standards automatically so that no manual adjust-
load at 1 kHz makes an almost negligible error. This high ment is required. This method is outlined in Figure 9. The
immunity allows remote measurements with long cables voltages on the two standards, Gs and Cs, are rapidly
with guarded shields and even many measurements of adjusted by two precision-resistor voltage dividers con-
capacitors connected in networks. trolled by digital signals (Le., two digital-to-analog con-
Active and Automatic Bridges In the transformer-type verters). At null, the measurement results are propor-
bridge of Figure 8, fixed standards are used and voltages tional to these divider ratios which, in turn, are propor-
are varied to give a null. A potentiometer could also be tional to the digital control settings. A decimal display of
used to vary the voltage on a fixed standard, but its output these digital numbers. is therefore a measure of the un-
resistance would add to the impedance ofthe standard. A known impedance.

N, a,N, C,

a2 N, c2
13, N, G,
J32 N , G2

[]

Cx
Figure 8. Transformer-ratio-arm bridge .

Figure 9 . Automatic bridge - LsRs configuration.

Lx

Rx
DIFF AMPS

QI
DIVIDER

{3
DIVIDER
I
• L_ .. ____ ~
L __________ .J
DIGITAL CONTROL
(R x + jwLx) GA Rs (J3G s +ajwCs)

IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT 15
 Impedance Comparator The GR 1654 Impedance modified phase-sensitive, dual-slope integrator circuit
Comparator is both bridge and meter. It measures the capable of high precision. These two instruments have
difference between two, similar, externally-connected built-in digital limit comparators for rapid go/no-go sort-
impedances which, together with two precision ing. A high 0 (or low Q) limit may also be set.
inductively-coupled arms, form a bridge circuit. This Like the automatic bridge and the Digibridges, these
bridge is not balanced. Instead, the phase components of digital meters use an active measurement circuit that has
the bridge unbalance voltage are displayed on meters as good immunity to both lead impedance and shunt load-
percent-magnitude difference and phase-angle differ- ing and thus makes good "five-terminal" measurements
ence. If these impedances are relatively pure resistance, (see Figure g).
capacitance, or inductance, then the magnitude differ- Digibridge™ Meters Impedance is defi ned as a ratio or
ence is very nearly the percent difference in R, Cor Land division, and the best way to make an accurate division is
the phase-angle difference is 6Q, 60 and LlD, respec- with a digital computer. The GenRad Digibridges (1657,
tively. 1658, and 1687) use small, inexpensive micro-
This comparator can indicate very small differences, processors for a precise digital division and for many
down to .003%, if the two external impedances are close other functions as well.
in value. It can also resolve 0 differences of .00003. Digibridges are not really bridges because there is no
Moreover, it makes measurements at 100 Hz, 1 kHz, 10 null. They successively measure the voltage across the
kHz, and 100 kHz. This combination of sensitivity and unknown and the voltage across a standard resistor carry-
wide frequency range is valuable for many difficult ing the same current, with the same ac analog-to-digital
measurements. Impedance comparators can be com- converter, and divide the digital results. The quotient is
bined with analog limit comparators and decade independent of the scale factor of the converter because
standards to make inexpensive test systems for rapid it cancels in the division. These Digibridges measure
sorting (see the 1654-Z systems). complex ac quantities so that the measuring circuit must
Analog Meters The two GR megohmmeters (1863 and also include a phase-sensitive detector, two meas-
1864) use the simple analog meter method outlined in urements must be made on each signal, and the division
Figure 10. Here, a high dc voltage is applied to the is that of two complex numbers. To express the results in
unknown, Rx, and the subsequent current is measured as terms of capacitance or inductance requires a multiplica-
a voltage across a standard resistor, Rs (one of a set tion or division by the angular frequency, which is pre-
selected by a range switch). The value of the applied cisely known because a quartz-crystal oscillator is used.
voltage is selected by panel switches that also change the Because the result is independent of the detector-
meter sensitivity so that the meter deflection is a function converter gain, the only precise components, besides the
of Rx, not Ix. These megohmmeters have wide range, crystal oscillator, are the standard resistors used. In this
going up to over 100 TO. They are commonly used for respect, the Digibridge is more like a bridge than a meter.
testing insulation resistance of electrical machinery and It has the advantage over a bridge that no adjustable
leakage resistance of capacitors. components are necessary, and adjustable components
are a main source of the phase shifts that cause 0 or Q
errors, as well as being another source of magnitude
error.
The GR 1658 and 1687 have a keyboard with which to
Rx enter test limits for fast multiple-limit sorting of compo-
nents.

VOLTAGE Coaxial-Line Instruments

ADJ The Admittance Meter The high-frequency behavior
of conventional bridge circuits is limited by residual im-
,/ RANGE
/ ADJ pedances in the lumped bridge elements and their con-
/ nections. At frequencies higher than about 100 MHz,
/ circuits based on coaxial-line techniClues are more satis-
I factory. The GR 1602-B UHF Admittance Meter is a null
device based on these techniques. It uses adjustable
I I coupling loops to sample currents in the unknown and in
I
IL ._ _ _ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ -.JI standards of conductance and susceptance. When a null
balance is made, scales associated with these adjust-
ments read admittance directly.
Figure 10. Basic megohmmeter. The Slotted Line One of the basic methods of deter-
mining impedance of a coaxial device is the measure-
ment of the standing-wave ratio it introduces into a uni-
Digital Meters Just as digital voltmeters have much form line. The measurement is made by means of a
better accuracy than analog ones, so too can digital im- coaxial line in whose outer conductor is a longitudinal
pedance meters be much more accurate than analog slot. An electrostatic probe enters the line through this
types. One obvious reason is the increased resolution or slot and can be moved along the line to sample the
readability of a multidigit readout as compared to an electric field between the inner and outer conductors.
analog scale. To make this resolution useful, however, From the voltage maximum and minimum, and their
requires precise measurement circuitry. location with respect to the unknown, the impedance can
In the GR 1685 Digital Impedance Meter and 1686 be calculated. This instrument is one of few in which the
Digital Capacitance Meter, the secret of getting good impedance standard is inherently part of the instrument
accuracy is the precise analog ratiometer used. Rather and can be determined in absolute terms, from physical
than try, as do the megohmmeters, to hold a voltage (or dimensions.
current) constant so that a single variable current (or GenRad offers two slotted lines: the 87 4-LBB for gen-
voltage) is a measure of impedance, these digital meters eral impedance measurements, and the highly accurate
measure both voltage and current and take their ratio on a 900-LB for precise impedance measurements.

16 IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENT
 1650-B 1m edance Bridge
• measures l, C, and loss; Rand G
• 1 % accuracy
• 20 Hz to 20 kHz, internal 1 kHz and dc
• portable, self-contained, battery-operated

The 1650 Impedance Bridge will measure the induc-

tance and storage factor, Q, of inductors*, the capaci-
tance and dissipation factor, D, of capacitors, and the ac
and dc resistance or conductance of resistors.
Three-terminal measurements can be made in the
presence of considerable stray capacitance to ground.
This bridge is completely self-contained and portable.
Battery-powered, low-drain solid-state oscillator and de-
tector are included. The panel meter indicates both dc
and ac bridge unbalances.
The measured quantities, R, G, L, C, D, and Q, are in-
dicated directly on dials with logarithmic scales for con-
stant percentage accuracy. Multipliers and the units of
measurement are indicated by the range setting.
The bridge circuit elements are high-quality, stable convenience to low-Q measurements that are practically
components that ensure long-term accuracy. The Ortho- impossible on other impedance bridges.
null® balance finder, a patented mechanical-ganging de- The Flip-Tilt case provides a convenient handle and a
vice, is used to make a low-Q (high-D) balance possible
captive protective cover and base that allow the bridge
without a sliding null. This mechanism, which may be
panel to be tilted for use at any angle.
switched in or out as desired, adds accuracy as well as
* Including such low-Q inductors as rf coils measured at 1 kHz.

SPECIFICATIONS
Ranges of Measurement Accuracy
20 Hz to 20 kHz t DC Residuals

Capacitance
1 pF to 1100 ",F, series or parallel, 7 ranges ±1%± 1 pF = 0.5 pF
Inductance
1 ",H to 1100 H, series or parallel, 7 ranges ±1%± 1 ",H =0.2",H
Resistance
±1 %, 1 n to 100 kn, ext supply or detector required
ac or dc, 1 mn to 1.1 Mn, 7 ranges ±1%± 1 mn =1 mn
for> 100 kn and < 1 n.
Conductance
ac or dc, 1 nU to 1.1 U, 7 ranges ±l%±lnU ±1%, 10 ",U to 1 U, ext supply or detector
required for < 10 ",U.
Dissipation Factor, D, at 1 kHz:
0.001 to 1, of series C, ±5% ± 0.001 at
0.1 to 50, of parallel C. 1 kHz and lower
Storage Factor, Q, at 1 kHz:
0.02 to 10, of series L, 1/ Q accurate to
±5 ± 0.001 at
1 to 1000, of parallel L.
f ~ 1 kHz
t Bridge operates up to 100 kHz with reduced accuracy.

Generator: Internal; 1 kHz±2%. Type 1310 or 1311 Oscillator Power: 4 size-D cells. supplied.
recommended if external generator is required . Internal dc Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case and rack mount. DIMENSIONS
supply, 6 V, 60 mA, max. (wxhxd): Portable, 13x6.75xI2.25 in. (330xl71x311 mm);
Detector: Internal or external; internal detector response flat rack, 19xI2.25x4.13 in. (483x311xl05 mm). WEIGHT: Port-
or selective at 1 kHz; sensitivity control provided. Type 1232-A able, 17 Ib (8 kg) net, 21 Ib (10 kg) shipping; rack, 18 Ib (9
Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector is recommended if external kg) net, 30 Ib (14 kg) shipping.
detector is required. Combination of 1311 oscillator and 1232
Catalog
detector is available as the 1240 Bridge Oscillator-Detector. Description Number
DC Polarization: Capacitors can be biased to 600 V from ex- 1650-B Impedance Bridge
ternal dc power supply for series capacitance measurements. Portable Model 1650-9702
Rack Model 1650-9703
Required: None. Earphones can be used for high precision at
Replacement Battery, size D cell, 4 req'd 8410-0200
extremes of bridge ranges.
Available: Type 1650-Pl TEST JIG. Patent Number 2,966,257 .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

MANUAL IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 17
 1656 Impedance Bridge
• measures R, L, C, and G impedance measurements that will challenge it, whether
dc or audio-frequency. Notice the width of the ranges
• 0.1 % basic accuracy
specified below.
• fast lever balancing
• digital readout of RLC and G
• portable, self-contained

Today's components demand high-precision measure-

ments; today's schedules demand fast answers. GR's
1656 meets these demands. A precision adaptation of a
long-time favorite bridge, the 1656 simplifies 4-place
balancing with lever switches and reduces possible read-
ing error with in-line digital readout of impedance.
Though of laboratory accuracy, the 1656 is also the
ideal general-purpose instrument for production, inspec-
tion, and field use. It's fully portable and self-contained
for both ac and dc measurements and demands no
special training for proper use.
Measure extremely large or small value of R or G with
ease - you will appreciate the extraordinary sensitivity Lever·arm switches on 1656 permit fast balances and easy·to·read
of the detector in this instrument. Indeed, there are few answers.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

18 MANUAL IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy"
Resolution
(one digit on Frequencies ";;1 kHz and small phase Frequencies >1 kHz or large phase angle
Range lowest range) angle (fs = full scale) Typical additional error terms

Capacitance: 0.1 pF to 1100 J.lF 0.1 pF +

±(0.1 % of reading 0.01 % of fs + ±[0.2 DfkH, + 0.5 0' + 0.002 (fkH,)'l%
Series or parallel, 7 ranges 0 .2% of reading on highest range)

Inductance: 0.1 J.lH to 1100 H 0.1 J.lH +

±(0.1% of reading 0.01 % of fs + ±[0.2 fkH,/Q + 0.5/Q' + 0.002 (fkH,)'l%
Series or parallel, 7 ranges 0.2% of reading on lowest range)

Resistance: 0.1 ma to 1.1 Ma 0.1 ma +

±(0.1 % of reading 0.01 % of fs + ±[QfkH, + 0.003 (fkH,Pl%""
Ac or dc, 7 ranges 0.2% of reading on lowest range)·"

Conductance: 0.1 nU to 1.1 U 0.1 nU +

±(0.1 % of reading 0.01 % of fs + ±[QhH, + 0.003 (fkH,Pl%""
Ac or dc, 7 ra nges 0.2% of reading on highest range)··

Dissipation Factor, D:
series capacitance 0 to 1 ±(0.001 ±5% of reading) ±(0.001 fkH, + 5% of reading)
parallel capacitance 0.1 to 50 ±5% of reading (sliding null at ±5% of reading
high D)

Storage Factor, Q:
series inductance 0.02 to 10 ±5% of reading (sliding null at low Q) ±5% of reading

parallel inductance _I to 00 ±(5% of reading + 0.001) for l/Q ±(5% of reading + 0.001 hH,) for l/Q
" Full accuracy applies from 15 to 35'C, <85% RH (useful from 0 to 45'C). Residual terminal impedances of"" 0.3 pF, 0.15 J.lH, and 1 ma must be
corrected to obtain specified accuracy.
"" Terms apply to ac measurements when external phase balance is properly adjusted; otherwise accuracy is 0.5% of reading.

Generator: Internal, 1 kHz ±2% ac, 1.5 V dc. External, 20 Hz

to 20 kHz ac; Type 1310 or 1311 Oscillator recommended:
Detector: Internal, 1 kHz ac with >20·dB rejection at 2nd har·
monic or flat, meter indication; 10-p.V / mm dc meter sensitiv-
ity. External, Type 1232 Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector
recom mended.
Bias: 600 V max on capacitors; small currents allowable on
inductors and resistors; external only.
Terminals: ~·in . ·spaced binding posts for unknown; pin jacks
for external ac generator and c;)pacitor for ac phase balance;
phone jacks for external detector, bias, and DQ adjustment.
Supplied: Batteries.
Available: 1650-P1 TEST JIG for rapid and convenient connec·
tion of axial· lead components to bridge. Permits 3-terminal
connection for negligible zero capacitance, introduces 80-mn Flip-Tilt case provides
total lead resistance (which only affects measurements on complete protection.
very low impedances), and adds a D or 1/ Q error of less than
0.007.
Power: 5 D-cells, supplied; battery checks provided. Catalog
Description Number
Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case and rack mount. DIMENSIONS
(wxhxd): Portable, 13.25xI2.87x6.69 in. (337x327x170 mm); 1656 Impedance Bridge
Portable Model 1656-9701
rack, 19x12.25x5.75 in. (483x311x146 mm). WEIGHT: Port· Rack Model 1656-9702
able, 15 Ib (7 kg) net, 21 Ib (10 kg) shipping; rack, 16 Ib D Cell, replacement battery
(8 kg) net, 28 Ib (13 kg) shipping. for 1656 (5 req'd) 8410-0200

rapid and efficient component sorting device when the

panel meter of the bridge is used as a limit indicator.
The test jig makes a three·terminal connection to the
bridge, so that the residual zero capacitance is negligible.
The lead resistance (0.08 ohm total) has effect only when
very low impedances are measured, and the lead capaci·
tance affects only the measurement of the Q of inductors,
1650-P1 Test Jig introducing a small error in D (or 6) of less than 0.007.
Weight: Net, 10 oz (285 grams); shipping, 4 Ib (1.9 kg).
This test-jig adaptor is used to connect components
quickly to a pair of terminals and can be placed on the Catalog
bench directly in front of the operator. Thus, the test jig Description Number
and 1650·B, 1656, or 1608-A Impedance Bridge make a 1650-Pl Test Jig 1650-9601

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

MANUAL IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 19
 r ~tll
l ~I~ II

l C

1608-A 1m edance Bridge

• measures C, R, L, and G with digital readout The 1608-A will measure resistors at EIA-specified dc
• ±0.05% accuracy voltages, three-terminal capacitors and small capacitors
remotely located, voltage-biased capacitors or current-
• 20 Hz to 20 kHz (external generator) biased inductors and resistors. Almost any impedance
• internal1-kHz oscillator and detector is measurable over the audio-frequency range.
The ability to measure small capacitances by a three-
• measures impedance of any phase angle terminal connection makes possible the measurement of
• accurate D and Q readings the capacitance between components, wires, or mounting
structures. Long, shielded cables can be used without
significantly affecting the accuracy of the measurement.
For production testing of components, the 1650-Pl
This wide-range bridge will measure precision compo- test jig is recommended.
nents to an accuracy of 0.05% - capacitance, induc- This self-contained bridge system includes six bridges,
tance, and ac as well as dc resistance and conductance. along with suitable ac and dc sources and detectors. The
An almost error-free readout and rapid-balance adjust- bridge elements are precision units. The wire-wound
ments allow accurate and fast laboratory or production resistors are similar to those used in GR decade resis-
tests. Six bridge circuits cover all possible phase angles tance boxes; the standard capacitor is a combination
so that any network can be measured, even such "black silver-mica and stabilized-polystyrene unit, with a low
boxes" as filters, transducers, and equalizers. temperature coefficient.
In ac resistance and conductance measurements, a Q The readout system is digital for C, R, L, and G, as well
adjustment for precise balancing gives phase information as for the Q of resistors. D and Q for capacitors and in-
useful in predicting high-frequency behavior. This ca- ductors are read from a dial with the correct scale illumi-
pability is also useful for measuring lossy reactances, nated. Decimal points and units are indicated auto-
such as rf chokes, without a sliding nUll. The high phase matically, and there are no multiplying facJors for any
precision of ±0.0005 radian makes D or Q measurements quantity at 1 kHz or dc.
meaningful on low-loss reactances, which must often have The C-R-L-G readout has both coarse and fine adjust-
tight D or Q tolerances for use in precision networks. ments controlled by concentric knobs.
c~:~~'
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
20 MANUAL IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
 <s Cp Gp RS LS

(~~) (~.~~-g) (~~I.~) (I~~I~) (5~5~)

SERrES CAPACITANCE PARALLEL CAPACITANCE PARALLEL CONDUCTANCE SERIES RESISTANCE SERIES INDUCTANCE PARALLEL INDUCTANCE
LX

Elementary schematics of the capacitance, conductance, resistance, and reactance bridges.

The I-kHz frequency-selective networks for the internal DC Resistance and Conductance: Same as for I-kHz measure-
oscillator and tuned detector are on a plug-in module, ment, except that accuracy is limited by sensitivity at the range
which can be easily replaced with modules available for extremes. Balances to 0.1 % are possible from 1 ohm to 1
other internal test frequencies. Provision is made for use megohm with the internal supply and detector.
with an external oscillator and detector. Three dc sup-
plies are included to obtain maximum sensitivity over a
D (or~) of C or L: ±0.0005 ±5% at 1 kHz or lower.
Q ±0.0005fkH, ±5% above 1 kHz.
wide range of resistance.
Qof R or G: ±0.0005fkH, ±2%.
SPECIFICATIONS Generator: Internal, 1 kHz ±1 % module normally supplied;
Ranges: plug-in modules for other frequencies available on special or-
Capacitance: 0.05 pF to 1100 /LF in seven ranges, series or der. Level control provided. With external generator, fre-
parallel. quency range of bridge is 20 Hz to 20 kHz. Type 1310-B
Oscillator recommended if external generator required. Inter-
Inductance: 0.05 /LH to 1100 H in seven ranges, series or
nal dc supply 3.5, 35, and 350 V, adjustable; power limited to
parallel.
!f3W or less.
Resistance: (series) 0.05 milliohm to 1.1 megohms, ac or dc.
Detector: Internal or external; ac; can be used either flat or
Conductance: (parallel) 0.05 nanomho to 1.1 mhos, ac or dc
selective at frequency of plug-in module (normally 1 kHz);
(20,000 megohms to 0.9 ohm). other frequencies available; second-harmonic rejection of 25
D: (of series capacitance) - 0.0005 to 1 at 1 kHz. dB. Sensitivity control provided. Type 1232-A Tuned Amplifier
(of parallel capacitance) - 0.02 to 2 at 1 kHz. and Null Detector recommended when external generator is
Q: (of series inductance) - 0.5 to 50 at 1 kHz. used.
(of parallel inductance) - 1 to 2000 at 1 kHz. Dc Bias: Capacitors can be biased to 500 V from external
(of series resistance) - 0.0005 to 1.2 inductive at 1 kHz. source; bias current up to 40 mA can be applied to inductors.
(of parallel conductance) - 0.0005 to 1.2 capacitive
at 1 kHz. Supplied: Power cord, spare indicator lamps.
Frequency: 1 kHz with internal oscillator module supplied; 20 Available: 1650-P1 TEST JIG.
Hz to 20 kHz with external oscillator. Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz; 10 W.
Accuracy: Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
C,G,R,L Bench, 19x12.5x11.5 in. (483x318x293 mm); rack, 19x12.25x
At 1 kHz: ±0.05% ±0.005% of full scale except on lowest
10 in. (483x312x254 mm). WEIGHT: 37 Ib (17 kg) net, 54
Ib (25 kg) shipping.
Rand L ranges and highest C and G ranges, where it is
±0.2% ±0.005% of full scale.
Additional error terms for high frequency and large phase
angle:
Catalog
C and L: [±O.OOl(fkH,)' ±O.IDfkH' ±0.5D']% of measured Description Number
value. f... 1608-A Impedance Bridge
Rand G: [±0.002(fkH,)' ±l{)-6(tkH,Q:)±O.lQ]% of measured Bench Model, 115 V 1608-9801
value. Bench Model, 230 v 1608-9802
Residual Terminal Impedance: R = 0.001 n, L = 0.15 /LH, Rack Model, 115 V 1608-9811
C=0.25 pF. Rack Model, 230 V 1608-9812
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
MANUAL IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 21
 1657 RLC Di ibridge™
• automatically measures R, L, C, 0 and Q
• 0.2% basic accuracy
• five-digit display for R, Land C
• four-digit display for 0 and Q
• microprocessor-directed ranging Microprocessor-directed ranging takes the guess-work
• selectable test frequencies of 1 kHz and 120 Hz (100 out of setting the correct range. Lighted arrows on the
Hz) front panel indicate which range button is to be de-
pressed and thus, automatically, the correct range is
• series or parallel measurement mode selection
identified. Whether measuring impedance or loss/
• built-in Kelvin test fixture tests radial and axial lead quality factor, the GR 1657's microprocessor directs
components the instrument and the operator to achieve optimum
ranging. No chance for operator mistakes, as no opera-
• no calibration is ever required
tor decisions are required.
The GR 1657 Digibridge"" is an automatic micro- Three range positions provide measurements in mul-
processor-based bridge designed to measure R, L, C, D tiples of 100, as each range has two full decades of
and Q at a test time faster than three measurements per measurement capability, a feature made possible byau-
second, unqualified. Basic accuracy for R, Land C is tomatic decimal point positioning. In conjunction with
0.2%. the microprocessor-directed ranging, the automatic dec-
A five, full-digit LED readout is displayed for R, L imal point positioning causes the measurement to be
and C and four full digits are displayed for D and Q. This made on the lowest possible range, so maximum resolu-
broad visual display capabi lity is augmented with tion is always achieved. Residual errors inherent in all
microprocessor-directed ranging and automatic decimal measurement instruments, such as ± 1 count error,
point positioning. therefore become negligible for most GR 1657 meas-
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
22 AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
urements. The automatic decimal-point-positioning fea- The high reliability Kelvin test fixture accommodates
ture plus the use of full digits for the most significant either radial or axial lead components. Test radial lead
digit allows D measurement from 10- 4 to 101 . components by removing the two test clips, or insert the
Either a l-kHz or 120-Hz (lOO-Hz) test frequency clips and test axial lead components . Each test clip can
can be selected by the operator. Series or parallel meas- be moved to the right or left to accommodate various
urement modes are operator selectable across the full size components. The Kelvin test method assures more
measurement range of every test parameter. accurate measurement.

SPECIFICATIONS Power: 90 to 125 or 180 to 250 V, 48 to 62 Hz. Voltage

Measurement Mode: Measures R series or parallel; Land Q selected by rear-panel switch . 25 W maximum .
series or parallel; C and D series or parallel. All measurement Mechanical: Bench model. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
modes are pushbutton selectable . 14.75x4 .37x13 .00 in . (356 .35x101.97x330 .20 mm) .
Measurement Speed: Greater than three measurements per WEIGHT: 12.5 Ib (5.7 kg) net, 22 Ib (10 kg) shipping.
second , unqualified . Catalog
Test Frequencies: 1 kHz and 120 Hz. Also 100 Hz in place of Description Number
120 Hz. Pushbutton selectable. 1657 RLC Digibridgen •
Ranges: Pushbutton selectable. 120-Hz and I-kHz Test Frequencies 1657-9700
Three ranges for R, Land C (multiples of 100) 100-Hz and I-kHz Test Frequencies 1657-9800
R = 00.001 il to 99.999 Mil Extender Cable (for remote measurements) 1657-9600
L = 0 .0001 mH to 9999 .9 H
C = 0 .0001 nF to 99999. /LF
One range for D and Q
D = .0001 to 9.999
Q = 00.01 to 999.9
Accuracy: R, Land C = ±0.2% of reading covering the fol-
lowing ranges of value.

Mode Frequency Min Max

R 120 Hl or 1 kHz 2.0 D. 1.9999 MD.

L 1 kHz 200 JLH 199.99 H

L 120 Hz 2.0 mH 1999.9 H

C 1 kH z 200 pF 199.99 JLF

C 120 Hz 2.0 nF 1999.9 JLF

For valu es outside of these ranges, or for values for high-phase com-
ponents or networks , conta ct your local GenRad sales office.
D = ±[0.001 + 0.002 (1 + D) DJ
Q = ±[0.01 + 0.002 (1 + Q) QJ
Display: R, Land C - Five full digits (99999) , LED display
with automatic decimal point positioning.
D and Q - Four full digits (9999) , LED display with automatic
decimal point positioning.
Applied Voltage: 0 .3 V rms maximum .
Supplied: Power cord .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 23
 1658 RLC Di ibridge™
• automatically measures R, L, C, 0 and Q Keyboard Controls
• Display - The broad visual display of a five, full-digit
• 0.1% basic accuracy
LED readout for R, Land C and four full digits for 0 and
• 10 bins for sorting Q is augmented with automatic decimal point position-
ing. All numbers go to 9. Through the use of the DIS-
• autoranging PLAY key three types of display can be selected: VALUE
• IEEE 488 buslhandler interface option - the measured value of the component under test;
BI N No. - the bin assignment for the measured device
• three test speeds (example: If the measured device falls within the pro-
• selectable continuous, average or single component grammed limits of bin 8, the display will show the num-
measurements eral 8); and (ENTRY) LIMITS - which displays the pro-
grammed limits for any bin or displays the nominal
• three types of display - programmed bin limits,
measured values or bin number value.
• Selectable Test Speeds - In some testing applica-
• five-digit display for R, Land C tions, speed is not important. In others, accuracy may
not be too important. The GR 1658 allows the user to
• four-digit display for 0 and Q ~I
trade accuracy for speed and vice versa. Keyboard selec-
• selectable test frequencies of 1 kHz and 120 Hz tions are: SLOW (1.5/s typical, 0.1% accuracy),
(100 Hz) MEDIUM (3/s typical, 0.2% accuracy) and FAST (7/s
• series or parallel measurement mode selection typical, 0.5% accuracy) in CONT operation mode.
• Selectable Equivalent Circuit - The S ER I ES or
• built-in Kelvin test fixture tests radial and axial lead PARALLEL circuit is operator selectable across the full
components measurement range of every test parameter.
• no calibration is ever required - lower cost 'of owner- • Test Frequencies - Either 120 Hz (100 Hz) or 1 kHz
are selectable. Several frequencies are available for
ship
substitution.
• Measurement Control - Three test conditions are
The GR 1658 represents a new era in impedance available for selection: CONT - for continuous repeti-
measuring instruments. Unique features such as meas- tive measurements; AVERAGE - provides a running av-
urement averaging and selectable test speeds allow a erage of 10 successive measurements (initiated by
greater testing flexibility. START); and SINGLE. This averaging feature is very
useful for unstable components or noisy environments
and provides smoothing of any possible noise or slight
variation from one measurement to another.
• Autoranging - This microprocessor-controlled feature
takes the guesswork out of setting the proper range.
Automatic ranging can be inhibited by the HOLD
RANGE pushbutton. The RANGE HELD indicator is .not
lighted when in the autoranging operational mode.
• Measurement Parameters - These keys provide
selection of the basic parameter to be measured: R/Q,
L/Q or C/O. A series R measurement can be useful in
determining the equivalent series resistance of
capacitors.
High Reliability Kelvin Test Fixture Test radial lead
components by removing the two test clips, or insert the
R/Q UQ c/o ~2~~E
clips and test axial lead components. Each test clip can
I 1 I I, I 1 I 1
be moved to the right or left to accommodate Various
size components. The Kelvin test method assures more
accurate measurement.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
24 AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
 SPECIFICATIONS
Measurement Mode: Measures Rand Q series or parallel; L
and Q series or parallel; C and D series or parallel. All meas-
urement modes are key selectable .
Measurement Speed (CONT operation mode): Slow (1. 5/s typ-
ical), medium (3/s typical) or fast (7/s typical), key selectable.
See accuracy table for speed/accuracy data.
Test Frequencies: 1 kHz ancj.J.20 Hz.!Also 100 Hz in place of
120 Hz. Key selectable.
IEEE 488 Bus/Handler Option An IEEE 488 bus Measurement Ranges: Autoranging automatically finds the
interface and an autohandler output allow the 1658 to optimum range. Three internal ranges used. Microprocessor
be connected to an unlimited variety of ancillary equip- indicates over/under range conditions. Hold range/automatic
ment, such as handlers, printers or calculator-based feature is key selectable. 5: 1 overrange at top of each range.
systems. 50: 1 overrange on highest range of Rand Cat 120 Hz (and at
Component Sorting/Binning The limit comparison 100 Hz on 100 Hz/l kHz model).
feature provides lObi ns for sorti ng. Bi n 0 is designated R= 0.0001 n to 9.9999 Mil at 1 kHz
R = 0.0001 n to 99.999 Mn at 120 Hz (or 100 Hz)
for D/Q, bins 1 through 8 for multi-band sorting and bin 9 L = .00001 mH to 999.99 H at 1 kHz
is for components that do not meet any of the specified L = 0.0001 mH to 9999.9 H at 120 Hz (or 100 Hz)
limits of bins 1 through 8. RLC limits for bins 1 through 8 C = .00001 nFt0999.99/LFat 1 kHz
are entered as percentage deviations from the nominel C = 0.0001 nF to 99999. /LF at 120 Hz (or 100 Hz)
value and can be symmetrical (e.g., 1%, 2%, 5%) or D = .0001 to 9.999
asymmetrical (e.g., -20% 80%, -30% 10%). The DQ Q = 00.01 to 999.9 for UQ
limit is entered as a number and represents a single limit Q = .0001 to 9.999 for R/Q
comparison. GO/NO-GO is indicated whether the bin
Accuracy:
number or measured value is selected as the main dis-
play. Bin limits are entered in ascending order with the RLC and DQ Values
tightest limits in the lowest bin (1 % bin 1,2% bin 2, etc). Accuracy
Bin limits are held in each bin until changed or cleared by
turning off the power switch. For electrical outputs, the
Meas
Mode
Test
Freq Min I Max Slow Med Fast
IEEE 488 bus/handler option is required.
• Entry of Symmetrical Limits
C
C
1 kHz
120 Hz'
I .200 nF 199.9 /L F
2.0 nF 1 1999.9/LF
±0.1%
±0.1% I ±0.2% I ±0.5%
±0.2% ±0.5%
D Either .0000 .1000 ±.0005 ±.001 ±.0025
Example: l.5 /l-F capacitor with D < .005
L 1 kHz .200 mH 199.99 H ±0.1% ±0.2% ±0.5%
Sort: ± 1%, 2%, 5%, 10% L 120 Hz' 2.0 mH 1999.9 H ±0.1% ±0.2% ±0.5%
Select desired measure rate, equivalent circuit, Q Either 00.00 02.00 ±.01 ±.01 ±.01
frequency, measure mode. R 1kHz! 2.0 !1 1.9999 M!1 ±0.1 % ±0.2% ±0.5%
With DISPLAY key, select ENTRY LIMITS 120Hz'
Enter D limit: ~ Q Either .0000 .1000 C==. 001 ±.002 ±.005
With C/D key, select /l-F 'Values also apply to 100 Hz.
Enter nominal value: t) - NOM VAL UE For values outside of these ranges, or for values for high-phase components or
networks, contact your local GenRad sales office.
Enter bin limits:
l Oj IrN 1
L % .- bll'l 1110. L Display: Three selectable display modes.
I:; % Blf'II 1\.0 ~ l. Measured values. R, Land C - Five full digits (99999),
J = 01 I '1 { 1. LED display with automatic decimal point positioning. D and
Close remaining bins:* Q - Four full digits (9999), LED display with automatic dec-
OJ 0 '> imal point positioning.
2. Bin number. Identifies bin for tested component.
V 70 3. Programmed limits for any bin.
n o~
Q
Measurement Control: Continuous, average (average value of
10 measurements), or single. Key selectable.
• Entry of Asymmetrical Limits External Bias: Up to 60 V can be applied. Applied Voltage:
Example: l.5 /l-F capacitor with D < .005 0.3 V rms maximum.
Supplied: Power cord.
Sort: match components to .25%
Power: 90 to 125 or 180 to 250 V, 48 to 62 Hz. Voltage
Select desired measure rate, equivalent circuit, fre- selected by rear panel switch. 30 W maximum.
quency, measure mode. Mechanical: Bench model. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
With DISPLAY key, select ENTRY LIMITS 14.78x4.4x13.5 in. (37.54xll.18x34 .29 cm). WEIGHT:
Enter D limit: 13.5 Ib (6.14 kg) net, 18 Ib (8.2 kg) shipping.
With C/D key, select /l-F
Enter nominal value: NOM VAL Llf
Enter bin limits: Catalog
Description Number
V, ~ I~O ....

7 ~ J'c; :J .'., [S I N No 2 1658 RLC Digibridge™

. '"> % .2 :- % B N No.3 120 Hz and 1 kHz Test Frequencies 1658-9700
100 Hz and 1 kHz Test Frequencies 1658-9800
2 5 % 0 c"s BIN No 4
120 Hz and 1 kHz Test Frequencies
C"l" .2'J% Bll\f'IIo.~ with IEEE 488 Bus/ Handler Interface 1658-9701
. ? 5"1c . 5 o{, - BII\ NO.6 100 Hz and 1 kHz Test Frequencies
• ':> % .7 ~% B11'11 No. 7 with IEEE 488 Bus/ Handler Interface 1658-9801
~ p Extender Cable (for remote measurements) 1657-9600
'Initially, at power up, bins 0 through 8 are closed so the procedure shown for
closing unused bins is not required.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 25
 1683 Automatic RLC Bridge
• Resistance: 1 /Ln to 2 Mn The five-terminal feature provides you with the ability
to measure accurately low-impedance and high-impe-
• Inductance: 0.1 nH to 2000 H
dance components far removed from the bridge. The
• Capacitance: 0.01 pF to 0.2 F Kelvin-type connection lessens the effects of lead imped-
• 0.1 % basic accuracy
ance and enables milliohms of impedance to be meas-
ured at the end of several feet of cable. The fifth terminal,
• up to 20 measurements per second the cable shield, is used to reduce the effect of stray
capacitances on measurements of high impedance. This
feature is especially useful when a series of small-valued
The 1683 Automatic RLC Bridge is a fully-automatic, capacitors is measured in sequence with a scanner
low-frequency, five-terminal impedance bridge that meas- system.
ures capacitance, inductance, and resistance with loss
expressed as a series element. It is a true bridge whose
accuracy depends on stable passive standards. The auto-
matic nature of the bridge allows unskilled personnel to
make precision measurements at the push of a button.
The accuracy and rapid speed of balance make the
1683 a natural choice for incoming inspection, quality
control, and high-volume production applications where
a large number of components must be measured in as
short a time as possible. The wide range of the 1683
enables it to measure almost any type of component.
The data-output option enables you to retrieve, record,
analyze, and utilize volumes of data in a minimum of time.
The bridge is designed to interface with scanners, com- The bias feature and leakage option provide the ability
parators, card- and tape-punch machines, recorders, and to characterize large-valued tantalum- and electrolytic-
computers. class capacitors at one station. The equivalent-series-
The programming option allows for external control of resistance (ESR) option provides you with another means
the bridge functions. This is desirable for fully-automated to express loss in capacitor measurements as required by
testing where a master computer may be controlling one some MIL specifications.
or more bridges and other accessory equipment. The The many features incorporated in the 1683 Automatic
computer would function as controller, data retriever, RLC Bridge allow you to accomplish fast, accurate, and
data analyzer, and decision maker to reduce the possi- economical testing of resistors, inductors, and capacitors
bility of error. Such a controlled system would provide in a number of applications ranging from laboratory use
for extremely fast, accurate, and economical component to the most sophisticated of computer-controlled systems.
evaluation.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
26 AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
 Range Accuracy
Measurement (% of reading) ±
at 120 Hz at 1 kHz (% of full scale)
CAPACITANCE With concurrent loss measurement ±0.1 % ±.005%
(that can be displayed as dissipation factor or equiv- 0000.1 pF to 1999.9 IlF 000.01 pF to 199.99 IlF
alent series resistance) and optional GO, NO·GO leak- 02.000 mF to 19.999 mF 0200.0 IlF to 1999.9 IlF ±1% ±.05%
age~urrent test.
020.00 mF to 199.99 mF 02.000 mF to 19.999 mF ±5%* (typically 1%) ±0.5'r.

00.001 IlH to 19.999 IlH 0000.1 nH to 1999.9 nH ±5%* (typically 1%) ±0.5%
INDUCTANCE With concurrent loss measurement 020.00 IlH to 199.99 IlH ±1.0% ±0.1%
expressed as series resistance. 02.000 IlH to 19.999 IlH
0200.0 IlH to 1999.9 H 020.00 IlH to 199.99 H :to.1% ± .Ol%

RESISTANCE Simple resistance, or series resistance 00 .001 mn to 19.999 mn ±5%* (typically 1%) ±0.5%
with inductance measurements. 020.00 mn to 199.99 mn ±1% ±.05%
0200.0 mn to 1999 .9 kn ±0.1 % ±.005%

0.0000 to 1.9999 ±1% ±0.05%

DISSIPATION FACTOR (D) Concurrent with capaci- accuracy differs on the fOrOWing capacitance ranges:
tance measurements. 0.2000 mF to 19.999 mF 0200.0 IlF to 1999.9 IlF ±1% ±0.5%
20.000 mF to 199.99 mF 02.000 mF to 19.999 mF ±5%±5%

00.001 mn to 19 .999 mn ±5%* (typically 1%) ±0.5%

EQUIVALENT SERIES RESISTANCE (Option 4) Con- 020.00 mn to 1999.9 kn with C reading of:
current with capacitance measurements. 03000 to 19999 ±1%±0.1%
02000 to 02999 ±1% ±0.125%
01000 to 01999 ±1% ±0.5%

LEAKAGE CURRENT (Option 3) GO, NO·GO indication

concurrent with capacitance measurement. 2.5 IlA to 25 mA in 5 ranges 2% of reading

* In single or variable measurement mode; ±1% of reading plus ±0.1 % of full scale in tracking mode.

SPECIFICATIONS Interface:
Display: Reactive and resistive readouts, each with 4V2-digit lOW-level Data Output (Option 5A): 50-pin Amphenol Type
resolution, high-intensity neon readout tubes, decimal point, 57 connector provides 11 digits of measurement data (5 for
and unit of measurement. Display also indicates measurement reactance, 5 for resistance, 1 for range) plus various con-
frequency, unbalanced condition, manual- or remote-ranging trol inputs and outputs for systems use. Digits are 1-2-4-8-
condition, and GO or NO-GO result of leakage current measure- weighted BCD at standard TTL logic levels (logic "0" = ground
ment. with lO-mA sink capability, logic "1";;' 3.5 V).
Speed: Measurement rate at 1 kHz is = 20 measurements per High-level Data Output (Option 5B): Same as low-level ex-
second for ±1 % of full-scale change in unknown, 16/ s for cept all outputs are 15-V swing (logic "0" = ground with 10-mA
±1O% change, and 8/ s for ±100% change; at 120 Hz, rates 10 sink capability, logic "I" = + 15 V behind 12 kfl).
times slower. Interval between measurements can be infinite Remote Programmability (Option 2): 50-pin Amphenol Type
(measurements initiated by front-panel pushbutton or external 57 connector provides terminals for external remote program-
closure to ground) or from = 20 ms to 1 s as set by front-panel ming of all control functions except line-voltage control. Func-
control so that measurements are repetitive. Speed may be tions are controlled by closures to ground or standard TTL
decreased slightly when D is measured near the low end of levels.
each capacitance range.
Terminals: Five; 4-terminal connection minimizes errors due Environment: TEMPERATURE: +10 to +40°C operating.
to lead impedance and ground terminal minimizes error due Available: 1683-Pl TEST FIXTURE, 2995-9158 BIAS SUPPLY,
to stray capacitance. Connections to unknown are made by printers, recorders, card-punch couplers, scanners.
coaxial cables at the front and the rear of the instrument. A Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50-60 Hz, 110 W.
1683-Pl Test Fixture is available for the rapid connection of
axial-lead components and contains a start button to initiate Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
the measurements. Stray capacitance up to 2 pF across the Bench, 19x7.88x25.38 in. (483x200x645 mm); rack, 19x7x
test fixture can be cancelled by an adjustment on the rear of 23.75 in. (483x178x604 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 60 Ib (28
the 1683. kg) net, 74 Ib (34 kg) shipping; rack, 50 Ib (23 kg) net, 67 Ib
Ranges: Nine for all measurements except five for leakage cur- (31 kg) shipping.
rent. Ranging can be automatic, manual, or remote except
Catalog
leakage current which has no automatic ranging. Description Number
Oscillator level: Voltage applied to unknown can be reduced 1683 Automatic RLC Bridge
from the normal 22 V rms for special applications. Bench Model, power freq: 60 Hz
Bench Model, power freq: 50 Hz
Sensitivity: Can be manually or remotely reduced from maxi- Rack Model, power freq: 60 Hz (Describe
mum, with consequent loss of resolution, to overcome prob- Rack Model, power freq: 50 Hz exactly
lems with non-linear or rapidly changing unknown or external as shown
Select following options, if desired at the
noise or hum pickup. OP2 Remote Programmability left.)
OP3 Leakage Current
Bias: 0 to 3 V internal, manually or remotely set; 600 V max, OP4 ESR Readout
external. OP5A* Low-Level Data Output
leakage-Current Test (Option 3): NO-GO limit can be man- OP5B* High-Level Data Output
Accessory available
ually set with 2% accuracy or remotely measured with 2% 1683-P1 Test Fixture for axia I leads
accuracy from 1 /lA (under vernier control) to 25 mAo External
monitoring of leakage current or of a dc voltage proportional to * Not available together in the same instrument.
leakage current provided . Patent Numbers 3,562,641 and 3,227,893.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 27
 A complete incoming-inspection station for passive components

1685 Di ital 1m edance Meter

• automatically measures R, L, and C on each range
automatic GOINO GO limits for D and Q urements at rates r.anging from four per second to one
every 10 seconds. This, of course, allows you to meas-
• measures series C and L at either 120 Hz or 1 kHz
ure value changes as the device being measured is sub-
• measures resistance at dc jected to environmental changes.
• Easy parameter selection - A clearly marked, five-
• 0.1 % basic accuracy for dc and 1-kHz measurements
position PARAMETER switch sets the instrument for the
and 0.5% for 120-Hz measurements
proper measurement with minimum effort. It has sepa-
• C range is 0.01 pF to 20,000 J,l.Fj L range, 0.01 J,l.H to rate I-kHz and 120-Hz positions for capacitance and J
2000 Hj R range, 0.1 mil to 20 Mil inductance measurements. .J
.0 and Q dial with directional arrows - Lighted direc-
• built-in limit comparator provides fast GOINO GO
tional arrows above the D and Q dial guide you in deter-
sorting
mining the D or Q of a device under test or when a D or Q
Up to now, an incoming-inspection station for passive limit has been exceeded. To find the value of D or Q, you
components typically consisted of several intercon- simply turn the dial until the lit arrow goes off and read
nected instruments that involved a great deal of manual the values on the dial. If you wish to set a high-D or
manipulation on the part of the inspector to achieve low-Q limit, set the value on the dial and the red and
proper results. Now, most (if not all) of those instru- green arrows will give a GOINO GO indication.
ments can be replaced by GenRad's 1685 Digitallmpe- • Limit comparator speeds up inspection process -
dance Meter. And, what is more important, many of the Once the upper and lower measurement limits of the
operations have been automated, which greatly speeds devices being checked have been set with the 5-digit
up the inspection process whether you screen many of limit switches, measuring is just a matter of inserting
the same type of component or measure the value of devices in the test fixture and watching the indicator
several different components. lights. If the measurement is within the set limits, the
The GR 1685 has many convenient features that GO light goes on and you make your next measurement.
make it an operator-oriented instrument, particularly If it is outside the limits, the LOW or HIGH light will go
when used with its optional built-in limit comparator on and you reject the device. When checking D Qr Q
and test fixture. After reviewing the following GR 1685 against a set limit, the HIGH D light will turn on for
operating features and their benefits you will agree that either a high D or low Q.
GenRad has greatly simplified impedance meas- • A red lamp tells you when the instrument is making a
urements with this new instrument. measurement
• Range switch with directional arrows - Arrows at • Test fixture has PASS/FAIL lights - Normally, these
the top of the RANGE switch indicate which way to turn two lights are all an inspector need pay attention to
the 9-position switch to set the correct range. When at when inspecting a batch of components that are approx-
the correct range, both arrows are extinguished. No imately the same value. The lights work in conjunction
thinking is required with this step - just follow the with the limit comparator.
arrows . Provisions have been made for the GR 1685 to oper-
• Clear digital readout of measurement - The R, L, or ate with external equipment such as additional limit
C measurement clearly appears on a 4V2-digit LED dis- comparators, handlers, data printers, and card
play. There is no doubt what the measurement value is. punches. Meter output levels are standard TTL, open
• Selectable measurement modes - A MEASURE- collector, for total interface flexibility: The GR 1685 ./
MENT MODE switch allows the operator to make a comes supplied with an output-data connector set by
single measurement or to make repetitive meas- which you connect to external equipment.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
28 AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES
 SPECIFICATIONS
RLC Ranges: FULL-SCALE READINGS AND ACCURACY MULTIPLIER
Capacitance Resistance Inductance Voltage
Switch Multiplier
Position 1 kHz M 120 Hz M DC M 120 Hz M 1 kHz M A
1 1999.9,uF" 10 19.99mF"" 199.99mD." 20 199.9,uH" 10
4 19.999,uH" 10 0.1
2 199.99,uF 3 1.99mF 1999.9mD. 3 1.999mH
2 2 199.99,uH 3 0.1
'---- 3 19.999,uF 1 199.9,uF 19.999D. 1
1 19.99mH 1 1999.9,uH 1 1
4 1999.9nF 1 19.99,uF 199.99D. 1
1 199.9mH 1 19.999mH 1 1
5 199.99nF 1 1.999,uF 1999.9D. 1 1.999H
1 1 199.99mH 1 1
6 19.999nF 1 199.9nF 19.999kD. 1 19.99H
1 1 1999.9mH 1 1
7 1999.9pF 2 19.99nF 199.99kD. 1 199.9H
1 1 19.999H 1 1
8 199.99pF 3 1. 999nF 1999.9kD. 3 1.999kH
2 2 199.99H 3 5
9 19.999MD. 5 5
"Not recommended ""Extends to O.lF at reduced accuracy M = Accuracy Multiplier (see below)
10.0
( ' 0 .1% ' 0.01 % Full Scale ! 020'1& , itix 01 %) xM
, 10.0
(- 0.25% • 0.5% Full Scale' 0.20% • ~- 0' % ) x M I
I
I I
I I
I I I i
I I I
I I I
,.u I I ,.u I
I I I
"::>u
a: I COR l READING
I
1/ I "a:
::>
'" 10 PERCENT
OF FULL SCAL.z
I
~ 10
.... I
e 1.0

~ COR L READIN,j
lOPERCENT I "
....
~
V /
~ OF FULL SCALE /
~ 0.5 / U
~ 0.5
04 / I ~ 0.4 L
03 / 03
~ COR L READING
100 PERCENT
V / OF FULL SCALE

V
--
02 0.2
COR l READING
100 PERCENT
OF FUll SCALE
0 .1 0 .1
0001 001 01 0.1 10 10.0 .0001 .001 .01 0.1 1.0 10.0
DISSIPATION FACTOR , 0 DISSIPATION FACTOR 0
"MULTIPL Y ACCURACY BY M °MUl TIPl Y ACCURACY BY (2') FOR THE 1.999 mF AND 1999 nF RANGES

C and L accuracy at I-kHz Test Frequency C and L accuracy at 120-Hz Test Frequency

Accuracy: Basically, 0.1 % for dc and 1-kHz measurements; from an external source of +30V (max) with low output
0.5% for 120-Hz measurements. See curves for exact ac- +O.4V (max): busy, go, DQ high, high limit, low limit, fail.
curacies. (± 0.1 % ±. 0 1% full scale) xM for dc resistance. See SU PPLEMENTARY OUTPUTS: Clamp: This line is to be tied to
"RLC Ranges" table for values of M. the external relay coils. Audio output line to drive a miniature
Dissipation Factor/Q Factor: D = 0 to 10; Q = 0.1 to 00. speaker (or headphone) tied between this output and ground.
Signal gives = 1/4s audio burst, when measured value falls
D accuracy = - +(0001
. +00002
. (LorC)
(L Full Scale
. +50°/
. /0 outside the selected high and low limits. (Not activated by DQ
or C) reading failures.) Interface: Lines for interfacing with a digital printer
of Dreading + 5 D%) x M (i.e., GR 1785), a component sorter, a component handler for
where M = Accuracy Multiplier a specific application, and/or to interface with a multiple limit
Q accuracy is same as D accuracy since dial indicates both D comparator. DATA INPUTS: Remote Start: A positive transi-
and Q. Dial reads both D and Q, and may be set to give D or Q tion of < 1 P.s rise time from 0 V < VL < 0.4 Vto +2 V < VH <
limit or adjusted to give D or Q value. +30 V initiates a measurement. Limit Disable: Performs the
same function as the toggle switch on the front panel of the
Display: 41/2 digits, LED display with decimal point and over-
range indication. Display normally reads C, R, or L. limit option module: High input turns limit option OFF, OPEN
is equivalent to VL .
Applied Voltage: AC: A x 1 V rms max. DC: A x 2 V max, where (0 V < VL <+0.4 V, + 2 V < VH <+ 30 V.)
A = voltage multiplier (see "RLC Ranges" table). Maximum
power is 1/8 W. Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to +50°C operating (in-
crease accuracy multipliers by 10% for each °C above 35°C or
Frequency: 1 kHz ±2% and 120 Hz, synchronized to line below 15°C), -40 to + 75°C storage. HUMIDITY: 95% at
(100 Hz test frequency for 50-Hz line). 35°C.
Bias: For capacitors, 2 V internal and 0-100 V external; for Supplied: Power cord, measurement cable, output-data con-
inductors, allowable bias current depends on range. nector set.
Measurement Speed/Mode: Measurements made on com- Power: 90 to 125 or 180 to 250 V, 48 to 440 Hz, 40 W max.
mand or repetitively at times from 0.25 s to 10 s. Previous
Mechanical: Bench or rack models, DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
measurement is held during period of new measurement.
Bench, 17.00x5.59x16.25 in. (432x142x413 mm); rack,
Data Outputs (TIL Logic): Open collector, active low. Each of 19.00x5.22x16.63 in. (483x133x422 mm). WEIGHT:
the following outputs will sink 40 mA (max) from an external Bench, 22.5 Ib (10.2 kg) net, 311b (14.1 kg) shipping; rack,
source of +30 V (max) with low output = +0.4 V (max): BCD 23.25 Ib (10.54 kg) net, 31.75 Ib (14.4 kg) shipping.
measurement value, decimal points, DQ high, reset, strobe,
overrange. Catalog Numbers
Data Inputs: REMOTE START: A positive transition of < 1 p'S Description 60-Hz Models 50-Hz Models"
rise time from 0 V < VL < 0.4 V to + 2 V < VH < +30 V 1685 Digital Impedance Meter
initiates a measurement. LAMP TEST: A ground lights all
Bench model with Limit Comparator 1685-9702 1685-9802
segments of the right-most four digits of the LED display (8 8 Rack model with Limit Comparator 1685-9703 1685-9803
8 8) to check operation of all indicator segments.
1686-Pl Test Fixture, Kelvin clips 1686-9600'
Limit Option: DATA OUTPUTS (TTL LOGIC): Open collector,
active low. Each of the following outputs wi II sink 40 mA (max) "50-Hz line frequency, IOO·Hz test frequency.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUTOMATIC IMPEDANCE BRIDGES 29
 /

16541m edance Comparator.

• 0.003% impedance-difference resolution 0.3 volt, permit measurement of more fragile compo-
nents, allow easy voltage-coefficient tests, and (while
• 100 Hz to 100 kHz - 4 fixed frequencies
limiting maximum sensitivity) extend large-difference ca-
• wide impedance ranges: pability to 30% and 0.3 radian, full scale.
2ilto 20 Mil Wide ranges of impedance, resistance, capacitance,
0.1 pF to 1000 p,F and inductance can be compared with the 1654. Since
20 p,H to 1000 H it is a transformer bridge, its accuracy is little affected
by loading or by stray impedances for most measure-
• stable solid-state circuits
ments. A guard terminal is provided for making three-
• fast sorting - terminal connections to minimize the effects of stray
> 10,000/h, with accessory limit comparator fixture and cable capacitance.

The GR 1654 Impedance Comparator indicates on

large panel meters and by analog output voltages the
difference in magnitude and phase angle between two
external impedances, usually a standard and an unknown.
Owing to its speed and percent-deviation readout, the
1654 is of great value in the sorting, selecting, and
adjusting of components in production and inspection
applications.
Accurate Because the 1654 measures differences to
an accuracy of 3% of full scale, the measurement accu-
racy and resolution as a percent of the total impedance
are considerably better, with comparison precisions to HIGH-SPEED SORTING, SYSTEMS EXPANSION
±0.003%. In addition, the magnitude channel of the The 1654 measures the difference between two exter-
1654 has been linearized to ensure accurate readings nally connectE;!d components. For comparison measure-
without correction for up to 30% impedance differences. ments you need a standard. For rapid sorting you need
Solid-state circuits are used in the 1654 so that drift of either a limit comparator or an alert operator who can
the meter zero is negligible, permitting more certain ac- mentally juggle up to six numbers simultaneously. You
curacy and fewer interruptions for readjustment. can solve these problems neatly by adding to the basic
Versatile Test voltage, frequency, and measurement impedance comparator or, more neatly yet, by letting us
ranges of impedance and phase-angle differences are all do the adding in the form of one of several models of the
selected by front-panel controls. Test voltage and meas- 1654-Z Sorting System.
urement ranges are related and their panel switches inter- One model of the 1654-Z contains, in addition to the
locked to reflect this relationship. Four measurement 1654 Impedance Comparator, one of our latest and best
ranges can be used with each test voltage. The highest decade capacitors. A second model contains a versatile
test level, 3 volts, gives the greatest sensitivity: 0.1% limit comparator especially designed for the 1654, and
and 0.001 radian, full scale. The lower levels, 1.0 and a third model contains both.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
30 IMPEDANCE COMPARATORS
 The 1413 Precision Decade Capacitor provides a range TYPICAL USES
of from 0 to 1.11111 p.F, an accuracy of 0.05%, and a Rapid sorting and matching of precision components,
resolution of 1 pF. Any value in its range is set easily by subassemblies, and networks, manually or with automatic
six in-line readout dials, and it may be connected to either equipment.
the front or the rear of the 1654. Measuring the effects of time and environment on com-
The 1782 Analog Limit Comparator provides four limits ponents, with high precision and continuous indication.
that you may use as your needs dictate: a high and low Rapid testing of the tracking of ganged potentiometers
limit for both magnitude and phase, two values of magni- and variable capacitors.
tude only or phase only, or four high limits to sort compo- Studying the frequency dependence of components.
nents into five categories (say 5, 10, 20 and 30% and Easy comparison of quantities usually requiring labora-
reject). All limits can be set to an accuracy of within tory techniques, such as:
±2% of full scale and bright-light panel indicators provide Small impedance differences.
results of the comparison in terms of GO or NO GO. The D of low-loss dielectric materials.
1782 is avai lab Ie also with a relay option to control auto-
matic sorting mechanisms. The components can be ap- D( = ~) of inductors.
plied manually or automatically 'at rates up to four per Q or phase angle of wire-wound resistors or
second. For special applications, up to 16 limit compara- potentiometers.
tors can be connected to the 1654. Call your local GR Balance of transformer windings.
sales engineer for further details on incorporating addi- Semiconductor capacitances.
tional limit comparators or other automatic measuring Capacitance drift with temperature.
and sorting equipment.

1654·Z1 Sorting System includes limit comparator 1654-Z2 Sorting System contains precise 1654-Z3 Sorting System includes both a limit
for additional limits. capacitance decade standard. comparator and capacitance decade standard.

SPECIFICATIONS Resolution: Meter, 0.003% and 0.00003 radian. Analog-volt-

Frequencies: Internal only 100 Hz, 1, 10, and 100 kHz, ±1 %. age output, 0.001 % and 0.00001 radian.
Ranges: 0.1 % to 30% full-scale impedance difference; 0.001 Accuracy: 3% of full scale.
to 0.3 radian full-scale phase-angle difference. Available Voltage Across Standard and Unknown: 0.3, 1, or 3 V selected
ranges depend on test voltage selected as shown in the fol- by front-panel control. Test voltage of 2 V (with 0.6 and 6 V)
lowing table. can be obtained on special order.
Phase-Angle Difference Analog-Voltage Outputs: Voltages proportional to meter deflec-
Test Full-scale Range - Radian tions at two rear-panel connectors: ±10 V full scale behind
Voltage 0.001 0.003 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.3 <10 n for 1782 Analog Limit Comparator; ±3 V or ±10 V (de-
0.3 V pending on range) full scale behind 2 kn for DVM, A-D con-
IV verter or other use. .-
3V x Test Speed: About 1 component per second with meter, max.
With analog output voltage, about 4 components per second,
Impedance Ranges (0.3-V test voltage*) except about 1 component per second at 100 Hz.
Freq Resistance Capacitance Inductance Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50-60 Hz, 15 W except
100 Hz 2n - 20 Mn 1000 pF - 1000l"F 5 mH-1000 H
1654-Zl, 35 W.
1 kHz 2n - 2 Mn 50 pF** - 100 I"F 500 I"H - 100 H Supplied: Multiple-contact connector and power cord.
10kHz 2n-200kn 50pF**- 10l"F 50 I"H - 1 H Available: 1782 ANALOG LIMIT COMPARATOR (supplied with
100 kHz 10 n - 10 kn 50 pF** - O.lI"F 20 I"H - 10 mH -Zl and -Z3); 1413 PRECISION DECADE CAPACITOR (supplied
* Low Rand L limits are increased and upper C limit decreased by with -Z2 and -Z3) and other GR decade boxes and standards
10:1 for I-V test voltage and by 100:1 for 3-V. of resistance, capacitance, and inductance; 1680-P1 TEST
** To 0.1 pF by substitution method. FIXTURE for rapid connection of components (includes con-
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
IMPEDANCE COMPARATORS 31
necting cables); 1654-9600 ADAPTOR KIT for components Catalog
Description Number
with %-in. spaced leads; 874-MB COUPLING PROBES for com-
ponents with l14-in. spaced leads; and 874-R33 PATCH
----
1654 Impedance Comparator
CORDS for connection to GR874®-terminated standards or un- Bench Model 1654-9700
Rack Model 1654-9701
knowns.
1654-Z Sorting Systems (bench only)
Mechanical: 1654, bench or rack models; 1654-Z, all units 1654-Z2 includes 1413 Decade Capacitor
(Describe
mounted in a single cabinet with necessary interconnections exactly
1654-Z1 includes 1782 Limit Comparator
as shown
made. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 1654 bench, 19.5x8.75x15 in. 1654-Z3 includes 1413 and 1782 at left.)
(495x222x381 mm); 1654 rack, 19x7x13.5 in. (483x178x343 Select, if desired, with -Zl and -Z3 only
mm); 1654-Zl, 12x19.5x15 in. (305x222x381 mm); 1654-Z2, OP6 Relay Output
-Z3, 17.5x19.5x15 in. (445x222x381 mm). WEIGHT: 1654 Accessories Available
bench, 40 Ib (19 kg) net, 60 Ib (28 kg) shipping; 1654 rack, 16BO-Pl Test Fixture 1680-9601
25 Ib (12 kg) net, 40 Ib (19 kg) shipping; 1654-Z1, 51 Ib 1654-9600 Adaptor Kit 1654-9600
B74-MB Coupling Probe (2 req'd for
(24 kg) net, 63 Ib (29 kg) shipping; 1654-Z2, 66 Ib (30 kg) each term pair) 0874-9666
net, 79 Ib (36 kg) shipping; 1654-Z3, 77 Ib (35 kg) net, 90 874-R33 Patch Cord (2 req'd for
Ib (42 kg) shipping. each term pair) 0874-9690

I 'dlGQ 0\'1,

.'' '

Com r t r
• accessory to 1654 Impedance Comparator ponents per second can be measured with the two instru-
ments together.
• 4 independent limits - use for high or low
Four controls on the front panel permit the limits to be
• 2% of full scale accuracy set to 1% resolution; each control can act as either a
• GO/NO GO lights, optional contact closures high limit or a low limit as selected on an adjoining switch
and for l::,.Z or l::,.() as selected by a rear-panel switch.

The GR 1782 Analog Limit Comparator increases the SPECIFICATIONS

speed at which the 1654 Impedance Comparator will Input: ANALOG VOLTAGE: ±10 V full scale. RESISTANCE (of
operate in sorting applications. It compares the analog- each comparator): 66 kO, approx.
voltage output of the 1654 against high and low limits set Output: ANALOG VOLTAGE: Identical to input. DECISION
on the 1782 front panel and displays GO or NO GO lights OUTPUTS: Visual or relay contacts. Visual: NO-GO lamp for
for manual sorting. Optional relay-equipped models will each limit; GO lamp indicates measurement is within all limits.
operate external automatic-sorting devices. Up to 4 com- Relay Contacts (optional): 5 SPDT contacts, 115 V rms, 0.1 A
rms, max.
Accuracy: ±2% of full scale.
Limit Controls: Four independent limits; can be set for +
(high) or - (low) with switch adjoining each control. DUAL
CONTROLS: Inner scale calibrated 0 to 100 (each division
corresponds to 100 mY), outer scale calibrated 0 to 30 (316
mV per division).
Test Speed: Approx 10 tests per second, max, for visual output.
Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 20 W.
Supplied: 24-contact connector with relay models only, input-
signal cable, power cord.
Mechanical: Convertible bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx
hxd): Bench, 17x3.88x9.88 in. (432x99x251 mm); rack, 19x
3.5x8.63 in. (483x89x220 mm). WEIGHT: 9 Ib (4 kg) net,
15 Ib (7 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
1782 Analog Limit Comparator
Bench Model, without relays 1782-9700
Rack Model, without relays 1782-9701
Bench Model, with relays 1782-9702
The 17B2 is shown here with the 1654 Impedance Comparator to form
one version of the 1654-Z Sorting System. Rack Model, with relays 1782-9703

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

32 IMPEDANCE COMPARATORS
 M
1687 Megahertz LC Digibridge
• automatically measures Ls & a, Cs & D, Cs & Rs,
Keyboard Control
Cp&Gp
• Display - The broad visual display of a five, full-digit
• 0.1 % basic accuracy for C LED readout for Land C and four full digits for Q, D, R
0.2% basic accuracy for L and G is augmented with complete autoranging . All
numbers go to 9. Through the use of the DISPLAY key
• automatic limit-comparison (10 bins)
three types of display can be selected: VALUE - the
• autoranging measured value of the component under test; BIN -
the bin assignment for the measured device (example: If
• IEEE 488 buslhandler interface option
the measured device falls within the programmed limits
• two test speeds of bin 7, the display will show the numeral 7); and
• selectable continuous, average or single component 6C/6L - displays the change in value (in percent) of a
measurements component from a nominal value entered on the
keyboard or from the result of a measurement. The
• four types of display - programmed bin limits, meas- 6C/6L feature will be of special interest to users per-
ured values, deviation measurement (6 L or 6 C), forming environmental testing, precision device testing,
or bin number production/process control testing, component match-
ing and special lot testing.
• five-digit display for Land C
An additional display is obtained when the FUNC-
• four-digit display for a, D, Rand G TION key is set in the ENTER mode. In this mode either
• optional Kelvin test fixture tests radial and axial lead the programmed limits for any bin or the nominal value
components can be displayed. An indicator light located below the
LC display denotes whether the measured L or C is a
negative value .
• Selectable Test Speeds - In some testing applica-
tions , speed is not too important. In others , accuracy
may not be too important. The GR 1687 allows the user
to trade accuracy for speed and vice versa . Keyboard
selections are: SLOW (2 measurements/ second typical)
and FAST (4 measurements/ second typical).
• Measurement Control - Three test conditions are
available for selection : CONT - for continuous repeti-
tive measurements; AVERAGE - provides a running av-
erage of 10 successive measurements (in itiated by
START); and SINGLE (initiated by STAAT). The ave rag-
i ng feature is very usefu I when greater repeata bi Iity is
required or when measurements are made in noisy envi-
ronments.
• Autoranging - This microprocessor-controlled fea-
Q 0 Rs Gp
ture takes the guesswork out of setting the _proper range.
,1 i
Ls ' Cs ' Cs ' ! • Measurement Parameters - These keys provide
selection of the basic parameter to be measured: Ls &
Q, Cs & D, Cs & Rs, or Cp & Gp .
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE 33

 Self-Check/Diagnostics When power is switched on, for Q, 0, Rand G, . bins 1 through 8 for multi-band
the GR 1687 automatically performs a thorough internal sorting and bin 9 is for components that do not meet any
self-check and other diagnostic functions. Upon com- of the specified limits of bins 1 through 8. LC limits for
pletion, the 1687 automatically goes into MEASURE bins 1 through 8 are entered as percentage deviations
function, CONT-mode, * and CslD parameter. from the nominal value and can be symmetrical (e.g.,
1%, 2%, 5%) or asymmetrical (e.g., -20% 80%,
Elimination of Costly, Time-consuming Calibration A -30% 10%). The Q, 0, R or G limit is entered as a
unique combination of hardware and software features number and represents a single limit comparison. GOI
allows on-line recalibration for special fixturing such as NO-GO is indicated regardless of which DISPLAY is
autohandlers. In fact, periodic recertification and re- selected . Bin limits are entered in ascending order with
calibration are accomplished by the operator in a two- the tightest limits in the lowest bin (1 % bin 1, 2% bin
minute calibration exercise. The required short circuit, 2, etc). Bin limits are held in each bin until changed or
open circuit and capacitance standard can be user- cleared by turning off the power switch. For electrical
supplied or obtained from GenRad as the 1687-9605 outputs, the IEEE 488 buslhandler option is required.
calibration kit. • Entry of Symmetrical Limits
Example: 150 pF capacitor with 0 < .005
Unique Measurement Cable Design The 1687 elimi- Sort: ± 1%, 2%, 5%, 10%.
nates the conventional problems encountered in inter- Select de9,ired measure rate, display, measure mode.
facing M Hz bridges to special fixtures such as au- With FUNCTION key, select ENTER.
tohandlers. It does this with a specially designed meas- Press CslD key . .
urement cable that brings key elements of the test cir- Enter 0 limit: 0 ( . Bill 0
cuit right up to the test head. Enter nominal value: 1 5 0 .. ~01v1 VAL UE
Enter bin limits:
IEEE 488 Bus/Handler Option A IEEE 488 bus inter- 10 0 ~ 1
face and an autohandler output allow the GR 1687 to be 2 % = BIN 2
connected to an unlimited variety of ancillary equip- 1;°f-,-=BIN3
ment, such as handlers, printers or calculator-based 1 - BIf\.J 4
systems. Close remaining bins:*
B N J'"
0'70 BIf\.J6
0%- BIN 7
o - BIN 8
• Entry of Asymmetrical Limits
Example: 150 pF capacitor with 0 ~ .005
Sort: match components to .25%.
Select desired measure rate, display, measure mode.
Rear View of the GR 1687 with IEEE 488 Bus/Handler Interlace
With FUNCTION key, select ENTER.
Press CslD key.
Enter 0 limit: . 011'1 U
Optional High Reliability Kelvin Test Fixture Test ra- Enter nominal value: 5 0 . NO'VI VALUE
dial lead components by removing the test clip plate or Enter bin limits:
insert the test clip plate into the fixture and test axial °1 7 5 °/0 B 11'1 1
lead components. Each test clip can be moved to the . I 5 -/0 • 5 70 - B j N 2
right or left to accommodate various size components. . 5 % . 2 5 % -'- BIN 3
The Kelvin test method assures more accurate meas- .25% 0 % = B.N 4
urement. 0% - . 2 5 % = B:N 5
2 5 % - . 5 % -- BIN 6
Component Sorting/Binning The limit comparison . !) % . I 5 % BIN 7
feature provides 10 bins for sorting. Bin 0 is designated 5°10-1° J8
::-:-:-:-:-:c-,-
·Initially, at power up, bins 0 through 8 are closed so the procedure shown for
·SINGLE mode on power·up if IEEE 488 bus interlace is connected. closing unused bins is not required.

Display: Key selectable.

SPECIFICATIONS Value - UQ, C/D, C/R, C/G. Five full digits (99999) for Lor
Measurement Modes: Measures series Land Q; series C and C and four full digits (9999) for Q, D, R or G. Completely
D; serie. C and R; and parallel C ood G. All measurement autoranging.
modes are key selectable. Bin number - Identifies bin for tested component.
Measurement Speed: Slow (2/s typical), fast (4/s typical) . Programmed limits for any bin.
Key selectable. Refer to accuracy statem!i!nts for speedl 6L % or 6C% - Percentage deviation of selected L or C
accuracy data. measurement from stored nominal value.
Test Frequency: 1.000 MHz ±0.1 % Measurement Control: Continuous, average (running average
Measurement Ranges: of 10 measurements), or single. Key selectable.
L = 00.001 to 99999 JLH External Bias: Up to 60 V can be applied. Indicator lights
C = 00.001 to 99999 pF when bias is applied.
Q = 00.01 to 999.9 Applied Voltage: 0.1 V rms nominal, 0.12 V rms maximum
D = .0001 to 9.999 (with 1687-9603 probe). Option: 1 V rms ±20% for C values
R = 00.01 11 to 999.9 k11 "" 100 pF and rolls-off to 0.12 V rms maximum at 1600 pF
G = 00.01 JLS to 999.9 mS (with 1687-9604 probe).

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

34 HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE
 1
t l),Sf'i
Accuracy: -" . Accuracy specifications apply over the following temperature ranges
These accuracy specifications apply when usinithe standard (after warmup time of 30 minutes):
0.1 V probe (1687-9603). s /'
Ta*=Tcal ±5°C - no recalibration necessary .
'V I
L: ACCURACY = ±0.05%M [ 3 +_L_ + 50 JLH ] [ 1,)+ lIQ]
. 500 JLH Lt... Ta*=Tcal ±l:J°C. - "open" and "short" recalibration required
Basic L Accuracy lC~~ at T = Ta ±5°C.

C: ACCURACY = ±0.05%M [ 1 +_C_ + 50 PF] [ 1 + D] Ta*<Tcal -15°C - Full ("open," "short," "std")
500 pF C
Basic C Accuracy ------
Cross Term
Ta*>Tcal +15°C - recalibration required.

*Ambient temperature range Qoe ,,;;Ta ,,;;5Q'e.

Q: ACCURACY = ± [ .01 + .001M (1 + Q) Q][BaSiC L A.;:curac y ]
0.2 Yo
NOTE: Factory calibration is at Teal = 25°C
D: ACCURACY = ±.OOlM [ 1 + (1 + D) D][ BaSiC C A.;:curac y ]
0. 1 Yo Teal = temperature of last full recalibration. Calibration
applies for 12 months after full recalibration.
R: ACCURACY = ±O.l%M [ 1 + 6 ~O + 15~ 0 ] [ 1 + liD ]
Environmental: Operating: +0 to + 50°C, 0 to 85% relative
humidity. Storage: -40 to + 75°C
G: ACCURACY = ±O.l%M [1 + 6 ~S + 15~fLS ] [ 1 + liD ]
Supplied: 0.1 V measurement probe with cable (1687-9603)
and power cord.
Power: 90 to 125 V or 180 to 250 V, 48 to 62 Hz. Voltage
These accuracy specifications apply when using the optional 1 V probe
selected by rear-panel switch . 30 W maximum .
(1687-9604). , _ \ ;
Mechanical: Bench model . Dimensions (wxhxd): 14.78x4.4x
L: Same as above. ~ L 13.5 in. (37.54x 11.18x34.29 em). WEIGHT: 13 .5 1b (6.14
kg) net, 18 Ib (8.2 kg) shipping ..
C: ACCURACY = ±0.05%M [ 3 + _C_ + 50 PF ] [ 1 + D]
500 pF C
Basic C Accuracy ---
Cross Term

Q: ACCURACY = ± [ .01 + .002M (1 + Q) Q] '[ BaSiC L AccuraCY ]

. 0.2%
Description Catalog Number
D: ACCURACY = ±.002M [ 1 + (1 + D) D][ BaSiC C A.;:curac y ] 1687 LC Digibridge™ 1687-9700
. 0.2 Yo
1687 LC Digibridge™ with IEEE 488 BuslHandler
R: ACCURACY = ±0.05%M [ 3 + _ R_ + 3000 ] [ 1 + liD ] Interface 1687-9701
. 3 kO R 1687-Pl Test Fixture 1687-9600
1687 I-V Measurement Probe/Cable 1687-9604
G: ACCURACY = ±0.05%M [ 3 + 3 ~S + 30~fLS ] [ 1 + liD]
1687 Calibration Kit 1687-9605
Replacement parts:
In above specifications,
1687 Probe Nose Assembly 1687-9606
M = 1, when using SLOW test rate
D = 2:fC for parallel G and C 1687 O.I-V Measurement Probe/Cable 1687-9603
M = 5, when using FAST test rate
D = 27TfRC for series Rand C f = 1 MHz 1687 Reference-Standard Adaptor 1687-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE 35
 1606-B Radio-Frequency Bridge
• 400 kHz to 60 MHz
short-circuits, 50- and 100-ohm Standard Terminations,
• direct reading in ohms
and the various lengths of precision air line.
• adaptable to coaxial connectors Accessory Adaptor Kit With the 1606-P2 adaptor kit,
• accurate, compact, simple operation the 1606-8 can be fitted to accept GR900 and GR874®
connectors (the adaptors include compensation to match
The 1606-8 accurately and easily measures the resist- 50-ohm standards and components). The kit will also
ance and reactance of antennas, transmission lines, net- adapt to a 14-mm flange connector (a GR900 flange is
works, and components. It is particularly well suited for included to convert GR900 connectors), or to other com-
measuring low values of impedance of rf devices. Its mon connectors (N, 8NC, TNC, etc) by the use of GR900
range can be extended by means of an external parallel adaptors.
capacitor to measure high impedances. Description Measurements are made by a series-sub-
Precision Coaxial Connections In this latest model of stitution method in which the bridge is first balanced with
the popular 1606 RF 8ridge, the Unknown terminals are a short circuit across the Unknown terminals. The short
adaptable to coaxial connectors, in particular the GR900. is then removed , the unknown impedance connected,
This is a significant advantage that not only permits the and the bridge rebalanced.
measurement of components having coaxial fittings but The entire mechanical design is such that the instru-
also ensures better repeatability and more accurate defi- ment can operate under difficult environmental condi-
nition of the measurement plane. This permits the 1606 tions similar to those specified for testing military elec-
to be precision calibrated against coaxial standards such tronics equipment. The 1606-8 bridge is therefore an
as the various GR900® precision components: open- and excellent instrument for field use.
SPECIFICATIONS
Ranges of Measurement Accuracy
Reactance: ±5000 n at 1 MHz. This range varies inversely as the Reactance: At frequencies up to 5 MHz, ±2% ±(1 + 0.004 Rf) n; 5
frequency; at other frequencies the dial reading must be divided to 50 MHz, ±2% ±(1 + 0.0008 Rf) n; where R is the measured re-
by the frequency in MHz. sistance in ohms and f is the frequency in MHz.
Resistance: 0 to 1000 n. Resistance: At frequencies up to 50 MHz,

± [1% + 0.0024f1 ( 1 + 10~0)% ± lo;X n+o.1n ]

(where X is the measured reactance in ohms). Subject to correc-

tion for residual parameters.

Frequency: 400 kHz to 60 MHz. Mechanical: Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 12.5x
Satisfactory but somewhat less accurate operation can be 9.5x10.25 in. (318x242x261 mm) . WEIGHT: 23 Ib (11 kg)
obtained at frequencies as low as 100 kHz and somewhat net, 30 Ib (14 kg) shipping.
above 60 MHz.
Generator: External only (not supplied), to cover desired fre- SPECIFICATIONS FOR 1606-P2
quency range. Capacitance Added: By adaptor to GR900, 0.38 pF at refer-
Detector: External only (not supplied). A well shielded radio ence plane (less fringing capacitance); by flange adaptor, 0.18
receiver is recommended. pF.
Supplied: 2 leads of different lengths to connect unknown im- Weight: Net, 10 oz (283 g); shipping, 12 oz (340 g).
pedance to bridge terminals; %-in. spacer and 3.4-in. screw to Catalog
mount component to be measured directly on bridge termi- Description Number
nals; 874-R22LA Patch Cord. ---
1606-B Radio-Frequency Bridge 1606-9702
Available: 1606-P2 PRECISION COAXIAL ADAPTOR KIT. 1606-P2 Precision Coaxial Adaptor Kit 1606-9602
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
36 HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE
 1602-8 UHF Admittance Meter
• 20 MHz to 1.5 GHz
• direct-reading conductance Description The 1602-8 UHF Admittance Meter com-
and susceptance prises three identical loops, in parallel, driving a null
detector and magnetically coupled to three coaxial lines.
• measures SWR directly All these lines are fed from the same voltage so the cur-
rent in each line, hence the magnetic field, is proportional
to the terminating impedance. One of these lines is ter-
minated with a standard resistance, one with a reactance
standard, and one with an unknown admittance. In op-
eration, the coupling of the loops must be adjusted
Simultaneously until a null is obtained on the detector.
Each loop has a calibrated scale and the settings at null
condition indicate the value of the unknown device.

Versatile building block This nUll-type instrument

measures complex impedance and admittance in coaxial
systems and, as a reflectometer, will determine SWR,
impedance magnitude, and reflection coefficient magni-
tude. It can be used to adjust a network to a predeter-
SPECIFICATIONS
mined admittance, to match one network to another, and
to match antennas and other networks to 50-ohm circuits. Frequency: 40 MHz to 1.5 GHz, direct reading; to 20 MHz
with a frequency correction applied to susceptance reading.
A broad line of accessories adapts the 1602-8 to spe-
cific measurements, for example: Conductance: 0.01 to 4000 mu.
Constant-Impedance Adjustable Line The 874-LK20L Susceptance: -4000 to +4000 mU.
can be set to one-half wavelength to eliminate corrections Accuracy (both conductance and susceptance): ±(3% + 0.2
for the length of transmission line between the unknown mU) for 0 to 20 mU, ±(3yM% + 0.2 mu) above 20 mU
and the measuring point. When the line is set to one- (where M is scale multiplying factor), up to 1 GHz; ±(5% +
0.2 mu) to 1.5 GHz. For matching of impedances to 50 fl,
quarter wavelength, the Admittance Meter dials read in
accuracy is ±3% up to 1.5 GHz.
impedance parameters, i.e., the series resistance and
Supplied: Two 1602-P4 Terminations as conductance stan-
reactance of the unknown.
dards, one 1602-P1 Adjustable Stub and one 1602-P3 Variable
874-ML Component Mount for the connection of lumped Air Capacitor as susceptance standards, two GR874 patch
elements (resistors, capacitors, or inductors). cords to connect to generator and detector, 1602-PlO and
-Pll Multiplier Plates, and a wooden storage case.
Required: GENERATOR: Must supply 1 to 10 V. GR high-
frequency oscillators recommended. DETECTOR: Sensitivity
of 10 p.V needed. 1236 I-F Amplifier recommended .
Available: 874-FBL Bias Insertion Unit, coaxial adaptors, line-
stretcher, component mount, oscillators, detector.
Mechanical: TERMINALS: GR874 coaxial connectors which
can easily be converted to type N or other common connector
type~ by means of GR874 adaptors. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
5.5x7.5x5.5 in. (140x190x140 mm). WEIGHT: 8.51b (3.8 kg)
net, 18 Ib (8.5 kg) shipping.

Catalog
Description Number
The Admittance Meter assembled for component measurements 1602-B UHF Admittance Meter 1602·9702
with unit oscillator and Detector. A line stretcher (Type 874-LKL)
connects the component mount to the unknown terminal of the Ad- 874-LK20L Constant·lmpedance Adiustable Line 0874-9631
mittance Meter. 874-ML Component Mount 0874-9663

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE 37
 874- BB Slotted Line
• 300 MHz to 9 GHz Twenty-two lines in one The 874-LBB can be converted
in seconds to interface with any of the popular UG con-
• low residual SWR
nectors by use of GR874 low-SWR adaptors, available for
• rugged construction BNC, C, HN, Microdot, N, SMA, SC, TNC, GR900®, and
Amphenol APC-7 connectors. A complete set of adaptors
• many lines in one with GR874® adaptors
will convert the 874-LBB into the equivalent of 22 low-
A basic UHF measurement tool A slotted line is one of SWR slotted lines.
the most important basic measuring instruments in high- The 874-LBB is a 50-ohm, air-dielectric coaxial line
frequency work. It is used to determine the standing-wave whose electric field is sampled by a probe that projects
pattern of the electric field in a coaxial transmission line; through a longitudinal slot in the outer conductor. The
from this knowledge, several circuit characteristics can probe rides on a carriage driven by a pulley-and-cord
be determined of a circuit connected to the load end of linkage conveniently operated from one end of the line.
the line. For example, the degree of mismatch (usually A source of about one milliwatt rf power is adequate for
expressed as SWR) between the load and the transmis- most measurements. The detector can be a I-kHz stand-
sion line can be calculated from the ratio of the maximum ing-wave indicator such as the GR 1234 or a heterodyne
amplitude of the wave to the minimum. The load imped- detector. In the former case, rf detection takes place
ance can be calculated from the SWR and the position in a diode detector built into the carriage.
of the voltage minimum on the line. Electrical length and
time delay can also be measured accurately. These ca-
pabilities make the slotted line a valuable instrument for
SPECIFICATIONS
measurements on antennas, components, coaxial ele-
ments, networks, transistors, and diodes. Frequency: 300 MHz to 8.5 GHz, usable to 9 GHz. Operates
below 300 MHz (where probe travel equals ¥2 wavelength) if
GR 123-4
extended with lengths of GR874 air line or with another slotted
OSCIu.ATOR
STANDING-WAVE
METER
line in series.
Probe: TRAVEL: 50 cm; scale in cm with 1 mm per division.
SCALE ACCURACY: ±(0.1 mm + 0.05%). PICKUP CON-
STANCY (flatness): ±1.25%.
SWR: <1.01 + 0.0016 (fGH,)' up to 7.5 GHz, <1.10 to 8.5 GHz.
Characteristic Impedance: 50 a ±0.5%.
~~~~
FI~TER
LOW-PASS
PORT,
814-t.86 SLOTTED LINE
Supplied: Storage box, rf probe, 2 microwave diodes, Smith
874-G
ATTENUATOR Charts.
I------------------------~
I GR 1236 I STAf.llAF() REct:1VER
Required: 874-D20L Adjustable Stub for tuning diode when
1 I-F AMPLifiER : OR HETERODYNE audio-frequency detector such as GR 1234 is used, suitable
i ~OETECTOR
generator and detector, one each 874-R22LA and 874-R22A
~ t
I
87.... R'l2LA OSCILLATOR
Rl.TCH CCAO· I Patch Cords.
Available: SW meter, detectors, 50-a air lines, adaptors, os-
cillators, and terminations.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 26x4.5x3.5 in. (660x114x
89 mm) . WEIGHT: 8.5 Ib (3.9 kg) net, 23 Ib (11 kg) shipping.
8111-LBB
874-G SLOTTED UNE
ATT ENUATOR
Catalog
Description Number
Typical measurement setups showing use of slotted line, SWR indicator
(upper) and heterodyne detector (lower). 874-LBB Slotted Line 0874-9651

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

38 HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE
 900-LB Precision Slotted Line
• 300 MHz to 8.5 GHz information he needs to evaluate the over-all performance
of devices and networks over a wide band.
• extremely low SWR
The outstandingly low SWR of the 900-LB should save
• impedance is 50 n± 0.1 % users the many hours required to calibrate less accurate
• adaptable with precision to other connectors
instruments.
Equipped with the appropriate GR900 low-SWR adap-
tor, the 900-LB becomes a type-N slotted line (or BNC,
Unparalleled precision The most precise coaxial con- or TNC, etc) whose specifications still exceed those of
nector, the GR900, and a nearly perfect section of coaxial slotted lines originally equipped with that connector (see
transmission line combine to give the 900-LB Precision curve below).
Slotted Line unparalleled performance specifications. The
residual SWR of the instrument is that of its GR900®
connector: 1.00l + 0.001 f GHz ' For those whose applica-
tions demand the ultimate in accuracy, the 900-LB can
1.10
1.08

a: 1.06
--l-
I I I
I
5Mr>..>-f- - - f-::::

be calibrated against a 900-LZ Reference Air Line, an im-

~
VI 1.04 -I-- ~c.~NI-" I--
pedance standard with a SWR under 1.0025 at 9 GHz. ./.
r- ... 7mm
1.02
In the field of microwave impedance measurement, the ...,.::::t:::: AGR900lDIRECT
1.00
0 3 4 5 6 7 8
slotted 'ffne is the fundamental instrument, because of its FREOUENCY GHz
inherent accuracy, broadband characteristics, and phase- Specified residual SWR of the 900-LB Precision Slotted Line in combina-
measuring capabilities. Among the many transmission- tion with various GR900® precision adaptors.
line parameters that can be determined with the slotted
line are SWR, reflection-coefficient magnitude and phase, Included with the slotted line is a full set of acces-
attenuation or insertion loss, and wavelength. The admit- sories; no additional parts are needed for common meas-
tance or impedance of source or termination can be meas- urements, except the generator and detector, which
ured; so also can transistor and diode characteristics and should be selected according to frequency range of
dielectric constant. It gives the design engineer all the interest.

SPECI FICATIONS
Frequency: 300 MHz ~o 8.5 GHz. Operates below 300 MHz Supplied: Adjustable probe-tuner assembly, rf probe, microm-
(where probe travel equals % wavelength) if extended with eter carriage drive accurate to 0.01 mm, 900-WN Precision
lengths of GR900 air line or with another slotted line in series. Short-Circuit Termination, 900-WO Precision Open-Circuit Ter-
Probe: TRAVEL: 50 cm; scale in cm. SCALE ACCURACY: mination, 874-R22A Patch Cord, 874-Q900L adaptor, 1N21C
±(O.l mm + 0.05%). Attached vernier resolution is 0.1 mm and 1N23C detector diodes, Smith charts, storage case.
and micrometer carriage-drive resolution is 0.002 mm. PICK- Required: Source and detector.
UP CONSTANCY (flatness): ±0.5%. Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 27.5xlOx4.75 in. (699x
SWR: <1.001 + 0.001 fGH' (unknown connector side). 254x121 mm). WEIGHT: 11 Ib (5 kg) net, 34 Ib (16 kg)
Repeatability: Within 0.05% (0.0005 SWR). shipping.
Characteristic Impedance: 50 n. ±0.1%. CONTACT RESIS- Catalog
Description Number
TANCE (900-BT connector): <0.5 mn. inner connector, <0.07
mn. outer connector. 900-LB Precision Slotted line 0900-9651

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE 39
 Heterodyne Detectors
40 to 2030 MHz
SIGNAL MEASURING
SOURCE DEVICE LOCAL
,..------, j--- ' OSCILLATOR
• high sensitivity I I FILTER I
I ~I
• choice of bandwidth : 0;;
IL _____ ...JI
I~~--~
II II
L _ __ J
• agc for null detection
• 70-dB calibrated attenuator
• expanded scale
General-purpose, highly sensitive high-frequency de-
tector systems for relative signal-level measurements or
for use as null detectors can be created by combining a
1236 I-F Amplifier and a High-Frequency Oscillator Block diagram of a typical heterodyne detector
(1362, 1363, or 1218-BV). The excellent shielding pro-
vided by such systems makes them ideal for low-level
measurements in the presence of high-level external The frequency range can be extended by the use of
fields. oscillator harmonics, but with reduced sensitivity and
Gain, loss, signal level These systems can be used to dynamic range. To cover wide frequency ranges eco-
measure insertion loss and attenuation, crosstalk in mul- nomically, it is recommended that you obtain one com-
titerminal devices such as switches, and antenna gain plete system plus the appropriate oscillators and filters
and radiation patterns. They can also be used as field- for the additional frequency ranges desired.
strength indicators and as laboratory high-frequency re- For instance, to cover the range from 40 to 950 MHz,
ceivers. Signal levels can be measured over an 80-dB selection would consist of a 1363 VHF Oscillator, 1236
range, even more with the use of external attenuators. I-F Amplifier, 874-MRAL Mixer, 874-G10L 10-dB Pad,
RF voltmeter When calibrated at one signal level and 874 EL-L Coaxial Ell and 874-F500L Low Pass Filter to
frequency with the aid of a standard-signal generator, cover the fundamental range of 40 to 350 M Hz plus a
these systems can be used as selective voltmeters, in a 1362 UHF Oscillator and 874-FlOOOL Filter to extend
50-ohm system, at that frequency. the fundamental range up to 950 MHz.
Detector Such systems are recommended as a null
detector for the 1602-B UHF Admittance Meter and are SPECI FICATIONS
an excellent standing-wave indicator for use with the Frequency Range (in MHz):
874-LBB and 900-LB Slotted Lines. These systems are
particularly useful for measurements on nonlinear ele- Fundamental 40* to 530 190 to 950 870 to 2030
ments, measurements that require a high degree of har- 2nd harmon ic" 82 to 1030 410 to 1870 1770 to 4030
monic rejection and the use of a low-level test signal. The 3rd harmonic" 138 to 1530 630 to 2790 2670 to 6030
4th harmon ic " 194 to 2030 850 to 3710 3570 to 8030
expanded I-dB full-scale range (equivalent to 1.12 Order the following :
SWR) makes possible very accurate low-SWR meas- Local Oscillator 1363 1362 1218-8V
urements at low signal levels. I-F Amplifier 1236 1236 1236
Filter 874-F500L 874-FlOOOL 874-F2000L
The system Each system consists of an 874-MRAL Mixer 874-MRAL 874-MRAL 874-MRAL
Mixer, 1236 I-F Amplifier, 874-G10L 10-dB Pad, and Pad 874-GI0L 874-GI0L 874-GlOL
874-EL-L 90° Ell, plus an oscillator and filter. For Coaxial 90 0 ELL 874-EL-L 874-EL-L 874-EL-L
maximum shielding, components are equipped with ' 40 MHz is the practical low-frequency limit.
locking GR874® connectors (which can be used inter- " For harmonic operation, the appropriate low-pass filter must be
changeably with the nonlocking type). used.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

40 HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE
 ,Q,JllNUAIION<l8 - GA,,,,
8A""OWtOTH
o MOER SCAlf

12361-F Amplifier
• 30-MHz precision lab receiver As a null detector, the 1236 offers the advantages of
• bandwidths: 0.5 and 4 MHz its compressed (agc) meter scale for convenience in rap-
id null balancing and its high sensitivity for sharp nulls
• 2-dB noise figure, 3.5-JLV sensitivity and precise data. It will also find application in noise-
• preamplifier and 70-dB attenuator figure measurements.
Precision detector systems The 1236 I-F Amplifier in
• expanded scale combination with an appropriate local oscillator (power
supply for which is built into the 1236), mixer, low-pass
Precision laboratory receiver The 1236 will meet the filter, an additional preamplifier, and connecting coaxial
many critical demands placed upon a precision labora- components make up a complete precision test receiver.
tory receiver. More than an amplifier, it is a ,complete Anyone of three different frequency bands within the
30-MHz measuring receiver with preamplifier, wide-range range of 40 to 2030 MHz are available.
calibrated attenuator, and a large meter with normal,
expanded, and compressed scales. The high sensitivity, SPECIFICATIONS
or low noise figure, with narrow bandwidth will provide
Frequency: CENTER FREQUENCY: 30 MHz. BANDWIDTH:
good small-signal performance and noise rejection for
= 3 MHz wide band, = 0.5 MHz narrow band, selected by
excellent measurement accuracy. The availability of a panel switch.
wider bandwidth also greatly simplifies use at higher fre-
quencies where sources are generally less stable. Sensitivity: 3.5 ",V narrow band, 9 ",V wide band, open-circuit
voltage behind 400 n for indication 3 dB above noise level.
Gain stability during a measurement is ensured by a
NOISE FIGURE: 2 dB, typical. PREFERRED SOURCE IMPE-
fully regulated power supply; 10% line-voltage variations DANCE: 400 nll7 pF (equivalent of 874-MRAL Mixer).
change gain less than 0.05 dB. Frequency stability of
your local oscillator can be achieved by use of the 30-MHz Meter: SCALE: -2 to 10 dB normal, with ±0.2-d8 linearity
over 0 to 10-dB range; 1 dB full scale expanded (1.12:1 SWR)
i-f output of this amplifier to drive an external afc loop.
with ±0.03-dB linearity; 40-dB min range, compressed scale.
Precision attenuation measurements You can measure
large values of attenuation easily with the 1236, owing to Gain: ATTENUATOR: 70 dB in 10-dB steps with ±(O.l dB +
the wide dynamic range of its preamplifier and attenuator. 0.1 dB/10 dB) accuracy at 30 MHz; 10-dB min range con-
A I-dB full-scale, expanded meter scale is provided, tinuous gain control.
which facilitates measurement of small values or changes Outputs: VIDEO (modulation): 1.5 V max behind 600 n, I-MHz
in attenuation. A continuous gain control permits setting bandwidth. I-F: 0.5 V max into 50 n. POWER SUPPLY: 150
initial readings for easy subtraction in substitution meas- to 300 V dc adjustable, at 30 mA, regulated; 6.3 V ac at 1 A.
urements. Available: GR 1362, 1363, and 1218-BV as local oscillators,
Precision SWR measurements The 1236 is recom- 874-MRAL Mixer, low-pass filters, attenuators, adaptors.
mended for the most precise SWR measurements, of both Mechanical: Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 8x7.38x
high and low values. The expanded scale is equivalent to 8 in. (213x187x213 mm). WEIGHT: 13 Ib (6 kg) net, 15 Ib
1.12:1 full scale. The high sensitivity of the 1236 per- (7 kg) shipping.
mits the SWR of solid-state devices to be measured at Catalog
signal levels low enough to avoid the effects of device Description Number
nonlinearity. 1236-I-F Amplifier 1236-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog .

HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE 41
 "..
"~' '~...... .',' ~. '

:,~.~
• v ... :.~

'.

1234 Standing-Wave Meter

• SWR ranges 1.05 to 4, full scale SPECIFICATIONS
• large meter with light-keyed scales Frequency: 1 kHz, adjustable. ±30 Hz. BANDWIDTH: 10 to
100 Hz, adjustable with constant gain.
• precision attenuators Input: Crystal Bolometer /

• highly sensitive Optimum 35kn 20kn 2kn 200n 200n

source R
Input Z lMn 350kn,f80H 35kn,f8H 3.5kn,f0.8H 3.5kn,f0.8H
se(f~iiivity 1.21lV lllV 0.321lV O.lIlV O.lIlV
Precise SWR measurements The 1234 Standing-Wave
Meter incorporates many features to simplify its primary Noise* 0.l21lV 0.l21lV 0.0361lV 0.Ol21lV 0.Ol21lV
use in measuring SWR with a slotted line, such as the * EqUivalent Input nOise level with optimum source resistance and
GR 874-LBB or the 900-LB Precision Slotted Line. Accu- minimum bandwidth.
rate measurements of low voltage SWR are possible with Meter: SCALES: SWR, 1 to 4, 3.2 to 10, 1 to 1.2, and 1 to
the expanded 1.05 scale on the oversize meter face. 1.05; dB, 0 to 10,1.6, and 0.45; bolometer current, 0 to 10
Reading the wrong meter scale is virtually impossible, mAo ACCURACY: ±(0.01 dB + 2% of reading) for 10-dB
scale; ±0.02 dB for 1.6-dB scale, ±0.007 dB for 0.45-dB
as the correct one is identified automatically by a small
scale. SPEED: Slow and Fast, switch selected.
light.
Gain: ATTENUATOR: Three separate attenuators: 20 dB in
You have fingertip control over (1) fine tuning of the
10-dB steps with ±0.1 dB/lO dB accuracy, 45 dB in 5-dB
I-kHz amplifier, to permit matching exactly the frequency steps with ±0.05 dB/ 5 dB accuracy (for source R < 1.5 times
of the modulating oscillator, (2) bandwidth, for optimiz- optimum listed in table) and < O.l-dB cumulative error, 5 dB
ing signal-to-noise ratio without affecting amplifier gain, in I-dB steps with ±0.01 dB/dB accuracy and < 0.03-dB
and (3) meter damping, for the right balance between cumulative error. GAIN CONTROL: 6-dB range with coarse
smoothing and speed of response. These controls, plus and fine controls.
the other usual ones, give you adequate means to select Bolometer Bias Current: 4.3 and 8.7 mA, adjustable ±1O%.
appropriate measuring characteristics for a wide variety Voltage limited for bolometer protection.
of important tasks. Outputs: DC: 1.5 V max behind 1.5 kn. AC: 100 mV rms
(SWR range 1 to 4), 300 mV rms (SWR 1 to 1.2), and 1 V rms
Precise attenuation measurements In attenuation (SWR 1 to 1.05); 500-n source impedance; limitation on load,
measurements, the 1234 also offers many particu:ar ad- R >6 kn.
vantages. Three precision attenuators have a total range Power: 100 to 125 or 200 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 4 W max;
of 70 dB in 1-, 5-, and 10-dB steps. Meter scales and at- or 22 to 35 V dc at 90 mA from ext battery (use 1538-P3
tenuators are calibrated for use with a square-law detec- Battery and Charger).
tor. Readings can be interpolated with extremely high Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 8.38x8.75x
11.25 in. (213x222x286 mm). WEIGHT: 9 Ib (4.1 kg) net,
resolution on the 1.6- and 0.45-dB full-scale meter
13 Ib (6 kg) shipping.
ranges. A special "memory" dial behind the wide-range Catalog
5-dB/ step attenuator knob permits you to make substi- Description Number
tution measurements rapidly, without subtraction, and 1234 Standing-Wave Meter 1234-9701
therefore with little possibility of error. 1538-P3 Battery and Charger 1538-9603

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

42 HIGH-FREQUENCY INSTRUMENTS, IMPEDANCE
Capacitance-Measuring Instruments
This section describes two high-precision capacitance ments are offered, bridges and meters that measure re-
bridges and the test systems built around them, a high- sistance and inductance as well as capacitance. The
capacitance bridge that measures up to 1.1 F and an 1687 Megahertz LC Digibridge™ may be of particular
automatic digital capacitance meter for rapid production interest for I-MHz testing of low-value capacitors; the
and inspection testing. These instruments, the first four automatic 1658 Digibridge™ is recommended for in-
listed in the chart below, are only a small part of our spection and production testing of higher values at low
capacitance-measuring capability. Nine other instru- frequencies.

1 aF 1 fF 1 pF 1 nF 1 mF 1F

I .J I I
1616 (1621): .001% accuracy (1 kHz). Capacitance comparisons to
.01 ppm. Can resolve 10- 7 pF. Can measure low conductance as re-
quired for low-loss materials. I
PRECISE

I 1615-A (1620): .01% accuracy. 6-digit resolution. Can I

>-
l resolve D changes of .000001. 2- or 3-terminal.
u~ 1- .1
o
J 1617-A: 1% accuracy. Wide range, 1 pF-1.1 F. 2-, 3- or
HIGH C 4-terminal connections. Includes 120-Hz oscillator, detec-
tor and dc bias source.
1-

AUTOMATIC
1686: 0.1% accuracy. Automatic. 4 meas per second. Dual limit
comparator incluoed. AOJuS{aOle test voltage, 120 Hz and 1 kHz.
\

I
I 1608: .05% accuracy. Digital readout. Internal
I-kHz oscillator External 0.pe!ation to
measures Rand L.)
2~z (Also..

J
J 1656: 0.1% accuracy. Lever-switch adjust-
ment, digital readout. Internal I-kHz oscillator.
External to 20 kHz. (Also measures Rand L.)
,
> PORTABLE
I -
1650-8: 1% accuracy. InternaI1-kHzos-
cillatG' h"t ,e-"f, ' "" 'L.. IIC'I;rl;nn
.LVV '"

null" avoided with Orthonull@ balancer.

'0
\
/ 1683: 0.1% accuracy. High-speed automatic measurements.
lLU-nL i:lIIU l-KnZ leSt trequencles. Leakage-current option.

, 1685: 0.1% accuracL Similar to 1686 but also measures dc

) K and inductance.
<
} 1657: 0.2% accuracy. Inexpensive automatic meas-
urements of R, C and L at 120 Hz and 1 kHz.
~

1658: 0.1 % accuracy. 3 test speeds up to 7 per second. Multiple

limit sorting controlled by keyboard entries and f-I-P calculations.

AUTOMATIC
1687: 0.1% accuracy. Automatic
LC measurements. Multiple limitsorting. I MHz
% deviation or value displayed.
1- -
1654: to .003% accuracy. Comparison to ex-
COMPARATOR ternal standard. High sensitivity. Measures
(l00 Hz-IOO kHz) small D differences. 100-Hz, I-kHz, 10-kHz
I and 100-kHz internal test frequencies .

CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 43
 1686-A Digital Capacitance Meter
• C from 0.01 pF to 200,000 fLF the instrument and the optional test fixture. Normally,
• 0.1% basic accuracy these two lamps are all the operator needs to look at. If
either capacitance or dissipation factor is out-of-
• fast: 250-millisecond unqualified measurement time tolerance, the red NO GO lamp is lit. Otherwise, the
• 120-Hz and 1-kHz test frequencies
bright green GO lamp is lit.
Connect your component and turn the RANGE knob as
• automatic GO/NO GO indications for C and D directed by the arrows. No decisions are required. The
• automatic measurement
. measurement units light up automatically. A clear, bright
4Y2-digit LED display indicates value.
• internal and external bias Make a single measurement or repeat at rates from 4
• adjustable test voltage per second to one every 10 seconds. Th is is a great
feature for tracki ng va lue changes as you stress a com po-
• data output (BCD) nent.
• over-range to one full farad The built-in limit comparator greatly speeds up and
simplifies capacitor inspection and sorting. High- and
low-capacitance limits are easily set with thumbwheel
switches. The dissipation-factor limit is set by rotating
GR's 1686-A Digital Capacitance Meter provides the the DF dial to the desired value.
rapid throughput you need for high-volume testing plus On range positions 2 through 6, the test voltage can be
the high accuracy you need for lab and QC work. Add to varied from 1 V to 0.05 V, and on range position 1 it can
these two features wide measurement range, a built-in be varied from 5 V to 0.25 V.
limit comparator and two test frequencies and you can A 2-volt internal bias may be selected or a 0-to-100
easily get the idea that GenRad has an excellent perform- volt external bias may be used.
ing unit for measuring capacitance. An optional Kelvin test fixture accommodates either
Anyone can master the 1686's operation in a matter of radial or axial lead components. External bias can be
minutes, partly because of the GOINO GO lights on both applied to the component directly at the fixture.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
44 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
 100 10 0
I I
I
I I
I I
I I I I
/ I
I I I I
I I I
I
I I
I COR L READING
I
10
1/ I 10
10 PERCENT E/
OF FULL SCALE

I
I
COR L READING;
lQPERCENT I
I V I
OF FUll SCALE I
05 / 05
04 / II 04 /
/ ~ COR l REAOING
03 03 100 PERCENT
V
V/
OF FULL SCALE

--
02 02
COR L READING
100 PE RCENT
OF FUll SCALE
01 0 1
000 1 001 01 01 10 100 000 1 ()()I 01 01 10 100
DISSIPATION FACTOR . 0 DISSIPA n ON FACTOR 0

C and L accuracy at 1 kHz Test Frequency C and L accuracy at 120 Hz Test Frequency

' Multiply Percent Accuracy By M (see Range table) .

SPECIFICATIONS Frequency: 1 kHz ±2% and 120 Hz, synchronized to line

Ranges: Full scale readings, accuracy multipliers , and (lOO-Hz test frequency for 50-Hz line) .
applied-voltage multipliers. Bias: 2 V internal and 0-100 V external.
Capacitance: Measurement Mode: Measurements made on command or re-
Voltage petitively at times from 0 .25 s to 10 s. Previous measurement is
Switch Multiplier held during period of new measurement.
Position C 1 kHz C 120 Hz M A Data Outputs (TTL Logic): Open collector, active low.
1 199.99 pF 1. 999 nF 2 5 Data Inputs: REMOTE START: A positive transition of < 1 iJ-s
2 1999.9 pF 19.99 nF 1 1 from OV < VL < 0.4 V to +2V <VH < +30 V initiates a meas-
3 19.999 nF 199.9 nF 1 1
199.99 nF 1. 999 JLF 1 1 urement. LAMP TEST: A ground lights all segments of the
4
5 1999.9 nF 19 .99 JLF 1 1 right-most four digits of the LED display (8 8 8 8) to check
6 19 .999 JLF 199.9JLF 1 1 operation of all indicator segments.
7 199.99 JLF 1.999 mF 2 0.1 Limits: DATA OUTPUTS (TTL LOGIC): Open collector , active
8 1999.9 JLF 19.99 mF 3 0.1 low. Audio output (= 250 Hz) line drives a miniature speaker (or
9 199.9 mP * 6' 0. 1 headphone). Signal gives 1/ 4-s burst of audio when measured
' Typical value. " Extends to 999 .9 mF. value falls outside the selected high and low limits. (Not acti-
M = Accuracy Multiplier (see below). vated by D failures.)
A = Applied-Voltage Multiplier . Supplied: Power cord , measurement cable , output-data con-
Dissipation Factor: D = 0.001 to 10. nector set.
Accuracy: CAPACITANCE : Basically 0 . 1% for I-kHz meas- Power: 90 to 125 or 180 to 250 V, 48 to 440 Hz, 40 W max.
urements; 0 .5% for 120-Hz (lOO-Hz) measurements. See Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) :
curves for exact accuracies. Bench , 17.00 x 5.59 x 16.25 in. (432 x 142 x 413 mm) : rack ,
DISSIPATION FACTOR: 19.00 x S.22 x 16.63 in. (483 x 133 x 422 mm). WEIGHT:
Bench, 22.51b (l0 .2 kg) net, 311b (l4 . 1 kg) shipping ; rack ,
Derror = ± [0 .001 + 0.0002 C tUIlreading
scale +0.05 (l+D)D 1M 23.25 Ib (l0.54 kg) net, 3l.75 Ib (l4.4 kg) shipping.
where M = Accuracy Multiplier. (See table above.) Catalog
Speed: 250 ms for single step or operator-variable from 0 .25 s Descri ption Number
min to 10 s max.
1686-A Digital Capacitance Meter
Display: 4 1/2 digits, LED display with decimal point and over- 60-Hz Line Frequency 1686-9700
range indication. 120-Hz Test Frequency
Applied Voltage (Variable): Max applied voltage is 1 V x A. 50-Hz Line Frequency 1686-9800
(A=Voltage Multiplier. See table above .) Applied voltage is 100-Hz Test Frequency
variable from max to 1120 max on range positions 1 through 6. Rack Hardware Kit 0480-9703
Maximum power is 1/8 W. 1686-Pl Test Fixture, Kelvin Clips 1686-9600

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 45
 •

•
•

-
1615-A Ca acitance ridge
The 1615-A is an accurate, high-precision bridge for
the measurement and intercomparison of standard ca-
pacitors, circuit component capacitors, or dielectric ma-
terials. It is available with oscillator and detector in the
1620 assembly. Or, to take full advantage of its wide
frequency range, the bridge can be ordered separately
for use with oscillator and detector especially selected
for your purposes.
1615-P1 1615-P2
SPECIFICATIONS
RANGES ACCURACY

Capacitance, 10 aF to 1.11110 I'F (10-" to 10-1> farad) in 6 ranges, At 1 kHz, ±(0.01 % + 0.00003 pF). At higher frequencies and with
direct-reading, 6-figure resolution; least count 10-" F (10 aF). With high capacitance, additional error is
Range-Extension Capacitor, upper limit is 11.11110 I'F. [±3 X 10-'% + 2 (Cl'f) X 10-'% ± 3 X 10-' pF] X (f'H,),.
At lower frequencies and with low capacitance, accuracy may be
limited by bridge sensitivity.
Comparison accuracy, unknown to external standard, 1 ppm.

Dissipation Factor, D, At 1 kHz, 0.000001 to 1, 4-figure resolution; ±[0.1% of measured value + 1Q-5 (1 + fiH, + 5 fiH, CI'F)]
least count, 0.000001 (10-1»; range varies directly with frequency.
+,
Conductance, G, 1()--1> I'U to 100 ..,U, 2 ranges 2 ranges -, 4-figure ±[1% of measured value + 10-5 I'U + 6 X 10-' f'H, CI'F X (1 +
resolution, least count 1()--1> I'U, independent of frequency; range f'H,+5 fkH' Cl'f) I'U]
varies with C range.

Standards: 1000, 100, 10, 1, 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001 pF. and detector connections are interchanged, 150 to 500 V can
Temperature coefficient of capacitance is less than 5 ppm/ °C be applied, depending on switch settings.
for the 1000-, 100-, and 10-pF standards, slightly greater for Detector: GR 1232-A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector rec-
the smaller units. ommended. For increased sensitivity needed to measure low-
Frequency: Approx 50 Hz to 10 kHz. Useful with reduced ac- loss small capacitors (on lowest C and D ranges simultane-
curacy to 100 kHz. Below 100 Hz, resolution better than ously) at frequencies below 1 kHz, use 1232-AP or 1238 (with
0.01 % or 0.01 pF requires preamplifier or special detector. 1311 oscillator).
Generator: GR 1310 or 1311-A oscillator recommended. Max Supplied: 874-WO Open-Circuit Termination, 874-R22A Patch
safe generator voltage (30 x f'H,) volts, 300 V max. If generator Cord, 274-NL Patch Cord.
EXT
STANDARD
Available: Type 1615-P1 RANGE-EXTENSION CAPACITOR;
1615-P2 COAXIAL ADAPTOR converts 2-terminal binding-post
connection on 1615 bridge to GR900® Precision Coaxial Con-
nector for highly repeatable connections and enables meas-
urements with adaptor to be direct-reading by compensating
for terminal capacitance.
Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Bench, 19x12.75xlO.5 in. (483x324x267 mm); rack, 19x
12.25x8.5 in. (483x311x217 mm); 1615-P1 (dia x In): 3.06x
4.87 in. (78x124 mm). WEIGHT: 39 Ib (18 kg) net, 58 Ib
(27 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
1615-A Capacitance Bridge
Bench Model 1615-9801
Rack Model 1615-9811
1615-Pl Range-Extension Capacitor 1615-9601
Elementary schematic diagram. 1615-P2 Coaxial Adaptor, GR900 to binding posts 1615-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

46 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
 • --
•
.J __ M ~-
__

~4a ~ tii .~
· :l'~~lj
"-:--''''!'• .:: gl~ ~ ~
.l l • !

, '0 '0 ' '?'~ ?"-~i·::.--o' "~.---:;e~'::'.~:::.;;.;:~"-·- - - ,

1J1Ji J'J 'l 'fffr

1620-A Capacitance-Measuring Assembly
• 10-5 pF to 11.1ILF, 2- or 3-terminal three-terminal measurements can both be made over the
whole capacitance range.
• 0.01 % accuracy, 1-ppm resolution
Convenient Operation For both capacitance and dis-
• lever balance, in-line readout sipation factor, the balance controls are smoothly operat-
• reads dissipation factor or conductance ing, lever-type switches. The readout is digital and the
decimal point is automatically positioned . Each capaci-
tance decade has a -1 position to facilitate rapid bal-
The 1620-A is a self-contained assembly of the GR ancing.
1615-A Capacitance Bridge with appropriate oscillator The 1615 elementary diagram is also clearly delineated
and null detector for measurements at 11 frequencies on the front panel of the bridge. Changes in connections
between 20 Hz and 20 kHz. For applications requiring and grounds are automatically indicated, as you switch
other or higher frequencies, to 100 kHz, the 1615-A the bridge terminals for different measurement conditions.
bridge can be supplied separately and the oscillator and Extend Range to 11.1 ILF With the 1615-P1 Range-
detector selected to meet your needs.
Extension Capacitor, the 1615-A will measure to a maxi-
The 1620-A is intended for mum of 11.11110 ",F. This capacitor plugs into front-
• accurate and precise measurements of capacitance panel bridge terminals and can be adjusted for calibration
and dissipation factor to the bridge standards.
• measurement of circuit capacitances
SPECIFICATIONS
• dielectric measurements
Performance: Refer to the 1615 Bridge.
• intercomparison of capacitance standards differing in Frequency: 50, 60, 100, 120, 200, 400, 500, 1000, 2000,
magnitude by as much as 1000: 1 5000, and 10,000 Hz. For use below 100 Hz, 1620-AP (with
The 1615-A Capacitance Bridge brings to the measure- preamplifier) should be used for resolution beyond 0.01% or
ment of capacitance, to the intercomparison of stan- om pF.
dards, and to the measurement of dielectric properties Generator: 1311-A Oscillator.
an unusual degree of accuracy, precision, range, and Detector: 1232-A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector. 1232-
convenience. P2 Preamplifier added in 1620-AP.
High accuracy is achieved through the use of precisely Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250. V.... 50 to 400 Hz, 22 W for
oscillator. Null detector and pre-arhplifier operate from inter-
wouna transformer ratio arms and highly stable stan- nal battery, 9 Burgess Type E4 cells or equivalent.
dards fabricated from Invar and hermetically sealed in Mechanical: Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 19.75x
dry nitrogen. For calibration these standards can be 19x11 in. (502x483x280 mm) . WEIGHT: 59 Ib (27 kg) net,
intercompared. 96 Ib (44 kg) shipping.
Two- or Three-Terminal Connection Accurate three- Catalog
Description Number
terminal measurements can be made even in the pres-
Capacitance·Measuring Assembly
ence of capacitances to ground as large as 1 ",F, as might 1620·A, 115 V 1620·9701
be encountered with the unknown connected by means 1620·A, 230 V 1620-9702
of long cables. The bridge has the necessary internal 1620-AP, with 1232·P2, 115 V 1620-9829
shielding to permit one terminal of the unknown capaci- 1620-AP, with 1232·P2, 230 V 1620·9830
tor to be directly grounded, so that true two-terminal and Replacement Battery (9 used) 84l0-l372

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog,

CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 47
 RlTER 1UNING 'r' ~

\' ,

TU·~ED J\MPl,filf<
"''liD NUll DETECTOR

GAIN
MEnR
U' "-<J,
filTER fREQUENCY
.•. /
OUTPUT

8ERIAl 6287

1232-A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector

• 20 Hz to 20 kHz, 50 and 100 kHz
• 0.1-fLV sensitivity
• bandwidth approx 5%
• 120-dB gain

A sensitive null detector like this is the key to many a

fussy bridge measurement. Battery operation frees the
1232 from power-line noise and makes it ultra portable. .0
Low-noise solid-state circuitry and high gain make it very 10
I 000
.~I-""
sensitive. Its tunability and choice of bandwidth enable 5 I
you to reject broadband noise as well as the harmonics TEST ~'M'T !
that might otherwise impair good measurements. Here
are its prime uses:
' 1--
1
i":: JlVTLL jCA\. V ~A 100

o.5 TES; LIMIT

Pi FUL1L \Lj
• bridge detector at audio frequencies; with the 1232- •
o. V
P2 Preamplifier it is equally sensitive for extremely .1 I 1o
high-impedance sources 10Hz 20 50 100 200 500 r.Hz 2 S 10 20 so 100
FREOUENCY

• audio preamplifier and general-purpose, tunable, or

broadband audio amplifier 1 100
t-
• a-m detector for 0.5- to 500-MHz carrier frequencies, -'
w 5
I I
:::>
Q.
> ;::
when used with an 874-VQ Voltmeter Detector w SHORT-CIRCUIT
-' 2- NOISE Jl-V g
g
• sensitive audio wave analyzer for approximate meas-
~ 1
I\. ~ 10
o
~
urements 0
/~
""
0:: 0::
w
~ 00 5 U.

~/
u. W
0::
SPECIFICATIONS W
0:: '-.... ./ t-- V
Frequency Response: TUNABLE FILTERS: 20 Hz to 20 kHz in .
>00 2

00 1
r--
OPEN-CIRCUIT
NOISE PA l

1
~

3 ranges; between 2% and 6% bandwidth to 15 kHz; 2nd har- 10Hz zo 50 100 200 50 I kHz 2 5 10 20 50 100
monic at least 34 dB down from peak, 3rd at least 40 dB down; FREOUENCY

rejection filter on two highest ranges reduces 60-Hz level to

at least 60 dB below peak response (50-Hz level is down
>50 dB). Dial accuracy is ±3%. FIXED-TUNED FILTERS: 50 Performance. Upper: Specified sensitivity as input level for
kHz, 2nd harmonic is 44 dB down; 100 kHz ... 53 dB down. full scale indication, max gain, tuned. Lower: Typical noise
FLAT RESPONSE: ±3 dB from 20 Hz to 100 kHz. level in terms of equivalent current and voltage sources.
Sensitivity: See plot. Typically better than 0.1 p.V over most of
the frequency range.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
48 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
Noise Level: REFERRED TO INPUT: See plot. Noise figure at 1 1232-A at low frequencies when operating from a source im-
kHz is less than 2 dB at an optimum source impedance of 27 pedance above 100 kO; rack-adaptor sets (see below) convert
kn. REFERRED TO OUTPUT: Less than 5 mV on FLAT filter- 1232 alone , or with companion instruments, to 19-in. rack-
frequency position, min gain setting, and -20-dB switch posi- mount width.
tion; less than 50 mV in MAX SENS position. Power: 12 V dc, from 9 mercury (M72) cells in series. Est
Input: IMPEDANCE: Approx 50 ko at max gain; varies inversely battery life 1500 hours. Optionally, a rechargeable battery
with gain to 1 Mo at min gain. MAX SAFE VOLTAGE: 200 V (non-mercury) can be supplied on special order.
ac or 400 V dc. Mechanical: Convertible bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx
Output: VOLTAGE GAIN : Approx 120 dB on the tunable ranges; hxd) : Bench, 8x6x7 .5 in. (203x152x190 mm) . WEIGHT:
100 dB, flat range; 106 dB at 50 kHz; 100 dB at 100-kHz 5.75 Ib (2.6 kg) net, 8 Ib (3.7 kg) shipping.
position. LEVEL: 1 V into 10 kO when meter indication is full Catalog
scale. INTERNAL IMPEDANCE: 3 kn. METER LINEARITY: Description Number
dB differences are accurate to ±5% ±0.1 division for inputs of
less than 0.3 V. COMPRESSION (meter switched to LOG): 1232·A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector 1232·9701
Reduces fullscale sensitivity by 40 dB. Does not affect bottom 1232·AP Tuned Amplifier and Null
Detector, with preamplifier 1232·9829
20% of scale. ATTENUATION (meter switched to -20 dB):
Rack·Adaptor Sets
Linear response with 20-dB less ga in than MAX SENS.
480·P308, for 1232·A alone 0480·9838
Distortion (filter switch in FLAT position): < 5% (due to meter 480·P316, for 1232-A with 1310 or 1311
rectifiers) . oscillator or similar 8·in. wide instru·
ment with convertible·bench cabinet 0480·9836
Terminals: Input, GR874® coaxial connector; output, binding
480·P317, for 1232·AP (with preamp)
posts. and companion 8·in. instrument 0480·9837
Available: 1232-P2 Preamplifier to maintain sensitivity of Replacement Battery, 9 req'd 8410-1372

1232-P2 Preamplifier
The 1232-P2 has particular application to measure-
ments with the 1615-A Capacitance Bridge. It increases
sensitivity for measurements made at frequencies well
below 1000 Hz if the bridge is set to both its lowest C and
D (not G) ranges simultaneously. Low-frequency meas-
urement of small samples of dielectric materials can be
made more accurately with the addition of this preamp-
lifier.
1232·P2 Preamplifier installed .

SPECIFICATIONS Power: 12 V, 200 ",A, suppied by 1232-A.

Voltage Gain: Approx 0.7. Mechanical: Special cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) : 0.75x
6x7.5 in. (19x152x190 mm). WEIGHT: 0.94 Ib (0.43 kg) net,
Noise (referred to input): Open·circuit equivalent 0.1 pA; 4 Ib (1 .9 kg) shipping.
short-circuit equivalent, 0.3 ",V (when used with Type 1232-A
tuned to 100 Hz).
Impedances: INPUT: >100 mO in parallel with 70 pF. OPTI- Catalog
MUM SOURCE: 3 Mo. OUTPUT: 10 kO. Description Number
Connectors: GR874® on cables, input and output. 1232·P2 Preamplifier 1232-9602

1240 Bridge Oscillator-Detector

20 Hz to 20 kHz, with additional spot frequencies of 50
kHz to 100 kHz. The assembly is also available with the
1232-P2 Preamplifier included.
SPECIFICATIONS
Power: Null detector, internal battery; oscillator, 105 to 125
or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 22 W max.
Mechanical: Cabinets bolted together. 01 M ENSIONS (wxhxd):
'~ 19x6x7.75 in. (483x153x197 mm), including panel extensions

•
!'l

• for rack mounting. WEIGHT: 13.5 Ib (7 kg) net, 28 Ib (13 kg)

shipping.
Cata log
The 1232-A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector and the Descrip t ion Number
1311-A Audio Oscillator have been combined for use with 1240·A Bridge Osciliator·Detector, 115 V 1240·9701
audio-frequency bridges and other null-balance devices. 1240·A Bridge Osciliator.Detector, 230 V 1240-9711
This assembly occupies a minimum of bench space and 1240·AP Bridge Osciliator.Detector,
is supplied with removable panel extensions, which adapt wi th preamplifier, 115 V 1240·9829
1240·AP Bridge Osciliator·Detector,
it for rack mounting. with preamplifier, 230 V 1240·9839
The oscillator supplies 11 fixed frequencies from 50 ASA type M72 Replacement battery (for
Hz to 10 kHz. The detector is tunable continuously from 1232, 9 req 'd) 8410·1372

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 49
 1616 Precision
Capacitance Bridge
• 10-7 pF to 10 p.,F -12-digit readout
• 10-10 p.,U to 1000 p.,U - 5-digit readout
• 10 Hz to 100 kHz
• up to 150-V input from oscillator
• 3-terminal measurements
• coaxial measurements

The heart of precision The 1616 is the heart of the For thermal stability in precIsion intercomparisons,
1621 Capacitance-Measuring Assembly. The bridge is eight of the twelve internal capacitance standards are
also available separately for use where oscillator and de- mounted in an insulated compartment to reduce the
tector qre on hand or in applications in which they must effects of ambient temperature changes. Misreading the
be specialized for a unique need. values at balance is virtually impossible due to direct-
The 1616 employs a transformer ratio-arm bridge with reading lever switches that control the balance for both
which unbalances as small as 0 .1 aF (10- 7 pF) and 100 capacitance and conductance. Panel layout is unusually
aU (10-" f-tU) can be resolved. Detection of such small neat - only the unknown capacitor and, if desired, an
unbalances is aided by ratio-transformer voltage capabil- external standard for comparison measurements are con-
ities up to 160 volts at 1 kHz and by range switching nected to the front panel; the oscillator and detector
that disconnects the unused internal standards in order are connected to the rear as are the BCD data-output
to reduce shunt capacitance across the detector input. channels.

SPECIFICATIONS
Capacitance measurement, 3-terminal: DECADES: 12. Comparison: Terminals provided to connect external standard
RANGE : 0.1 aF to 1 /LF (10-'9 to 1Q-<> F). ACCURACY :* ±10 for comparison measurements; 13-position panel' switch multi-
ppm, when most-significant decade is I, 10, or 100 pF per plies standard by -0.1, O ... +1.
step; otherwise, and at other frequencies, accuracy is ±[50 Input: The smaller of 160 f'H, or 350 V rms can be applied to
ppm + (0.5 + 20 C/L' ) (f'H,)' ppm + (f'H,) aF]. the bridge transformer at the GENERATOR terminal without
Capacitance, 2-terminal: Same as above, except as follows. waveform distortion; 500 V rms max, depending on conduc-
RANGE : One additional decade, to 10 /LF (10-" to 10- 5 F). tance range, when GENERATOR and DETECTOR connections
Conductance measurement, 3-terminal: DECADES: 5 (virtually are interchanged.
extended to 11 by G multiplier). RANGE : 100 aU to 100/Lu Interface: GR900® locking coaxial connector on panel to con-
(10-'· to lO"'u). ACCURACY :* ±(0.1% + 1 step in least sig- nect 2-terminal unknowns, 2 gold-plated GR874® locking
nificant decade). There is a small reduction in conductance coaxial connectors on panel to connect 3-terminal unknoWns
accuracy at frequencies other than 1 kHz. RESIDUAL C and 2 to connect external standard. DATA OUTPUT: 50-pin
(across conductance standards) : ±« 0.03 pF) . and 36-pin type 57 connectors on rear provide connection to
Conductance, 2-terminal: Same as above, except as follows: 8-4-2-1 weighted BCD contacts (rated at 28 V, 1 A) on each
RANGE : One additional decade, to 1000/LU (10-'· to 10-3 U). switch for capacitance and conductance values respectively.
Multipliers: FOR 3-TERM: Xl, X10; FOR 2-TERM : Xl, X10, OSCILLATOR and DETECTOR : Connect to rear BNC con-
X100; affect both C and G. FOR CONDUCTANCE ONLY: Xl, nectors.
X10-', ... X1Q-<> (7 positions). Effects of these multipliers Required: OSCILLATOR : GR 1316 recommended. DETECTOR:
are included in the specified ranges. GR 1238 recommended. The 1616 Bridge is available with
Frequency: 10 Hz to 100 kHz. this oscillator and detector as the 1621 Capacitance-Measur-
Standards: CAPACITANCE: Air dielectric with TC < +20 ing Assembly.
ppm/ °C and D < 10 ppm for 8 lowest decades; Invart, air;,;,g:\1lli Available: 1316 OSCILLATOR, 1268 DETECTOR, a broad line
electric with TC of +3 ±1 ppm! °C and D <10 ppm for 3 mla"-' of capacitance and resistance standards, and coaxial cables
die decades; mica dielectric with TC of 20 ±10 ppm/ oC and for connection of unknowns and standards.
D <200 ppm for 2 highest decades. ADJUSTMENTS for all Mechanical: Bench or rack model. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) :
capacitance standards available through key-locked door on Bench, 19.75x13.81x12.88 in. (502x351x327 mm); rack, 19x
panel. THERMAL LAG: C standards for first 8 decades 12.22x10.56 in. (483x310x268 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 57 Ib
mounted in an insulated compartment with a thermal time (26 kg) net, 69 Ib (32 kg) shipping; rack, 49 Ib (23 kg) net,
constant of 6 h (time required for compartment interior to 61 Ib (28 kg) shipping.
reach 63% of ambient change). CONDUCTANCE: Metal-film
resistors in T networks with small phase angles. <.......- Catalog
Description Number
*Accuracy stated as fraction of measured value, for these conditions :
frequency, 1 kHz, except as noted; temperature, 23 ' ± 1 ' C; humidity, 1616 Precision Capacitance Bridge
< 50% RH. Bench Model 1616-9700
t Registered trademark of the Carpenter Steel Co. Rack Model 1616-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

50 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
 1238 D tector
• 10 Hz to 100 kHz
• 100-nV full-scale sensitivity
• magnitude, in-phase, and quadrature meters The 1238 Detector consists of a high-impedance low-
for rapid bridge balances noise preamplifier, a tuned amplifier, a compression
amplifier, and two phase-sensitive detectors. Three panel
• excellent bridge detector meters provide the indications: one displays the magni-
tude of the input signal and two others simultaneously
Designed for the difficult If you've ever had to extract display its in-phase and quadrature components. The
a small signal from noise or to resolve a signal into its in- reference signals can be rotated continuously from 0
phase and quadrature components, you can appreciate through 360· to ensure that the phase meters respond
the advantages of the 1238. With its high gain - 130 independently to the components of significance to you,
dB - and meters not only for magnitude of the input for the most rapid bridge balances or signal analysis.
signal but for the in-phase and quadrature components The effects of noise, hum, or any other input-signal
as well , the 1238 lends itself handily to the most exacting contaminants are normally reduced or eliminated from
applications . your measurements by means of a tunable filter, line-re-
This high-performance detector is attractive in other jection filter, and selectable time constants in the phase-
respects also, including 1-GD input impedance for mini- sensitive detector circuits - all controlled from the front
mum loading, overload protection against signals up to panel by the simple push of a button or turn of a knob.
200 V, and flat or tuned frequency response (with or
without line-frequency rejection) to tailor the detector to
your signal no matter how "tainted" it might be.
Excellent bridge detector In combination with a spe-
cial oscillator, GR 1316, that supplies the necessary
quadrature reference channels, this detector is superb
for sensitive audio-frequency detection. The combination
is specifically intended for use with the 1616 Precision
Capacitance Bridge, enabling resolutions of one part in
10' of 10 pF. Refer to the 1621 Precision Capacitance-
Measurement System.

SPECIFICATIONS
Frequency: 10 Hz to 100 kHz, flat or tuned. FLAT: ±5 dB < 30 nV x ybandwidth H, at 1 kHz with input impedance of 70
from 10 Hz to 100 kHz. TUNED : Set by 4 in-line readout dials Mn,f500 pF. MONITORED by magnitude, in-phase, and quad-
with ± 5% of reading accuracy, 2 to 4% bandwidth, and sec- rature meters; phase-sensitive detectors contain time-con-
ond harmonic ~ 30 dB down from peak. LINE-REJECTION stant variable from 0.1 to 10 s in 5 steps.
FILTER: Reduces line level by ~40 dB while signal is down 6 Reference Inputs from oscillator: Applied to rear BNC connec-
to 10 dB at 10 Hz from line frequency; filter can be switched tors. Two ~ l-V rms ref~rence signals required, with 90 · phase
out. difference between them. PHASE SHIFTER rotates both ref-
Signal Input from bridge or other source: Applied to rear BNC erences continuously from 0 to 360° and two verniers rotate
connector. SENSITIVITY: Also see curve; 100 nV rms typical each reference individually ""10°.
for full-scale deflection at most f requencies, compression can Outputs: MAIN AMPLIFIER : 4 V rms (approx 2.3 V for full scale
be switched in to reduce full-scale sensitivity by 20 dB. IM- on Magnitude meter) available at rear BNC connector. MAG-
PEDANCE: 1 Gn,f20 pF. MAXIMUM INPUT: 200 V rms. NITUDE: 6 V dc for full scale deflection; PHASE DETECTORS:
VOLTAGE GAIN : ""105 dB in flat mode, ""130 dB in tuned Up to 1 V dc each for full scale deflection (depending on Sensi-
mode, set by 12-position switch. SPOT NOISE VOLTAGE: tivity setting); available at rear 5-pin type 126 jack.
Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to +55 °C operating, -40 to
SEN SITIVITY ( MINIMUlIII DETECTABLE SIGN AL ) +75 °C storage. BENCH HANDLING: 4 in. or 45° (MIL-810A-
"-
METER TIME CONSTAN T; I •
VI). SHOCK: 30 G, 11 ms (MIL-T-4807A-4.5-3A) .
\
\ v,!""" "Looo~ Required: Oscillator with 0 and 90° outputs; the 1316 Oscil-
lator is recommended.
Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 15 W.
\ V V "i ' .11,
-10 ' ,.
Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
,x, vlnWUT-!IOn
Bench, 19.56x6.66x12.94 in. (497x169x329 mm); rack, 19x
5.22x13.06 in. (483x133x332 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 27 Ib
. ............ (13 kg) net, 40 Ib (19 kg) shipping; rack, 21 Ib (10 kg) net,
~V '\
"-
34 Ib (16 kg) sh ipping.
Catalog
--- ---......t. r--
""'" ~ ,\ Oescription
1238 Detect-or- - - - - - - - - - - - -
Number

~ \.

. I!IO 100 200 ~ 1000 2000

'It[QUEI«: Y- HI
~ 10 . 20'
60-Hz Bench Model
60-Hz Rack Model
50-Hz Bench Model
50-Hz Rack Model
1238-9700
1238-9701
1238-9703
1238-9704
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
52 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
 !l~ ---

.,.
e

....
I,-. ....."

II

1621 Precision Capacitance-

Measurement System
• 10-7 pF to 10 p,F Three integrated units The 1621 is an assembly of
12-digit readout, 10-ppm basic accuracy three integrated instruments: A precision ratio-arm
bridge, a highly stable oscillator, and an extremely sen-
• 10-10 p,U to 1000 p,U sitive detector. Most of the bridge's internal standards
5-digit readout, 0.1 % basic accuracy are enclosed in an insulated housing to reduce the effects
of ambient temperature changes; unused standards are
• 10 Hz to 100 kHz disconnected to reduce shunt capacitance at the detec-
• 3-terminal measurements tor input. The oscillator provides up to 125 V or 5 A for
with 2- or 3-terminal connection sufficient signal to be detected even with unbalances as
small as one part in 10' of 10 pF. The detector contains
• comparison measurements three meters to help you speed the balance: One displays
the magnitude and the other two simultaneously display
• simple lever balance with in-line readout the in-phase and quadrature components of any un-
balance.
The whole of precision The 1621 represents. the first
major improvement in nearly a decade in ultra-precise SPECIFICATIONS
laboratory capacitance intercomparisons and dielectric (See 1616 for performance specifications)
measurements. It is a completely self-contained system Frequency: 10 Hz to 100 kHz.
capable of capacitance measurements in increments as Supplied: 1616 Precision Capacitance Bridge, 1316 Oscillator,
small as 0.1 aF (10-7 pF) and conductance measure- 1238 Detector, all necessary interconnection cables, and
ments in increments as small as 100 aU (10-'0 J-tU; equiv- power cord.
alent to a shunt resistance of 10'0 M!l). Measurements Available: 1408 REFERENCE STANDARD CAPACITORS (10 pF
are three terminal, with 2- or 3-terminal connection, and and 100 pF) for calibration .
provision is also made for the connection of an external Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 51 W.
standard for comparison measurements. Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Such capability and precision are usually accompanied Bench, 19.75x24.25x15 in. (502x616x381 mm); rack, 19x
by restricted frequency and complex operation. The 20.91x11.44 in. (483x531x291 mm). WEIGHT : Bench, 105
1621, however, avoids these difficulties. Little degrada- Ib (48 kg) net, 140 Ib (64 kg) shipping; rack, 90 Ib (41 kg)
tion of performance occurs from 10 Hz to 10 kHz and net, 125 Ib (57 kg) shipping.
operation to 100 kHz is possible. Balances are achieved Catalog
by in-line readout lever switches - easily adjusted and Description Number
read correctly. All digits of capacitance and conductance, 1621 Precision Capacitance-Measurement System
as well as pertinent multipliers, are also provided by Bench Model, 60-Hz 1621-9701
Rack Model, 60-Hz 1621-9702
BCD-coded contact closures, available-at rear-panel con- Bench Model, 50-Hz 1621-9703
nectors for use by printers or data-processing equipment. Rack Model, 50-Hz 1621·9704

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 51
 1617-A Capacitance Bridge
• 1 pF to 1.1 farads ment of large capacitance by reducing the effect of the
• 20 Hz to 1 kHz resistance and induCtance of leads and connections.
Correct measurements of small capacitances are assured
• 1 % accuracy by the three-terminal connection, which reduces the
• 2-, 3-, or 4-terminal connections effect of stray lead capacitance. A multiterminal configu-
ration is necessary for accurate measurement of capaci-
tors connected by long cables leading, for instance, from
Self·Contained bridge The 1617-A was specifically de- the bridge on a nearby bench into an environmental test
signed for measuring capacitance, dissipation factor, and chamber.
leakage current of electrolytic capacitors, but it will also This bridge includes an Orthonull® balance finder,
find considerable use as a general-purpose 1% bridge. which speeds up measurements of high-dissipation-factor
It is completely self-contained, including a 120-Hz gen- capacitors by eliminating troublesome sliding balance.
erator, null detector, dc polarizing-voltage supply, and The operator's safety is enhanced by warning lights indi-
metering for bias voltage and leakage current. At fre- cating the presence of voltage on the bridge terminals.
quencies other than 120 Hz, use an external oscillator. Electrolytics The 1617 Capacitance Bridge is de-
Multiterminal connections An unknown capacitor can signed especially for measuring large-valued capacitors
be connected to the bridge by means of three- or four- like those in table, as well as other electrolytic types, most
terminal connections, as well as the usual two-terminal. of which require the special measurement conditions pre-
The four-terminal connection permits accurate measure- scribed by MIL or EIA specifications:
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE BRIDGES 53
 Specification
and Accuracy
Capacitor Type Frequency AC Level C Loss DC Polarizing Voltage
MIL C3965-C 120±5Hz Less than 30% 2% R or P.F. C-Sufficient for no reversal of polarity.
MIL C39006-A of OCWY or 1 V, 2% o.-"Polarized CapaCitance Bridge" Sum
Tantalum Foil pk, whichever (P .F. of ac and dc shall not exceed OCWY
and Sintered is smaller 2% for (Less than 2.2 V for 39006A)
Slug Capacitors (Less than 1V -39006A)
rms for 39006A)
MIL C26655-B 120± 5 Hz Limited to lV, 2% 0,10% C-Max bias 2.2 V.
MILC39003 rms (2% for o.-"Polarized Bridge", 2.2-V dc max.
Solid Tantalum -39003
Capacitors and
MIL C39018 -39018)
Aluminum Oxide
Capacitors
RS228 120 Hz Small enough not ±2'h% 0,5% Optional
Tantalum Electrolytic to change value
Capacitors
MILC-62 B 120 ± 5 Hz Limited to 30% 2% 0,2% No bias required if ac voltage less than
Polarized Aluminum of OCWV or 4 V, 1 V. However, if bias causes differences,
Capacitors whichever is measurements with bias shall govern.
smaller
RS 154 B 120 Hz Small enough not ±2'h% R or RC Optional, but if substantial difference oc-
Dry Aluminum to change value curs, rated dc should be used.
Electrolytic CapaCitors
RS205 120 Hz Small enough not ±2'h% 0 Optional
Electrolytic Capacitors to change value
for use In Electronic
Instruments

SPECIFICATIONS

Quantity
Capacitance
I Frequency
120 Hz internal
Range
o to 0.11 F
Accuracy •
±1% ±1 pF, smallest division 2 pF;
residual ("zero") capacitance approx
4 pF
0.11 F to 1.1 F ±2%
o to 1.1 F
40 Hz to 120 Hz external
(useful down to 20 Hz with
reduced accuracy) I Same as above with suitable generator

120 Hz to 1 kHz external o to (100

fH.
YF ±1% ±1 pF with suitable generator
and precautions
Dissipation Factor 120 Hz internal or 40 Hz to fH.
120 Hz o to 10 120 ±0.001 ±0.01 C ±2% t

120 Hz to 1 kHz o to 10 (±0.001 ±0.01 C) ..;; ±2% t

tAdditional error (due to lead resistance) for 4-terminal measurements: For C <1%, for 0 <0.01, if each lead has <1 n of resistance, except
on the highest measurement range the corresponding lead resistance is 0.1 n .
• C is expressed in farads.

Frequency: INTERNAL TEST SIGNAL: 120 Hz (synchronized Power: 105 to 125 V or 210 to 250 V, 18 W. Both 50 and 60-
to power line) for 60-Hz model; 100 Hz for 50-Hz model. Hz models.
Phase reversible. Amplitude selected by switch to be 0.2, Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case and rack mount. DIMENSIONS
0.5, or 2 V max. EXTERNAL TEST SIGNAL: 20 Hz to 1 kHz. (wxhxd) : Portable, 16.25x15x9 in. (413x381x229 mm); rack,
(See table for C range.) 19x14x6.13 in. (483x356x155 mm). WEIGHT: Portable: 26
Dc Bias Voltage: Internal power supply and meter: 0 to 600 V Ib (12 kg) net, 34 Ib (16 kg) shipping; rack, 28 Ib (13 kg)
in 6 ranges. Meter accuracy: ±3% of full scale. External net, 43 Ib (20 kg) shipping.
Catalog
bias lim it: 800 V max. Oeseri ption Number
Bias Current (from internal source): = 15 mA max. METER: 1617 Capacitance Bridge
Range, 0 to 20 mA in 6 ranges; resolution, 0.5 p.A (first range); Portable Model (115 V, 60 Hz) 1617-9701
accuracy, ±3% of full scale. Portable Model (230 V, 60 Hz) 1617-9286
Portable Model (115 V, 50 Hz) 1617-9206
Required, for measurements at frequencies other than twice Portable Model (230 V, 50 Hz) 1617-9266
Rack Model (115 V, 60 Hz) 1617-9820
the line: An oscillator such as the 1311 for spot frequencies Rack Model (230 V, 60 Hz) 1617-9296
or the 1310 for continuous coverage. Rack Model (115 V, 50 Hz) 1617-9216
Rack Model (230 V, 50 Hz) 1617·9276
Supplied: 4-lead and shielded 2-lead cable assemblies. Patent Number 2,872,639.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
54 CAPACITANCE BRIDGES
 Resistance-Measuring Instruments
This section describes a wide-range inductance; four of these make de measurements. Of
tance bridge and a megohm bridge and two megohm me- particular interest may be the 1656 Impedance Bridge,
ters for measuring high-valued resistors and the leakage which haS a sensitive dc :detector and a four-digit
resistance of insulating materials. These instruments, readout, and the automatic. 1685 Digital Impedance
the first four Iisted in the chart below, are but a part of our Meter, which measuresdc resistance at 4 measurements
resistance-measuring capability. Eight other instru- per second.
ments are offered which also measure capacitance and

1644: ± 1% accuracy. Megohm bridge with

seven test voltages, 10 to 1000 V arid self-
checking internal standards . 6 R to ±0.2%.

1863: up to 3% accuracy. 50,

100, 200, 250 & 500 V tests .
Up to 20 TO.

1864: up to 3% accuracy. Adjust-

able voltage, 10 Vto 1000 V. Up to
200 TO.

1685: ±0.1 % accuracy. Automatic, di-

gital readout. Built-in limit comparator.
(Also measures L and C.)

1608: ±.05% accuracy. Can apply MIL STO dc test

voltages. Also ac resistance and conductance meas-
urements with Q readout. (Also measures L and C.)

1656: ±0.1% accuracy. Sensitive dc detector.

Low voltage applied. 4-digit readout. Lever ad-
justments. (Also measures L and C.)

1650-8: ± 1% accuracy. AC or dc meas-

urements. Self-contained , low cost,
general-purpose CRL bridge.

1683: ±0.1 % accuracy. Automatic

bridge. 120-Hz or I-kHz measurements.
Fully automatic , 4 V2 -digit readout.
5-terminal connections . (Also L and C.)

1658: ±0.1 % accuracy. Automat ic Oi-

gibridge.™ 120 Hz and 1 kHz. Q readout.
10 bins for sorting . IEEE bus optional.
(Also measures L and C.)

1657: ±0.2% accuracy. Fully au-

tomatic Oigi bridge ~M 120 Hz and 1
kHz . 5-digit display. 5-terminal con-
nection . (Also measures L and C.)

1654: to ± .003%
comparison accura-
cy. Measures 6 R in
%. 100 Hz , 1 kHz , 10
kHz and 100 kHz .
Phase-angle differ-
ence also displayed .

RESISTANCE BRIDGES 55
 1666 DC Resistance Bridge
• 0.01 % accuracy, direct reading pU is one count). RECOMMENDED RANGES: Wheatstone,
100 il to 1 Til; Kelvin, 1 /Lil to 10 kil.
• six-digit resolution
Resolution: Six digits or 1,111,110 counts.
• 2-, 3-, or 4-terminal resistance or conductance Accuracy (limit of error): DIRECT READING, ±(0.01 % + 10
ppm of full scale). For low-value readings, when first and sec-
• 1 /Ln to 1 Tn range (1 pU to 1 MU)
ond digits are zero, ±(0.1 % + 3 ppm of full scale). These
limits apply from 20 to 25°C at <75% RH, within 6 months of
The GR 1666 combines the advantages of the Wheat-
calibration. Error remains less than ±0.1 % from 0 to 25°C
stone and Kelvin bridges in a single instrument that will at 95% RH and from 0 to 35°C at 85% RH. TWO-YEAR AC-
find application almost anywhere. Whether your require- CURACY: Add ±0.01 % to above. COMPARISON ACCURACY:
ment is for high accuracy, extremely-low or very-high re- ±[2 + 0.001 x (ppm difference)] ppm of full scale (decade
sistance values, remote measurements, portability, or values to 2 ppm where sensitivity is adequate and difference
precise comparison, the 1666 will excel. It can even is small).
be set up for rapid sorting of resistors to tight tolerances. Sensitivity (with internal source): RESISTANCE: 2 }Lfi at very
Two-terminal, guarded, or Kelvin connections to the low values; 10 ppm at 1 il; 5 ppm at 10 il; 1 ppm at 0.1,1,10,
unknown resistor assure that the accuracy inherent in and 100 kil; 5 ppm at 1 Mil. CONDUCTANCE: 2 pu at very
the 1666 can be realized at the point of measurement low values, 5 ppm at 1 /LU; 1 ppm at 10 and 100 /LU, 1 and
over the entire range of the bridge from 10-' to 10" ohms. 10 mu; 5 ppm at 100 mU; 10 ppm at 1 U. An external source
can be used for even better sensitivity.
Internal adjustments on all ratio arms and bridge stan-
dards allow you to make calibration adjustments con- Sources: INTERNAL: 6 V (set 'of 4 D cells), 0.01 W max for
resistance bridge. EXTERNAL: Up to 30 V dc, 05 W max.
veniently and rapidly, using a set of 1440 Standard
Resistors. Detector: SENSITIVITY: Meter deflection = ~i'1nm/ /LV. IN-
PUT RESISTANCE: approx 20 kil. SHORT-CIRCUIT NOISE
The 1666 will make, with ease, such diverse measure-
(slow position): Approx 0.1 /LV pk-pk. DRIFT: Typically 0.5
ments as winding resistance of transformers, switch-con- /LV/h. RESPONSE (slow/normal/fast, respectively): Low-
tact resistance, diode resistance (forward and reverse), level time constant, 4/2.5/0.7 S; high-level meter reversal,
leakage conductance of materials and devices, and the 1/0.5/0.3 s. r---:..-
key parameters of resistance thermometers, standard Guard (Wheatstone): No error with;;' 5 Mil to ground, either
resistors, and decades, by direct and comparison meth- terminal.
ods. The six lever switches and quick-response detector Lead Error (Kelvin): Less than 2/Lil additional with :( 0.10 in
permit 0.01 % balances to be made in less than 10 sec- any lead.
onds - part-per-million balances in 20. Resistor sorting Supplied: Set of 4 leads with gold-plated copper alligator clips.
can be carried out even faster through use of the null Available: 1440 Standard Resistors, for recalibration.
meter as a deviation indicator; overload recovery of the Power: Battery of 8 D cells (Burgess type 1200 or equivalent),
detector is very rapid. i.e., 4 for internal bridge source and 4 for detector power.
SPECIFICATIONS Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case. DIMENSIONS: (wxhxd): 15x12x8
Bridge Circuits: Kelvin and guarded Wheatstone in both re- in. (381x305x203 mm). WEIGHT: 21 Ib (10 kg) net.
sistance and conductance configurations. Catalog
Ranges: TOTAL MEASUREMENT RANGE, 1 /Lil to 1 Til. Re- Description Number
sistance ranges, 1 /Lil to 1.1 Mil in 7 ranges (1 /Lil is one 1666 DC Resistance Bridge, portable 1666-9700
count); conductance ranges, 1 pU to 1.1 U in 7 ranges (1 Replacement Battery (8 req'd) 8410-0200

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

56 RESISTANCE BRIDGES
I
 1644-A Megohm Bridge
• 103 to 10'5 ohms SPECIFICATIONS

• 1% accuracy to 10'2 ohms

Resistance Range: 1 kfl to 1000 Tfl (l0' to 10" fl) in ten
• L\R measurements to ±0.2% ranges.
• seven test voltages Accuracy: 10' fl to 10" fl, ± 1%. After self-calibration : 10" to
10" 0, ±1%*; 10" fl, ±2%; 10" fl, ±10%; 10" fl, ± one scale
• self-checking internal standards division.
L\R% Dial: ±5% range; accurate to ±0.2% or, for small
changes, to ±0.1 %.
The 1644-A will measure:
Test Voltage: Voltage accuracy is ±3% ±0.5 V.
• Insulation Resistance of cables, transformers, chokes,
components, connectors, wiring, terminals, resistors,
Fixed Voltages" 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 Iv
capacitors, relays, printed circuits, rotating machines, Minimum Unknown R 3 7 20 50 150 500 kO
switches, circuit breakers, meters, strain gages, thermo- Minimum Test Multiplier Setting Max R, Volts
Voltage for 1 %
couples, delay lines, slip rings, commutators, heaters, Resolution: 100 G or less 10" 10
filters, lightning arresters, and other devices. for approx I-mm 100 G 10" 100
meter deflection IT 10" 200
• Resistance of high-valued resistors, resistance films, di-
odes, transistors, and piezoelectric elements. Short-Circuit Current: <15 mA, 10-50 V; <10 mA, 100-1000 V.
• Voltage and Temperature Coefficients of resistance. Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 13 W.
• Volume and Surface Resistivity of solids, such as Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case and rack mount. DIMENSIONS (wx
printed-board material, resins, plastics, potting and cast- hxd): Portable, 12.75x12.5x7.75 in. (324x318x197 mm); rack,
ing compounds, rubber, refractories, and semiconduc- 19x12.25x5 in. (483x312x127 mm). WEIGHT: 19 Ib (9 kg)
tors; of liquids, such as oils, plasticizers, and solvents; net, 31 Ib (15 kg) shipping.
and of sheet materials, including plastics, recording tape, • At high voltages; 1% accuracy is obtainable at 10 V up to 10" n.
and varnished fabrics. •• Any voltage between 10 and 1000 V may be obtained using an ex-
The circuit is a dc Wheatstone bridge with a high- ternal resistor.
impedance, high-sensitivity detector. Precision, wire-
wound resistors are used for the fixed bridge arm and the Catalog
lowest-valued decade-step arm. For medium values of Description Number
the ratio arm, precision metal film resistors are used; for 1644-A Megohm Bridge
the highest values, carbon film resistors with trimmers. 115-V Portable Model 1644-9701
The balancing arm is a wire-wound variable resistor. 1644-9820
The guard terminal eliminates the effects of stray re- 230-V Portable Model 1644-9711
sistances to ground. For capacitor leakage resistance 1644-9821
measurement, charging time is a fraction of a second. Patent Number 2,966,257
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

RESISTANCE BRIDGES 57
 GR 1864

GR 1863

1863 and 1864 Megohmmeters

GR 1863 amperes and a panel light near the terminals warns when
• 5 test voltages: 50 to 500 V
voltage is present. Stable power supplies and feedback
voltmeter circuit minimize drift and time-wasting adjust-
• 50 kIl to 20 TIl (2 x 1013Il) ments. Guard and ground terminals permit measurement
• economical, simple operation of grounded or ungrounded two- or three-terminal resis-
tors. The instruments are supplied for rack mounting or
• direct reading, safe, stable in a convenient, portable Flip-Tilt case 'that is a stand for
the meter in use and protects it in transit and storage.
GR 1864
• 200 test voltages: 10 to 1090 V
SPECIFICATIONS
• 50 kIl to 200 TIl (2 x 1014Il) Voltage and Resistance Ranges:
• direct reading, safe, stable Rmin Rmaxt Useful
Voltage Full Scale 10% of Scale 2%% of Scale Ranges
• simple operation Type 1863
50,100 V 50 kU 500 GU 2TU 7
200, 250, 500 V 500 kU 5TU 20TU 7
Type 1864
If one of these GR megohmmeters doesn't exactly suit
10 to 50 V 50 kU 500 GU 2TU* 7*
your high-resistance measurement needs, the other one 50 to 100 V 200 kU 5 TU 20TU 8
should. Although the instruments are similar in appear- 100 to 500 V 500 kU 5TU 20TU* 7*
500 to 1090 V 5 MU 50TU 200TU 8
ance and accuracy, their operating ranges differ to match
differing needs in the laboratory and production area. t Note: Meter deflects to the left, so 2'12% is near the right; however,
the meter scale reads naturally, from left to right.
Choice for production and inspection The 1863 Meg- * Recommended limit.
ohmmeter wi!1 measure resistance at any of five common
Resistance Accuracy: ±2(meter reading + 1)% on lowest 5
test voltages up to 500 V, has fewer controls, and is the ranges (min reading is 0.5). For 6th, 7th, 8th ranges, respec-
lower priced model. It is, therefore, the best selection tively, add ±2%, ±4%, -, for the 1863; ±2%, ±3%, ±5%, for
when several test stations are to be equipped, when the the 1864.
operators are inexperienced, or when specifications call
Voltage Accuracy (across unknown): ±2%.
for standard insulation-testing voltages.
Short·Circuit Current: 5 mA approx.
Choice for laboratory investigations The 1864 is the
more flexible of the two instruments. The test voltage Power: 100 to 125 or 200 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 13 W.
can be set to any value from 10 to 109 volts in I-volt steps Supplied: Mounting hardware with rack models.
and to 1090 volts in 10-volt steps. Thus, the 1864 can be
Mechanical: Flip-Tilt case and rack mount. DIMENSIONS
set to any common, or uncommon, test voltage for ce- (wxhxd): Portable, 6.63x10x6.75 in. (245x254xl72 mm);
ramic, mica or paper capacitors, or other devices. The rack, 19x7x4.63 in. (483x178x118 mm). WEIGHT: Portable,
reverse resistance of rectifiers can be readily measured; 9.5 Ib (4.4 kg) net, 14 Ib (7 kg) shipping; rack 11 Ib (5 kg) net.
the low test voltages available are especially useful in
measuring solid-state diodes. An additional range per- Catalog
Description Number
mits measurements up to 2 X 10 14 ohms (200 Tn).
1863 Megohmmeter
Both instruments are easy to use with direct-reading Portable Model 1863·9700
meter indication and lighted range switch that shows the
multiplier for each range and voltage. The maximum cur- 1864 Megohmmeter
Portable Model 1864·9700
rent possible at the terminals is I:mited to a safe 5 milli-
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
58 MEGOHMMETERS
Inductance-Measuring Instruments
This section describes a versatile inductance- which measure resistance and capacitance as well as
measuring system designed for testing iron-core chokes inductance. Of particular interest for rapid testing of
and transformers. It is capable of supplying up to 400-V low-valued coils IS the 1687 Megahertz LC Digibridgej ™
ac signal and 5-A dc bias current. ThiS system, the first for testing and sorting at low frequencies, the 1658
listed below, is but a small part of our inductance- Digibridge™ is recommended.
measuring capability. Nine other instruments are offered

1 nH 1 p.H 1 mH IH 1 kH

~
z 1630-AV(1633): ±1%accuracy. 50 Hz - 15.75 kHz , upto400-Vacand
o 5-A dc bias. Loss expressed as Q or series R. 0 .2 JLH to 1000 H .
....

1608: ± .05% accuracy. Measurements at 1 kHz with internal oscillator, 20 Hz

to 20 kHz with external oscillator. Digital readout. Q range 0.5 to 2000. Also
measures Rand Q of resistors and C and D of capacitors .

1656: ±O. 1% accuracy. Measurementsat 1 kHzwith internal oscillator , 20

Hz to 20 kHz with external oscillator. Inductance balanced with four lever
switches with digital readout. (Also measures R and C.)

1650-8: ± 1% accuracy. Measurements at 1 kHz but useful to 100

kHz. Q range 0.02 to 1000. Low Q balances facilitated by Or-
thonull ® balance finder. (Also measures R and C.)

1683: ±0.1 % accuracy, automatic bridge. Measurements can be made at 120 Hz or 1 kHz.
Loss is expressed as series resistance from 1 mil to 2 Mil with accuracies up to ±0.1 %. Fully
automatic bridge with 4 V2-di~it resolution and provisions for full systems use. 5-terminal con-
nect ions to unknown .

1685: ±0.1 % accuracy. Digital meter. Measurements can be made at 120 Hz or 1

kHz. 41/2-digit resolution. 5-terminal connection to unknown. Digital limit comparator
for L. Q has adjustable Go/No-Go limit. (Also measures R and C.)

1657: ±0.2% accuracy. Digibridge~MAutomatic digital meter with 5-digit display of

Land 4-digit display of Q. Series or parallel R, Lor C. 3 measurements per second .

1687: ±0.2%accuracy. I-MHz DigibridgeT.MFullyautoma -

tic measurements with display of Land Q, 6 L% , or multiple
limit sorting. L down to 1 nH.

1654: to ±.003% comparison accuracy. Measures -

COMPARATOR CRl
100 HZTlOO kHz impedance magnitude and phase differences . 4 test
frequencies , 100 Hz to 100 kHz .

INDUCTANCE BRIDGES 59
 . ~. ,

.
•
<;:'.JII'

. •
•
NULL

-. ,

1633-A Incremental-Inductance Bridge

• direct reading at 9 frequencies plifiers. Although large signal and bias levels may be
in series Land R or Q applied to the unknown indicator, this circuit keeps sig-
• 0.2 fLH to 1000 H nals in the bridge small, minimizes corrections, and elim-
inates sliding balance. Current and voltage in the un-
• 20 Hz to 20 kHz known inductor are nearly identical in magnitude and
• accuracy ± 1% waveform to those applied at the GENERATOR terminals.
In many instances measurements can be made on the in-
• apply up to 1250 V and 50 A, ac and dc ductor whi Ie it is actually operating in your circuit.
• numerous safety features Up to 7 amperes rms (combined ac and dc) can be
passed through the inductor during measurement, up
The 1633-A was designed primarily for measuring in- to 50 amperes if you use the 1633-Pl Range-Extension
ductance and loss of transformers, chokes, and similar Unit. The impressed voltage can be as high as 1250
components at very high levels of ac and dc excitation volts. Two power supplies are available, a dc supply and
and over a wide frequency range. Easy to operate and a variable-frequency oscillator, which are designed spe-
flexible in application, it can also measure other nonlinear cifically for use with the bridge. Most conventional power
elements such as Zener diodes, rectifiers, thermistors, supplies are not suitable.
and lamps. The bridge contains a highly selective nine- The internal detector is highly selective at nine fre-
frequency detector for effective harmonic rejection and quencies between 50 Hz and 15.75 kHz. Owing to high
can be supplied complete with high-power ac and detector sensitivity and low noise, measurements can be
dc supplies as the Type 1630 Inductance-Measuring made at excitation levels below one volt on the highest
Assembly. inductance ranges and 10 millivolts on the lowest range.
The incremental-inductance bridge uses a circuit that
* H . P. Hall, R. G. Fulks, "The Use of Active Oevices in Precision
incorporates active elements* in stable operational am- Bridges," Electrical Engineering, May 1962.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
60 INDUCTANCE BRIDGES
SPECIFICATIONS
Ranges and Accuracy:
Full-Scale Ranges Lowest
Scale
Measurement Frequency a b c tl e Division Accuracy
Inductance 50, 60, 100, 120 Hz 10 mH 100 mH 1H lOH 100 H 1000 H 20 "H ±(1 % of reading or 0.1 % of full scale)
±(2" fkH,/100 Qx) %*,
400, 800, 1000 Hz 1 mH lOmH 100 mH 1H 10 H 100 H 2 "H ±2% above 10 kHz
10, 15.75 kHz 100 "H 1 mH 10 mH 100mH 1H lOH 0.2 "H or ±3% above 15.75 kHz
Resistance All 10.0. 100.0. 1 k.o. 10 k.o. 100 k.o. 1 M.o. 10 m.o. ±(2% of reading or 0.1 %
4" fkH' Qx
of full scale) ± 100 %*

Q 00 to I, direct reading at above frequencies 0.9 l/Q accuracy =

Largest scale reading: 1000 ± 2% ±0.001 ±0.0005 fkH'*
Max rms volts 12.5 125 1250 1250 1250 1250
Min rms volts 50,60 Hz 0.025 0.25 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
for 1% accuracy
(internal detector) 1 kHz 0.006 0.06 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Max rms amperes·· 7 7 7 2 0.7 0.2
with extension unitt 50 50 50
* The frequency-error term is 5 times larger on highest L range.
* * Max rms current = Vl'de + I'.e
t 1633-P1 Range-Extension Unit contains a 0.1-.0. resistor, which you connect externally to shunt R. (on the 3 lowest bridge ranges). Inductance
and resistance values are reduced by a factor of 10.

Generator: External only (not supplied). For optimum per- Available: 1633-P1 Range-Extension Unit, 1232-A Tuned
formance when dc bias is used, ac supply must be able to Amplifier and Null Detector, 1308-A Audio Oscillator and
withstand large dc currents in output circuit, and dc supply Power Amplifier.
large ac currents. For dc bias, use 1265-A Adjustable DC Power: 105 to 125 V or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, = 6 W.
Power Supply, 200 W; over the audio-frequency range, use Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
1308-A Audio Oscillator and Power Amplifier, 200 VA. Bench, 19x12.75xlO.25 in. (483x324x260 mm); rack, 19x
12.25x8.75 in. (483x311x222 mm). WEIGHT: 31 Ib (14 kg)
net, 48 Ib (22 kg) shipping.
Detectors: INTERNAL: Selectively tuned to 50, 60, 100, 120, Catalog
400, 800 Hz, 1, 10, and 15.75 kHz; response varies < 3 dB Description Number
for frequency components within ±1 % of the nominal. Re- 1633-A Incremental-Inductance Bridge
sponse at 2nd harmonic is typically 50 dB lower. EXTERNAL: 115-V Bench Model 1633-9801
Use the 1232-A Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector, which is 115-V Rack Model 1633-9811
230-V Bench Model 1633-9802
tunable continuously, 20 Hz to 20 kHz. 230-V Rack Model 1633-9812
------------------------
1265-A Ad"ustable DC Power Supply
The 1265-A supplies dc bias for the 1633-A Incremen- Meters: Voltage and current; ranges switch with output
tal-Inductance Bridge. Its charaCteristics include wide ranges.
ranges of current and voltage, a passive low-impedance Overload Protection: Overload circuit trips at approx 1% times
output circuit that will pass high alternating currents, and full-scale current.
a choice of voltage or current regulation. Regulation: VOLTAGE OR CURRENT: 0.2% for 10% line-volt-
The instrument has four voltage ranges and four cur- age change; 1% for 100% load change. SPEED OF RE-
rent ranges and will deliver its maximum rated power of SPONSE: Approx 0.1 second.
200 watts to 8, 80, or 800 ohms. Range switches are Hum Level (rms): For 60-Hz operation, approx 70 dB below
interlocked to prevent most likely overload situations. In full-scale dc output (55 dB on 5-A ranges); for 50-Hz opera-
addition, electronic circuit prevents damage from over- tion, 6 dB higher.
load. Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 or 60 Hz, 380 W at
rated load. (Specify if for 50 Hz.)
Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Bench, 19x7.5x17.25 in. (483x190x438 mm); rack, 19x7x15
in. (483x178x381 mm). WEIGHT: 70 Ib (32 kg) net, 124 Ib
(57 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
1265-A Adlustable DC Power Supply
115-V Models
60-Hz, Bench 1265-9801
60-Hz, Rack 1265-9811
50-Hz, Bench 1265-9803
50-Hz, Rack 1265-9813
230-V Models
SPECIFICATIONS 60-Hz, Bench 1265-9802
60-Hz, Rack 1265-9812
Full-Scale Output Ranges: 12.5,40, 125,400 V dc; 0.16, 0.5, 50-Hz, Bench 1265-9804
1.6, 5 A dc; in any combination up to 200 W. 50-Hz, Rack 1265-9814
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
INDUCTANCE BRIDGES 61
 -~ -.
~.

• II

" '.

• •
--.-/

. - . .
--
.•
1... . ... _ .., _ _ _ _

1630-AV Inductance-Measuring Assembly

• test levels from millivolts to kilovolts The 1308-A oscillator provides continuous coverage
from 20 Hz to 20 kHz. When measurements are required
• L accuracy 1% (R and Q, 2%)
at frequencies other than those given for the internal
• discrete frequencies: 50, 60,100,120, ••. 15.75 kHz detector, the l232-A Null Detector is recommended.
SPECIFICATIONS
Supplied: This assembly includes the 1633 Incremental-Induc-
tance Bridge, 1265 Adjustable DC Power Supply and 1308
This assembly is a complete system for the measure- Audio Oscillator and Power Amplifier.
ment of inductance and loss of coils with ferromagnetic Mechanical: Pedestal cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 22.5x
cores. It consists of a 1633 Incremental-Inductance 43x20 in. (572x1092x508 mm). WEIGHT: 310 Ib (145 kg)
Bridge with specially suited dc and ac power supplies in net, 460 Ib (215 kg) shipping.
a cabinet-type rack with all necessary interconnecting Catalog
Description Number
cables.
The supplies can produce 200-voltampere outputs into 1630·AV Inductance·Measuring Assembly
115 V, 60 Hz 1630-9827
a wide range of load impedances and are designed to 115 V, 50 Hz 1630·9847
230 V, 60 Hz 1630-9837
pass the large dc and ac currents required. 230 V, 50 Hz 1630·9857

1633-P1 Range-Extension Unit

The l633-Pl can be used with the l633-A Incre- operates normally); upper limits are 100 mH for f ~ 120 Hz,
mental-Inductance Bridge to extend the current ratings 10 mH for f ~ 1 kHz.
to 50 amperes. It connects a 250-watt, O.l-ohm resistor Accuracy: Additional ±1 % error for f ~ 400 Hz; correction can
in parallel with one of the bridge arms. be made for errors at higher f. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
of resistance: 20 ppm! °C.
SPECIFICATIONS Current Rating: 20 A continuous, 50 A intermittent, (total .
Inductance Ranges: Only a, b, and c ranges of the 1633-A rms); 50 A continuous with forced air cooling.
bridge; its readout must be multiplied by 0.1 (otherwise it Terminals: High·current type accommodates wires up to 0.25
in. dia from generator and unknown inductor; binding posts
for connection to bridge.
Supplied: Cable, connects to bridge Unknown terminals.
Mechanical: Lab bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 10.5x
4.25x5 in. (267x108x127 mm). WEIGHT: 5.3 Ib (2.4 kg)
net, 7 Ib (3.2 kg) shipping. -
Catalog
Description Number
1633·Pl Range·Extension Unit 1633·9601
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
62 INDUCTANCE BRIDGES
Capacitance Standards and Decades
Choosing a Standard Capacitor GenRad standards
and decades cover a wide capacitance range, and over
much of this range there is a choice of units using differ-
ent dielectric materials and, hence, having different
electrical properties. The table I ists these materials, their
major advantages, and the GR standards that use them.
In some cases there is also a choice as to the terminal
arrangement used. This is also indicated.
Frequency Characteristics Although the characteris-
tics of the high-quality capacitors used as standards
closely approach those of an ideal capacitor, to obtain
high accuracy the small deviations from the ideal per-
formance must be examined and evaluated. The residual
parameters that cause deviations are shown in the two-
terminal equivalent circuit of Figure 1. Here , Rm repre-
sents the metallic series resistance of the leads and
plates or foi Is, L represents the series inductance of these
leads and plates, Co represents the high-frequency Figure 1. A capacitor equivalent circuit.
capacitance of the capacitor (neglecting the induc-
tance), Rl represents the leakage or dc resistance, and
CI> C2, etc and RI , R2, etc represent dielectric polariza-
tion effects (the more RC sections used, the more accu- Dissipation Factor All capacitors d issi pate some
rate the representation over a wide frequency range). energy as heat when current is applied, as indicated by
The most dramatic change in capacitance value occurs the presence of resistances in Figure 1. The dissipation
at frequencies that approach the resonance of the series factor, D, is defined as
inductance and capacitance. The capacitance value C/
becomes D= energy lost = wR C = _1_ (4)
energy stored 5 5 wRpC p
C/ = 1 _ C (1)
w2LC where subscripts sand p refer to the equivalent series
1
or, when well below resonant frequency, fr = v'LC and parallel values (see Impedance Measurement). This
27T LC factor D and the equivalent circuit values are frequency
C/ = C [1 + (f/frF] (2) dependent. Sometimes ESR (equivalent series resis-
tance) is used to represent loss:
In the following section, this variation is indicated by
either a logarithmic plot of 6C/C versus frequency or a ESR = Rs =
DC (Note : ESR >Rm) (5)
w 5
tabulation of L or fro Above fr the capacitor becomes
inductive. At extremely low frequencies, the major contribution to
The effects of molecular and interfacial polarizations loss is the leakage resistance, Rio which gives a compo-
cause the capacitance to increase at low frequencies. nent of D of
until, at dc, the capacitance is D =-
1 (6)
wRIC
Cdc = Co + CI + C2 + ... Cn (3)
where C is the low frequency value. However, even at a
Some of the time constants of the RC branches of Figure frequency of 1 Hz, the dielectric losses become more
1 can be very lon~ even days, so that the value may important in capacitors that have a solid dielectric mate-
change slightly e~">at extremely low frequencies. This rial. ~ ~
change of capacitance with frequency is approximately Interfacial polarization is easy to understand in a com-
proportional to the dissipation factor, D. It is larger in posite/ layered dielectric in which the two, or more, mate-
mica capacitors than in polystyrene units because of rials have quite different leakage resistances. When a
their relatively high interfacial polarization resulting from voltage is applied, the charge will, with time, redistribute
their layered structure (see plot of GR 1409 6C/C vs itself onto the interface between the materials. While
frequency). Mica also exhibits relatively high dielectric mica is not exactly a composite material, it is a layered
absorption and voltage recovery as a result of this interfa- natural material that exhibits this effect to some degree.
cial polarization and, generally, should not be used in Plastic dielectrics, such as polystyrene, are much more
circuits requiring slow, precise charging and discharging homogeneous, but they still have some variation in resis-
characteristics. Polystyrene is excellent for such appl ica- tivity due to impurities and variations in structure which
tions. It also has extremely high leakage resistance. result in small, low-frequency losses.

CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 63

 At somewhat higher frequencies, molecular polariza- At higher frequencies, the major source of loss is the
tion occurs in materials that have an asymmetrical series resistance because this loss increases with fre-
molecular structure (polar molecules). The molecules of quency: D = wRmC. This series resistance becomes im-
these materials are partially rotated in an electrostatic portant in large electrolytic capacitors at quite low fre-
field, giving rise to frictional losses. The losses are quencies. In smaller capacitors, however, this effect is
greatest when the electrical field is reversed at the not important except at quite high frequencies where
mechanical natural frequency of the molecular structure. skin effect is essentially complete, causing the resis-
In some cases, the resulting impedance change can be tance to increase as the square root of frequency. If we
accurately represented by a single RC branch, like those express the resistance as R\ vT. where R\ is the resis-
in Figure 1. The time constant is dependent on tempera- tance at 1 MHz and f is the frequency in megahertz, this
ture. In air capacitors, the losses in the air dielectric and component of the dissipation becomes
on the plate surfaces are negligible under conditions of
moderate humidity and temperature. The dielectric loss (7)
is, therefore, largely in the insulating supports. In
guarded, three-terminal "air" capacitors (such as the GR at high frequencies. This explains the high-frequency
1403 or GR 1404), the supporting insulators can be slope of the curves given for the GR 1409 capacitors.
placed where the electric field is very weak so that their The total D of a capacitor is the sum of all the above
dielectric loss is extremely small. effects and a few others that are much less important.

Standard Capacitor Selection Table

Dielectric Material
Fused Dry Polystyrene with
Silica Nitrogen Air Mica Polystyrene transformers

Main super-stable; high stability; low low-loss; best at stable; low temper- low-loss; high leak- allows high values
Advantages rugged temperature coeffi- high frequencies ature coefficient age resistance; by multiplication
cient (2 ppmrC) (0: 35 ppmrC) good for low freq
C Ranges 10, 100 pF 10, 100, 1,000 pF 0- 1,000 pF up to 1 /LF up to 1 /LF 1 /LF - 1 F
3-terminal 1408 (S) 1404 (S) 1422-CB, -CD, 1409 (S) 1412-BC (D) -
(low values) -CL (V) 1413 (0)
1403 (S) 1423 (0)
2-terminal 1422-0 (V) 1409 (S) 1419-A, -B (0) (1417 (M) - lim-
1405 (S,P) 1419-K(O) 1412-BC (0) ited 2-terminal
1406 (S,P) 1423 (0) use)
4-terminal (4-terminal connections may be 1417 (M)
(high values) made to 2-terminal capacitors)

(0) - decade; (M) - multiple-valued standard; (P) - GR900 ' precision connector; (S) - single-valued standards; (V) - variable

64 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES

 1408 standard ; for use
with an oil bath.

1408 standard, with

temperature-controlled air bath.

140 Reference Standard Capacitors

• 10 pF, 100 pF
• high stability
• low voltage coefficient
• fused-silica dielectric

........." Ultra-high stability The continuously improving accu- Oil-Bath Version This unit is for laboratories that want
racy of capacitor calibrations by the National Bureau of to use the standard in a temperature-controlled oil bath.
Standards brings a better knowledge of capacitance to Two values are available, 10 pF and 100 pF, and each
standards laboratories - provided, of course, the labora- offers the same high precision and stability.
tories have adequate reference standards. The 1408
Reference Standard Capacitors, with their high stability,
are suitable for calibration in parts in 107 • The 1616 SPECIFICATIONS
Precision Capacitance Bridge is highly recommended for Nominal Values: 10 pF and 100 pF.
accurate calibration of a wide range of working standards
Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each
from such a reference.
capacitor, giving the measured direct capacitance at 1 kHz and
More extensively equipped laboratories are offered the at a specified temperature near 25°C for an oil-bath capacitor
economy of a unit designed for use in a temperature- or near 30°C for an air-bath capacitor. The measured value is
controlled oil bath. Laboratories that lack a facility can obtained by comparison to a precision better than 0.1 ppm
take advantage of the built-in, temperature-controlled with standards whose valtJes are determined and maintained
air bath of a second version. Two capacitance values are by periodic calibrations made by the National Bureau of Stan-
available, 10 pF and 100 pF, and either or both can be dards. The limit of uncertainty of these calibrations is
ordered in the air-bath version. ±0.5 ppm.
Adjustment Accuracy: ± 100 ppm .
Fused-silica dielectric The active elements of the ca- Stability: Estimated to be better than 0.3 ppm/ yr.
pacitors are gold, deposited on a substrate of fused silica Environment: TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT, 12 ppm ± 2
- noted for exceptional stability, low loss, and relative ppml cC. TEMPERATURE CYCLING , from U to 60°C, < 1 ppm
independence of frequency. The plated substrate is hysteresis at 30 °C.
mounted in a brass cell which is then sealed in a stain-
Air-8ath Characteristics: TEMPERATURE, 30°C nominal with
less-steel case containing dry nitrogen.
stability of 0.01 °CI year, < 0.005°C/ hour if ambient tempera-
ture is kept within 1°C. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: 0
Air-Bath Version This unit includes one or two stan- ± 0.05 ppm/ °C from 17 to 29 °C ambient temperature. Ther-
dards, as desired, plus a self-contained air bath whose mometer well provided for calibration .
HIGH LO W
temperature is held constant to within O.Ol °C per year to Electrical: DISSIPATION FACTOR, < 10- 5 at

[~L
assure the utmost stabil ity of the standards. Since it 1 kHz. VOLTAGE, 500 V max. RESIDUAL
carries its own environment, it is well adapted for use in IMPEDANCES:
laboratories without an oil bath or closely-controlled am- LH , LL CD CH CL
bient temperature or in portable laboratories and calibra- air 10 pF 0.61tH 10 pF 88 pF 64 pF
100 pF 0 .61tH 100 pF 120 pF 56 pF
tion centers. The air bath operates from 12 volts so that oil 10 pF 0 .21tH 10 pF 55 pF 31 pF
it is an easy matter to transport it under power at all times. 100 pF 0 .2 !,H 100 pF 87 pF 23 pF
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 65
Terminals: Two gold-plated GR874® locking connectors, easily l.86 in. (89x283x48 mm). WEIGHT: Air-bath version (single
adapted to other common connector types (on air-bath version, value), 23 Ib (11 kg) net, 32 Ib (15 kg) shipping; (two values),
connectors can be moved to rear). 25 Ib (12 kg) net, 34 Ib (16 kg) shipping; oil-bath version, 3 Ib
Available: GR874 ADAPTORS, 874-R22LA PATCH CORDS. (1.4 kg) net, 7 Ib (3.2 kg) shipping.
General: Fused-silica dielectric; plated substrate is hermeti- Catalog
cally sealed in a dry-nitrogen-filled stainless-steel case. Con- Description Number
nections to the air-bath version can be made to the front or the Reference Standard Capacitor, air bath
rear as your application dictates. A 12-volt input is provided 1408,10 pF 1408-9700
to maintain a constant air-bath temperature even while the 1408, 10/10 pF 1408-9702
unit is in transit. 1408,100 pF 1408-9703
Power (Air-bath version only): 100 to 120 or 200 to 240 V, 50 1408, 100/100 pF 1408-9705
to 60 Hz, 5 W; 12 Vat 0.4 A for dc operation, battery connec- 1408, 10/100 pF 1408-9706
tors provided on rear. Reference Standard Capacitor, oil bath
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) : Air-bath version 8.42x 1408-A, 10 pF 1408-9701
8.72x16 in. (214x222x407 mm) ; oil-bath version , 3.5x11.1x 1408-B, 100 p F 1408-9704

• •
• •
•

1404 Reference Standard Capacitor

• 10,100,1000 pF conveniently used to calibrate accurately a wide range of
working standards in terms of a 1404 Reference Standard
• 20 ppm/year stability
Capacitor. A single 1000- or 100-picofarad standard is
• 3-terminal, coaxial connections also the only standard necessary to calibrate the bridge
itself.
• hermetically sealed in dry nitrogen
In combination with an accurately known external re-
sistor, this capacitor becomes a standard of dissipation
These capacitors have been designed as primary refer- factor.
ence standards of capacitance with which working stan- All critical parts of the plate assembly are made of
dards can be compared. The 1615-A Capacitance Bridge Invar for stability and low temperature coefficient. After
is particularly well suited for this purpose and can be heat cycling and adjustment, the assembly is mounted in
a heavy brass container, which, after evacuation, is filled
with dry nitrogen under pressure slightly above atmos-

ljrj
pheric and sealed. The container is mounted on an alumi-

~L
num panel and protected by an outer aluminum case.
o. 0.05 Each capacitor is subjected to a series of temperature
~H~ L ~H cycles to determine hysteresis and temperature coeffi-
cients and to stabilize the capacitance.
,: Co 1,
Equivalent circuit showing direct Two locking GR874® coaxial connectors are used as
capacitance, CD, and average values
of residual inductance, L, and ter-
,.,..,
...1- ...1-
,....... terminals. The outer shell of one is connected to the
30' cH CL I 28
minal capacitances, CH and CL. CD
= 1000 pF for 1404-A, 100 pF for
pF i pF: case, but the outer shell of the other is left unconnected
1404-8, and 10 pF for 1404-C. 1"04-1 to permit the capacitor to be used with an external resis-
tor as a dissipation-factor standard.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
66 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
SPECIFICATIONS Dissipation Factor: Less than 10- 5 at 1 kHz .
Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each Residual Impedances: See equivalent circuit for typical values
capacitor, giving the measured direct capacitance at 1 kHz of internal series inductances and terminal capacitances.
and at 23 ° ='= l°C. The measured value is obtained by a com- Max Voltage: 750 V.
parison to a precision better than ='=1 ppm with working stan- Terminals: Two locking GR874 coaxial connectors; easily con-
dards whose absolute values are known to an accuracy of ='=5 vertible to other types of connectors by attachment of locking
ppm, determined and maintained in terms of reference stan- adaptors. Outer shell of one connector is ungrounded to per-
dards periodically measured by the National Bureau of Stan- mit capacitor to be used with external resistor as a dissipation-
dards. factor standard.
Adjustment Accuracy: The capacitance is adjusted before cali- Required: For connection to 1615-A Capacitance Bridge , 2
bration with an accuracy of ='= 5 ppm to a capacitance about 5 Type 874-R20A or 874-R22LA Patch Cords.
ppm above the nominal value relative to the capacitance unit Mechanical: Lab-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) : 6.75x
maintained by the General Radio reference standards. 6.63x8 in. (172x169x204 mm). WEIGHT : 8.5 Ib (3 .9 kg) net,
Stability: Long-term drift is less than 20 parts per million per 14 Ib (6.4 kg) shipping.
year. Maximum change with orientation is 10 ppm and is com-
pletely reversible.
Temperature Coefficient of Capacitance: 2 ='= 2 ppm! °C for
1404-A and -B, 5 ='= 2 ppm/ oC for 1404-C, from - 20°C to Catalog
Description Number
+ 65 °C. A measured value with an accuracy of ='= 1 ppm/ oC is
given on the certificate. Reference Standard Capacitor
1404-A, 1000 pF 1404-9701
Temperature Cycling: For temperature cycling over range from
1404-8, 100 pF 1404-9702
-20°C to +65°C, hysteresis (retraceable) is less than 20 ppm
1404-C, 10 pF 1404-9703
at 23 °C.

1403 Standard Dissipation Factor: < 20 x 10-' max at 1 kHz and 50% or
less relative humidity.
Peak Voltage: 1500 V, except 700 V for 1403-A.
Air Capacitor Temperature Coefficient of Direct Capacitance: Typically 20
to 40 ppm per degree between 20° and 70°C. The larger co-
efficients apply to the smaller capacitance values.
• 1000 pF to 1 pF
Terminals: GR874® coaxial connectors, for complete shield-
• calibration accuracy: ing of the leads. SPACING: 1.13,in (28.6 mm).
±0.02% ±0.01 pF Mechanical: Cylindrical case. DIMENSIONS (dia x h) : 3.06x
5.25 in. (77x133 mm).. WEIGHT: 1 Ib (0.5 kg) net, 4 Ib
(1.9 kg) shipping.
The 1403 Standard Air Capacitors are stable, three-
terminal standards in decimal values from 1 to 1000 pF.
Their terminals are arranged to plug directly into the / JL
External Standard and Unknown terminals of the 1615 / 'I
and 1616 capacitance bridges. oV I II
° 0:: 'I
SPECIFICATIONS .'1
Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each ~ V ~/ 7/'
unit giving the measured capacitance at 1 kHz and at a speci- V /,
fied temperature. The measured value is the direct capaci- .. I Typical increase (percent) in
effective direct capacitance,
, V I /I with freqml'ncy produced by
tance between shielded terminals when the capacitor has at residual inductance.
V '(/
least one lead completely shielded and its case connected to
a guard point. This value is obtained by comparison, to a pre-
, /
cision better than ='=(0.01% + 0.00001 pF), with working 0'
I I .II, ,
FREOU[NCY- MHr
standards whose absolute values are known to an accuracy
typically ='= 0.01%, determined and maintained in terms of Nominal Adjustment Catalog
reference standards periodically calibrated by the National Description Capacitance Accuracy Number
Bureau of Standards. Standard Air Capacitor
Stability: Capacitance change is less than 0.05% per year. 1403·A 1000 pF 0.1 % 1403-9701
1403·0 100 0 .1 1403-9704
Residual Impedances: See curve for effect of frequency. Ca- 1403-G 10 0 .1 1403-9707
pacitance from either terminal to case is = 30 pF. 1403-K 1.0 0 .1 1403-9711

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 67
 1406 Coaxial Capacitance Standards
• stable to 0.05% per year
• for rf impedance calibrations
100 pF and 1000 pF

The 1406 Coaxial Capacitance Standards are stable,

low-loss air capacitors with small, stable and known series
inductance. Use them for the accurate, traceable cali-
bration of high-frequency bridges and other impedance-
measuring instruments.
Instrument calibration The 1406 standards can be
connected directly to instruments, such as the 1616 Pre-
cision Capacifance Bridge, equipped with GR900® pre-
cision connectors and to others through appropriate adap-
tors. Series inductance and resistance have been kept
to a minimum in the 900-Q9 Adaptor. When other adap-
tors are used, these quantities should be known to per-
mit correcting for their effects at high frequencies.
These standards can be calibrated at audio frequencies
with the 1616 bridge or with the 1615 Capacitance Bridge
and the 1615-P2 Coaxial Adaptor. Each has an adjust- SPECIFICATIONS
ment for compensating for terminal capacitance, to per- Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each
mit direct-reading measurements. unit, giving the measured capacitance at 1 kHz and at a speci-
Repeatable coaxial connection GR900 precision co- fied temperature and relative humidity. The measured capaci-
tance is the capacitance at the reference plane of the GR900
axial connectors are used, for stability and repeatable connector. This value is obtained by comparison, to a preci-
performance that have been proven in use at frequencies sion better than ±0.01 %, with working standards whose abso-
as high as 9 GHz. The use of coaxial connectors also lute values are known to an accuracy typically ±0.01 %, de-
meets high-frequency calibration requirements of the termined and maintained in terms of reference standards
National Bureau of Standards. periodically calibrated by the National Bureau of Standards.

10
Typical Parameters
Nominal Dissipation Factor
7
Capacitance 1 kHz (40% RH) 1 MHz Inductance
I 1000 pF 3 x 1~ 50 x 1~ 8.6 nH
II 100 pF 30 ~ 1~ 20 x 10-' 7.6 nH

Accuracy: Capacitance adjusted by GR to nominal value

±0.1 %. STABILITY: Capacitance change <0.05% per year.
~ 'I I TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT of capacitance: Typically 10 to
w 1.0 20 ppm/ DC, between 20 and 70 °C.
~
:! o.7 Residual Impedances: See table. Dissipation factor varies as
u
i o.~
Q • the 3/2 power of frequency above about 100 kHz. Insulation
~ I
i-
~I
a' resistance >10" n, at 23 °C and relative humidity <50%.
u
~ v
Terminal: GR900 precision coaxial connector.
IG 02 ! ~
?
Available: 1615-P2 Adaptor for convenience in calibrating
-' with 1615-A Capacitance Bridge. 900-Q9 Adaptor for con-
~ 0 .1 necting the 1406 to 0.25-in. x 28 threaded studs, tapped
~
.... 0.07 holes, or GR 938 Binding Posts spaced 0.75 to 1 in. apart.
0 .0 ~
I
Mechanical: Cylindrical case. DIMENSIONS (dia x h): 3.06x
I 5.25 in. (78x134 mm). WEIGHT: 1.5 Ib (0.7 kg) net, 4 Ib
0 .9 kg) shipping.
0 .0 2 Catalog
Description Number
V Coaxial Capacitance Standard
0 .0 I0 . 1 0 .2 O.~ 0 .7 1.0 2 5 7 10 20 ~ 70 100 1406-A, 1000 pF 1406-9701
FREQUENCV IN MHz
1406-0, 100 P F 1406-9704
1615-P2 Coaxial Adaptor, GR900 to 1615 Bridge 1615·9602
Typical percent increase in capacitance with frequency of 1406 Coaxial
Capacitance Standards. 900·Q9 Adaptor, GR900 to binding posts 0900·9874

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

68 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 1405 Coaxial Capacitance Standards
• 1 and 10 pF absolute values are known to an accuracy typically ±0.02%,
determined and maintained in terms of reference standards
• rf standards periodically calibrated by the National Bureau of Standards.
• GR900® connectors 1405·8, 10 pF 1405·E, 1 pF
Accuracy at 23·C ±0.2% (0.02 pF) ±0.5% (0.005 pF)
Calibration Accuracy ±0.04% ±0.2%
Stability vs temperature,
'l0·70·C -0.004%/·C -0.01%/ ·C

vs humidity,
<90% RH I -- +0.005%/% RH

vsaging <O.l%/yr <0.3%/yr

Frequency 0.1% C increase 40 MHz 120 MHz
10% C increase 0.4 GHz 1.7 GHz

Extending the available values of rf capacitance down- Residuals D at 1 kHz,

<150 X 1D-<> <100 X 1D-<>
<50% RH
ward, the 1405 standards permit impedance-measuring insulation R >10 12 n at 23·C and <50% RH
instruments to be calibrated at even higher frequencies
equivalent L 1.6 nH at <250 MHz 1.8 nH at <500 MHz
accurately and with traceability to the National Bureau of
Peak Volts 1 kV 3 kV
Standards.
Accuracy is stated two ways. The first refers to nominal
Available: ADAPTORS 1615-P2 for calibrating with GR 1615
capacitance and includes initial adjustment, aging, and bridge and 900-Q9 for connecting standard to lf4-inch x 28
other effects. The second refers to the individual calibra- threaded stud (GR 938 Binding Post) or tapped hole.
tion and certificate. Terminal: GR900 precision coaxial connector.
SPECIFICATIONS Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (dia x h): 1.06x2.32 in. (27x59
Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each mm). WEIGHT: 40z (103 g) net, 50z (142 g) shipping.
unit, giving the measured capacitance at 1 kHz and at a speci- Catalog
fied temperature and relative humidity. The measured capaci- Description Number
tance is the capacitance at the reference plane of the GR900 Coaxial Capacitance Standards
connector. This value is obtained by comparison, to a preci- 1405·9, 10 pF 1405·9703
sion better than ±0.002 pF, with working standards whose 1405·E, 1 pF 1405·9700

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 69
 GR 1409-Y

1409 Standard Capacitors

• 0.001 to 1 /LF top binding posts are provided on the top of the case and
removable plugs on the bottom, for convenient parallel
• ±0.01%/year stability
connection without error.
• calibration accuracy ±0.02%
SPECIFICATIONS
• two- and three-terminal calibration provided
Adjustment Accuracy: Within ±0.05% of the nominal capaci-
tance value (two-terminal) marked on the case.
The 1409 Standard Capacitors are fixed mica capaci- Calibration: A certificate of calibration is supplied with each
tors of very high stability for use as two- or three-terminal unit, giving both two- and three-terminal measured capaci-
reference or working standards in the laboratory. tances at 1 kHz and at a specified temperature. The measured
Typical capacitors, observed over more than 15 years, value is the capacitance added when the standard is plugged
have shown random fluctuations of less than ±0.01 % in dir.ectly into General Radio binding posts. This value is ob-
measured capacitance with no evidence of systematic tained by comparison, to a precision better than ±0.01 %, with
working standards whose absolute values are known to an ac-
drift. curacy typically ±0.01 %, determined and maintained in terms
These capacitor units consist of a silvered-mica and of reference standards periodically calibrated by the National
foil pile, spring-held in a heavy metal clamping structure Bureau of Standards.
for mechanical stability. The units are selected for low Stability: Capacitance change is less than 0.01 % per year.
dissipation factor and are stabilized by heat cycling. They Temperature Coefficient of Capacitance: +35 ± 10 ppm per
are housed, with silica gel to provide continuous desicca- degree C between 10° and 70°C.
tion, in cast aluminum cases, sealed with high-tempera-
Dissipation Factor: Less than 0.0003 at 1 kHz and 23°C (see
ture potting wax. A well is provided in the wall of the case curves). Measured dissipation factor at 1 kHz is stated in the
for the insertion of a dial-type thermometer. Three jack- certificate to an accuracy of ±0.00005.
Series Inductance: Typically 0.050 p.H for 1409-F and -L,
0.055 p.H for -T and -V.
Series Resistance at 1 MHz: 0.02 ohm, except for 1409-Y,
which is 0.03 ohm.
.. l.of--f----1I----1--+t-+-+++--+-----j Frequency Characteristics: See curves. Series resistance var-
~Iu
ies as the square root of the frequency for frequencies above
O.lf--I----1I----1+--Ti-"!-, ft---+---j 100 kHz.
Approx Terminal Capacitance: From H terminal to case (G),
O.OIIO·~"',..---=IOO!:-----:!"'::-"'-~,O,..---IOO::::!:--~,.;::-'"---;IO~-----=:!.""
12 to 50 pF. From L terminal (outside foils of capacitor) to
FREQUENCY case, 300 to 1300 pF.
Leakage Resistance: 5000 ohm-farads or 100 Go, whichever
(Above) Change in capacitance as a function of is the lesser.
frequency for typical 1409 Capacitors. The
l·kHz value on the plot should be used as a Max Voltage: 500 V pk up to 10 kHz.
basis of reference in estimating frequency er-
rors. (Below) Dissipation factor as a function of Mechanical: Sealed case. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 1409-Y,
frequency. 3.25x5.63x2.69 in. (83x143x69 mm); others, 3.25x4x2 in.
(83x102x51 mm). WEIGHT: 1.25 Ib (0.6 kg) net, 4 Ib (1.9
kg) shipping; the 1409-Y is heavier by approx 1 Ib (0.5 kg).

Nominal
Capacitance Catalog
Description ~F Number
1409 Standard Capacitor
~~~~~-~-~-~-~-~
10 Hz 100 IIIHI 10 100 IMHr 10 100
1409-F 0.001 1409-9706
FREQUENCY 1409-L 0.01 1409-9712
1409-T 0.1 1409-9720
1409-Y 1.0 1409-9725
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
70 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 1417 Four-Termina' CapacitanC<l Standard

1417 Four-Terminal Capacitance Standard

• 1 JLF to 1 F in decade steps
• 0.25% basic capacitance accuracy
• 0.02 to 0.25% ratio accuracy tionally set to 0.01 at test frequencies of 100, 120 and
• dissipation-factor standard 1000 Hz. Basic D accuracy is ±0.001.
The 1417 may also be used as a two-terminal capaci-
The GR 1417 Four-Terminal Capacitance Standard tance standard when higher D values can be tolerated.
consists of a 1-JLF standard capacitor and two precise In a two-terminal configuration, D is less than 1 for
inductive voltage dividers used to scale the value of the capacitance values up to 1000 JLF at frequencies below
1-JLF capacitor up to 1 F in decade steps. This arrange- 150 Hz. This feature allows the 1417 to be used in
ment provides accuracy and stability unattainable with calibrating the higher capacitance ranges of popular
very high-value true capacitors. universal or RLC bridges.
In addition to the seven direct-reading capacitance One additional feature of importance is that all the
values, an infinite number of intermediate or higher 1417's parameters are measurable (without disassem-
capacitance values can be obtained by using external bly) so, in effect, its ultimate accuracy depends on the
capacitors. An external capacitor is simply connected to accuracy of the external measurement equipment.
the 1417's external standard terminals, either directly
or in parallel with the 1-JLF internal standard, and the
resulting capacitance is scaled in value by the 1417's
inductive voltage dividers.
"

,
The direct-reading accuracy of the 1417 is ±0.25% I,i.t:!
plus the associated ratio accuracy at test frequencies at
100, 120, or 1000 Hz. Since the 1417 scaling ratios 0
• ;;::i'c •
are precise and repeatable, better accuracy can be ob- lin) a fl
tained by measuring the actual value of the internal -1
E

1-JLF standard or of an external standard before scaling.

The 1417 also serves as a standard of dissipation Basic Circuit Diagram
factor (0). The dissipation factor of the 1417 is inten-
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 71
SPECIFICATIONS

Approximate
Capacitance Ratio Accuracy D Accuracy Terminal Impedance
Value E Max*
(Internal 100 & 100 & ZA ZB AC (V)
Standard) 120 Hz 1 kHz 120 Hz 1 kHz (f1) (f1)

1 JLF - - ±.001 ±.001 0.03 0.03 20

10 JLF 0.02% 0.04% ±.001 ± .001 7.0 15.5 6
100 /LF 0.02% 0.04% ±.001 ±.001 3.1 6.4 2
1 mF 0.02% 0.06% ±.001 ±.002 l.l 2.2 0.8
10 mF 0.03% 0.2% ±.001 ±.005 0.37 0.72 0.5
100 mF 0.1% ** ±.003 ** 0.13 0.23 0.25
1 F 0.25% ** ±.01 ** 0.04 0.05 0.06
~- '.
*DC voltage cannot" be- a{plied.
** Not specified
Capacitance: Internal Standard: 1 fLF to 1 F in 7 switch-
selected decade values. External Standard: Indicated capaci-
tance, multiplied by C extllfLF.
Capacitance Accuracy, direct-reading: 0.25% plus ratio ac-
curacy at 100 Hz, 120 Hz, and 1 kHz, 20 to 25°C, with low
applied voltage « 1/ 4 E max) using internal standard and a
proper four-terminal measurement. (May also be used as a
two-terminal standard, with aD < 1 and a capacitance change
from the four-terminal value of < 1/2% up to 1mF at 120 Hz
or less.)
Capacitance Ratio Accuracy: See table.
Dissipation Factor: 0.01 at 100 Hz, 120 Hz and 1 kHz. For D
accuracy, see table. Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: (wxh.xd): 8.5x5.9x5.25 in.
Terminal Impedances: See figure and table (approx values (21. 5 x 14.7 x 13.2 cm). WEIGHT: 6 Ib (2.7 kg) net, 11 Ib (5
given). kg) sh ipping.
Temperature Coefficient: Approximately -140 ppm;oC. Catalog
Description Number
Voltage Characteristic: Approximately +0.3% change from Ov
to E max (see table) at 100 Hz. Less at higher frequencies. 1417 Four-Terminal Capacitance Standard 1417-9700

National stock numbers are I isted at the back of the catalog.

72 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 L
I nterior of 1422-D

1422 Precision Capacitors

• variable air capacitors
• stability: better than 0.02% full scale per year
• settable to 40 ppm
Similar pairs of preloaded ball bearings provide positive
• low temperature coefficient, low losses
and invariant axial location for the main or rotor shaft.
• wide selection to suit needs Electrical connection to the rotor is made by means of a
silver-alloy brush bearing on a silver-overlay drum to as-
sure a low-noise electrical contact.
The 1422 is a stable and precise variable air capacitor Stator insulation in all models is a cross-linked thermo-
intended for use as a continuously adjustable standard of setting modified polystyrene having low dielectric losses
capacitance. and very high insulation resistance. Rotor insulation,
One of the most important applications is in ac bridge where used (Types 1422-CB and -Cll, is grade l-4 ste-
measurements, either as a built-in standard or as an ex- atite, silicone treated.
ternal standard for sUbstitution measurements. It is avail- Accuracy The errors tabulated in the specifications
able in a variety of ranges, terminal configurations, and are possible errors, i.e., the sum of error contributions
scale arrangements to permit selection of precisely the from setting, adjustment, calibration, interpolation, and
required characteristics. standards. When the capacitor is in its normal position
Two·Terminal The 1422-0 is a dual-range, two-termi- with the panel horizontal, the actual errors are almost
nal capacitor, direct reading in total capacitance at the always smaller. The accuracy is improved when the read-
terminals. ings are corrected using the 12 calibrated values of
Three-terminal The 1422-CB, -Cl, and -CO are three- capacitance given on the correction chart on the capaci-
terminal capacitors with shielded coaxial terminals for tor panel and interpolating linearly between calibrated
use in three-terminal measurements. The calibrated di- points. Even better accuracy can be obtained from a pre-
rect capacitance is independent of terminal capacitances cision calibration of approximately 100 points on the ca-
to ground, and losses are very low. The 1422-Cl has par- pacitor dial, which permits correction for slight residual
ticularly low, constant terminal capacitances, making it eccentricities of the worm drive and requires interpola-
suitable for measurement circuits in which high ca- tion over only short intervals. This precision calibration
pacitance to guard cannot be tolerated. is available for all models at an extra charge. Models so
Construction The capacitor assembly is mounted in a calibrated are listed with the additional suffix letter, P, in
cast frame for rigidity. This frame and other critical parts the type number. A plastic-enclosed certificate of cali-
are made of aluminum alloys selected to give the strength bration is supplied, giving corrections to one more figure
of brass with the lightness of aluminum. The plates of than the tabulated accuracy.
most models are also aluminum, so that all parts have the
same temperature coefficient of linear expansion.
A worm drive is used to obtain high precision of setting. SPECIFICATIONS
To avoid eccentricity, the shaft and the worm are accu- Accuracy: See table.
rately machined as one piece. The worm and worm Stability: Capacitance change with time <1 scale division
wheel ar.e also lapped into each other to improve smooth- (0.02% of full scale) per year. Long-term accuracy can be
ness. The dial end of the worm shaft runs in a self-align- estimated from the stability and the initial accuracy.
ing ball bearing, while the other end is supported by an Calibration: Measured values (supplied) are obtained by com-
adjustable spring mounting, which gives positive longi- parison at 1 kHz, with working standards whose absolute
tudinal anchoring to the worm shaft through the use of a values are known to an accuracy of ±(0.01 % + 0.0001 pF).
pair of sealed, self-lubricating, preloaded ball bearings. Each comparison is made to a precision better than ±0.01 %.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 73
 1412-8C Decade Ca a it r
• SOpF to >1 IJ-F styrene dielectric used in the decade steps is necessary
for applications requiring low dielectric absorption and
• better than 1-pF resolution
constancy of both capacitance and dissipation factor with
• accuracy ±(O.S% + S pF) frequency.
Four decades of polystyrene capacitors and a variable
• low loss, leakage, dielectric absorption
air capacitor are used, mounted in a double-shield box.
The double shielding provides 2-terminal and 3-terminal
The wide capacitance range and high resolution of this capacitances that are the same except for the capaci-
decade capacitance box make it exceptionally useful in tance between the terminals. The variable air capacitor
both laboratory and test shop. Owing to its fine adjust- with a linear AC of 100 pF and a resolution of better than
ment of capacitance, it is a convenient variable capacitor 1 pF provides continuous adjustment between the 100-
to use with the 1654 Impedance Comparator. The poly- pF steps of the smallest decade.

SPECIFICATIONS
Capacitance: 50 pF to 1.11115 /LF in steps of 100 pF with a Frequency Characteristics: Dc Capl I-kHz Cap <1.001. At
0- to 100-pF variable air capacitor providing continuous ad- higher frequencies the increase is approx dCI C = (f I f,)'. The
justment with divisions of 1 pF. Capacitances for 2- and 3- resonant frequency, f" varies from over 400 kHz for a capaci-
terminal connections differ by about 1 pF (C HG in the drawing). tance of 1 /LF to about 27 MHz for a capacitance of 150 pF
CLG is approx 125 pF. when connections are made to the front terminals. f, is about
Min Capacitance: 50 pF with all controls set at zero. 300 kHz and 70 MHz for rear connections and the same
Dielectric: Polystyrene for decade steps. capacitances.
Accuracy: ±(O.5% + 5 pF) at 1 kHz for total capacitance in- Max Operating Temperature: 65 °C.
cluding 50-pF minimum for the 3-terminal connection. Dielectric Absorption (Voltage Recovery): 0.1 % max.
Temperature Coefficient: -140 ppml °C (nominal). Dissipation Factor: 150 to 1000 pF, 0.001, max, at 1 kHz;
over 1000 pF, 0.0002, max, at 1 kHz.
Insulation Resistance: 10" ohms, min.
Max Voltage: 500 V peak, up to 35 kHz.
Terminals: Four 938 Binding Posts with grounding link are
provided on the panel. Two of the binding posts are connected
to the case and located for convenient use with patch cords in
The double shielding used in
the 1412-BC Decade Capaci- 3-terminal applications. Access is also provided to rear termi-
tor keeps CHG very small. nals for relay-rack applications.
This capacitance is ·the dif-
ference between the 3-termi- Mechanical: Lab-bench cabinet; brackets provided for rack
nal and 2-terminal capaci- mounting. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 17.25x3.5x6 in. (439x89x
ta nce of the box; CLG is
approx 125 pF. 153 mm). WEIGHT: 8.5 Ib (3 .9 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg)
CASE
INNER shipping.
BOX--
Catalog
Description _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~Number

1412·BC Decade Capacitor 1412-9410

National stock numbers are I isted at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 75
 1412-8C Decade Capacitor
• SOpF to >1 JLF styrene dielectric used in the decade steps is necessary
for applications requiring low dielectric absorption and
• better than 1-pF resolution
constancy of both capacitance and dissipation factor with
• accuracy ±(O.S% + S pF) frequency.
Four decades of polystyrene capacitors and a variable
• low loss, leakage, dielectric absorption
air capacitor are used, mounted in a double-shield box.
The double shielding provides 2-terminal and 3-terminal
The wide capacitance range and high resolution of this capacitances that are the same except for the capaci-
decade capacitance box make it exceptionally useful in tance between the terminals. The variable air capacitor
both laboratory and test shop. Owing to its fine adjust- with a linear ~C of 100 pF and a resolution of better than
ment of capacitance, it is a convenient variable capacitor 1 pF provides continuous adjustment between the 100-
to use with the 1654 Impedance Comparator. The poly- pF steps of the smallest decade.

SPECIFICATIONS
Capacitance: 50 pF to 1.11115 /LF in steps of 100 pF with a Frequency Characteristics: Dc Capt I-kHz Cap < 1.001. At
0- to 100-pF variable air capacitor providing continuous ad- higher frequencies the increase is approx aC/C = (f/f,)'. The
justment with divisions of 1 pF. Capacitances for 2- and 3- resonant frequency, f" varies from over 400 kHz for a capaci-
terminal connections differ by about 1 pF (CHGin the drawing). tance of 1 /LF to about 27 MHz for a capacitance of 150 pF
CLG is approx 125 pF. when connections are made to the front terminals. f, is about
Min Capacitance: 50 pF with all controls set at zero. 300 kHz and 70 MHz for rear connections and the same
Dielectric: Polystyrene for decade steps. capacitances.
Accuracy: ±(O.5% + 5 pF) at 1 kHz for total capacitance in- Max Operating Temperature: 65°C.
cluding 50-pF minimum for the 3-terminal connection. Dielectric Absorption (Voltage Recovery): 0.1 % max.
Temperature Coefficient: -140 ppm/ °C (nominal) . Dissipation Factor: 150 to 1000 pF, 0.001, max, at 1 kHz;
over 1000 pF, 0.0002, max, at 1 kHz.
Insulation Resistance: 10" ohms, min.
Max Voltage: 500 V peak, up to 35 kHz.
Terminals: Four 938 Binding Posts with grounding link are
provided on the panel. Two of the binding posts are connected
to the case and located for convenient use with patch cords in
The double shielding used in
the 1412-8C Decade Capaci- 3-terminal applications. Access is also provided to rear termi-
tor keeps CHG very small. nals for relay-rack applications.
This capacitance is ' the dif-
ference between the 3-termi- Mechanical: Lab-bench cabinet; brackets provided for rack
nal and 2-terminal capaci- mounting. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 17.25x3.5x6 in. (439x89x
ta nce of the box; CLG is
approx 125 pF. 153 mm). WEIGHT: 8.5 Ib (3 .9 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg)
CASE
INNER shipping.
BOX--
Catalog
Description Number
1412·BC Decade Capacitor 1412-9410
National stock numbers are Iisted at the back of the catalog.
CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 75
 1419 Decade Capacitors
• 100 pF to 1.1p,F electric is specially prepared of purified high-molecular-
weight polystyrene, having very high resistance and free-
• choice of models
dom from interfacial polarization. Moisture sealing with
• two- or three-terminal connection Teflon * feed-th rough i nsu lators assures high perform-
ance under adverse humidity conditions.
Type 1419 Decade Capacitors are offered in three Type 1419-K (Silvered Mica) Higher accuracy, low
models using two different dielectric materials to satisfy dissipation factor, and +35 ± 10 ppmrC temperature
a variety of needs. coefficient (lO-50 °C) for use in higher ambient tem-
Types 1419-A and -8 (Polystyrene) Capacitance and peratures.
dissipation factor constant with frequency, essentially
noninductive, very low dielectric absorption. The di- * Registered trademark of E. I. duPont de Nemours and Company.

SPECIFICATIONS
Type Number 1419·A 1419-8 1419-K
Dielectric Polystyrene Polystyrene Silvered Mica
Maximum Capacitance of Box ("F) 1.110 1.1110 1.110
I n Steps of ("F) 0.001 0.0001 0.001
Dials 3 4 3
Zero Capacitance, typical
2-terminal connection 37 pF 50 pF 41 pF
3-terminal connection 15 pF 20 pF 13 pF
Accuracy'
2-terminal connection' ±1% ±(1% + 2 pF) ±0.5%
±1 % except ±1.5% ±1 % except +1% to -(2% ±0.5% except ±1 %
3-terminal connection
on smallest decade + 4 pF) on smallest decade on smallest decade
Dissipation Factor at 1 kHz <0.0002 <0.0003
Insulation Resistance at 100 V, 25°C
50% RH, typical
>10" n >5 x 10' n
Max Voltage' (dc or peak) 500 V up to 35 kHz 500 V up to 10 kHz
Max Operating Temperature (C) 65· 75°
Voltage Recovery' <0.1% <3%
1 "F-400 kHz; 0.1 "F-1MHz; 0.01 "F-2.7 MHz;
Resonant Frequencies (typical)
0.001 "F-7.8 MHz; 0.0001 "F-23 MHz
Dc Cap/I-kHz Cap <1.001 Typica lIy 1.03
Cabinet: Lab-bench
Over-all Dimensions - in . (mm) 13 x4.31 x 5 16.3 x 4.31 x 5 14.13 x 5.5 x 6
(330 x 110 x 127) (415 x 110 x 127) (359 x 140 x 153)
Net Weight -Ib (kg) 8.38 (3.8) 10.5 (4.8) 11.25 (5.5)
Shipping Weight - Ib (kg) 10 (4.6) 11 (5) 18 (8.5)
Catalog Number 1419-9701 1419-9702 1419-9711

, Capacitance increments from zero position are within this percentage of the indicated value for any setting at 1 kHz.
, Units are checked with switch mechanism high, electrically, and the common lead and case grounded .
'At frequencies above the indicated max, the allowable voltage decreases and is (approx) inversely proportional to frequency. These limits corre-
spond to a temperature of 40·C at max setting of each decade in box.
4 Final % of soaking voltage V measured after holding terminal voltage at V for 1 h, then discharging for 10 s through a resistance of V ohms.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

76 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 1413 Precision Decade Capacitor

• 0 to >1 p,F Six precision decades are employed to provide a range

of 0 to 1.11111 ftF in increments as small as 1 pF and
• 0.05% basic accuracy with an accuracy of 0.05% +
0.5 pF. Air capacitors are
• 6-digit resolution used for the two lower decades and precision silvered-
mica capacitors are used for the remainder. The lower
• 3-terminal connections four decades contain adjustments that are factory set but
• provision for BCD output accessible for readjustment later if desired.
The shielding is divided into two parts, arranged to pro-
The 1413 is not only a precision standard, it is a sys- vide low terminal-to-guard capacitances and low detector
tems component as well - connections are made at the input capacitance in order to reduce errors with the 1654.
rear and each decade provides contact closures for 1-2- When the two shields are connected together, the 1413
4-8 BCD output. It is an excellent companion to the 1654 becomes a well-shielded three-terminal capacitor with an
Impedance Comparator, with which it is combined in extremely low zero capacitance, suitable for a variety of
1654-Z Sorting Systems. applications.

SPECIFICATIONS
Range: 0 to 1.11111 ",F, controlled by six in-line-readout dials.
Accuracy: ±(0.05% + 0.5 pF) at 1 kHz.
Stability: ±(0.01% + 0.1 pF) per year. TEMPERATURE CO-
EFFICIENT: "" 20 ppm/ °C from 10 to 50 °C. ~ 0.01"-
Zero Capacitance: :;;;0.1 pF. ~ H-f-+-.f~~.-Ff-++-I-H
Voltage Rating: 500 V pk max up to 10 kHz.
Frequency: See curves. 10HZ 100Hz I kHz
FREQUENCY
10kHz 100kHz

1 pF to 1101 pF to 1001 pF to 2001 pF to 0.1 IlF to 0 .01

100 pF 1000 pF 2000 pF 0.1 IlF 1.11111 IlF ~ 1/ ~A'
I. 1/ ~
-} f-~j f-"'I
DisSipation
Factor, max
o.oo~ I 0 .001
:~P~
d:t 0

at 1 kHz
Insulation
Resistance,
0.001 0 .0005 0.0003 0 .0004
~,-
~~ r<-.
-
3 term.,
after 2 min r-+-+ 1 ,AHlES
T,tPIC AL 0
1
VS FREOUENC Y

at 500 V dc ;;' 5 x 1O IO n ;;;'5 x 10' n 0 .00001

10 Hz 100 Hz 'kHl 10 kHz 100kHz 'MHz
FREOUENCY
Terminal Capa-
citance, max
high to case
high to guard
4 pF
85 pF
I 8 pF
110 pF
10 pF
125 pF
30 pF
165 pF
60 pF
200 pF
low to guard 45 pF I 70 pF 80 pF 110 pF 120 pF Mechanical: Convertible-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx
hxd): Bench, 17x5.59x11.96 in. (432x142x304 mm); rack,
Interface: CONNECTIONS: 2 rear-mounted GR874® locking 19x5.22x10.9 in. (483x133x277 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 23
connectors. DATA OUTPUT: 36-pin Amphenol Type 57 con- Ib (11 kg) net, 29 Ib (14 kg) shipping; rack, 24 Ib (11 kg) net,
nector provides connections to 1-2-4-8 weighted BCD contacts 30 Ib (14 kg) shipping.
rated at 28 V, 1 A, on each decade switch .
Catalog
Available: 0480-9703 RACK-ADAPTOR SET to convert bench Description Number
models to rack models, 874-Q2 ADAPTOR to convert GR874 1413 Precision Decade Capacitor
connector to binding posts (2 req'd), 938-L SHORTING LINK Bench Model 1413-9700
to connect shields together when 874-Q2 Adaptors are used, Rack Model 1413-9701
4220-3036 CONNECTOR to mate with Data Output Connector. Rack-Adaptor Set 0480-9703

National stock numbers are Iisted at the back of the catalog.

CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 77
 1423-A Precision Decade Capacitor
• 100 pF to > 1 fLF values are known to an accuracy typically ±0.01 %, determined
and maintained in terms of reference standards periodically
• ±0.05% accuracy calibrated by the National Bureau of Standards.
• two- or three-terminal connection Frequency: See curves for typical variation of capacitance and
dissipation factor with frequency.

This capacitor is a versatile tool for calibration labora-

tories and production-line testing. With it a bridge can be
standardized to an accuracy exceeded only by that of the
~
highest quality, individually certified laboratory standards (Top) Change in ca- lj\u
pacitance as a func-
such as the GR 1404 and 1408 Reference Standard tion of frequency.
Capacitors. Used with a limit bridge, such as the GR These changes are
referred to the values
1654 Impedance Comparator, the 1423 facilitates fast that the capacitors
wou Id have if there
and accurate production-line measurements of arbitrary were neither interfa-
capacitance values with minimum setup time. cial polarization nor
series inductance.
Any value of capacitance from 100 pF to 1.111 fLF, in The l·kHz value on
the plot should be '"
steps of 100 pF, can be set on the four decades and will
be known to an accuracy of 0.05%. The terminal capaci- ~:f~~e~~e ~n b:st~a~~ g
ing frequency errors.
tance values are set precisely to the nominal value and (Bottom) Dissipation
factor as a function
can be readjusted later at calibration intervals, if neces- of frequency.
sary, without disturbance of the main capacitors.
The 1423 consists of four decades of high-quality sil-
vered-mica capacitors similar to those used in the GR
1409 Standard Capacitors. The capacitors and associated
switches are mounted in an insulated metal compart-
ment, which in turn is mounted in a complete metal cabi- Dissipation Factor: Not greater than 0.001, 0.0005, and
net. This double-shielded construction ensures that ca- 0.0003 for capacitances of 100 to 1000 pF, 1100 to 2000 pF,
pacitance at the terminals is the same for either the and 2100 pF to 1.1110 .uF, respectively.
three-terminal or the two-terminal method of connection Temperature Coefficient of Capacitance: Approx + 20 ppm per
(except for a constant difference of about one picofarad). degree between 10° and 50°C.
This external capacitance can be included in the two- Insulation Resistance: >5 x 10" !1 to 0.1 .uF and >5 x 10' !1
terminal calibration by the adjustment of a single trimmer. from 0.1 .uF to 1.111 .uF.
Maximum Voltage: 500 V peak, up to 10 kHz.
Supplied: Two Type 777-Q3 Adaptors.
SPECIFICATIONS
Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Nominal Values: 100 pF to 1.111 .uF in steps of 100 pF. Bench, 19x7.25xlO.5 in. (483x184x267 mm); rack, 19x7x8.5
Accuracy: ±(0.05% + 0.05pF) at 1 kHz, calibrated in the three- in. (483x178x216 mm). WEIGHT: 26 Ib (12 kg) net, 39 Ib
terminal connection. Two-terminal connection (capacitor in- (18 kg) shipping.
serted into Type 777-Q3 Adaptor) adds about 1.3 pF.
Catalog
Stability: ±(0.01 % + 0.05pF) per year. Description Number
Certificate: A certificate is supplied certifying that each com- 1423-A Precision Decade Capacitor
ponent capacitor was adjusted by comparison, to a precision Bench Model 1423-9801
better than ±0.01 %, with working standards whose absolute Rack Model 1423-9811

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

78 CAPACITANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
Resistance Standards and Decades
STANDARD RESISTORS tance dominates would be independent of frequency.
Because of its accuracy of adjustment, long-term stabil- Actually, other effects may cause the parallel resistance
ity, low and uniform temperature coefficient, and relative to decrease with frequency. For example, dielectric losses
immunity to ambient humidity conditions, the wire-wound in the shunt capacitance, C, are equivalent to a resistance
resistor is the most suitable type for use as a laboratory 1
standard at audio and low radio frequencies, as well as Rd = o",e
at dc.
(where 0 is the dissipation factor of the distributed capac-
AC CONSIDERATIONS itance), which decreases with frequency and causes the
Resistors designed for ac use differ from those intended effective parallel resistance to decrease rapidly beyond a
for use only at dc in that low series reactance and con- certain frequency. In addition, distributed capacitance
stancy of resistance as frequency is varied are important along the winding causes a similar rapid decrease in re-
design objectives. The residual capacitance and induc- sistance even if its dielectric loss is negligible. The
tance become increasingly important <'s the frequency is equations above indicate that the effective series resis-
raised, acting to change the terminal resistance from its tance of low-valued resistors would be independent of
low-frequency value. frequency up to quite high frequencies. In practice, if the
For frequencies where the resistance and its associated residual inductance and capacitance are kept small, skin
residual reactances behave as lumped parameters, the effect becomes the main cause for departure from the
.equivalent circuit of a resistor can be represented as shown low-frequency values of these resistors.
in Figure 1. L is the equivalent inductance in series with GenRad wire-wound resistance elements are designed
the resistance, and C is the equivalent capacitance across to minimize inductance in low-resistance' values and to
the terminals of the resistor. minimize capacitance for high values of resistance.
R L All units up through 200 ohms utilize an Ayrton-Perry
winding. For very low-valued units, the residual induc-
tance of such a winding is about 1% of that of a corre-
Figure 1.
sponding single winding.
Elements of resistance from 500 ohms to 100 kilohms
c are unifilar wound on flat cards to provide low inductance
and capacitance. Separate resistors of higher values are
It is necessary to differentiate clearly between the con- also wound on flat cards for optimum ac performance but
, cepts of equivalent series and equivalent parallel circuits. spools are used in decade boxes (see Figure 2). This is
The two-terminal circuit of Figure 1 can be described as because the effect of inductors is negligible at these high
an impedance R. + jX. or as an admittance G + jB = frequencies and the effect of capacitance between resis-
~p + j~' wherein the parameters are a function of fre- tors, which is more important than capacitance across a
single resistor, is minimized.
quency. This distinction between series and parallel COOl-
ponents is more than a mathematical exercise - the use
DECADE BOXES
to which the resistor is to be put will frequently determine In decade boxes, the residual impedances of the
which component is of principal interest. switches, wiring, and cabinet are added to those of the
The expression for the effective series impedance is: resistors themselves. For multiple-decade boxes, the
series inductances are additive, but the capacitance is
. R + jIll [ L ( 1 - -;;.) - R1CJ approximately that across the highest valued decade used
Z.=R.+JX. = (
1- - 2
"")2
+ (",RC)'
(see specifications for each type).
The effect of the residual reactance depends greatly
/If, upon the way the resistor is connected in the circuit. For
1_ and
where III, = __ .!!t = ",' LC. example, parallel capacitance can often be compensated
V LC /If,1
for when the resistor is connected in parallel with a capac-
itor. For high-valued resistors, the upper frequency limit
The effective parallel admittance is given by: for a given error is some ten times higher in the effective
parallel resistance than it is for the series connection.
1 ~+}W[C- ~,(l-::)J
Y=G+iB=R + 'X1
p Jp
(L)'
l+"'R
·, r-----,-----r-~-r-Tl
COMPARISON OF
I-KILOH M
WIRE-WOUNO RESISTORS

At low frequencies where terms in ",' are negligible, the

resistor may be represented by a two-element network O.OI f------i--7''--r--Tt--------i
consisting of the dc resistance, R, in series with an induc-
tance equal to L - RZC or in parallel with a capacitance
. s~~~~;,~~ND---
fb;
'equal to C - L/R'. Because of the presence of the R'term ~
a:
RESISTORS

in the equivalent reactive parameters, shunt capacitance

is the dominating residual for high values of resistance,
while for low values the series inductance invariably pre-
dominates. Generally, individual wire-wound resistors above Figure 2.
a few kilohms are capacitive, while decades are inductive
at somewhat lower values.
In the simplified circuit of Figure 1, the effective par- ...
allel resistance of a high-valued resistor in which capaci- FREQUENCY

RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 79

 1440 Standard Resistor
• 0.010 to 1 MO wound and adjusted. Low-temperature-coefficient wire
is used for units of 1 nand 10 n; Evanohm * wire is used
• accuracy ±0.01 %
for units above 10 n. All units are heat cycled to reduce
• stability ±1 0 ppm per year strains and are repeatedly checked to eliminate any that
show abnormal behavior. They are encased in sealed,
• low thermal emf to copper
oil-filled, diallylphthalate boxes to promote long-term sta-
bility and to provide mechanical protection.
These extremely stable resistors are intended for use The 1440 resistors have low-thermal-emf binding posts
as laboratory or production standards for calibrating re- and removable banana plugs to provide the four terminals
sistance bridges and for substitution measurements. necessary for accurate measurements at low values of
Units of 0.01 and 0.1 n are made of sheet metal with resistance. A label on the reverse side lists initial calibra-
a low temperature coefficient of resistance, punched in tion and date, serial number, and space for future cali-
a meander pattern to reduce inductance. Units of 1 n bration data.
and above are card-type wire-wound resistors, carefully * Registered trademark of the Wilbur B. Driver Company.

SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: See table. Measurements on the low-value units a temperature rise of approx 25 °C and a resulting temporary
should be made with a four-terminal connection. All meas- resistance change due to the temperature. If this rating is ex-
. urements at 23°C. ---...., ,. ceeded, permanent changes may result.
Calibration Accuracy: Resistors are calibrated by compariso,{, Residual Impedances: Approx shunt capacitance (2-terminal
to a prec~Gft of ±20 ppm with working standards whose ab- measurement), 2.5 pF; less for 3-terminal measurement. Typi-
solute values are kD~pically to ±10 ppm as determined cal series inductance, see table.
and measured in terms of referenc.e/'standards periodically
measured by the National Bureau orstandards. The measured Approx Frequency Characteristics: See table.
deviation in % from nominal value, at 23 °C and 0.01 watt, is Terminals: Gold-plated jack-top copper binding posts .(3ft!-in.
entered on the label on the reverse side of the resistor. spacing) with banana plugs that are removable and can be
, Stability: Typically ±1O,..I3pm per year (1 Mo to 1 0). replaced by 6-32 screws for installation of soldering lugs.
Temperature Coefficient (Max): See table. Dimensions (less terminals): 2.25x2.47xO.34 in. (58x63x9
Power Rating: 1 W. The corresponding current is indicated on mm).
the resistor and in the table below. This dissipation will cause Net Weight (approx): 2 oz (57 g).

Approx Frequency for

Max Inductance 0.1 % Resistance Change Temperature Catalog
~
y: Resistance
0.010
Accuracy
±0.10%
Current
5A
Typical
0.1 "H
Series R
3 kHz
Parallel R
1 kHz
Coefficient
+200 ppm
Number
1440-9671
v ~' 0.10 ±0.05% 2A 0.1 "H 20 kHz 10 kHz +30 ppm 1440-9681
10 ±0.02% 1.0 A 0.12 "H 300 kHz 30 kHz ±20 ppm 1440-9601
100 ±0.01% 310 mA 0.13 "H 1 MHz 300 kHz ±20 ppm 1440-9611
1000 ±0.01% 100 mA 5."H 3 MHz 1 MHz ±10 ppm 1440-9621
1 kO ±0.01% 30mA 2.5 "H 2 MHz 1 MHz ±10 ppm 1440-9631
10 kO ±0.01% 10 mA 200 kHz 1 MHz ±10 ppm 1440-9641
100 kO ±0.01% 3 mA 20 kHz 100 kHz ±10 ppm 1440-9651
1 MO ±0.02% 1 mA 2 kHz 10 kHz ±10 ppm 1440-9661

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

80 RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
~ 1433 Decade Resistor
• ±O.01 % accuracy
• good frequency characteristics
• low temperature coefficient 6 6

• excellent stability
• low zero resistance
, 1~

It ."".

The 1433 Decade Resistors are primarily intended for of the series-resistance change, depending on frequency and
precision measurement applications where their excellent the insulating material in the switch.
accuracy, stability, and low zero resistance are important. Characteristics of the 1433's are similar to those of the indi-
They are convenient resistance standards for checking vidual 510's modified by the increased series inductance, lo,
and shunt capacitance, C, due to the wiring and the presence
the accuracy of resistance-measuring devices and are
of more than one decade in the assembly. At total resistance
used as components in dc and audio-frequency imped- settings of approx 1000 ohms or less, the frequency charac-
ance bridges. Many of the models can be used up into teristics of any of these decade resistors are substantially the
the radio-frequency range. Although they are quite satis- same as those shown for the 51O's. At higher settings, shunt
factory as sUbstitution boxes for optimizing electronic capacitance becomes the controlling factor, and the effective
circuitry, the less expensive 1434 Decade Resistors are value of this capacitance depends upon the settings of the
recommended for such less exacting applications . individual decades.
Each 1433 Decade Resistor is an assembly of GR 510
Typical Values of Ro, lo, and C for the Decade Resistors:
Decade-Resistance Units in a single cabinet. Mechanical
Zero Resistance (Ro): 0.001 0 per dial at dc; 0.04 {2 per dial
as well as electrical shielding of the units and switch con-
at 1 MHz; proportional to square root of frequency at all fre-
tacts is provided by the attractive aluminum cabinet and quencies above 100 kHz.
panel. The resistance elements have no electrical con-
Zero Inductance (lo): 0.1 JLH per dial + 0.2 JLH.
nection to the cabinet and panel , for which a separate
Effective Shunt Capacitance (C): This value is determined
shield terminal is provided.
largely by the highest decade in use. With the low terminal
The individual decades (510 Decade-Resistance Units)
connected to the shield , a value of 15 to 10 pF per decade may
are available for applications requiring only one decade be assumed, counting decades down from the highest. Thus,
or as components to be built into experimental equip- if the th ird decade from the top is the highest resistance
ment, production test equipment , or commercial instru- decade in circuit (i.e., not set at zero), the shunting terminal
ments. capacitance is 45 to 30 pF. If the highest decade in the as-
sembly is in use, the effective capacitance is 15 to 10 pF, re-
gardless of the settings of the lower-resistance decades.
Temperature Coefficient of Resistance: Less than ±1O ppm
SPECIFICATIONS per degree C for values above 100 0 and ±20 ppm per degree
C for 1000 and below, at room temperatures. For the 1433's
Accuracy: The specified tolerances apply for low-current meas-
urement at dc or low-frequency ac (see below).
Over-all Accuracy: The difference between the resistances at
any setting and at the zero setting is equal to the indicated
value ±(0.01 % + 2 mo).
Incremental Accuracy: See table. This is the accuracy of the
change in resistance between any two settings on the same
dial. Equivalent circuit of a resistance
decade , showing residual impe-
Max Current: The max current for each decade is given in the dances.
table below and also appears on the panel of each decade box
and on the dial plate of each decade resistance unit.
Frequency Characteristic: The accompanying plot shows the
max percentage change in effective series resistance, as a
lJu o.OIA STEPS • I1l. I
function of frequency for the individual decade units. For low-
resistance decades the error is due almost entirely to skin
effect and is independent of switch setting. For the high-
resistance units the error is due almost entirely to the shunt
--<>--- --- -'I
capacitance and its losses and is approx proportional to the
t)Ul oo..n SOU l
square of the resistance setting.
The high-resistance decades (510-E, -F, -G, and -H) are very
commonly used as parallel resistance elements in resonant
circuits, in which the shunt capacitance of the decades be-
comes part of the tuning capacitance. The parallel resistance
changes by only a fraction (between a tenth and a hundredth) Max percentage change in series resistance as a function of frequency.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 81
the box wiring will increase the over-all temperature coefficient Mounting: Lab-bench cabinet, rack models include mounting
of the 0.1- and 0.01-0 decades. hardware.
Switches: Quadruple-leaf brushes bear on lubricated contact Dimensions and Weights: in. (mm), Ib (kg):
studs of 3fs-in. diameter in such a manner as to avoid cutting
but yet give a good wiping action. A ball-on-cam detent is
provided. There are eleven contact points (0 to 10 inclusive). 4·dial 5-dial 6·dial 7-dial
U, K, J, L, Q T, N, M, P, Y W, X, B, Z F, G, H
The switch resistance is less than 0.0005 0. The effective
capacitance is of the order of 5 pF, with a dissipation factor of Width* 12.3 (312) I
14.8 (375) I 17.3 (439)
0.06 at 1 kHz for the standard cellulose-filled molded phenolic Height 3.5 (89) I
5.3 (135)
switch form and 0.01 for the mica-filled phenolic form used in Depth 5 in. over-all, 4 in. behind panel (127, 102)
the 51O-G and 510-H units. Net Wt** 4.8 (2.2) I 5.8 (2.7) I 7 (3.2) I 8.8 (4.0)
Ship. Wt** 5.5 (2.5) I 6.5 (3 .0) I 8.5 (3.9) I 10.3 (4.7)
Max Voltage to Case: 2000 V pk.
Terminals: Low-thermal-emf jack-top binding posts on stan- * Data given for bench models. All rack models same except 19 in.
dard 3;4-in. spacing; also provisions for rear-panel connections. (483 mm) wide.
Shield terminal is provided. ** Add approx 1 Ib (0.5 kg) for rack-mount hardware.

Ohms No. of Type 510 Decades Catalo!! Number

Type Total Ohms per Step Dials Used Bench Rack
1433·U 111.1 0.01 4 AA,A, B,C 1433·9700 1433·9701
1433·K 1111 0.1 4 A,B,C,D 1433·9702 1433·9703
1433·J 11,110 1 4 B,C,D,E 1433·9704 1433·970S
1433·L 111,100 10 4 C, 0, E, F 1433·9706 1433·9707
1433·Q 1,111,000 100 4 0, E,F,G 1433·9708 1433·9709
1433·T 1111.1 0.01 5 AA,A, B,C,D 1433·9710 1433·9711
1433·N 11,111 0.1 5 A,B,C,D,E 1433·9712 1433·9713
1433·M 111,110 1 5 B,C, 0, E,F 1433·9714 1433·971S
1433·P 1,111,100 10 5 C, 0, E, F,G 1433·9716 1433·9717
1433·Y 11,111,000 100 5 0, E, F, G, H 1433·9718 1433·9719
1433·W 11,111.1 0.01 6 AA,A,B,C,D,E '1433·9720 1433·9721
1433-X 111,111 0.1 6 A, B,C, D, E, F 1433·9722 1433·9723
1433·B 1,111,110 1 6 B, C, 0, E, F, G 1433·9724 1433·972S
1433·Z 11,111,100 10 6 C,D,E,F,G,H 1433·9726 1433·9728
1433·F 111,111.1 0.01 7 AA,A, B,C, D,E, F 1433·9729 1433·9730
1433·G 1,111,111 0.1 7 A,B,C, 0, E, F,G 1433·9731 1433·9732
1433·H 11,111,110 1 7 B,C, 0, E, F,G, H 1433·9733 1433·9734

510 Decade-Resistance Unit

The 510 Decade Units that essentially make up the 510-B mounted on a small panel.
1433 are also available separately for applications re-
quiring a single decade or as components for experi-
mental setups, production test equipment, or commercial
instruments.
Each Decade-Resistance Unit is enclosed in an alumi-
num shield; a knob and etched-metal dial plate are sup- SPECIFICATIONS
plied. Each decade has ten resistors in series; the con· Electrical: See table.
tacts in the lower-valued decades have a silver overlay Terminals: Soldering lugs.
to ensure stability of resistance, and all the decades have Supplied: Dial plate, knob, template, and mounting screws.
a silver contact on the zero setting to give low and con- Mechanical: Panel mounting, in shield can. DIMENSIONS:
stant zero resistance. Winding methods are chosen to Dia. 3.06 in. (78 mm), depth 3.31 in. (85 mm) behind panel.
reduce the effects of residual reactances. WEIGHT: 11 oz (312 g) net.

Total Resistance Accuracy of Max Power

Resistance Per Step Resistance Current Per Step !1L c** La Catalog
Type Ohms (!1R) Ohms Increments 40' CRise Watts ",H pF ",H Number
SlO-AA 0.1 0.01 ::'::2% 4 A 0.16 0.01 7.7-4.5 0.023 OS10·9806
S10·A 1 0.1 ::'::0.4% 1.6 A 0.25 0.014 7.7--4.5 0.023 OS10·9701
S10·B 10 1 ::'::0.1% 800 mA 0.6 0.056 7.7--4.5 0.023 OS10·9702
SI0·C 100 10 ::'::0.04% 250 mA 0.6 0.11 7.7-4.5 0.023 OS10·9703
S10·0 1000 100 ::'::0.01% 80 mA 0.6 5 7.7-4.5 0.023 OS 10-9704
S10·E 10,000 1000 ::'::0.01% 23 mA 0.5 13 7.7-4.5 0.023 OSl0-970S
SI0·F 100,000 10,000 ::'::0.01% 7 mA 0.5 70 7.7--4.5 0.023 OSl0-9706
S10·G 1,000,000 100,000 ::'::0.01% 2.3 mA 0.5 7.7-4.5 0.023 OS10·9707
S10·H 10,000,000 1,000,000 ::'::0.01% 0.7* mA 0.5 7.5-4.5 0.023 OS 10·9708
S10·P4 Switch only (Black Phenolic Frame) 0510·9604
SI0·P4L Switch only (Low-Loss Phenolic Frame) OS10·9S.1 1
* Or a max of 4000 V, pk. ~ -
** The larger capacitance occurs at tile highest setting of the decade. The values given are for units without the shield cans in
place. With the shield cans in place, the snunt capacitance is from 0 to 20 pF greater than indicated here, depending on whether
the shield is tied to the switch or to the zero end of the decade.

National stock nurtlbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

82 RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 /

r
• ±O.02% accuracy
• 5-,6-, or 7-dial settability
Zero Resistance: Approx 3 mO per dial at low frequencies;
• excellent stability, low cost except for the 1434-QC, approx 30 mO.
Max Current: See table; these values also appear on the panel
of each decade box. When this max current is passed through
These laboratory-quality, budget-priced decade boxes a decade, the temporary change in value will be less than the
accuracy specification. Currents appreciably higher than this
are designed for maximum usefulness and economy in
will cause permanent damage.
laboratory measurement, testing, and development work.
Their accuracy is adequate for all but the most exacting
applications. Their small size and clear readout should
Total
Resistance of Decade
I Resistance
Per Step
Incremental
Acc uracy *
Max
Current
be particularly useful in experimental setups using small, 10 0.10 ±3.0% 1 A
100 1.00 ± 0 .3% 0.3 A
modern components. 1000 10 0 ±0.05% 160 mA
The 1434-M, -N, and -P contain five step decades of 1 kO 1000 ± 0.02% 50 mA
resistance in a small cabinet. The 1434-8 and -X, 6-dial 10 kO 1 kO ± 0.02% 16 mA
100 kO 10 kO ± 0.02% 5 mA
boxes, permit small as well as large values of resistance 1 MO 100 kO ±0.02% 1.6 mA
to be set with 3- or 4-place resolution and accuracy. The 100-0 Rheostat** 10/div ± 10 200 mA
1434-QC, a "best buy," has four step decades plus a * At low currents and low frequencies. ** Used in 1434-QC.
a
rheostat to provide I-ohm resolution in I-megohm box. Temperature Coefficient: <±10 ppm/ °C at room temperature,
The larger, seven-decade, 1434-G box is easily con- except for the low-valued units where the +0.4%/ °C tempera-
verted into a 3Y2-inch relay-rack unit by the addition of ture coefficient of the zero resistance must be added.
angle brackets and dress strips, which are furnished. This Frequency Characteristics: Generally similar to those of the
box has lug terminals available at the rear, as well as at 1433 Decades.
panel binding posts. Switches: Multiple wiper, solid-silver-alloy switches are used
to obtain low and stable zero resistance.
DESCRIPTION)
Terminals: Jack-top binding posts on standard 3M-in. spacing.
High-quality, wire-wound resistors are used in these A shield terminal is also provided. The 1434-G has lug con-
decades. The low price is made possible by the use of nections accessible from the rear.
only six resistors per decade instead of ten. These are Mounting: All types except the 1434-G are in small cabinets
combined by switching in such a way that there are no for bench use. The 1434-G is also designed for bench use but,
discontinuities; that is, the resistance increases stepwise with the addition of mounting hardware, becomes 3%-in. high,
just as though ten resistors were used. The switches have 19-in. relay-rack unit.
solid-silver-alloy contacts for low resistance and long life.
Mechanical Data:
Resistors are of low-temperature-coefficient Evanohm *
wire, except the I-ohm/step and O.I-ohm/step decades Net Shipping
Width Height Depth Weight Weight
which use wire and ribbon (respectively) of another low- Models
temperature coefficient alloy. The resistors of the 100-, in . mm in. mm in. mm Ib kg Ib kg

10-, and I-ohm / step decades are Ayrton-Perry wound M, N, P, QC 11% 300 2% 70 41'. 108 3 1.4 4 1.9
to minimize inductance. B.X 13'ji, 350 2% 70 41'. 108 31'4 1.5 4 1.9
G (bench) 17M 440 31'2 89 5 127 6 2 .8 7 3.2
* Registered trademark of the Wilbur B. Driver Company.
G (rack) 19 483 31'2 89 31'2 89 6 2.8 7 3.2

Total Resistance Number of Catalog

SPECIFICATIONS Description Resistance(O) Per Step Decades Number
Accuracy: Tolerances apply at low currents and at dc or low- Decade Resistor
frequency ac. 1434-N 11,111 0 .10 5 1434-9714
Over-all: T ifference between the resistances at any set- 1434-M 111,110 1.00 5 1434-9713
ting and a he z ro setting is equal to the indicated value 1434-P 1,111,100 10 0 5 1434-9716
±(0.02% mol. except for the 1434-QC, which may have 1434-QC 1,111,105 1 O/div 4 +- rheo 1434-9576
an addition r of ± 1 0 when the rheostat is used. 1434-8 1,111,110 1.0 n 6 1434-9702
Incrementa: See table. This is the accuracy of the change 1434-X 111,111 0.1 n 6 1434-9724
in resistance between any two settings of the same dial. 1434-G 1,111,111 0.1 n 7 1434-9707

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 83
 1435 Programmable Decade Resistor
• 1.11 M.!l
• 0.02% basic accuracy
• completely programmable

The 1435 is a completely-programmable five-decade grounded or guarded). At low resistance values, they depend
resistor (expandable to six or seven decades on special mainly on the inductance. Calculations based on the values
order) particularly adaptable to automatic test equipment tabulated should give a good approximation to the series-
for the control of loaclrtime constant, gain, etc. resistance error. (Parameters are defined by diagram.)
Each decade is controlled by a 12-position front-panel
switch that displays 0 through X (10) and R (remote).
C3
This allows any decade or decades to be manually set
while those remaining are remotely controlled. Another
switch transfers total control of all the decades to the HIGH LOW
exernal control signal, regardless of the setting of the in- C2~C4
dividual decade controls, and this transfer itself is ex-
ternally programmable.
Four high-quality wire-wound resistors of low-tempera-
T CI
I C6

':" GROUND
c5T
UlS.1
ture-coefficient. Evanohm * wire are used in each decade.
All are straight wound except the 1O-.!l/ step decade
which is Ayrton-Perry wound to reduce inductance. Due Decade Resistance
to discontinuities that may exist when the settings are Parameter R = 100 kll R = 1 Mll
changed (manually or remotely) , two logic lines are pro- C1 19 pF 11 pF
vided to short or open the decade-output terminals during C2 76 pF 23 pF
C3 19 pF 16 pF
the switching interval. C4 247 pF 276 'pF
C5 46 pF 51 pF
, Registered trademark of the Wilbur B. Driver Co. C6 1606 pF 1606 pF
Ll 23/LH 23/LH
SPECIFICATIONS
•
Range: 1,111,100 n total resistance; 10 n smallest step. Each
Signal Power Ratings: 0.125 W per step of the most-significant
non-zero digit (l.25 W max) for specified accuracy; 0.25
decade can be individually controlled: manually by in-line- W/ step (2.5 W max) without damage. Each decade labeled
readout dials or remotely to digital techniques. with rated current. GUARD VOLTAGE LIMIT: 100 V max
Programming: Control by negative true logic, 8-4-2-1 binary- with respect to ground.
coded decimal, at standard DTL or TTL levels (i.e., logic 0 "'" Terminals: 5 (High, Low, Ground, Guard, Guard) nickel-plated
ground, logic 1 > +3.5 V) or closures to ground applied to rear- brass binding posts on rear panel; standard spacing (0.75 in.).
panel etched-board (36 pins.) SWITCHING SPEED: < 4 ms
per change . Switches are mercury-wetted reed relays for low, Supplied: Power cord and board-edge connector, for program-
stable, and repeatable zero resistance and are used for both ming input.
manual and remote control. Power: 100 to 125 V or 200 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 7 W.
Resistance Characteristics: ACCURACY: The difference be- Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
tween the resistances at any setting and at the zero setting Bench, 19.75x4.22x12 .88 in. (502x107x327 mm); rack, 19x
is equal to the indicated value ±(O.Cl2% + 10 mn) for all 3.47x10.8 in. (483x88x275 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 18 Ib
decades except, for lO-n/ step decade, the tolerance is (8.5 kg) net, 23 Ib (11 kg) shipping; rack, 13 Ib (6 kg) net,
±(O.05% + 10 mn); all at low currents and low or zero fre- 18 Ib (8.5 kg) shipping.
quency. ZERO RESISTANCE; Typically 700 mn total (all dec- , Catalog
ades set to zero'. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ± (10 ppm Description Number
+ 3 mn) / cC. FREQUENCY DEPENDENCE: At high resistance 1435 Programmable Decade Resistor
values, frequency characteristics depend. mainly on capaci- Bench Model 1435-9700
tances and on the type of connections used (2- or 3-terminal, Rack Model 1435-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

84 RESISTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 /

1455 Decade Voltage Divider

• linearity better than 20 ppm (5-dial model)
• input impedance: 10 or 100 k!l

The GR 1455 Decade Voltage Dividers, provide accu· Type 1455·A ·BH ·B
rately known voltage ratios from 0.00001 ' to 1.00000 for Number of Dials: 4 5 5
use in many common measurements: Input Resistance: . 10 k!1 100 k!1 10 k!1
Accuracy of Input R: (ppm) + 150 + 150 +150
• voltage gain or attenuation Input Voltage Ratingl: 230 V 700 V 230V
• linearity of potentiometers and other controls Frequency Response' fo: 850 kHz 69 kHz 690 kHz
Resolution: (ppm of input) 100 10 10
• frequency response of audio and rf networks
Linearity (sum of A & B)
• transformer turns ratio A, Absolute Linearity'
• voltmeter calibration -Ratio-
0.00001 to 0.00010 ± 0.02 ±0.03
A resistive divider of the Kelvin-Varley type, the 1455 0.00010 to 0.00100 ±0.3 ± 0.2 ± 0.3
has precision resistors throughout (rather than in se- 0.00100 to 0.01000 ±2 ±2 ±3
0 .01000 to 0.10000 ±15 ± 10 ± 1O
lected positions only) for over-all high accuracy. Linearity 0.10000 to 1.00000 ±30 ±20 ±20
is as low as 0.02 ppm of input.

~
' Terminal Linearity
Match your needs exactly. Select input impedance, (in ppm of input).
FOUR·TERMINAL (out·
voltage rating, frequency range, 4· or 5·dial resolution, put with respect to low
bench or rack mounting. output terminal): ±0.04 ± 0.004 ± 0.04
THREE·TERMINAL' ±0.2 ±0.02 ±0.2
Max Output Resistance
SPECIFICATIONS (input shorted): 2.79 k!1 28.8 k!1 2.88 k!1
Effective Output Capaci·
tance (typ, unloaded): 67 pF 80 pF 80 pF
Frequency Characteristic: Acts like
simple RC circuit below fo so that Eo reading

~1 + (+.)'
I Safe operating limit, will not cause damage.
'Output·level change due to increasing frequency, with no load, with
E: = output resistance set to max , up to the tabulated frequency: < 3 dB.
, Measured in ppm of input. Output is taken with re spect to reference
Tabulated value of ,fo is at setting that gives max output re· output measured when the indicated ratio is zero, with frequency in
the low audio range, with input <0.5 of Input Voltage Rating. Note:
sistance so that fo at all other settings is higher. At 0.044 fo, Linearity change due to internal heating, for full rated input voltage,
response is down < 0.1 %. for ratios 0.1 to 1.0: <20 ppm; for ratios < 0.1: negligible.
'Output measured with respect to low input terminal. Low output
Temperature Coefficient: < 20 ppm for each resistor. Since terminal may be floating or connected to the low input terminal .
voltage ratios are determined by resistors of similar construc·
tion, net ambient temperature effects are very small. Catalog
Description Number
Mechanical: Lab·bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Bench, 4·dial model, 14.75x3.5x6 in. (375x89x153 mm); 1455 Decade Voltage Divider
Bench Models
5·dial models, 17.31x3.5x6 in. (440x89x153 mm); rack,
L 19x3.5x4.63 in. (483x89x117 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 4·dial
model , 6.75 Ib (3.1 kg) net, 8 Ib (3.7 kg) shipping; 5·dial
1455·A, 4·dial, lO·k!1
1455·B, 5·dial, 10·k!1
1455·BH , 5·dial, 100·k!1
1455.9700
1455·9706
1455·9708
Rack Models
models, 7.75 Ib (3.6 kg) net, 9 Ib (4.1 kg) shipping; rack 1455·A, 4·dial, 10·k!1 1455·9701
models are each 1 Ib (0.5 kg) heavier than corresponding 1455·B, 5·dial, 10·k!1 1455·9707
bench models. 1455·BH, 5·dial, 100·k!1 1455·9709

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

DECADE VOLTAGE DIVIDER 85
 Inductance Standards and Decades
Construction An inductor with a non-magnetic core (called
an "air core") will have higher stability and negligible I'!0n-
linearity compared to one wound on a core made of a hlgh-
permeability alloy (r~ferred to as an "iron core" even if the
alloy contains little, or no, iron). However, an air-core coil will
have a relatively lOw Q. Because stability is the prime require-
ment of a la~ standard, t~ GR 1482 Standard Induc-
tors are wound on ceramlc forms that magnetically act like air.
For circuit desfgtl and other e~imental work, a h~her Q is
preferable, even at~e ~l(pense of stability and linearity.
Therefore, the GR 940: aIid 1491 Decade Inductors use iron '0
FIIIIQUENC'r
100
'...'
cores. A good baiaFlce biilween thes$ opposing characteristics Figure 2. Dissipation-factor variation with frequency in typi-
is possible, however, wlth'COres made from certalO powdered cal air-core 1482 StandaRf Inductors.
alloys so that these decades can maintain good accuracy with
time and over a reaSOllable current range. All GenRad induc-
tors use cores Of 1Oroidal shape which generate a very low quency and also there are other sources of loss. The compo-
external field and are relatively immune to pickup from exter- nents of loss can best be described in terms of the dissipation
nal fields. Coils of this shape can be placed close together with factor, D = lIQ, because the total 0 is the sum of the compo-
negligible mutual inductance. The symmetry of the toroidal nent D's and these can be plotted as straight lines in
stlape also contribiJtes to stabil ity and a constant temperature logc;lrithm'ic coordinates, as shown in Figure 2. For an air-core
coefficient. . coil, the other sources of loss besides the ohmic or "copper"
Inductance Changes The inductance depends not only loss are eddy current loss, in any nearby conductors (such as a
upon the geometry cif the winding and the permeability of the case) and in the wire itself, and dielectric loss, in the stray
core but also upon the residual impedances that are shown in shunting capacitance (shown lumped as Co), ,
the equivalent circuit of Figure 1. The largest changes of in-
ductance with frequency are produced by the effective shunt
capacitance, Co, of the winding and the terminals. Any capaci-
D = 1 _ tflfr)2 [:Lo + Gef.llLo + (f/fr)20o ] (3)
tance increases the effective inductance value as the resonant Resonance Ohmic Eddy Dielectric
frequency is approached: Factor Loss Current Loss, Dd
Dc Loss, De

L = 1 _ ~LoCo (1) The higher permeability obtained by using an iron core allows
fewer turns for a given inductance, reducing Rc and Co .an?
where Lo is the zero-frequency inductance. The inductor will increaSing fro The core adds two more compc;>nents to the dl~sl­
appear capacitive above resonance. When the frequency is pation factor: one from eddy current loss In the core, which
1 increases De, and another from hysteresis loss in the core,
well below the te!Onant frequency I f( = v"i:C: ' the frac- which depends on flux density. The effects of these losses are
211' loCo shown in the plots of Q versus frequency forthe GR 940 Decade
tiona' increase in inductance is Inductors. The powdered "iron" used in these units has low
hysteresis loss so that these curves depend mainly on Rc and
(2)
Ge-
The resistances shoWn in Figure 1 also affect the inductance Calibration The calibrated inductance of a standard induc-
value and make the affective series and parallel inductance tor is the change in the measured inductance of a circui~ when
values somewhat different, particularly when a portion o.f that circl:lit is remove~ and replaced by the In.duc-
tor. This measured IOductance Includes small and vanable
the Q. is low: lp == ls (1 + ci2)' mutual inductances between the inductor and the rest of the
circuit, which are negligible when the calibrated inductance is
Air-core inductors change very little with current, but the larger than, say, 100 microhenrys, but which can introduce
permeability of ferromagnetic materials depends upon the accuracy-limiting uncertainties into the calibration of smaller
ampere turns of magnetizing force applied. The curves given inductances. These uncertainties can be reduced to less than
for the GR 940 show a typical shape. The inductance rises one nanohenry to permit accurate calibrations down to. o!1e
linearly over a small region near zero current, then more microhenry, if the mutual components are made a definite
rapidly to a maximum, followed by a sudden decrease as sat- part of the calibrated inductance. One method of achieving
uration is approached. To make these curves independent of this, used in the 1482 Standard Inductors of 200 microhenrys
inductance value, the current has been normalized to a value and less, is to provide, on the inductor, a switching link, which
110 which is the current that produces a specified fractional connects either the inductor coil or a short circuit through
increase in inductance. internal leads to the external connection terminals. The cali-
Q YS Frequency The storage (orqua/ity) factor, Q, is the ratio
brated inductance, which is the measured difference of the
of reactance to resistance and is infinite for a pure inductance. connection terminals when the switch is moved from coil to
If the resistance isall true series resistance (R e in Figure 1) and short, is to a high degree independent of the external connec-
the inductance is constant, then the Q is proportional to fre- tions or environment.
quency: Q = f.IIURe• But as noted above, L changes with fre- Since the inductance usually varies with frequency, an accu-
rate calibration requires thatthe frequency be specified. When,

=:: !
as in inductors with iron cores, the inductance also varies with
current, the calibration must also specify a corresponding cur-
R rent or voltage. Since the frequency or current at '!"hich the
:~:~,~"E~~:~::;t i:'i:i\~:
series resistance, Ge is the con-
~ inductor will be used is not usually known, a convenient refer-
ence level is zero frequency and zero.current (initial permeabil-
ductance due to eddy-current Ge Lo ity). Measurements made at two currentswithin the linear range
loss, and Do is the dissipation
;~~~o:. of the distributed capaci- and at well below resonant frequency are extrapolated to obtain
inductance at zero current and initial permeability of the core
material.

86 INDUCTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES

 100 mH t 0 l't
.!..:.:. • .... ~: :'11. ., ,-crOff

"'r]

1482-1.

1482 Standard Inductor

• stable within ±O.01 % per year Calibration: A certificate of calibration is provided with each
unit, giving measured values of inductance at 100, 200, 400,
• low, known temperature coefficient and 1000 Hz, with temperature and method of measurement
• minimized connection errors specified. These values are obtained by comparison, to a pre-
cision, typically, of better than ±0.005%, with working stan-
• toroidal-free from external fields dards whose absolute values, determined and maintained in
terms of reference standards periodically certified by the Na-
tionl Bureau of Standards, are known to an accuracy typically
The 1482 is an accurate, highly stable standard of self ±(0.02% + 0.1 /LH) at 100 Hz.
inductance for use as a low-frequency reference or work- Stability: Inductance change is less than ±0.01 % per year.
ing standard in the laboratory. Records extending over Dc Resistance: See table for representative values. A meas-
16 years, including those of inductors that traveled to ured value of resistance at a specified temperature is given on
national laboratories in several countries for calibration, the certificate of calibration.
show long-term stabilities well within ±O.Ol %. Low-Frequency Storage Factor Q: See table for representative
Each inductor is a uniformly wound toroid on a ceramic values of Q at 100 Hz (essentially from dc resistance). An in-
core. It has a negligible external magnetic field and dividual value of Q, calculated from the measured dc resist-
hence essentially no pickup from external fields. The in- ance, is given on each certificate of calibration.
ductor is resiliently supported in a mixture of ground cork Temperature Coefficient of Inductance: Approx 30 ppm per
and silica gel, after which the whole assembly is cast DC. Minute temperature corrections may be computed from
with a potting compound into a cubical aluminum case. dc resistance changes. A 1% increase in resistance, produced
Sizes of 1 mH and above have three terminals, two for by a temperature increase of 2.54°C. corresponds to 0.0076%
the inductor leads and the third connected to the case, increase in inductance.
to provide either a two- or three-terminal standard. The Resonant Frequency: See table for representative values. A
lOO-/LH size has three additional terminals for the switch- measured value is given on the certificate of calibration.
ing used to minimize connection errors. Max Input Power: For a rise of 20°C, 3 W; for precise work, a
For comparing other inductors with these standards, rise of 1.5°C, 200 mW. See table for corresponding current
limits.
the 1632-A Inductance Bridge is recommended.
Terminals: Jack-top binding posts on 3,4-in. spacing with re-
SPECIFICATIONS movable ground strap.
Inductance Range: See table. Mechanical: Lab-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 6.5x
Accuracy of Adjustment: See table. 6.5x8 in. (166x166x204 mm). WEIGHT: 11.5 Ib (5.3 kg) net,
13 Ib (6 kg) shipping.
Nominal Adjustment 'Resonant 'Dc Milliamperes,
Induct- Accuracy Frequency Resistance 'Qat rms for, Catalog
Description ance (Percent) (kHz) (Ohms) 100 Hz 200 mW 3W Number
Standard Inductor
1482-8 100 IlH ±0.25 800 0.083 0.76 1550 6010 1482-9702
1482-E J mH ±0.1 800 c..o~ 0.75 490 1890 1482-9705
1482-H lOmH ±0.1 220 8.2 0.77 156 600 1482-9708
1482-L 100 mH ±0.1 71 81 0.78 50 192 1482-9712
1482-P 1H ±0.1 14.6 616 1.02 18 70 1482-9716
1482-T lOH ±0.1 4.9 6400 0.98 5.6 22 1482-9720

, Representative values. Actual values given on certificate.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

INDUCTANCE STANDARDS AND DE;CADES 87
 1491-G

1491 Decade Inductor

• high·a, 200 and above
• shielded toroidal cores for small mutual inductance Max Voltage: 500 V rms. Switch will break circuit at 500 V if
little effect from external fields turned rapidly, but voltages above 150 V may cause destruc-
tive arcing with switch between detent positions.
• sealed against moisture
Terminals: Binding posts on 3,4-in. centers; separa te ground
terminal provided.
Mechanical: Lab-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
Bench, 17x8.75x6.5 in. (432x223x166 mm). WEIGHT: 1491-0,
The 1491 Decade Inductor is an assembly of several
bench model, 23 Ib (11 kg) net, 30 Ib (14 kg) shipping;
940 Decade-Inductor Units in a single metal cabinet. 1491-G, bench model, 271b (12 kg) net, 341b (16 kg) shipping.
The units have no electrical connection to the panel, but
a separate ground terminal is provided, which can be con-
nected to the adjacent low terminal, leading to the small-
est decade.
These inductance decades are convenient elements for
use in wave filters, equalizers, and tuned circuits through-
out the range of audio and low radio frequencies . As
components in oscillators, analyzers, and similar equip-
ment, they are especially useful during the preliminary
design period, when you need to vary circuit elements
over relatively wide ranges to determine optimum oper- ~ 0.1

ating values. As moderately precise standards of induc- ~ 0.05 H'+--/t-tf--

tance they have values of low-frequency storage factor,
Q, that are much larger than those of air-core coils.
1 ~,---;!o'--f-,---L!;-2-~'-IO~';:!20'--+---'::=--:::'.
O.Oh·7-.
FREQUENCY IN 11Hz
PERCENT INCREASE IN L WITH FREOUENCY

SPECIFICATIONS Variation of inductance with frequency for the

Note: See also specifications for 940 Decade Inductor Units. 1491 Decade Inductors.

Frequency Characteristics: Percentage increase in effective

series inductance (above the zero-frequency value, L.) may be 940's Catalog
Description Total Steps Inc luded Number
obtained by interpolation in accompanying graph for any set-
ting of the highest-value decade used, when LOW terminal is Decade Inductor
grounded to cabinet. 1491-0 Bench 11.11 H 0.001 H E, F, G, H 1491·9704
Zero Inductance: Approx 1 JLH. 1491·G Bench 11.111 H 0.0001 H DO, E, F, G, H 1491·9707

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

88 INDUCTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES
 940-DD

940 Decade-Inductor Unit

Each 940 Decade-Inductor Unit is an assembly of four are approximate and are based on the largest inductor in the
inductors (relative values, 1, 2, 2, 5) wound on molyb- circuit for each setting.
denum-permalloy dust cores, which are combined by Incremental Inductance: Dc bias current Ib will reduce the
switching to give the eleven successive values from 0 to initial inductance as shown in the incremental curves, Figure 1.
10. The decade switch has high-quality ceramic stator-
RMS I, (mA)
and-rotor members and well-defined ball-and-socket de-
Switch 0.1%
tents. All contacts are made of a silver alloy and have a Setting Increase 0.25% Increase
positive wiping action. 940-DD 940-E 940-F 940-G 940-H
141 17 5.4 1.7 0.54
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Each unit is adjusted so that its inductance at zero
frequency and initial permeability will be the nominal value
2,3,4
5,6,7,8,9,10
100
63
12
8 I I I
3.8
2.4
1.2
0.8
0 .38
0.24

within the accuracy tolerance given in the following table: Storage Factor Q: See Figure 3:
Dc Resistance: Approx 45 n per henry.
Unit 940-DD 940-E 940-F 940-G 940-H
Temperature Coefficient: Approx -25 ppm per degree C be-
Inductance
per step 100 IlH 1 mH 10 mH 100 mH 1H tween 16° and 32°C.
±2% ±2% ±1% ±0.6% ±0.6%
Max Safe Current: Approx 200 times the pertinent I, value (30
Accuracy
times for the 940-00). Max current engraved on dial.
Frequency Characteristics: For any specific operating fre- Terminals: Solder lugs. Circuit insulated from chaissis.
quency, Figure 2 shows the percentage increase in effective Mechanical: Panel-mounting (hardware, dial plate, and knob
series inductance (above the value when f = 0), which is en- included). DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): Bx3.5x4.25 in. (204xB9x
countered with the extreme settings of each of the five lOB mm). WEIGHT: 3.51b 0.6 kg) net, 61b (2.B kg) shipping.
decade-inductor units when the chassis is floating. Interpola-
tion may be used for intermediate settings. Inductance Catalog
Description Total Steps Number
Change in Inductance with Current: Fractional change in initial Decade Inductor
inductance with ac current for each type of toroid is shown in 940-00 1 mH 100 IlH 0940-9810
the normal curves, Figure 1, in terms of the ratio of the operat- 940-E 0.01 H 0.001 H 0940-9705
ing current, I, to I" the current for 0.25% change, solid line 940-F 0.1 H 0.01 H 0940-9706
(0.1 %, broken line). For ratios below unity, inductance change 940-G 1H 0.1 H 0940-9707
is directly proportional to current. Values of I" listed below, 940-H lOH 1H 0940-9708

1~.1-, ° V I V I I
l.-- 1---, ,
DIVIDE 6l../Lo BY
I _ - ,
+, V /
::J--;:::V \
\
\ , / / / /
INCRE~TAL L- p>= ~ R,I
\
\ , I I V /
, I V I II I
.
J-- 2

~ r\. ,.:
Z
~
U

~-" , .H L
'oo!.. IOmH
~mH
I
I,
,l,H

';'\ f 100
1\
V' I . V I
G /H F / E
~-6
II /
,, \\
\
-. -DOT roo I
SOLID UNES: 940-£ to-H

,/ I V / j
UN<"
, ,\
100 200 I / / /
'" QOOJ 02 ll' , 2 5 10 20
FREClUENCY KILOH ERTZ
~ 100 200 500
\

Figure 1. Percentage change in normal and Figure 2. Change in effective inductance Figure 3. Variation of Q for the maximum
incremental inductance with ac and bias with frequency for the 940 Decade-Inductor inductance of each 940 Decade-Inductor
current. Incremental curve is limited to an Units. Unit at low excitation levels. Dashed curves
ac excitation less than I,. correspond to use with chassis floating.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

INDUCTANCE STANDARDS AND DECADES 89
 GR874®
Broad-Band
Coaxial
Components
50-Ohm Connectors
50-Ohm Adaptors
Terminations and Attenuators
for 50-0 Systems
50-Ohm Air Lines
50-Ohm Coupling Elements
50-, 72- and 75-0hm Patch Cords
75-0hm Components
Miscellaneous

GR900®
Precision
Coaxial
Components
50-Ohm Connectors
50-Ohm Adaptors
50-Ohm Terminations
and Attenuators
50-Ohm Air Lines
75-0hm Components
Miscellaneous

90 GR874® COAXIAL COMPONENTS

GR874® General-Purpose Coaxial Components
Over 25 years of design refinement GenRad entered
the coaxial component field over 25 years ago with the
introduction of the GR874® connector. This connector
offered not only excellent electrical performance but a
major convenience feature - any two, although iden-
tical, could be mated . The hermaphrodite, quick-connect
GR874 connector was soon joined by a family of circuit
elements and adaptors using it. GR874-equipped instru-
ments were added to solve the special measurement
problems of vhf and uhf and the availability of these
precise measuring instruments in turn made possible Cutaway view of GR874 basic connector mated with GR874 cable
connector.
LOC KING NUT
a continuous refinement of the basic connector.
A universal choice The GR874 connector has gained
wide popularity; highly respected instrument manufac-
turers have put the electrical and physical advantages of
these connectors to good use on their products.
Based on the GR874 connector is a full line of coaxial
components and instruments so that a user of the GR874-
equipped laboratory need seldom turn to other connector
types for a needed element. If he does, there are GR874
adaptors to fit most other common types of connector. Mechanical characteristics The elements of a GR874
connector include an inner conductor, an outer conduc-
Locking connectors The GR874 connector is available tor, a supporting polystyrene bead, a phosphor-bronze
in both the common nonlocking version and a high-per- retaining ring, and a threaded coupling nut. All metal
formance locking version. The locking version has a parts are machined and formed to very close tolerances;
threaded coupling nut that permits the two connectors to all are made of hard-drawn brass, except for the center
be mechanically locked together in a stable, semi-perma- conductor which is heat-treated beryllium copper to en-
nent union for better electrical repeatability, lower leak- sure good gripping capability and long wear. A bright-
age, and less chance of accidental disconnection. The alloy finish on all surfaces produces good conductivity for
quick-connect! disconnect feature is retained if the coup- low loss and gives long-lasting protection against tarnish.
ling nut is not engaged. Inner and outer conductors are similar in principle;
Electrical characteristics The GR874 connector has each is a tube with four longitudinal slots in one end, with
truly outstanding reflection characteristics among stan- two opposite quadrants displaced inward. When two con-
dard, general-purpose coaxial connectors in the dc-to-9 nectors are joined, the undisplaced quadrants of one
GHz frequency range. Its SWR performance is typically overlap the displaced quadrants of the other.
.,
superior to that of the type N connector, for example. Its --
low level of reflections at high frequencies makes the
connector of particular value in pulse applications and in
time-domain reflectometry. GR874 cable connectors, in
fact, offer SWR performance superior to that of any cable
with which they can be used and therefore add no sig-
nificant reflections when used in cabled measurement
set-ups. They also provide very low contact resistance,
an important requirement to minimize intermodulation
in multichannel communications systems. Leakage - note advantage of locking version (874-BBL).

874® 50-Ohm Connectors

Basic Connectors
For us.e on rigid, 14-mm, air-dielectric 50-0 coaxial lines
or with capacitance, inductance, and resistance standards.
Frequency: Dc to 9 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 O. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 1500
V pk. POWER, average into 50-0 load: Up to 40 kW, dc to nOn-lOCki ng ! ,.o. f--+-l---t---Ih"+--'..-t-+-.:::...t--::::;;;ol
50 kHz, decreasing as l/v'fto 0.1 kW at 10 GHz.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: Non-locking, 1.19 in . (30 mm) x
0.813 in. (21 mm) dia; locking, same length x 1 in. (25 mm)
dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
Basic 50·n Connector
874·B, non-locKing 0874-9400 Typical SWR of pairs of connectors
874-BBL, locking 0874-9403
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
GR874® CONNECTORS 91
 Cable Connectors
For use with more than 40 different RG types of coaxial
cable. Each cable connector consists of a basic connector,
plus inner and outer transition pieces, a soft copper ferrule,
a heat disk, and a flexible cable guard. The transition pieces
maintain the 50-oh m characteristic impedance of the con-
nector throughout the reduction to the cab le diameter. The
cable inner conductor is soldered ;0 the inner transition piece ;
the cable braid and jacket are crimped to th.e outer transition Average SWR of single connector on
by the specially perforated ferrule. Braid and jacket are thus infinite length of 50·ohm cable.
securely fastened, to minimize reflections and leakage. A neo-
prene cable guard serves as a protective handle. Sized to grip Catalog
Description Number
the cable securely without compressing it, the cable guard
adds to the quick-connect! disconnect convenience of the 50·n Cable Connectors:
connector. For GR 874·A2 Cable:
874·CA, non·locking 0874·9410
874·CLA, locking 0874·9411
For 50·n cable including RG·8AI U, ·9BI U, ·10AI U, ·87AI U, ·1l6/U,
Frequency: Dc to 7.5 GHz. ·156/U, ·165/U , ·166/U, 213/U, ·214/U, 215/U, ·225/U, ·227/U , and
non·50·n cable including RG·llA/U, ·12A/U, ·13A/U , ·638/U, ·79B/U,
Impedance: 500. ·89/U, ·144/U, ·146/U, ·149/U, ·216/U:
Input Voltage, peak: 874-CA, -CLA, -C8A, -eL8A: Up to 1000 V. 874·C8A, non·locking 0874·9412
874-C58A, -CL58A, -C62A, -CL62A: Up to 500 V. 874·CL8A, locking 0874·9413
874-C174A, -CL174A: Up to 300 V. For 50·n cable including GR 874·A3, RG·29/U, ·55/U series, ·58A/U
Power, average into 50-0 load: 874-CA, -CLA, -C8A, -CL8A: series, ·141AI U, ·142A/U, ·1 59/U, ·23/U:
874·C58A, non·locking 0874·9414
Up to 20 kW, dc to 100 kHz, decreasing as II y t to 0 .1 kW 874·CL58A, locking 0874·9415
at 5 GHz. For non·50·n cable including RG59/U, ·62/U series, ·71B/U, ·140/U,
874-C58A, -CL58A, -C62A, -CL62A: Up to 5 kW, dc to 500 ·21O/U:
kHz, decreasing as II vT to 0.1 kW at 1 GHz. 874·C62A, non·locking 0874·9416
874-C174A , -CL174A : Upto 1.8 kW, dcto 300 kHz decreasing 874·CL62A, locking 0874·9417
as lIvTto 0.1 kW at 80 MHz. For 50·n cable including RG·174/U, ·188 /U, ·316/U, and non·50·n
cable including RG·161/U, ·187 /U, ·179/U:
Mechilnical: DIMENSIONS: 2.69 in. (68 mm) long x 1 in . (25 874·C174A, non·locking o~
mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, lib (0.5 kg) shipping. 874·CL174A, locking 0874·9419

Panel Connectors
For use on equipment panels. Connectors are available to
fit popular cable sizes and wire leads. They are mounted to
a panel by means of a flange and four screws; the non-locking
connector can be mounted either front or back. The recessed
connectors protrude forward only 0.13 in. (3.2 mm), for space
saving and neatness.
50·n Panel Connectors:
Frequency: Dc to 7.5 GHz. For GR 874·A2 Cable:
Impedance: 50 O. 874·PBA, non·locking 0874·9440
874·PLA, locking 0874·9441
Input Voltage, peak: 874-PBA, -PLA, -PRLA, -PB8A, -PL8A, 874·PRLA, recessed locking 0874·9461
-PRL8A: Up to 1000 V. For 50·n Cable including RG·8A/U, ·9B/U, ·lOA/U, ·87A/U , ·1l6/U,
874-PB58A, -PL58A, -PRL58A, -PB62A, -PL62A, -PRL62A: ·156/U, ·165/U, ·166/U, ·213/U, ·214/U, ·215/U, ·225/U, ·227 / U, and
Up to 500 V. non·50·n cable includi ng RG·llA/U, ·12A /U, ·13A/U, ·63B/U, ·79 B/U,
874-PB174A, -PL174A, -PRL174A: Up to 300 V. ·89/U, ·144/U, ·149/U, ·216/U:
874-PLT, -PRLT: Upto 1500V. 874·PB8A, non·l ocki ng 0874·9442
874·PL8A, locki ng 0874·9443
Power, average into 50-0 load: 87 4-PBA, -PLA, -PRLA, -PB8A, 874·PRL8A, recessed locking 0874·9463
-PL8A, -PRL8A: Up to 20 kW, dc to 100 kHz decreasing as For 50·n cable including GR 874·A3, RG·29/U, ·55/U series, ·58/U
1/y'f to 0 .1 kW at 5 GHz. series, ·141A/U, ·142/U, ·159/U, ·223/U:
874-PB58A, -PL58A, -PRL58A, -PB62A, -PL62~ -PRL62A: 874·PB58A, non·locking 0874·9444
Up to 5 kW, dc to 500 kHz, decreasing as 1/yf to 0.1 kW 874·PL58A, locking 0874·9445
874·PRL58A, recessed locking 0874·9465
at 1 GHz. For non··50·n cable incl uding RG59/U , ·62/U series, ·71B/U, ·140/U,
874-PB174A, -PL174A,YRL174A: Up to 1.8 kW, dc to 300 ·210/U:
kHz, decreasing as 1/yf to 0.1 kW at 80 MHz. 874·PB62A, non·locking 0874·9446
874-'pLT, -PRLT: Up to 40 kW, dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as 874·PL62A, locking 0874·9447
874·PRL62A, recessed locking 0874·9467
" lIvf to 0.1 kWat 10 GHz.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) For 50·n cable including RG·174/U. -188/U . ·316/U. and non·50·n
cable including RG·161/U. ·187/U. ·179/U:
shipping. 874·PB174A, non·locking 0874·9448
874·PL174A, locking 0874·9449
874·PRL174A, recessed locking 0874·9469
For Wire Leads:
874·PLT, locking 0874-9459
874·PRLT, recessed locking 0874·9479
non·locking locking recessed

Panel Feedthrough Connector

Mates any pair of GR874 connectors directly through a
panel or wall. Can be mounted as recessed or non recessed
panel locking connector. Can be mounted through thick bulk-
heads 0.25 to 2 inches (51 mm), or more, in thickness by
counterboring.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50·n load : Up to 40 kW,
dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as l/ytto 0.1 kW at 10 GHz. 874·PFL Panel Feedthrough Connector 0874·9451

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

92 GR874® CONNECTORS
 GR874® 50- Adaptors
Conversion These adaptors provide easy conversion Replace countless adaptors Because any two GR874
from the GR874® connector to most popular military and adaptors mate, a few of them can perform a cross-connec-
industrial coaxial connectors. Many of the adaptors are tion task that would otherwise involve a costly collection
available with locking GR874 connectors to allow semi- of direct adaptors. For example, interconnection of
permanent attachment of the adaptor while ensuring types BNC, C, Microdot, N, TNC, and UHF plugs and
stable electrical performance. jacks would require 72 direct adaptors, whereas only 12
Without degradation GR874 adaptors extend the use- GR874 adaptors are needed to do the same job. (See
fulness of GR874 connectors without sacrificing electri- Table.)
cal performance. The SWR of the combination of GR874
connector and GR874 adaptor is actually comparable to The mathematics of coaxial adaptors
that of the "other series" connector alone. GIVEN: n types of coaxial connectors
FIND: the number of adaptors required to be ableto interconnect any jack
Excellent for OEM applications Original-equipment or plug to any other one.
manufacturers recognize the possibilities of these adap-
tors in combination with the GR874 recessed panel con- n With standard coaxial With GenRad coaxial
adaptors: 2n(n - 1) adaptors: 2n
nector. An instrument originally equipped with these
2 4 4
connectors can be quickly converted by means of appro-
4 20 8
priate GR874 adaptors to almost any coaxial connector
6 60 12
series; the resulting panel connector protrudes less than
8 112 16
an inch in front of the panel.

50-Ohm Adaptor Kit Equally simple is a second approach. Connect one adaptor
to another, with the second adaptor appropriate to whatever
• fifteen adaptors in one neat package provide the type of patch cord you have available.
answer to the connector dilemma Supplied: In addition to the adaptors listed below, the kit also
includes one 874-T tee connector to connect stubs and other
Tame the connector menagerie Your device is fitted with elements in shunt with a coaxial line, one 874-EL 90' ell right-
type N connectors, your test equipment with UHF, and your angle line section, and one 874-R33 three-foot 50-.0. cable ter-
patch cords with BNC - is that what plagues you? Or have minated on one end with a GR874 connector and on the other
you just wasted ten minutes trying to force one SMA plug onto with banana plugs.
another? Frustrating as these experiences may be, they're in- Contains Contains
evitable because of the multitude of connector types available Qty GR874 and GR Type Qty GR874 and GR Type
to manufacturers. There is a bright side, however, and it 2 BNC jack 874·QBJA 1 SMA jack 874-QMMJ
comes in the form of a small gray box from GenRad. The 2 BNC plug 874-QBPA 1 SMA plug 874-QMMP
1 Cjack 874-QCJA 1 TNC jack 874-QTNJ
box contains 15 different adaptor types that allow you to 1 C plug 874-QCP 1 TNC plug 874-QTNP
connect to any of 9 popular commercial and military connector 1 HN jack 874-QHJA 2 UHF jack 874-QUJ
1 HN plug 874·QHPA 2 UHF plug 874-QUP
types - conveniently and with a minimum of the usual 3 N jack 874-QNJA 1 banana jacks 874-Q2
fumbling. 3 N plug 874-QNP (See also preceding paragraph.)
With a double approach All adaptors in the kit have one
connector type in common, the GR874. These connectors are Mechanical: All components housed in a rugged steel case
with piano hinge, 2 clasps, and carrying handle. DIMEN-
hermaphroditic; i.e., any two, although identical, can be SIONS: (wxhxd): 18.5x4x7 in. (470xl02x178 mm). WEIGHT:
plugged together - no more worrying about whether you 4.5 Ib (2.1 kg) net, 6 Ib (2.8 kg) shipping.
need a jack or a plug or whatever.
One approach to the problem is simply to connect the ap- Catalog
Description Number
propriate adaptor to each end of a GR874® patch cord and
then connect it from one device to the other. 874-9099 Adaptor Kit 0874-9099

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR874® ADAPTORS 93
 G 874® 50-Ohm Adaptors
Adaptors to BNC
LIZ
874-Q8JA,-oBPA
1.10
I
I
Four adaptors are available; two include a BNC jack with
either a non-locking or a locking GR874 connector, and two ~ 1
include a BNC plug with either a non-locking or a locking L -"" L 1
./ ~
GR874 connector. 874-QBJA • •
FlIEQU[NCV-Gtlt

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. Catalog

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Description Number
Up to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 5 kW, so..!l Adaptors to BNC
dc to 500 kHz, decreasing as 11 v'f to 0.1 kW at 1 GHz. 874-QBJA, BNC jack, non-locking GR874 connector
874-QBJL, BNC jack, locking GR874 connector
0874-9700
0874-9701
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QBPA, BNC plug, non-locking GR874 ~nnector 0874-9800
shipping. 874-QBPAL, BNC plug, locking GR874 connector 0874-9801

Adaptors to C

!~ITffiW II
Two adaptors are available; one includes a type C jack,
and the other includes a type C plug. Each uses a non-lock-
ing GR874 connector on the other end.

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 874-QCJA 874-QCP DO 0 , 2 , •• 7"

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up FREQUENY-GHr

to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 20 kW,

dc to 100 kHz, decreasing as 1/v'fto 0.1 kW at 5 GHz. 5O-.!l Adaptors to C
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QCJA, C jack, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9702
shipping. 874-QCP, C plug, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9802

Adaptors to HN
Two adaptors are available; one includes a type HN jack and 1.10

the other includes a type HN plug. Each uses a GR874 non- ..08
874-QHJA.-OHPA
I/J"..
locking connector on the other end. , U). L _l
TYPICAL
~ '.()4 /1\. PAIR

~IL
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 40 kW,
QHJA QHPA
1.02

1.00 V ,
0
/
2 , . • J• ~
7
• •
dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as 1/v'fto 0.1 kWat 10 GHz.
so..!l Ada ptors to H N
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QHJA, HN jack, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9704
shipping. 874-QHPA, HN plug, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9804

Adaptors to Microdot

Two adaptors are available; one includes a Microdot jack,

and the other includes a Microdot plug. Each uses a non-
locking GR874 connector on the other end.

Frequency: Dc to 4 GHz. 874-QMDJ 874-QMDP

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 300 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 1.8 kW, 5O-.!l Adaptors to Microdot
dc to 300 kHz, decreasing as 1/v'fto 0.1 kW at 80 MHz. 874-QMDJ, Microdot jack, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9720
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QMDP, Microdorplug, non-locking GR874
shipping. connector 0874-9820

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

94 GR874® ADAPTORS
 Adaptors to N

Four adaptors are available; two include a type N jack with

either a non-locking or a locking GR874 connector, and two
0
,..,. 874-QNJL ,-QNPL
, l/""i
I
include a type N plug with either a non-locking or a locking
/
- ,..... / T'-T'fPICAL PAIR

I I
GR874 connector.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 874-QNJL 874-QNPL
'D 2
....- , ., .
FREQUENCY - 6Hz
1 I
7 .
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up Catalog
to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 20 kW, Description Number
dc to 100 kHz, decreasing as l/yTto 0.1 kW at 5 GHz. 50-n Adaptors to N
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QNJA, N jack, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9710
874-QNJL, N jack, locking GR874 connector 0874-9711
shipping. 874-QNP, N plug, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9810
874-QNPL, N plug, locking GR874 connector 0874-9811

Adaptors to SMA
Four adaptors are available; two include an SMA jack with
either a non-locking or a locking GR874 connector, and two
include an SMA plug with either a non-locking or a locking
GR874 connector. These adaptors also mate with NPM, STM,
and others. 874-QMMJ 874-QMMP

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 300 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 1.8 kW, 50-n Adaptors to SMA
dc to 300 kHz, decreasing as l/yTto 0.1 kW at 80 MHz. 874-QMMJ, SMA jack, non-loCking GR874 connector 0874-9722
874-QMMJL, SMA jack, locking GR874 connector 0874-9723
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QMMP, SMA plug, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9822
shipping. 874-QMMPL, SMA plug, locking GR874 connector 0874-9823

Adaptors to TNC
Two adaptors are available; one includes a TNC jack, and
the other includes a TNC plug. Each uses a non-locking
GR874 connector on the other end.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up 874-QTNJ 874-QTNP ". 874-QTNJ ,- QTNP
to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 5 kW,
dc to 500 kHz, decreasing as l/yTto 0.1 kWat 1 GHz. '" {
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 1.10
~

shipping. ~ r08
\ I
Catalog I
'06
Description Number I
'00
7 7'
""" . .
TYPICAL PAIR
50-n Adaptors to TNC 1.02
874-QTNJ, TNC jack, non-locking GR874 connector
874-QTNP, TNC plug, non-locking GR874 connector
0874-9716
0874-9816
.....- , I I
FREOUENCY -GHz

Adaptors to UHF

Three adaptors are available; two include a UHF jack with

either a non-locking or a locking GR874 connector, and one
includes a UHF plug with a non-locking GR874 connector.
874-QUJ
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 5 kW,
dc to 500 kHz, decreasing as 1 /yT to 0.1 kW at 1 GHz. 50-n Adaptors to UHF
874-QUJ, UHF jack, non-loCking GR874 connector 0874-9718
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-QUJL, UHF jack, locking GR874 connector 0874-9719
shipping. 874-QUP, UHF plug, non-loCking GR874 connector 0874-9818

Adaptor to 7-mm Precision

One adaptor is available and includes an Amphenol APC-7,

7-mm precision, connector on one end and a locking GR874
connector on the other end.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
VI~'OQ~~I
102 ==(rYPICALI PAl"
1.00 0 I Z J - 4 ~ f>
l-n
7
_
8 9
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up ffiEQUE~-GHt

to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 20 kW,

dc to 100 kHz, decreasing as 1/0to 0.1 kW at 5 GHz.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 50-n Adaptor to 7-mm Precision
shipping. 874-QAP7L, Amphenol APC-7, locking GR874-connector 0874-9791

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR874® ADAPTORS 95
 Adaptor to GR900® Connector
One adaptor is available and includes a GR900 precision
connector on one end and a locking GR874 connector on the
other end. "~::,I
0("

814-0900L
! I
I-I ~
,-----r---,-r-..,.-r-T:::;;~

~
--rs-T~ r--l
o I Z ;, 4 5 6
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. fREOUENCY-GHI

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up

to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 40 kW, Catalog
dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as 1/ v'f to 0.1 kW at 10 GHz. Description
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 5o·n Adaptor to GR900
------- Number

shipping. 874·Q900L, GR900 and locking GR874 Connectors 0874-9709

Adaptor to Binding Posts

One adaptor is available and includes a pair of 0.75-in.-
spaced binding posts on one end and a non-locking GR874
connector on the other end . Mates with banana plugs. (Note:
A single post is also available, on the 874-MB Coupling Probe.)
874-Q2
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 50·n Adaptor to binding post
874-Q2, jacks, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9870

Adaptors to Banana Plugs

Two adaptors are available; each includes a pair of 0.75-in.-
spaced banana plugs and a non-locking GR874 connector on
the other end. One adaptor is completely shielded; the other
has unshielded banana plugs. 874-Q10
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 50·n Adaptors to banana plugs
177-Q3, shielded plugs 0717-9703
874·QIO. unshielded plugs 0874·9876

BNC Plug with Cable and GR874® Connector

50-n shielded cable connects between BNC jack and
GR874 coaxial connector. The GR874 end has the space-
saving hammerhead shape (axis perpendicular to cable), so
convenient when your cable runs parallel to the instrument
panel.
Mechanical: LENGTH: 3 ft. (920 mm). NET WEIGHT: 3 oz
(85g).
176-8 Patch Cord 0176-9702

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

96 GR874® ADAPTORS
GR874® Terminations and Attenuators
for 50-Ohm Systems
Short-Circuit Terminations
Short-circuit terminations are useful in establishing initial Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) ship-
coaxial line-length conditions for impedance measurements. ping.
Each termination consists of a fixed short-circuit mounted in
a GR874 connector. Each of three versions has a counterpart
open-circuit termination.
POSITION OF
Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz; to 9 GHz if connector is locked. EFFECTIVE
Plane Position: Short-circuit plane is effectively 0 to 0.07 cm SHORT CIRcurr
toward load from the generator face of bead, except in -WN3 874-WNL
where it is 3.2 cm (see drawing) . (3.2 cm correspond to the
bead-to-reference-plane distance in 874-ML Component Mount).

Catalog
Description Number 874 -WN3
Short·Circuit Terminations for 50-.n Lines
874-WN, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9970 874-WN3
874-WNL, locking GR874 connector 0874-9971
874-WN3, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9972

Open-Circuit Terminations
Open-circuit terminations are useful in establishing initial
coaxial line-length conditions for impedance measurements
and as a shielding cap for open-circuited lines.
Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz; to 9 GHz if locked.
Plane Position (effective position of open-circuit plane, meas-
ured from generator face of bead, toward load): 0 to 0.05 cm,
for 874-WO; 0 to 0.10 cm, for -WOL, see curve; 3.2 cm, for
874-WOL
~ ~ 0.05

II .waSil' t@:
~~ ' 0 I 2 :3 4 5
FREQUENCY-GHz
6
m
7

Jf&JS3~~~,~r
-W03, see drawing. The latter position corresponds to that
of the short-circuit plane in the 874-WN3 (3.2 cm also cor-
respond to the bead-to-reference-plane distance in 874-ML
Component Mount).
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) ship-
ping.
874-W03 BEAD t ELECTRICALLY 3.2clII , SLIGHTlY OPEN CIRCUIT
Open·Circuit Terminations for 50-.n Lines DEPENDENT ON FREQUENCY)
874-WO, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9980
874-WOL, locking GR874 connector 0874-9981 874 -W03
874-W03, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9982

Resistive Terminations
Resistive terminations are useful in slotted-line measure-
ments and for checking accuracy of network analyzers, direc-
tional couplers, bridges, and admittance meters. The known
location of a purely resistive termination permits the produc-
tion of many known complex impedances through the addi-
tion of sections of 874-L Air Line, fixed or adjustable.
Frequency: Dc to 9 GHz.
Dc Resistance: 50 n ± 0.5% . Catalog
Electrical: POWER, max continuous: 2 W. SWR: < 1.005 Description Number
+ 0.013 f GH,; also see curves. Resistive Terminations for 50-.n Lines
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) ship- 874-W50B, 50 .n, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9954
ping. 874-W50BL, 50 .n, locking GR874 connector 0874-9955

Adjustable Stubs
For matching or tuning, for use as adjustable short-circuit Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal.
terminations, and as reactive elements. With an external in- Mechanical: NET WEIGHT: 874-D20L, 0.5 Ib (0.2 kg); 874-
dicator, the stub can function as a reaction-type wavemeter. D50L, 0.9 Ib (004 kg).
Stub consists of a coaxial line with a sliding short circuit of
the multiple-spring-finger type.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
Length: 874-D20L: 20 cm max travel, calibrated in electrical
distance from junction in 874-T tee to plane of short circuit.
--
Adjustable Stubs I'or 50-.n Lines
874-D50L : 50 cm max travel, not calibrated but has an adjust- 874-D20L, 20 cm, locking GR874 connector 0874-9511
able reference marker. 874-D50L, 50 cm, locking GR874 connector 0874-9513

National stock numbers are I isted at the back of the catalog.

GR874® TERMINATIONS AND ATTENUATORS 97
 Variable Capacitor
Tuning element for resonant-line circuits, matching trans-
formers, and baluns at low frequencies where line-type ele-
ments are awkward to use. Well sh ielded, Rexolite* insula-
tion, precision ball bearings. Linear capacitance variation.
Frequency: <500 MHz, typical.
Capacitance at low frequencies: 14 to 70 pF at connector, 16.5
to 72.5 pF at junction of 874-T Tee. Refer to graph.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 5.25 in. (133 mm) long x 2.5 in.
(64 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.81b (0.4 kg) net.
* Registered trademark of Brand Rex Division, American Enka Corpo-
ration.
Catalog
Description Number

874-VCL Variable Capacitor, with locking GR874 0874-9931

connector

Fixed AHenuators
Single-section, F type resistance pads, for insertion of fixed
attenuation in 50-ohm systems and for isolation and matching T,..I.,.-.. ...""
to 50 ohms over a broad frequency range. Each attenuator
consists of one disk and two cylindrical resistors, as shunt
and series elements respectively. The 6-, 14-, and 20-dB
attenuators are particularly convenient in pulse applications
as voltage dividers.
Frequency: Dc to 4 GHz.
Attenuation Accuracy (relative to correction curves shown) : 874·G, non·locking ,
-- -- - -::;:::::::::-
...... ,
--- -
........
- Go.

'-' '-
'V
~

!',
~~.,o

'.
-/,

O
"",
± 0.2 dB, dc to 1 GHz; ± 0.4 dB, to 2 GHz; ± 0.6 dB, to 4 GHz.
TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: <0.0003 dBI °CI dB.
'-, ,,
Electrical: DC RESISTANCE: 50 .11 ± 1% when terminated in
50.11. INPUT POWER, max: 1 W cw or average; 2 kW peak,
pulsed.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.5 in. (89 mm) long. WEIGHT:
2
2
FREOUENCY - GH!
.
0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping. 2.0 0
I Correction factor

50-a Fixed AHenuatoyso

874-G3, 3 dB ± 0 .045 dB, non-locking 0874·9564
1.90
1.8 0
1.70
,,"'
/ I
....
874-G3L, 3 dB ± 0 .045 dB, locking 0874·9565 874-G10
1.60
874-G6, 6 dB ± 0 .09 dB (X2), non-locking 0874·9568 SPECIFICATIONS I ....t..... /
874-G6L, 6 dB ± 0.09 dB (X2), locking 0874·9569 '" 1,50
~

874-GI0, 10 dB ± 0 .15 dB, non-locking 0874·9570 ~

1.40
/I /, , 874-G3
874·GI0L, 10 dB ± 0.15 dB, locking
874·GI4, 14 dB ± 0.21 dB (X5), non·locking
0874·9571
1.30
( "'-.. --=- //, ----~~J:
Typical and specified SWR
874·G14L, 14 dB ± 0 .21 dB (X5) locking
0874·9560
0874-9561 1.20 / I ~) ",
874-G20, 20 dB ± 0.30 dB (X10\, non-locking 0874·9572 I /.. V / ..... ,~~'f?
. :... -
874-G20L, 20 dB ± 0.30 dB (X10), locking 0874-9573
1.10
1.00
- I
* Connector on each end; locking or non-locking, as noted. FREQUENCY-GHz

Adjustable AHenuator
A waveguide-below-cutoff type, useful as a calibrated at- SWR: MAIN LINE: < 1.03 at 1 GHz, < 1.12 from 1 to 4 GHz.
tenuator or as a sampling device. Calibrated in decibels, on OUTPUT: < 4 at 1 GHz, < 5 from 1 to 4 GHz.
a micrometer-type scale. Absolute attenuation is the sum of Electrical: INPUT POWER, max: 300 W at 1 GHz; proportional
insertion loss and scale reading. Phase shift is essentially 1/0. OUTPUT, max: 0.5 W.
constant as the attenuation is varied. The main line is a short Mechanical: WEIGHT: 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) net.
coaxial section with locking GR874 connectors, one end for
source, the other for load. It introduces minimal discon-
tinuity when inserted in a 50-ohm line. The loop output is
brought out through 3 feet of 50-ohm cable with a locking SWR introduced into line
GR874 connector. If a source is connected to this output port,
signals with relative phases of 0° and 180° are produced at
the main line connectors.
Frequency: 100 MHz to 4 GHz.
Relative Attenuation: RANGE: 120 dB, with main line ter-
minated in 50 .11; 129 dB, with main line terminated in
adjustable stub, set to minimize electric field at the coupling
point. MICROMETER SCALE: -9 to 120 dB. ACCURACY :
For 50-.11 terminated input, ± (0.015 x difference in scale
readings + 0.2) dB, when corrected; correction chart is sup-
plied. For stub-terminated input, ± (0.01 x difference in scale
readings + 0.2) dB, direct reading.
FREOUENCY-GHz

Insertion loss from input connector to end of output cable at

1 GHz, when signal source impedance is 50.11: For 50-.11 termi-
nated main line, 30.4 ± 2 dB with scale set at 0 dB; 17 ± 2 dB
with scale set at -9 dB (settings below 0 dB not accurate).
For stub-terminated unit (that extends range over which cali- Catalog
bration is accurate to the -9 dB scale setting), 19 ± 2 dB min. Description Number
Insertion loss is approx proportional to 11f, up to 1 GHz. In-
sertion loss directly through main line is negligible. 874·GAL 50-a Adjustable AHenuator 0874·9577
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
98 GR874® TERMINATIONS AND ATTENUATORS
 GR874® 50-Ohm Air Lines
Fixed Air Lines
For use as spacing interconnecting elements of a coaxial
system, as time-delay elements, and as absolute impedance 874-L
references in time-domain reflectometry. Each air line con-
sists of a length of 50-fl, air-dielectric coaxial line with a
GR874 connector at each end.
Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz; to 9 GHz if connectors are locked.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 fl; ± 0.4%,. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-fl load: Up to 40 kW,
0::

~ 1.04
LlO
LOB
1.06

1.0
1.00
2~1
0
Y
I

I
I
SPECIFICATION
I J->

3 4
--
5
-I
TYPICAL

FREQUENCY-GHz
I
9
dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as 1/0to 0.1 kW at 10 GHz.
Length: ELECTRICAL DELAY TIME Catalog
Description Number
874-LlOL 10.086 ± 0.06 cm 0.3366 ± 0.0018 ns
50-.!l Fixed Rigid Air Lines
874-L20L 20.096 ± 0.06 cm 0.6706 ± 0.0018 ns 874-LlOL, 10 cm, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9605
874-L20L, 20 cm, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9609
874-L30L 30.111 ± 0.06 cm 1.0047 ± 0.0018 ns 874-L301.:, 30 cm, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9613

Constant-Impedance Adjustable Air Lines

Line stretchers with a very low SWR and a uniform charac- Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 fl. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 1500
teristic impedance of 50 fl. Especially useful for eliminating V pk. POWER, average into 50-fl load: Up to 40 kW, dc to
the usual Smith-chart corrections for length of line between 30 kHz, decreasing as 11 v'f to 0.1 kW at 5 GHz.
unknown and impedance-measuring device. Also useful as Mechanical: LENGTH (min): -LK10L, 14 in. (35 cm); -LK20L,
impedance-matching transformers and phase-adjustment ele- 23 in. (58cm).
ments in coaxial systems. Most useful at frequencies above
that for which the length of adjustment is a half wavelength.
Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz.
874-LKlOL 874-LK20L
Length of 10 cm 22cm
Adiustment
HALF at 1.5 GHz at 680 MHz
WAVELENGTH
SWR < 1.03 at 500 MHz, < 1.06 at 1 GHz,
< 1.Q8 at 1.5 GHz, < 1.10 at 2 GHz
< 1.15 at 3 GHz, < 1.2 at 4 GHz,
< 1.25 at 5 GHz
I 5O-.!l Constant-I mpedance Adjustable Air Lines
874-LKI0L, 10 cm, locking GR874 connectors
874-LK20L, 20 cm, locking GR874 connectors
0874-9627
0874·9631

Trombone Constant-Impedance Adjustable Air Line

Used to vary the length of a 50-fl transmission line between SWR: <1.10 to GHz, <1.25 to 2 GHz.
two fixed terminals without moving the terminals or using Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 fl.
flexible cables. Consists of two 874-LK20L Adjustable Lines Mechanical: LENGTH: 24 to 33 in. (61 to 83 cm). SPACING
joined at one end by a U-shaped section to form a rigid as- between centers: 1.1875 in. (30 mm). WEIGHT: 2.5 Ib (1.2
sembly. Can be plugged into two adjacent GR874 coaxial con- kg) net.
nectors or inserted in a line by means of two ells (not in-
cluded) and installed vertically to save bench space. Low
SWR. An excellent phase shifter and variable delay line.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz (874-LK10L recommended above
2 GHz).
Length of Adjustment, electrical: 44 cm (half wavelength at 50·.!l Trombone Constant-Impedance Adiustable Air Line
340 MHz). 874-LTL, 44 cm, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9645

GR874® 50-Ohm Coupling Elements

Tee
For connecting stubs and other elements in shunt with a
coaxial line.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 fl, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-fl load: Up to 40 kW,
dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as 1 hlf to 0.1 kW at 10 GHz.
50-.!l Tees
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.38 in. (86 mm) long x 2.25 in. 874-T, non-locking GR874 connectors 0874-9910
(57 mm) wide. WEIGHT: O.4lb (0.2 kg) net. 874-TL, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9911
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
GR874® AIR LINES 99
 Low-Pass Filters
Recommended for use in immittance- or voltage-measuring
systems to reduce harmonics, and especially in systems that
conta in nonlinear elements or sections that might resonate
at a harmonic. Also useful in slotted-l ine measurements.
Uses Chebyshev-type filters that produce a very steep cutoff
characteristic at the expense of passband flatness. Spurious
Typical stop-ba nd respon se of 874-F500L.
responses in the stopband are very small.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n , nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE :
Up to 200 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load ; Up to 0.8 .0

~
kW, dc to 20 MHz, decreasing as 1/Yfto 0.1 kW at 1 GHz.
Mechanical: LENGTH: -F500L. 10.19 in. (259 mm); -FIOOOL, Typical insertion loss and SWR: ~ 20
7.13 in. (181 mm); -F2000L, 4.38 in. (111 mm). '3

r'"
~30
INSERTION l OSS
0 ~
Catalog
3 0 0: ! 40f--- - -t--------'- ---
Description Number 10
z 20 / ' r-.. / ' kr\ ~ I
50-n Low-Pass Filters
874-FSOOL, 500 MHz, locking GR874 connectors
874-FlOOOL, 1 GHz, locking GR874 connectors
874-F2000L, 2 GHz, locking GR874 connectors
0874-9537
0874·9541
0874-9545
o
~
~
~
30
40
S\\~

0 0.2 0 .4 0.6 0.8 In

OPERATING FREQUENCY
\

CU T-O FF FREQUENCY
l2 1.4 L6
Ji
'0

o 0.5
y \ 7
Power Dividers
A coaxial tee with a 16.67-n resistor in each leg, connected Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 4 in. (102 mm) long x 2.38 in.

-
so the tee is matched at any port when the other two ports are (50 mm) wide.
,., r----TYPE 814 -TPO lIND -TPOL ----t- 814TV""
b\ -, ~ .:
- TPOl.--!
terminated in 50-n loads. The match holds throughout the
wide frequency range. There is O· phase difference between '.4 SPECIFICATIO~ __
f-'
the outputs. The use of stable deposited-carbon-film resistors .........- -- -
2
CENTERp?~T

- .----
'--
and the linear SWR-frequency relationship make these power I--"<::
... r-.... ~t-SiOEPiiiii"
dividers particularly valuab le for pulse work and in network-
analyzer appl ications. locking . t;; , 2 , 4
FREQUENCY-GHI
, • 1 • 9
. .. I...u. ..

Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz; to 9 GHz if connectors are locked. Catalog

Power Division: Equal within 0.3 dB when symmetrically fed. Description Number
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INSERTION LOSS : 50-n Power Dividers
6 dB (+ 2, -0.5 dB), input to each output. INPUT POWER : 874-TPD, non-locking GR874 connectors 0874-9912
2 W max continuous. 874-TPDL, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9913

0
90 Ells
Convenient right-angle line section. locking
SWR: < 1.06 at 2 GHz, < 1.15 at 4 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n , nominal. ELECTRICAL LENGTH: ( -
"'" 7 cm. INPUT VOLTAGE : Up to 1500 V pk. POWER , aver-
age into 50-n load: Up to 40 kW, dc to 50 kHz, decreasing as
1/v'fto 0.1 kWat 10 GHz. 50-n 90· Ells
'r"
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 2.25 in. (57 mm) long x 2.25 in. 874-EL, non-locking GR874 connectors 0874-9526
(57 mm) wide . 874-EL-L, loc king GR874 connectors 0874-9527

U-Line Section
A coaxial line section in the shape of a U that is usefu l in
many coaxial setups. · $WI!: e 'M- U
I
I
.......

Frequency: Dc to 7 GHz. \
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 2.25x2xO.88 in. (57x51x
22 mm) . WEIGHT: 0.5 Ib (0.3 kg) net.
· I
I
\
./

874-U, U-Line Section, non-locking GR874 connectors 0874-9528

·
' ,/
.......
, .
FR[QUENCY GHz

Mixer
A broadband mixer of improved design for use in general Typical SWR (mixer
applications. It offers wider frequency range, lower SWR, lower- c urrent = 0.5 mAl :
leakage connectors; it requires less local-oscillator power.
Frequency: 10 MHz to 9 GHz. MAX I-F: 60 MHz.
'\ensitivity: < 6 /LV. typical, input behind 50 n will increase out- lOCAl-OSCIUATOR
IHPUT
put of i-f amplifier (30-MHz i-f, 0.5-MHz bandwidth, 2-dB
noise fi gure) by 3 dB, for mixer current of 0.5 mAo
Input: < 6 mW typically required from local oscillator for 0.2-
mA rectified current (signal and L-O source impedances, each
50n).
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, input; 400 n avgff7 pF, output.
DIODE: 1 N23C. '74-MRAt..

Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 4.63 in. (117 mm) long x 2.5 in.

(64 mm) wide. WEIGHT : 0.5 Ib (0.3 kg) net. 874·MRAL Mixer, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9947

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

100 GR874® COUPLING ELEMENTS
 Mixer Rectifiers
A broadband rf mixer for use as a heterodyne detector with
an i-f amplifier.
Frequency: 40 MHz to 5 GHz, less sensitive at lower and locking
higher frequencies. MAX I-F: 30 MHz.
Sensitivity: < 5",V typical (equivalent to = 10 ",V behind 50 n
to increase output of i-f amplifier by 3 dB).
Input: 2 V max required from local oscillator.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50-n input, = 400-n output. DIODE: Catalog
1N21B. Number
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.75 in. (95 mm) long x 3.5 in. 50-n Mixer Rectifiers
(89 mm) wide. 874-MRL, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9945

Voltmeter Rectifiers
Used to monitor the voltage in a coaxial system. Similar to 10 ...,..

874-VQ but includes a 50-n resistor in series with the output-

port center conductor. In combination with a signal source
and a properly calibrated indicator, it can simulate a 50-n locking
generator with known open-circuit voltage and thus be used
in an oscillator amplitude-regulating system.
Frequency: 15 MHz to 2.5 GHz when used as a calibrated
voltmeter.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE:
2 V max. BYPASS CAPACITANCE: = 300 pF. DIODE: 1N23B.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.75 in. (95 mm) long x 2.5 in. 50-n Voltmeter Rectifiers
(64 mm) wide. WEIGHT: 0.4 Ib (0.2 kg) net. 874-VRL, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9943

Voltmeter Detectors
For use as a general-purpose rf-Ievel detector with a dc in- TO WETER

~.
dicator or as a modulated-signal detector with a sensitive
amplifier. It can be inserted into a 50-n line without intro-
ducing appreciable discontinuity or, with a GR874 50-n termi-
nation, it can be used as a matched detector to terminate a line.
Frequency: 500 kHz to 2 GHz when used as a matched de-
tector.
SWR: <1. 1 at 1 GHz, <1.2 at 2 GHz. 814-YQ

,
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: 2
V max. BYPASS CAPACITANCE: = 300 pF. DIODE: 1N23B.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.75 in. (95 mm) long x 2.5 in.
. I I I
I r T -+-1-1
I I I
,,
, ,
++r""~:.+.: --
(64 mm) wide. WEIGHT: 0.4 Ib (0.2 kg) net. Typical SWR
,
.' 1-
Catalog and correction . 7- ,
Description Number I I I I I I ~

50·n Voltmeter Detectors

874·VQL, locking GR874 connectors 0874-9941
factor .
'. ,
TYPICAL SWR

.
...-
,,

Coupling Capacitors
A short length of coaxial line with a disk capacitor in series Mechanical: LENGTH : 3 in. (76 mm).
with the inner conductor. High frequencies are transmitted
with small reflections, but dc and low audio frequencies are
blocked.
Frequency: To 4 GHz.
Capacitance: 4700 pF, -20 + 50%, series.
SWR: < 1.06 at 1 GHz, < 1.15 at 2 GHz, <1.3 from 2 to 4 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 5 kW up 50-n Coupling Capacitors
to 500 kHz, decreasing as 1/ yf to 0.1 kWat 1 GHz. 874-K, non-locking GR874 connectors 0874-9596

Insertion Unit
Small components, pads, vhf transformers, filters, or other
networks mounted within the 2-inch long, 9/ 16-inch diameter
space can be conveniently inserted into a 50-n coaxial system
with minimum leakage and discontinuity.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal.
Mechanical: LENGTH: 4.38 in. (111 mm). 874-X Insertion Unit, non-locking GR874 connectors

Coupling Probe
Electrostatic probe consisting of a binding post mounted
on a GR874 connector. (Note : A pair of posts is also available,
the 874-Q2 Adaptor.)
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal.
Mechanical: LENGTH: 2.08 in. (53 mm). 874-MB Coupling Probe, non-locking GR874 connector 0874-9666
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
GR874® COUPLING ELEMENTS 101
 Component Mount
A shielded enclosure for convenient mounting of small
components to be measured. Use of mount minimizes stray-
capacitance variation in impedance measurements of circuit
elements. Includes two accessories, an 874-WN3 Short-Cir-
cuit Termination and an 874-W03 Open-Circuit Termination.
Frequency: Dc to 5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n, nominal.
Mechanical: DIAMETER: 3 in. (76 mm). WEIGHT: 0.7 Ib (0.4
kg) net.
Catalog
Description Number

874-ML Component Mount, locking GR874 connector 0874-9663

Bias Insertion Unit

BIAS
TERMINALS

Used with slotted lines and the GR 1602-B Admittance

Meter for immittance and similar measurements where bias
is to be applied to diodes, transistors, and other solid-state
devices. It comprises a blocking capacitor in series with the
line, an isolating choke, and a low-pass filter.
.
:f
In slotted-line measurements it is inserted at the source
end of the line and therefore introduces no reflections at
the measurement terminals.
. J
I
L~+_rG~~~
/
/
Schematic Diagram of 874-FBL
!, .~--- ~---

.\ (1\ .A'ICAL ./
Dc Current: 2.5 A, max.
Dc Voltage: 400 V, max.
SWR: See curve.
Insertion Loss: Typically, <1.7 dB from 300 MHz to 3 GHz,
00 , . , .I , . ,
Catalog
Description Number
<0.8 dB from 3 GHz to 5 GHz.
Dimensions: 4% x 3Ya in. (115 x 99 mm). Bias Insertion Unit
Net Weight: 6Y:1 oz. (185 g). 874-FBL 0874-9759

G 874~Pa c Cords
50-, 72-, and 75-0hm Coaxial Patch Cords

-Efi> 874-R34

874-R20 and -R22 These cords (50 n or 75 n) feature

50-!l Coaxial Patch Cords, 3 It long
low SWR to 9 GHz and convenient GR874 connectors at each Low-lossRG-214/ U cable, GR874 connectors
end. 874-R20A, non-locking 0874-9680
874-R20LA, locking 0874-9681
874-R33 This cord (72 n) terminates in a pair of banana General-purpose 874-A3 cable, GR874 connectors
plugs, one connected to the center conductor and the other 874-R22A, non-locking 0874-9682
to the braid through a 5-in. pigtail. These plugs mate directly 874-R22LA, locking 0874-9683
with GR 274 and 938 Jacks and 938 Binding Posts. The other General-purpose RG-58C/ U cable
874-R34, with shielded double banana plug 0874-9692
end has a GR874 connector.
874-R34 This cord (50 n) terminates in a 274-NK Shielded 72-!l Coaxial Patch Cord, 3 It long
Double Plug. The other end has a GR874 connector. Low-capacitance cable
874-R33, with pair of banana plugs 0874-9690
Electrical Rating: INPUT VOLTAGE: -R20, up to 1000 V pk;
-R22, up to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: -R20, 75-!l Coaxial Patch Cord, 3 It long
up to 20 kW, dc to 100 kHz, decreasing as 1/0 to 0.1 kWat Low-loss cable, GR874 75-!l connectors
874-R20 (75 !l) 0874-9757
5 GHz; -R22, up to 5 kW, dc to 500 MHz, decreasing as 1/0 General-purpose cable, GR874 75 !l connectors
to 0.1 kW at 1 GHz. 874-R22 (75 !l) 0874-9758

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

102 GR874® PATCH CORDS
 GR874® 7S-0hm Components
New versatility A new series of GR874 general-pur- ohm and 75-ohm connectors will mate with one another,
pose coaxial components extends the versatility of the the combination is not recommended because the inner
line to the field of 75-ohm transmission-line measure- conductors do not join snugly. A black outer ring is used
ments. The series includes matching pads and adaptors on the 75-!l connectors; bright metal, on the 50-!l ones,
to permit direct conversion of existing 50-ohm systems ensures distinction.
to the 75-ohm capability. Frequency response for the new series is specified
The GR874 75-ohm components use a connector simi- from dc to 2 GHz although the units are often satisfactory
lar to their 50-ohm counterparts except a new inner con- at higher frequencies . Locking connectors are standard
ductor and insulating bead are used to achieve the 75- in the series; non locking 75-!l connectors are available
ohm characteristic impedance. Although the GR874 50- in OEM quantities.

Basic Connector
For use on rigid 14-mm, air-dielectric, 75-n coaxial lines or
with capacitance, inductance, and resistance standards.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz. 1.015
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n, nominal. INPUT: 1.5 kV max,
1.010
874-8
-'
4 kW max to 1 MHz, 4 kW/vr;;;;: max above 1 MHz. LEAK-
AGE: > 120 dB below signal. ; 1.005
. /~ TYPICAL PAIR

Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.13 in. (29 mm) long x 1.02 in. U> ./
/
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 1.000
250 500 750 1000 1500 2000
shipping. FREQUENCY IN MHz 11417501-\

Catalog
_
D_es
_ c_
ri~
pt_
io
_ ________________________________N
n __umber

874-B (75o!!) Basic Connector 0874-9730

Cable Connectors
For use with flexible cable such as RG-ll, RG-59, and RG-187 _
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n , nominal. INPUT: 1 kV for
0874-9742; 500 V for 0874-9743; 300 V for 0874-9744. Cata log
LEAKAGE: > 120 dB below signal at GR874 (75 n) junction Description Number
only.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.27 in. (83 mm) long x 1.02 in. 75-D. Cable Connector
874-Cll (75o!!), for RG-ll AI U, -12 AI U, -2161 U cable 0874-9742
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874-C59 (75-!!), for RG-59 BI U, -1401 U cable 0874-9743
shipping. 874-C187 (75-!!), for RG-187 A/U, -179 B/U cable 0874-9744

Panel Connectors
For use on equipment panels.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n, nominal. INPUT: 1 kV for 0874-
9745, 500 V for 0874-9746,300 V for 0874-9747. LEAKAGE:
> 120 dB below signal at GR874 (75-n) junction only.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-97452.08 in. (53 mm) long;
0874-9746 2.23 in. (57 mm) long; 0874-9747 2.53 in. (64 75-D. Panel Connector
874-Pll (75-D.), for RG-ll AI U, -12AI U, -2161 U cable 0874-9745
mm) long; ALL 1.06 in. (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) 874-P59 (75-D.), for RG-59 B/ U, -140/ U cable 0874-9746
net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping. 874-P187 (75-!!), for RG-187 AI U, -179 BI U cable 0874-9747

Adaptors to BNC
Two adaptors are available; one includes a 75-n BNC jack and
the other includes a 75-n BNC plug. Each uses a locking
GR874 (75-n) connector on the other end.

--
1.06
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n, nominal. INPUT: 500 V max;
3 kW max to 1 MHz, 3 kW / vf"'H' max above 1 MHz.
0:

~
1.04
874-QB

.....-(
-
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-9750 1.5 in. (39 mm) long; 1.02

...... "".. TYPICAL PAIR

0874-9751 1.81 in. (46 mm) long; ALL 1.02 in. (26 mm) dia.
WEIGHT: 0.21b (0.1 kg) net, lib (0.5 kg) shipping. 1.00
250 500 750 1000 1500 2000
FREQUENCY IN MHz

75-D. Adaptors to BNC

874-QBJ (75-!!), with BNC jack 0874-9750
874-QBP (75-!!), with BNC plug 0874-9751

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR874® 75-0HM COMPONENTS 103
 Adaptors to Type F
Two adaptors are available; one includes a type F jack and
the other includes a type F plug. Each uses a locking GR874
(75-0) connector on the other end. Type F jacks are designed
0:
~
(I)
1.06

1.04

1.02
874·QF

~
-
for use with 0.023-in. dia. (0.58 mm) wire. ~~ '" TYPICAL PAIR
1.00 ~
250 500 750 1000 1500 2000
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz. FREQUENCY IN MHz Catalog
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 750, nominal. Description Number
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-9748 2.1 in. (52 mm) long; 75-.n Adaptors to F
0874-9749 l.87 in. (48 mm) long; ALL l.02 in. (26 mm) dia. 874-QFJ (75-.n), 'With type F jack 0874-9748
WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping. 874-QFP (75-.11), with type F plug 0874-9749

Adaptors to Type N
1.0 6
Two adaptors are available; one includes a (75-0) type N jack 874-QN
and the other includes a 75-0 type. N plug. Each uses a locking 1.04
GR874 (75-0) connector on the other end. 0: ~
~
1.02 ~
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz. (I)

Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 0, nominal. INPUT: 1 kV max; 1.00 ~

~ TYPICAL PAIR

250 500 750 1000 1500 2000

4 kW to 1 MHz, 4 kW / v'f"'H, max above 1 MHz. FREQUENC Y IN MHz
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-9754 l.62 in. (41 mm) long; 75-.n Adaptors to N
0874-9755 l.95 in. (50 mm) long; ALL l.02 in. (26 mm) dia. 874-QNJ (75-.11), with type N jack 0874-9754
WEIGHT: 0.21b (0.1 kg) net, lib (0.5 kg) shipping. 874-QNP (75·.11), with type N plug 0874-9755

Adaptors to Large WE
Two adaptors are available; one includes a large Western Elec-
tric jack and the other includes a large Western Electric plug.
Each uses a locking GR874 (75-0) connector on the other end. 1.04.r------r--,-----,
Frequency: Dc to 1 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 750, nominal.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-97403.52 in. (89 mm) long;
0874-9741 3.02 in . (77 mm) long; ALL l.02 in. (26 mm) dia.
WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) sh;fJPing.
Catalog
Description

75-.n Adaptors to Western Electric, large

874-QWJL (75-.11), with large WE jack
874-QWPL (75-.11), with large WE plug
Number

0874-9740
0874-9741
,
)
Adaptors to Small WE
Two adaptors are available; one includes a small Western
Electric jack and the other includes a small Western Electric
plug. Each uses a locking GR874 (75 0) connector on the
other end. 1.04
Frequency: Dc to 1 GHz. 0:
874·QWS
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 750, nominal. ~ 1.0 2
~
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 0874-9738 3 in. (76 mm) long;
0874-97392.75 in. (70 mm) long; ALL l.02 in. (26 mm) dia. 1.00 /J250 500 750 1000
l ~ TYPICAL PAIR
1500 2000
FREQUENCY IN MHz
WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, lib (0.5 kg) shipping.
75·.n Adaptors to Western Electric, small
874-QWJS (75-.11), with small WE jack 0874-9738
874-QWPS (75-.n), with small WE plug 0874-9739

Adaptor to GR900 (75 n)

Includes a GR900 (75-0) connector on one end and a locking
GR874 (75-0) connector on the other end. 1.02r------,---.-----,
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz. ~ 1.011-8...,74_-_Q90-=O....,.~t==~""'+~::::::::--l
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 0 ± 0.4%. INPUT: 1.5 kV max; TYPICAL PAl R
4 kW max to 1 MHz, 4 kW /v'f"'H' max above 1 MHz. LEAKAGE: 1.00""""'=--=-=::-::~~:-----:-15~0:;:0-~2~000
> 120 dB below signal. FREQUENCY IN MHz
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 2.88 in. (73 mm) long x 1.06 in.
(27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 874-Q900 Adaptor, GR874 (75-.n) to GR900 (75-.11) 0874-9733

75- to 50-Ohm Matching Pad

A two-port minimum-loss network to match 50-ohm GR874-
equipped devices to similarly equipped 75-ohm devices. 1.3 874-MP
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz. 1.2t-'S:,:"P-'iECrl:...;FI'=rCA:::.:Tc:.:IOTN:.:::S-,-~;:>.c:::+j,=,.....-j
SWR: 1.05 + 0.12 fGH' for 50-0 side; 1.05 + 0.08 fGH' for 75-0 '"
1<
side; also see curve. ., I.II---b~;;"'-+=:=---=-+----i
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 500 and 75 o. INPUT: 0.5 W max
continuous. INSERTION LOSS: 5.72 dB nominal. LEAKAGE: 2000 /
> 120 dB below signal. 114i7'1t1 1-2
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.5 in. (90 mm) long x 1.02 in.
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 874-MP Matching Pad, 75-.n to 50-.n 0874-9736

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

104 GR874® 75-0HM COMPONENTS
 Short-Circuit Termination
A fixed short circuit mounted in a locking GR874 (75-n) con-
nector for establishing reference conditions in coaxial lines. ~PLANE
I POSITION
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.

~
Plane Position: Short-circuit is effectively 0 to 0.10 cm toward
load from face of bead.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.19 in. (30 mm) long x 1.02 in.
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
874-WN (75-fi) Short-Circuit Termination 0874-9732

Open-Circuit Termination
A fixed open circuit mounted in a locking GR874 (75-n) con-
nector for establishing reference conditions in coaxial lines;
also useful as a shielding cap for open-circuited lines.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Plane Position: Open-circuit plane is 0 to 0.10 cm toward load
from nominal position of face of bead, to match the short-
circuit plane in 874-WN Short-Circuit Termination above.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.89 in. (30 mm) long x 1.02 in. Catalog
Description Number
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 874·WO (75.fi) Open·Circuit Termination 0874-9752

7S-0hm Termination
A fixed 75-n resistor mounted in a locking GR874 (75-n) con-
1.04
nector for establishing reference conditions in coaxial lines, 874'W75 /SPECIFICATION
for impedance matching, and for use as a termination. 1.03
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Dc Resistance: 75 n ± 0.5%. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT:
a:
~ 1.02
L- -----
V
< 150 ppm! °C.
SWR: < 1.005 + 0.013 fGH' to 2 GHz, also see curve.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n, nominal. INPUT: 1 W with neg-
ligible change, 5 W max.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.95 in. (50 mm) long x 1.02 in.
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
shipping. 874-W75 (75·fi) 75·,n Termination
1.0

1.00
-
'.----
250
-----
500 750 1000
"-i- TYPICAL
FREQUENCY IN MHz
1500 2000

0874-9737

Fixed Attenuators
Single-section, T-type, resistance pads for attenuation, isola-
tion, or matching in 75-ohm coaxial systems.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Attenuation: 0874-9731 is 6 ± 0.5 dB; 0874-9734 is 10 ± 0.5
dB. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: < 0.0005 dB! oCt dB. a:
SWR: < 1.05 + 0.05 fGH', also see curve. ~ 1.0~t"""=t---t-t--±:;;_""""'+-----1
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n, nominal. DC RESISTANCE:
75 n ± 1% when terminated in 75 n. DC ATTENUATION: 1.00"""'?25"'"0-:5;-:!,00::--::7~50:-::::'00!::::0:----;:=--::2~000
0874-9731 is 6 ± 0.1 dB; 0874-9734 is 10 ± 0.1 dB. INPUT: FREQUENCY IN MHz
0.5 W max continuous cw; 500 W max peak; 0.5 W max
average.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.5 in. (89 mm) long x 1.02 in.
75·,n Fixed Attenuators
(26 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) 874·G6 (75-fi) , 6·dB attenuation 0874-9731
shipping. 874·GIO (75'fi), lO-dB attenuation 0874·9734

Air Line
For use as a spacing stub or other element of a coaxial sys-
tem or as a time-delay element or impedance standard in a
time-domain reflectometer.
Frequency: Dc to 2 GHz.
Length: ELECTRICAL: 30.111 ± 0.06 cm. TIME DELAY:
1.0036 ± 0.0018 ns.
SWR: < 1.01 + 1.015 fGH' to 2 GHz, also see curve.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 n ± 0.4%. INPUT: 1.5 kV max
1.04

1.03
874-L30

SPEC1FICATIO~
v---
V
peak; 4 kW max to 1 MHz, 4kW!yffGH, max above 1 MHz.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 12 in. (305 mm) long x 1.06 in.
(27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.4 Ib (0.2 kg) net, 2 Ib (1 kg)
shipping.
~ 1.02
'"
1.0 , / '

V
..-----
..- - --- - - II.!.,TYPICAL
1.00
250 ~OO 750 1000 1500 2000
874-UO (75-fi) Rigid Air line 0874-9735 FREQUENCY IN MHz

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR874® 75-0HM COMPONENTS 105
 Tools

These tools ensure quick assembly, neat, uniform appear-

ance, and best electrical and mechanical performance of
GR874 connectors (50 and 75.11).
The 874-TOK Tool Kit consists of an inner-conductor wrench
to install the insulating bead and hold the inner conductor, an
outer-conductor wrench to install the outer conductor. The
other tools are useful for installation of retaining rings. 3 4 6
The 874-T058 or -T08 Crimping Tool assures a neat, fast
crimp of the ferrule that clamps the shield braid and outer 874-TOK
jacket of the cable to a cable connector. 1. Outer·conductor wrench
2. Inner·conductor wrench
Crimping Dimensions, across flats of hexagonal crimp: For 3. Front-ring expander (red)
-T08, 0.389 and 0.411 in. (9.88, 10.45 mm); for -T058, 0.215, 4. Keeper for ring expanders
5. Back·ring expander (green)
0.250, and 0.375 in. (5.46,6.35,9.53 mm). 6. Ring pusher

874-TOK Tool Kit, for all GR874 cable connectors (50,75!l) 0874-9902
874-T08 Crimping Tool, for GR874-( )8A cable connectors 0874·9900
874-T058 Crimping Tool, for all other GR874 cable
connectors 0874-9901 874-T058 874·T08

80-DCA Precision Directional Coupler

The BBO-DCA is a precision unidirectional 50-ohm
coupler with excellent response from 3 GHz to 18 GHz
and the highest directivity of any high-frequency, broad-
band coupler available. Its wide frequency coverage
eliminates the need for three, or even four, separate oc- I~
tave couplers with their attendant expense and nuisance
in broadband measurements.
• 3-116H1
Precise tracking of one unit to the next and the lowest L3 lao DCA PftEQSKIIlI DlflECTIDNAl COUPUJI I 60IEIIAt IWlIO
SWR of any broadband coupler make the 8BO-DCA a valu-
able asset to your reflectometer or network-analysis appli-
..
cation. This coupler is also well suited to signal leveling
",----1. . . . . L
" ~UPl..ING.TYPICAL
........
- ...-
and power or SWR measurements. Altogether, it is a
most useful component for your microwave standards
2 / .

lab or new microwave instrumentation.

If
6

SPECIFICATIONS 1I OI P.Ec:T1VlTY,SPEClfICATION

Frequency: 3 to 18 GHz.
. I/' /
Directivity: 34 dB to 8 GHz, 30 dB to 18 GHz; see curve.
SWR (main line): 1.12 to 14 GHz, 1.16 to 18 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n. INPUT: Main line 5 kW/...;r.iH, max. . I t\
Iv'
/
/\
1\-/ '"
.
Auxiliary line, 2 W max. INSERTION LOSS: 0.4 dB max, including I '-oIRECTIVITY •TYPICAL
I
coupled power. COUPLING: 18 ±2 dB to 18 GHz; see curve. TRACK-
ING (unit to unit): ±0.6 dB. 0 2 6 , .1
~

Mechanical: IEEE 7-mm (APC-7) connectors. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):

'0
FREQUENCY-GHI " " " Catalog
Description Number
5.75x3 .3x1.34 in. (146x87x34 mm). WEIGHT: 0.9 Ib (0.4 kg) net, 2 Ib
(1 kg) shipping.
880·DCA Precision Directional Coupler 0880-9500
National stock numbers are I isted at the back of the catalog.
106 GR874® COAXIAL COMPONENTS
GR900® Precision Coaxial Components
The first precision series For many years it was diffi- cally 0.4 mD. for the inner conductors and 0.04 mD. for
cult to improve the design of highly accurate high-fre- the outer conductors of a mated pair.
quency measuring equipment since any improvements The 900-8T connector meets all specifications con-
were obscured by connector difficulties. This fact spurred tained in Part III, Section 1 of the IEEE Standard for
GenRad with its long experience in coaxial-connector Precision Coaxial Connectors, No. 287 and the IEC rec-
develop;"ent, to design the first commercial coaxial ommendations contained in IEC publication 457-3.
connector that could honestly be called "precision" - Mechanical characteristics The spring contact and
the GR900® connector. inner conductor are made of gold-plated solid-silver alloy;
A versatile choice The successful development of the the bead support, Teflon; the centering gear ring, stain-
GR900® connector signaled the initiation of an entire less steel; the outer conductor, gold-plated coin silver;
line of precision coaxiai components and instruments. the retaining ring, phosphor bronze; and the coupling
These, together with connector kits and precision rod and and locking nuts, chrome-plated brass.
tubing, can bring GR900 precision to every corner of When the parts are assembled onto an air line, the
your laboratory. coupling nut and retaining ring attach the outer conduc-
Electrical characteristics One of the most important tor of the connector to the outer conductor of the line.
characteristics of a connector is standing-wave ratio and The inner conductor is threaded into the center conductor
in the GR 900-BT connector SWR < (1.001 + 0.001 of the air line and is supported by the Teflon bead.
f GHz ). Of ever greater importance in ~any applica!io~s is When two connectors are mated, the centering gear
connector repeatability because this sets the limit of rings interlock and overlap to center the connectors with
measurement accuracy. The GR 900-BT connector offers respect to each other. The interlocking also prevents
repeatability of ± 0.002 dB in insertion loss, ± 0.008° the connectors from rotating against each other (with
in insertion phase, and 0.05% in SWR. possible impairment of repeatability and reliability). The
Leakage of the GR900 connector is better than 130 dB front surfaces of the outer conductors meet at a common
below signal level - lower than that of any other com- reference plane, where they butt firmly together under
monly used coaxial connector. This remarkable charac- the pressure of the locking nut.
teristic is due to the triple shielding action of the butt The front surface of the inner conductor is recessed
contact between outer conductors, the interlocking and 0.001 inch with respect to the reference plane of the
overlapping of the centering gear rings, the threaded ~n­ outer conductor, to ensure outer-conductor contact. In-
gagement of the outer locking nut, and the precise ner-conductor contact is made by a springy center con-
machining of the mating surfaces. Insertion loss is ex- tact assembly that projects slightly beyond the reference
tremely small, due to the unique design of the contacts plane of the outer conductor until the connector is mated.
and the use of very low-loss materials - Teflon* for the The spring contact assembly consists of six independently
bead and solid-silver alloys for both inner and outer sprung segments that are forced back and together upon
conductors. mating, thereby making a wiping contact with both the
Electrical length of a connector pair is 3.50 cm and is inside of the inner conductor and the mating face of the
virtually independent of frequency. Dc resistance is typi- other center contact. This connector structure is free
* Registered trademark of the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. from the reflections that would be caused by slots in the
inner and outer conductors. It will give you exceptionally
long life, with excellent repeatability, in part because
micro-abrasion of the rubbing surfaces cannot affect the
electrically critical conductor diameters.

..
SPRING

CONTlCT
\ .""
, III /11

CENTERING
GEAR RING
~
INNER

""'"""
'" ~,
BEAD ...--"
SUPPORT
\.' I,I!\lfl
I

OUTER CONDUCTOR
."I'
I '! (
LOCKING NUT

J.
'\ .-
RETAINING
RING
/
COUPLING
NUT

Cross-section view of mated 900-8T Precision Coaxial Connectors. Exploded view of 900-8T Precision Coaxial Connector.

GR900® PRECISION COAXIAL COMPONENTS 107

 GR900® 50-Ohm Connectors
Basic Precision Connector
For use on rigid, 14-mm, air-dielectric 50-n coaxial lines cm for single connector. DC CONTACT RESISTANCE: <0. 07
(principal dimensions of 0.5625 in. and 0.24425 in.). 900- mn for outer conductor, < 0.5 mn for inner conductor.
BT Connectors are 100% tested at six frequencies. The 900- Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.19 in. (30 mm) long x 1.06 in.
TOK Tool Kit is recommended for proper assembly. (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT : 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net.

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.

SWR: ';;; 0.001 + 0.001 fGH,) applies to single connectors and
pairs.
Repeatability: SWR: Within 0.05%. INSERTION LOSS:
± 0.001 dB to 30 MHz, ±0.002 dB to 1 GHz, ±0.0025 dB to , ,
8.5 GHz. PHASE : Within 0.008° at 1 GHz, 0.015 ° at 2 GHz, FREOUENCY - GHI

0.05° at 6 GHz. Typical and specified SWR of single and pairs of

900-BT Precision Coaxial Connectors. Specified SWR is iden-
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n ± 0.1% at frequencies where tical to that given as I EEE Recommended Practice.
skin depth is negligible. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 3000 V pk.
POWER average into 50-n load: Up to 20 kW, dc to 1 MHz, de- Catalog
creasing as l/yT at higher f . INSERTION LOSS: < (0.003 Description Number
,~) dB per pair. LEAKAGE : > 130 dB below signal. ELEC- 50-fi Basic Precision Coaxial Connectors
TRICAL LENGTH: 3.500 ± 0.005 cm per pair; 1.750 ± 0.0025 900-BT, single 0900-9405

Low-Cost Basic Precision Connector

For use on rigid, 14-mm, air-dielectric 50-n coaxial lines Repeatability: SWR: ;,; ±0.0005 or ± 0.05%. INSERTION
(principal dimension of 0.5625 in. and 0.24425 in.). The
GR890 is a low-cost version of the GR900® precision coaxial
LOSS: ± 0.001 dB to 30 MHz, ± 0.002 dB to 1 GHz, ± 0.0025
dB to 8.5 GHz. PHASE: ';;;0.008 ° at 1 GHz, 0.015 ° at 2 GHz,
.J
connector and is intended for use when the lowest SWR is not 0.05 ° at 6 GHz.
required. Below 500 MHz, the difference in SWR, compared Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n ± 0.3% at frequencies where
with the GR900, is insignificant; above 500 M Hz, the SWR skin depth is insignificant. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 3000 V
specification is somewhat degraded. For example, at 8 GHz pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 20 kW, dc to 1
the SWR specification is 1.019, compared with 1.009 for MHz, decreasing as l/yT at higher f . INSERTION LOSS:
the GR900.
The GR 890 connector is generally used at lower frequen- < (0.004 ~) dB per pair. LEAKAGE: > 130 dB below
cies on capacitance, inductance, or resistance standards, and signal. ELECTRICAL LENGTH: (3.500 + 0.005 - 0.01) cm per
at higher (microwave) frequencies where the SWR of the de- pair; 0.750 + 0.0025 - 0.005) cm for single connector. DC
vice is much greater than that of the connector. The other CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 0.07 mn for outer conductor, < 0.5
useful properties of the GR900 series, such as repeatability, mn for inner conductor.
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.19 in. (30 mm) long x 1.06 in .
well-defined reference plane, and low contact resistance, are (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net.
retained. Grooves in the 890-BT locking nut distinguish the

~~
low-cost version from the 900-BT connector, but they mate
without restriction.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 'j.~
SWR: < (1.003 + 0.002 f GH,) per connector. For mated con-
nectors, add SWR specs, i.e., double this spec for pair of 890 50-fi Low-Cost Basic Precision Coaxial Connector
connectors. 890-BT, single 0890-9405

Cable Precision Connector

For use with more than 12 different RG types of coaxial

cable. The SWR of these connectors is much lower than that
of even the best-made cables. The braid retention system
does not compress the cable, yet it has good pull and torque
resistance. The usual distortion and flow of cable dielectric
during inner-conductor soldering have been virtually elimi- Typical SWR performance of a single Type
nated by means of a Teflon spacer and a special, low-tempera- 900·C9 Connector on an "infinite" length of
ture solder supplied with every connector. All inner-conductor RG·214/U cable and on an "ideal" section
parts are captive and supported by a bead. with the same diameters.
SWR of connector itself is represented by "ideal section"
data (see curves) measured with precision coax ial line in 50-fi Coaxial Cable Precision Connector
place of cable. For RG-9BI U and RG-2141 U cable; can be used,
with some sacrifice in performance or mechanical
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. reliability, with RG-SI U, -SA l U, -lOAI U, -SlAI U,
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n. INPUT VOLTAGE : Up to 1500 V -1l6/U, -156/U, -165/U, -1661 U, -2131 U, -2151 U,
-2251 U, and -222 1 U:
pk. INSERTION LOSS: «0. 006 f GH,) dB per pair. 900-C9 0900-9421
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
108 GR900® PRECISION CONNECTORS
 Panel Mounting Kits

Used to mount standard GR 890 and GR900 connectors on

a panel. Kit includes a threaded flange that accepts the outer
conductor, mounting hardware, and a gear ring that, for the
rotatable version, can be turned to permit any desired angular
orientation of the mating connector.

Catalog
Description Number
Panel Mounting Kits
900·PKM, non·rotatable 0900·9498
900·PKMR, rotatable 0900·9500

Rotatable Centering Ring

Permits proper mating with another GR 890 or GR900 con·

nector in any orientation. Threads onto the connector in
place of the regular centering gear ring.
Rotatable Centering Ring 0900·9499

-' Adaptor Flange

To connect GR900 components to instruments (like some

bridges) that terminate in a broad plane surface and to a
variety of flange·type connectors. This flange threads onto a
900·8T Connector in place of the centering gear ring and
locking nut. Adaptor Flange 09()()'9782

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR900® PRECISION CONNECTORS 109
 GR900® SO-Ohm Adaptors
Conversion plus precIsion The availability of precIsion type N slotted line with an over-all residual SWR (line plus
adaptors from the GR900® connectors to other popular co- adaptor) of only 1.02 at 3 GHz. Conversely, users of instru-
axial connectors means that the user of GR900 equipped in- ments equipped with SMA, TNC, N, C, and GR874® connec-
struments can convert to other series and still retain preci- tors can, by means of adaptors, take advantage of the preci-
sion performance. For example, a 900-LB Precision Slotted sion offered by GR900 tuners, airline standards, terminations,
Line equipped with a 900-QNJ or -QNP adaptor becomes a and other elements.

50-Ohm Precision Adaptor Kit

This set consists of the most commonly used GR900 preci-
sion adaptors including one each of the jack and plug versions
of adaptors to BNC, C, N, SC, SMA, and TNC, as well as
adaptors to Amphenol APC-7, and GR874® connectors. All
components are supplied in an attractive mahogany storage
case with recessed foam inserts.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 8 Ib (3 .7 kg) net, 12 Ib (5.5 kg) ship-
ping.
Catalog
Description Number
GR900 Precision Adaptor Set 0900-9451
GR900 Storage Case 0900-9450

Precision Adaptors to BNC

Two versions: One includes a BNC jack and the other in-
cludes a BNC plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector

I.06~;~~~~i~SPE~C~IF~IC;AT~'O~~~3
on the other end.
~1.04
1.02
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. U)

SWR: «1.005 + 0.015 f GH ,) to 1 GHz, «1.015 + 0.005 f GH ,) 1.0°0 :3 4 ~

FREQUENCY GHz
to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up Catalog
to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 3 kW, dc Description Number
to 1 MHz, decreasing as l/v'fat higherf. 50·!!. Precision Adaptors to BNC
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) ship- 900·QBJ, with BNC jack 0900-9701
ping. 900-QBP, with BNC plug 0900·9801

Precision Adaptors to C
Two versions: One includes a type C jack and the other in-
cludes a type C plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector
on the other end .
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
SWR: «1.005 + 0.015 f GH,) to 1 GHz, «0.015 + 0.005 f GH ,)
to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 7 kW,
dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as 1/ ytat higher f. 50-!!. Precision Adaptors to C
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) 900·QCJ, with C jack 0900-9703
shipping. 900-QCP, with C plug 0900-9803

Precision Adaptors to N
Two versions: One includes a type N jack and the other in-
cludes a type N plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector
on the other end.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
~

'"a::: 1.04~~SP~EC~IF~IC~AT~'O~NI~~~~~~~~
1.02
1.00 900-0NP
o
SWR: «1.004 + 0.004 f GH, ) to 8.5 GHz. 3 4 5
FREQUENCY- GHz
6 8
_go,
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE:
Up to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to
7 kW , dc to 1 M Hz, decreasing as 1/ v'tat higher f .
50-!!. Precision Adaptors to N
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) 900-QNJ, with N jack 0900-9711
shipping. 9OO-QNP, with N plug 0900-9811

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

110 GR900® PRECISION ADAPTORS
 Precision Adaptors to TNC
Two versions: One includes a TNC jack and the other in-
cludes a TNC plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector on
the other end.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
1.06~;~i~~i~Sf'E~C~IF~IC~AT~IO~Ea3
~1.04
'" 1.02
1.00 0 3 4 5
SWR: «1.005 + 0.015 fGH,) to 1 GHz, «1.015 + 0.005 f GH,) fREQUENCY GHI
to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE:
Up to 500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 3 kW, Catalog
Description Number
dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as 1/vT at higher f.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) so·n Precision Adaptors to TNC
900-QTNJ, with TNC jack 0900-9717
shipping. 900-QTNP, with TNC plug 0900-9817

Precision Adaptors to SMA

Two versions: One includes an SMA jack and the other in-
clude.s an SMA plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector
on the other end.
1.10
1.0 8
ca::1.06
~
1 1
1 1
..J..--r
SPECIFICATION
I
..--r
I

gJ,Y~~,,!Pf-
-
01.04
1.02...:: r- TYPE 9OO-0MMJ . . .
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 345
FREQUENCY -GHz
~

SWR: «1.005 + 0.025 fGH,) to 1 GHz, «1.022 + 0.008 fGH,)

to 8.5 GHz. soOn Precision Adaptors to SMA
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. 900-QMMJ, with SMA jack 0900-9723
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) ship. 900-QMMP, with SMA plug 0900-9823

Precision Adaptors to SC
Two versions: One includes an SC jack and the other in-

l06~~;s~~tSPE~C~IFI~CA~Jlt3~~
cludes an SC plug. Both use a GR900 precision connector on
the other end. ~ :~TYPE 9OO-0SCP I .l.....4""-l
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. I.OOO.. .-r i 3
r-
4
-TYPE .;oo:oSCJ
5 6 7
I I
8
SWR: «1.005 + 0.015 f GH,) to 1 GHz, «1.015 + 0.005 f GH,) FREQUENCY-GHz ~

to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 7 kW,
dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as 1/0 at higher f.
soOn Precision Adaptors to SC
900-QSCJ, with SC jack 0900-9713
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) ship. 900-QSCP, with SC plug 0900-9813

Precision Adaptors to 7-mm Precision

Includes an Amphenol APC-7 7-mm connector on
one end and a GR900 precision connector on the other.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
SWR: «1.003 + 0.003 fGH,) to 8.5 GHz. ~ ::~~r-t
1.00&-=~~;;~T~YP*IC~AL~'*$==~I
3456 =t::t!
8j!
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up FREQUENCY -GHz
to 1000 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 6 kW,
dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as 1/y'f at higher f. ELECTRICAL
LENGTH: 5.30 ± 0.02 cm. soOn Precision Adaptor to 7-mm Precision
900-QAP7, with APC-7 connector 0900-9791
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) ship.

Precision Adaptor to GR874® Connector

Includes a locking GR874 connector on one end anc a Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 kg) ship.
GR900 preCision connector on the other end.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
SWR: «1.00 + 0.015 fGH,) to 1 GHz, «1.010 + 0.005 f GH,)
to 8.5 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 1500 V pk. POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 10 kW, soOn Precision Adaptor to GR874
dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as 1/y'fat higher f. 900-Q874, with locking GR874 connector 0900-9883

Precision Adaptor to Binding Posts

One convertible version: Adapts binding posts (spaced on and = 11 nH are added at base and = 20 nH at top of binding
0.75- to I-in. centers) to GR9GJ connector and (after a sim- posts.
ple mechanical modification) adapts GR900 connector to bind- Mechanical: WEIGHT: 0.3 Ib (0.2 kg) net; 1.3 Ib (0.6 Kg) ship.
ing posts. Particularly useful for converting "unknown" ter-
minals of bridges.

Electrical: RESIDUAL IMPEDANCE: When binding posts are

adapted to GR900, = 3.55 pF and = 4.8 nH are added to ter- sO-n Precision Adaptor to Binding Posts
minals. When GR900 is adapted to binding posts, = 5.2 pF 900-Q9 0900-9874

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR900® PRECISION ADAPTORS III
 .--.....-'

GR900® 50-Ohm Precision

Terminations and Attenuators
Precision Resistive Terminations and Mismatches

Standard terminations are useful for calibration of bridges,

slotted lines, admittance bridges , network analyzers, and re-
flectometers. The 50-ohm 900-W50 termination can also be
used as a precision dummy load or as a termination in meas-
urements of networks with more than one port. This termina-
tion, together with the 900-WNC Short Circuit and 900-LZ Air
Lines, can form a cal ibration set for computer correction of
measuring instruments. With an appropriate GR900 adaptor,
it can be used as a low-SWR, precision type-N termination, or
BNC, or C, etc.
Standard mismatches introduce reflections of known SWR
1.05
1.04
,
rYPE 900- W50

- -
~ PECt F I~h i
,...- ~ - I-"

--
~I.O
in a 50-ohm transmission line and are therefore useful in the
calibration of reflectometers, network analyzers, and SWR-
1.02
r- I ---------
TYjlCAL
1.0
I~
measuring instruments. LOO
O 4 5
F REOU ENC Y- GHz

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 107.5

900 -W50 -WI00 -WllO -W120 -W150 105.0

TYPE 900-WIDO
SPEciF \CATION--'" I
-
~-+TY P~ I-

----
102 .5
Dc
Resistance:
Accuracy:
SWR, also
50 n
± 0.3%
1.005 +
lOOn
± 0.5%
45.45 n
± 0.5%
1.1 nom
41.67 n
± 0 .5%
1.2 nom
33.33 n
± 0 .5%
1.5 nom
100.0

97.5
95.0
--- , 4 5
I -t~ I-
FREO UE NCY - GHz
see curves: 0.005 fGH,
Plane 4cm
Position·: nom

Electrical: INPUT POWER: < 1 W with negligible change, <5 W 1.6 TYP t 900 ~WR I56- I------ SlpECI~tTION ------..,
~
without damage. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: <150 T Y PI C A;L~
ppm/ oC. 1.5

Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 2 in . (51 mm) long x 1.06 in. (27

mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.21b (0.1 kg) net. 1.4

Catalog ,TYPE 9 00- WRI20 ~ -SPECIFICATION

--
Description Number .:'!.
TYPICAl--........
Precision Resistive Terminations 1.2
900-W50 50-n Standard Terminatio n 0900-9953
900-WlOO 100-n Standard Termin atio n 0900·9957 TYPICAL
I
Precision Mismatches:
900·WRllO Stand ard Mismatch, SWR 1.1 0900·9961 T YPE 900 -WR IIO '-SPECIFICATION
900·WR120 Sta ndard M ismatch, SWR 1.2 0900-9963
900·WR150 Standa rd Mis match, SWR 1.5 0900·9965
0
4
F REQUENCY- GHz
5
•
900-r·s

Open-Circuit Terminations
Open-circuit terminations are useful in establishing initial
conditions of line length and signal phase, as shielding caps
for open-circuited lin es, and, at low frequencies, as capaci-
t ance standards.

Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.

Plane Position:* For 900-WO, typically 0.26 cm, but varies
with frequency within ± 0.012 cm of value shown on graph .
For -W04, 4.00 ± 0.01 cm (corresponds to 4-cm offset in
900-W100 and -W200 Stand ard Terminations).
Electrical: CAPACITANCE: 0.172 ± 0.008 pF for -WO, at low
frequencies; 2.670 pF ± 0.25% for -W04, below 70 MHz.

gOO-W~
Precision Open-Circuit Terminations
900-WO, plane at 2.6 mm 0900-9981
900-W04, plane at 4 cm 0900·9985

* Location of effective position of termination, measured toward "load", from reference plane of connector (where outer conductors butt together).

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

112 GR900® PRECISION TERMINATIONS AND ATTENUATORS
 Precision Short-Circuit Terminations
Short-circuit terminations are useful in establishing initial
conditions of line length and signal phase in, for example, im-
pedance measurements. An s-c termination consists of a
precision-machined, silver-plated disk, mounted in a centering
gear ring and locking-nut assembly, to produce a fixed short
900-WNE
circuit. The 900-WNC, -WNE, and -WN4 each includes a sup-
port for one end of the inner conductor of a 900-LZ Refer-
ence Air Line, which is bead less.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz.
Plane Position:'" For 900-WN and -WNC, 0.00 cm; for 900-
WNE, 0.26 ± 0.005 cm (corresponding open circuit is 900- 900-WN4
WO); for 900-WN4, 4.00 ± 0.01 cm (corresponding resistive
terminations are 900-W100 and -W200).
Reflection Coefficients: >0.999 for -WN and -WNC, >0.998
for -WNE, >0.996 for -WN4; all to 8.5 GHz.
Catalog
Description Number
50-!l Precision Short-Circuit Terminations
900-WN, without support, plane at 0.00 cm
900-WNC, with support, plane at 0.00 cm
0900-9971
0900-9977
. ,
rREQU( NCY- Q!,
8 ,

"""""
900-WNE, with support, plane at 2.6 mm 0900-9979
900-WN4, w ith support, plane at 4 cm 0900-9975

Precision Tuner
Used to match out small residual reflections in low-SWR
measuring instruments and devices. The tuner has three
smoothly adjustable tuning screws that are used in pairs to
tun e out reflections of any phase throughout the tuner's fre-
quency range. Each screw has a "neutral" setting, indepen-
dent of frequency, at which it is effectively out of the circuit.
Screws can be locked at any setting to enhance the excellent
SWR resettability and to protect against accidental disturb-
ance. They can be partially clamped for the desired friction.
Frequency: 1 to 8.5 GHz.
SWR Matching Range: 1.00 to 1.00 + 0.012 fGft<, worst-case
minimum. RESETTABILlTY: « 1.0005 + 0.0003 fGH,).
Repeatability: 0.05% (limited by connector).
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n nominal. INSERTION LOSS :
< 0.1 dB to 4 GHz, < 0.3 dB to 8.5 GHz. ELECTRICAL LENGTH:
12.0 cm .
Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 4.5x3.5x1 in. (114x89x25mm). l,,!!O.~'~-"",.o~----:':-~~""""'''':---~IO.O
F'AEQl.ENCt IN GH.
WEIGHT: 1 Ib (0.5 kg) net, 3 Ib (1.4 kg) shipping.

900-TUA Tuner 0900-9635

Precision Fixed Attenuators

GR900 attenuators permit greatly improved accuracy in the Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50.0 n. INPUT POWER : < 1 W con-
measurement of insertion loss, impedance, power, or phase, tinuous, or < 500 W peak with <1 W average. DC RESIST-
whi ch requires precise impedance matching of the source and ANCE: 50.0 n ± 0.3% when terminated in 50.0 n.
detector. In particular, they are ideal for swept measure- Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.75 in. (95 mm) long. WEIGHT:
ments of these quantities. In point-by-point measurements, 0.7 Ib (0.4 kg) net.
they reduce or eliminate the need to tune out residual reflec-
tions from source or detector.
The SWR characteristic of these attenuators is much lower
than was previously available, and they exhibit uniform atten-
uation over a wide frequency range. They display a high de-
gree of repeatability in SWR, contact resistance, and inser-
tion loss, factors that contribute to their value in substitution
measurements. The high repeatability and low SWR also per-
mit them to be accurately calibrated for use as attenuation
standards.
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. Catalog
Attenuation Accuracy: ±0.04 dB at dc, ±0.2 dB to 5 GHz, Description Number
±0.3 dB to 8.5 GHz. TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: <0.0001 5O-!l Precision Fixed Attenuators:
dB/ °C/ dB. 900-G6, 6 dB 0900-9850
SWR: <1.01 to 1 GHz, <(1.00 + 0.01 fGH,) above 1 GHz. 900-GI0, 10 dB 0900-9951

• Location of effective position of termination, measured toward "load", from reference plane of connector (where outer conductors butt together) .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR900® PRECISION TERMINATIONS AND ATIENUATORS 113
 GR900® 50-Ohm Precision Air Lines
Reference-Air-Line Set
This set consists of one each of the seven lengths of 900-LZ
Reference Air Lines, a 900-WN4 short circuit, and a 900-W04
open circuit. All components are supplied in an attractive
mahogany storage case, with recessed foam insets, which
also can be supplied separately.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 8 Ib (3.7 kg) net, 13 Ib (6 kg) shipping.

Catalog
Description Number
GR900 Reference·Air-Line Set 0900-9452

Reference Air Lines

1.0025

-
--
I

U)
1.0 0 20

a: I. 0 0 15
~
1.0 0 I 0
1.0005
1. 0 000
-~
-
_ I SPEoJ'CATlOJ LlM'T '\.
-+--
TYP'+L"-,. ....
o 8
FREQUENCY -GHz ~

For use in calibrations, especially in substitution measure- 1/0at higherf. INSERTION LOSS: «0.0008~,) dB/cm.
ments, as precision capacitance or time-delay standards, as LEAKAGE: >130 dB below signal. DC CONTACT RESISTANCE
well defined reactance standards, as dielectric sample holders each end, when mated with GR900 connector: <0.07 m.l1 for
for dielectric-constant and loss measurements with slotted outer conductor, <0.5 m.l1 for inner conductor.
lines and network analyzers, and as absolute impedance refer- 50·n Reference Air Lines
ences in time-domain reflectometry. The 900-LZ series are Electrical Capaci- Time
bead less, virtually reflection less coaxial air lines, with spring- Length tance Delay Odd )../4
loaded supporting tips on the ends of the inner conductor to (±0.002 cm) (±0.07%) (±0.1 ps) Frequencies· Catalog
mate with GR900 connectors; microfinished outer-conductor Type cm pF ps GHz Number
ends make butt contact with the mating connectors. 900-LZ3 2.998 2.0000 100.0 (2n+1) 2.50 0900·9603
900-LZ5 4.997 3.3333 166.7 (2n+1) 1.50 0900·9600
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 900·LZ6 5.996 4.0000 200 .0 (2n+1) 1.25 0900-9601
SWR: «1.0005 + 0.0002 f GH,); calibration data supplied. 900·LZ7H 7.495 5.0000 250.0 (2n+1) 1.00 0900·9602
Repeatability: SWR: Within (0.010 + 0.003 f GH,)%. 900·LZ10 9.993 6.6667 333 .3 (2n+1) 0.75 0900·9604
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 .11 :± 0.05% at 23 °C and where 900·LZ15 14.990 10.0000 500.0 (2n+1) 0.50 0900·9606
skin depth is negligible. Additional skin-effect error is cal- 900-LZ30 29.979 20.0000 1000.0 (2n+1) 0 .25 0900·9612
culable. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 3000 V pk. POWER , aver- • Frequencies at which air-line section is an odd multiple of a quarter
age into 50-.11 load: Up to 20 kW, dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as wavelength, where n is zero or any integer).

Precision Air Lines

1. 014

-,- ....-
1.012 $PECIFICATIC:W LIMIT

1.010

,--- .-
a: 1.008
~
~ 1.006
~'
J" 7-
1.004
1.002
....- /
TYP,ICAL_ -
1.000

FREQUENCY-13Hz

Useful as low-SWR line extenders, as 50-ohm impedance SISTANCE each end, when mated with GR900 connector:
standards at frequencies at which the electrical length is an <0.07 m.l1 for outer conductor, <0.5 m.l1 for inner conductor.
odd multiple of a quarter wavelength, as capacitance and
time·delay standards, and as absolute impedance standards
in time-domain reflectometry. Each line consists of a short 50·n Precision Air Lines
section of precision 50-ohm air line with a GR900 connector E.lectrical
Length Time
at each end. (±0.02 Capaci· Delay Insertion
cm) tance (± 1 os) Loss Catalog
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. Type cm of ps dB Number
SWR: «1.0013 + 0.0013 f GH,).
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 .11 ± 0.065%. Additional skin-
effect error is calculable.' INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 3000 V 900·LlO 10 6.6667 333 < 0.012 YfGH. 0900-9605
pk. POWER, average into 50-.11 load: Up to 20 kW, dc to 1
MHz, decreasing as 1/0 at higher f. DC CONTACT RE- 900·L30 30 20.000 1000 < 0.028 YfGH. 0900·9613

, J . Zorzy, "Skin·Effect Corrections in Standards," IEEE Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement Vol IM·15 No.4, December 1966,
p.358 ' .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

114 GR900® PRECISION AIR LINES
 GR900® 7S-0hm Components
New versatility. A ne~ series of GR900® general-purpose The GR900 75-ohm components use a connector similar
coaxial components extends the versatility of the line to the to the 50-ohm counterpart except for an identifying black
field of 75-ohm transmission-line measurements. The series coupling nut and modified inner conductor and insulating
includes matching pads and adaptors to permit direct conver- bead. Performance for the new components is specified up to
sion of existing 50-ohm systems to the 75-ohm capability. 1 GHz but they are useful to 8.5 GHz or higher.

Basic Precision Connector

For use on rigid, 14-mm, air-dielectric, 75-fl. coaxial lines Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.19 in. (30 mm) long x 1.06 in.
or with capacitance, inductance, and resistance standards. (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg)
Frequency: Dc to 1 GHz, usable to 9 GHz. shipping.
SWR: <(1.0015 + 0.0015 fGH,).
Repeatability: SWR: ±0.0006 (±0.06%). INSERTION LOSS:
±0.001 dB to 30 MHz, ±0.002 dB to 1 GHz. PHASE: 0.01 °
at 1 GHz.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 fi ± 0.3%. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up
to 3000 V pk. POWER, average into matched load: Up to 18
kW, dc to 1 MHz, decreasing as l/yfat higher f. INSERTION
LOSS: < 0.004 yfGH' per pair. LEAKAGE: > 130 dB below sig-
nal. ELECTRICAL LENGTH: Nom 1.75 cm (3.5 cm, mated
pair); exactly 1.7488 ± 0.0038 cm (3.4976 ± 0.0076 cm). Catalog
Description Number
DC CONTACT RESISTANCE: < 0.07 mfi for outer conductor,
< 0.5 mfi for inner conductor. 9oo·BT (75-11.) Precision Coaxial Connector 0900·9730

75- to 50-Ohm Precision Matching Pad

A two-port minimum-loss network to match 50-ohm GR900- Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 3.75 in. (95 mm) long x 1.06 in.
equipped devices to similarly equipped 75-ohm devices. It (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.6 Ib (0.3 kg) net, 2 Ib (1 kg) ship-
features low SWR, low leakage, and the excellent repeatability ping.
inherent in GR900 connectors.
Frequency: Dc to 1 GHz, usable to 8.5 GHz.
SWR: Better than 1.003 + 0.003 fGH' for 50-fi side, 1.01 +
0.012 fGH' for 75-fi side.
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 fi and 75 fl.. INPUT: 1 W max con-
tinuous. INSERTION LOSS: 5.72 dB nominal. LEAKAGE:
> 130 dB below signal. 9oo·MP 50 to 75·{}' Precision Matching Pad 0900·9732

Precision 75-0hm Termination

A fixed 75-fi resistor mounted in a GR900 (75 fi) connector Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: 1.83 in. (47 mm) long x 1.06 in.
for establishing reference conditions in coaxial lines, for im- (27 mm) dia. WEIGHT: 0.2 Ib (0.1 kg) net, lib (0.5 kg) ship-
pedance matching, for use as a termination, for the calibra- ping.
tion of bridges, slotted lines, and reflectometers, and for use
as a dummy load in network measurements.
Frequency: Dc to 1 GHz, usable to 9 GHz.
SWR: «1.005 + 0.005 f GH,).
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 75 fi ± 0.3%, temperature coefficient
< 150 ppm/oC. INPUT: 1 W with negligible change, 5 W
without damage. 900·W75 (75·!l.) Precision Standard Termination 090()'9733

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GR900® PRECISION 75-0HM COMPONENTS 115
 GR900®Miscellany
0
50-Ohm Precision 90 Ell
1.04
Permits coaxial devices, such as vertical liquid-dielectric 1 1 1 1 ~ r-
sample holders, to be physically oriented as required, with 1.03

better electrical performance than could be obtained with '"~ SPECIF!CATION..:>t--l

r-
1.02
---r-I TYPICA-=~ /'
flexible cable. I.'" -I
1.00
I--::::
Frequency: Dc to 8.5 GHz. 0 , 4 5
FREQUENCY -GHZ
8
I _-£L-,I
SWR: <(1.004 + 0.004 f GH,).
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 n ± 0.4% at frequencies where
skin depth is small. INPUT VOLTAGE: Up to 1500 V pk.
POWER, average into 50-n load: Up to 10 kW, dc to 1 MHz,
decreasing as 1 I vIat higher f. INSERTION LOSS: (0.017
~) dB. ELECTRICAL LENGTH : [10.00 + 0.0014 (fGH,)' ±
0.02] cm.
Mechanical: Gear rings rotatable, for proper mating in any
orientation. MATING DIMENSIONS: 2.066 in. (5.246 mm)
from center line of one connector to reference plane of other Catalog
Description Number
connector. OVER-ALL DIMENSIONS: 2.69x2.69xO.88 in. (68x
68x22 mm). WEIGHT: 0.7 Ib (0.3 kg) net. 900-EL Precision 90 0 Ell 0900-9527

Tool Kit
Nine-piece tool kit in fitted case for convenient installation
of 890-BT, 900-BT, and 900-C9 50-ohm precision coaxial con-
nectors. With 0900-9904 accessory tools, the kit can also be
used for 900-BT (75n) connectors. Complete instructions are
included.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 7 Ib (3.2 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
900-TOK Tool Kit 0900-9902
Accessory Tools, for use with 900-TOK on 900-BT (75n)
connectors 0900-9904

Storage Case and Cleaning Kit

Storage Case
An attractive mahogany case with firm, foamed plastic in-
serts having molded recesses designed to hold various types
of GR900® precision coaxial components. An excellent way
to keep together a set of adaptors, air lines, terminations, and
the like and to carry or store them with minimum exposure
to dirt or damage to the precision machined surfaces.
Mechanical: WEIGHT: 8 Ib (3.7 kg) shipping.
Cleaning Kit
For cleaning both 50-ohm and 75-ohm GR900 connectors.
Solvent supplied in 16-oz aerosol will not affect insulator nor
any metal surface in these connectors. Kit also includes two
brushes and 24 lint-free wiping pads.
GR900 Storage Case 0900-9450
900-TOC Cleaning Kit 0900-9610

Precision Tube and Rod

Used to fabricate custom-length 14-mm air lines and com- Mechanical: Supplied in pairs; centerless-ground, silver-
ponents in conjunction with GR900 connectors and connector layered brass rod; for use with 890-BT and 900-BT connectors.
kits. Machining instructions are furnished. DIMENSIONS (diameters specified at 23 °C): 13 ± 0.0312 in.
Precision Outer-Conductor Tube (330 mm) long with straightness of 0.0015 in./ft; 0.24425 in.
Mechanical: Precision-forged, silver-lined brass; stress re- ± 65 /Lin. dia with uniformity of ±25 /Lin. and surface finish
lieved to minimize dimensional changes during machining; of 20 /Lin. max.
for use with 890-BT, 900-BT, and -BT (75n) connectors.
DIMENSIONS (diameters specified at 23°C): 27 in. (690 mm)
long, 0.830 in. nominal 00, 0.5625 in. ± 220 /Lin. 10 with
straightness of 0.005 in./ ft and inner-surface finish of 30 /Lin.
-"..
! ~

max, 0.134 in. nominal wall thickness.

50-n Precision Inner-Conductor Rod
Electrical: IMPEDANCE: 50 ± 0.035 n (± 0.07%) when cen- Precision Outer-Conductor Tube 0900-9509
tered in 0900-9509 tube. 50-n Precision Inner-Conductor Rod 0900-9507

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

116 GR900® PRECISION COAXIAL COMPONENTS
Signal Sources
Synthesizers
High-Frequency Oscillators
and Power Supplies
Low-Frequency Oscillators

SIGNAl:. SOURCES 117

 ... ~
.. ..
(
.. . ..
ffllO UEHCY SURCH

1062 Fre uency Synthesizer

• 10 kHz to 500 MHz resonance or bandpass studies and also makes possible
• lowest residual phase noise sweep-frequency measurements because the ~earch­
sweep dial can be remotely controlled by a dc signal or
• < 50-p.s switching speed sawtooth waveform. Deviation rates up to 20 kHz can be
• non-harmonic spurious > 80-dB down used in fm applications . .. .
Built-in remote programmability In the 1062, rapid
• amplitude-, frequency- and phase-modulation remote programmability is standard - less than 50 j.Ls
capabilities per step, set by standard 8-4-2-1 BCD ~ignals. The
• parallel entry BCD frequency programming basic models have front-panel controls omitted for sys-
tem economy , a neat appearance, a.nd ~o reduce the
• resolution to 0.1 Hz possibility of accidental control mlsadJustments. A
• modular plug-in construction local-control panel is available as a ~tandard ~ptlon .
Highly flexible design A widechol~e of options com-
The high spectral purity and stability of th.e 1962 bines the benefits of custom design with the economy of
make it the ideal source to up-convert or multiply Into off-the-shelf units. Standard resolution is 10 kHz (5
microwave frequency bands . T.he low residual p~ase­ digits) but is expandable to 0.1 Hz (10 digits) in I -digit
noise - typically -65 dB - IS enhanced by uSing a
increments.
novel drift-cancelled loop operating at microwave fre- The synthesizer also offers you a ~hoice ?~ a
quencies, with no high synthesis factors requ ired. moderate-precision internal osc illator, a hlgh-p~ecl~lon
The 50-m icrosecond switching speed of the GR 1062 oscillator or no internal oscillator at all (for applications
permits real-time dynamic displays of more n:eas~red where an' external frequency standard is available to
data in shorter time spans. One hundred pOints In a drive the synthesizer) . In applications where two ~r more
digitally swept system can be scanned .in 45 mil - synthesizers are to be used, only one need be driven by
liseconds, with 400 microseconds of dwell-time allowed the external standard (or internal oscillator) because the
for each measurement .
output from one synthesizer ~an b~ u~ed to drive t~e
Exceptional spectral purity The 1062 provides a sig- next. This is both an economy In equipping a large facil-
nal output with exceptional spectral purity for any syn-
ity and a means of assuring frequency coherence.
thesizer application - non-harmonics are ~own more
than 80 dB (typically 86 dB) below the ~ I gnal , har-
monics are down more than 25 dB and residual phase SPECIFICATIONS
noise is down close to 100 dB at 10Hz offset from the Fixed Frequency: 10kHz to 499 .99 M Hz in 1 O-kHz steps with
carrier. A leveled output ranging from - 7 dBm to + 13 100-Hz search-sweep settability. Finer steps optional , the
dBm is set by an externally applied dc signal or, with the finest being O. l-Hz steps with O.OOl-Hz search-sweep setta-
local-control option, by a p'anel control . bility . LOCAL CONTROL (Option 1): Set by in-line-readout
Search-sweep standard One of the more useful .t~a­ panel switches or external remote-control signals ; control trans-
tures of the 1062 is its built-in search-sweep capability. ferred by single panel control, REMOTE CONTROL: Set by
Any decade with I-MHz steps or less can be electrically 8-4-2-1 externa I signa Is; logic " I " is 0 to 0 .5 Vat 3 mA, logiC
" 0 " is + 5 Vat 0 mA o PROGRAM M I NG TI ME : Less than 50 P.s
converted into a continuously adjustable decade , to ex-
to be within 500 Hz (worst case) of any new frequency selected .
tend the resolution two decades beyond its step-digit (Data for frequen cy offset vs time are shown in the accompany-
resolution (a synthesizer with a nominal resolution of ing table.)
100 Hz actually has I-Hz resolution via the search-
sweep dial) . Time
After I Largest Digit Switched
The decade to be searched is selected by an external Switching 100 MHz 10 MHz 1 MHz 100 kHz or less
control input or, in models with the local-control option,
50 !'-s 500 Hz 50 Hz 10 Hz 1 MHz ERROR
by panel pushbuttons. This capability provides the syn-
thesizer with the convenience of a signal generator for
100 !'-s
1 ms
150 Hz
3 Hz
5 Hz
< 0.1 Hz
1.5 Hz
< 0 . 1 Hz
I x DIGIT SWITCHED
(IN MHz)

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

118 SYNTHESIZERS
 Search-Sweep and Frequency Modulation: SWEEP WIDTH: Phase Modulation: Output can be phase modulated ±3 rad at
Up to II M Hz. Any decade, with steps of 1 M Hz or less, can be rates from dc to 300 kHz (± 1 rad at 1-M Hz rate), by external
converted to continuous control with a range of -1 to + 10 X signal of 1 V/rad atdc , flat within 2 dBt0300kHz, into 7. 5k.o.,
one step of the decade being replaced , with a settability of applied to rear BNC connector. Distortion at ±3 rad is - 25 dB
11100 of one step . LOCAL CONTROL (optional) : Digit to be to 300 kHz and at ± 1 rad is - 35 dB to 100 kHz, -30 dB to
repla ced is chosen by panel push buttons or external signal; 300 kHz, and - 25 dB to 1 MHz.
frequency is set by - 1 to + 10 multiplier plus continuous Accuracy of Fixed Frequency: Equal to that of drive source.
vernier or by external signal. REMOTE CONTROL: Digit to be Drive source can be internal oscillator or external drive.
replaced is chosen by logic signal; frequency is set by +0.5V/
step ( - 0.5 to + 5.0 V) dc signal with nonlinearity of ±0.3 step Internal Oscillator: (optional) : MODERATE STABILITY:
max. SWEEP (FM) RATE : DC to 20 kHz , - 3 dB . DEVIATION: 5-MHZ crystal oscillator. Adjustment range > 5 x 10- 5 by man-
Pk-pk inside 0- to 9-digit range . DISTORTION : 3% at 5 kHz, ual trimmer or > 5 x 10- 6 by +6- to +9-V external dc signal.
6% max. STABILITY: ± 2x10-4 step/s, ±lxlO- 3 step/min , Stability is 2 x 1O- 7/"C from +20to +50°C; 2 x 10- 6/mo . HIGH
± Ix 10- 2 step/ h after 2-h warmup. STABILITY: 10-MHz crystal oscillator in proportional-control
oven . Adjustment range, >4 x 10- 6 by manual trimmer or
Amplitude Modulation (at < 5% distortion): > 5 x 10- 7 by +6- to +9-V external dc signal . Stability ,
Carrier Frequency < 2x l o-Iorc 8
from 0 to + 50°C. Drift, ± 1 x 10- / wk , =
1 x 10- 9 /day after 1 month of conti nuous operation,
Carrier 10kHz to 100kHz to 400kHz to < 2 x 10- IO with ±10% line-voltage variation, restabilizes
Level 100kHz 400kHz 500MHz within 2 h after power interruption . Connector provided on rear
for battery to maintain oscillator during power interruption.
+7dBm 90%, up to 90%, up to 90% , up to
100-Hz rate I -kHz rate 4-kHz rate External Drive (required on models without internal oscillator):
+10 dBm 50%, up to 50%, up to 35%, up to 5 or 10 MHz, 130 mV to 2 . 5 V rms into 50 .0. applied to rear
200-Hz rate 2 .5-kHz rate lO-kHz rate BNC connector.
Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to +50°C operating.
Signal Output Level: 100 mV to 1 V rms ( - 7 to + 13 dBm into
50 D) from 50-.0. source, available at rear GR874® connector Supplied: Power cord , coaxial patch cord with GR874 connec-
(optionally on front panel). LOCAL CONTROL (optional) : Set by tors, 50-pin plug to mate with rear connector .
panel control with ± l. 5-dB acc uracy or by external remote- Available: GR874® adaptors .
control signal. REMOTE CONTROL: Set by external dc signal of Power: 90 to llO, 104 to 125, 180 to 220, 194 to 236, or
4 x desired rms output voltage , into 100 k.o. applied to rear 207 to 250 V; 48 to 66 Hz (45 to 48 Hz with high-line limit
BNC connector. Programming time < 100 j.ts, to within ± 1 dB decreased 5%. 360 to 440 Hz with low-line limit increased
of desired level. FLATNESS : ±0.6 dB referred to full output at 5%); 85 W max. Connection provided for 15- to 18-V, 200-mA,
100 MHz. HARMONICS : <- 25 dB at 10-dBm output into dc source to maintain high-stability oscillator during power
50 -.0. load (typically < - 30 dB) . DISCRETE NON- interruption.
HARMONICS: <- 80 dB (typically - 86 dB) . RESIDUAL Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DI MENSIONS (wxhxd) :
PHASE-NOISE MODULATION , rms (also see curve) : < -60 dB Bench , 19 .75 x 6 .9 x 24.88 in . (502 x 176 x 632 mm); rack ,
re 1 radian in 0 .5 Hz-to-15 kHz bandwidth . AMPLITUDE- 19 x 5.22 x 22 .38 in. (483 x 133 x 569 mm). WEIGHT :
NOISE MODULATION , rms: <- 75 dB (typically - 80 dB) re Bench, 62 Ib (28 kg) net, 74 Ib (33 kg) sh ipping; rack , 58 Ib
100% carrier in 0.5 Hz-to-15 kHz bandwidth . (26 kg) net, 69 Ib (31 kg) shipping.
Auxiliary Outputs: 10 MHz at +6 to +8 dBm into 50.0. (will Catalog
drive another synthesizer) and 1 M Hz at 0 .8 V pk-pk into 10 k.o., Description Number
from rear BNC connectors , 42 MHz at - 4 to - 1 dBm, 1770 to
2 170 M Hz at -1 to + 3 dBm , 2270 to 2180 MHz at -3 to +2 1062 Frequency Synthesizer, 10 kHz to 500 MHz with
dBm , 500 to 510 MHz at - 15 dBm, all into 50.0. from rear lO-kHz resolution and 100-Hz search settability, remote
SMA connectors. control , and external drive only
Bench Model (Describe
Rack Model exactly
Select following options, if desired as shown
OPI Local Control Panel at the
PHASE-MODULATION NOISE-SIDE·BAND LEVEL left.>
-TQTAlAT
500 MHI
TYPICAL IN l -Hz BANDWI DT H vs OP2A Moderate-Stability Internal Osc illator'
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM CARRIER OP2B High-Stability Internal Oscillator
RESIDUAL
AlSOO MHI
AND
~ *rOT Al lN ClUOES EFFECTS OF OP28
OP4A I-kHz digit resolution (lO-Hz search)
~
AT 10 MHl
OP4B 100-Hz digit resolution (l -Hz search)
~~ OP4C 10-Hz digit resolution (D . I -Hz search)
OP4D I-Hz digit resolution (O .Ol -Hz search)
............::: ~ OP4E O.l -Hz digit resolution (O.OOl -Hz search)
,,,,
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM CARRIER " 10MHL
' Not recommended when ordering more than I-kHz resolution. Avail-
able on a special basis only where OP4B , OP4C, OP4 D or OP4E is
ordered .

1061 Frequency SyntheSizer

• DC to 160 MHz High Performance to 160 MHz The 1061 synthe-
• spurious > aO-dB down sizer is nearly identical to the 1062 except for frequency
range and output level - the 1061 provides frequencies
• phase noise > 70-dB down to 160 MHzand output levels from Oto +20 dBm into 50
• < 50-j.ts switching speed n. Among the minor differences are slightly differe1lt
a.mplitude-modulation characteristics, slightly lower re-
• + 20-dBm leveled output Sidual phase-modulation noise, and an additional aux-
• search sweep iliary output of dc to 10 MHz.
For applications below 160 MHz, the 1061 is an out-
• programmable frequency and amplitude standing choice. It features the same low spurious con-
• frequency- and amplitude-modulation capabilities tent and low phase-noise levels as the 1062, the same
fast switching speeds, built-in search-sweep and exter-
• your choice of resolution - 10 kHz to hmm Hz nal programming, flexible design, and a wide range of
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

SYNTHESIZERS 119
resolutions from 10 kHz to 0.1 Hz - but at a substan-
, RESIDUAL PHASE-MODULATION NOISE-SIDE-BAND LEVEL
TYPICAL IN 14Hz BANOWIOTl-l, VI
tia Ily lower cost.
-......... FREOUENCY OFFSET FROM CARRIER

SPECIFICATIONS
,.
" -......... ..........
Fixed Frequency: 400 kHz to 159.99 MHz (and dc to 10 MHz) 130

in 10-kHz steps with 100-Hz search-sweep settability . Finer -,.0

steps optional, the finest being O.l-Hz steps with O.OOl-Hz 'H. 10Hz. 100Hz IkHl 10kHz:
FREQUENCY OFFSET FROM CARRIER
100kHz IMHz

search-sweep settability. LOCAL CONTROL (Option 1): Set by

in-line-readout panel switches or external remote-control sig-
nals; control transferred by single panel control. REMOTE
CONTROL: Set by 8-4-2-1 external signals; logic "1" is 0 to applied to rear BNC connector. Distortion at ±3 rad is -25 dB
0.5 Vat 3 mA, logic "0" is +5 Vat 0 mAo PROGRAMMING to 300 kHz and at ± 1 rad is -35 dB to 100 kHz, -30 dB to
TIME: Less than 50 f.Ls to be within 50 Hz (worst case) of any 300 kHz, and -25 dB to 1 MHz.
new frequency selected. (Data for frequency offset vs time are Accuracy of Fixed Frequency: Equal to that of drive source.
shown in the accompanying table.) Drive source can be internal oscillator or external drive .
Time Largest Digit Switched Internal Oscillator (optional): MODERATE STABILITY: 5-MHz
After crystal oscillator. Adjustment range > 5 x 10- 5 by manual
Switching 10 MHz 1MHz 100 kHz or less
trimmer or > 5 x l 0- 6 by + 6- to +9-V external dc signal. Stabil-
50 f.Ls 50 Hz 10 Hz 1 MHz ERROR X DIGIT ity is 2 x 10- 7;oC from +20 to +50°C; 2 x 10- 6/ mo . HIGH
100 f.Ls 5 Hz l.5 Hz SWITCHED (IN MHz) STABILITY: lO-MHz crystal oscillator in proportional-control
1 ms < 0.1 Hz < 0.1 Hz oven. Adjustment range , > 4 x 10- 6 by manual trimmer or > 5 x
10- 7 by +6- to +9-V external dc signal. Stability, < 2 x 10- 10
Search-Sweep and Frequency Modulation: SWEEP WIDTH: rc from 0 to - 50°C. Drift, ± 1 x l 0-8/ wk, = 1 x 10- 9 /day after
Up to 11 M Hz. Any decade , with steps of 1 M Hz or less , can be 1 month of continuous operation, < 2 x 10- 10 with ± 10%
converted to conti nuous control with a range of - 1 to + lO x line-voltage variation , restabilizes within 2 h after power inter-
one step of the decade being replaced, with a settability of ruption . Connector provided on rear for battery to maintain
1/100 of one step. LOCAL CONTROL (optional): Digit to be oscillator during power interruption .
replaced is chosen by panel pushbuttons or external signal; External Drive (required on models without internal oscillator):
frequency is set by -1 to + 10 multiplier plus continuous 5 or 10 MHz, 130 mV to 2.5 V rms into 50 n applied to rear
vernier or by external signal. REMOTE CONTROL: Digit to be BNC connector.
replaced is chosen by logic signal; frequency is set by +0.5V/ Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to +50°C operating.
step (-0 .5 to + 5.0 V) dc signal with nonlinearity of ±0.3 step Supplied: Power cord , coaxial patch cord with GR874 connec-
max. SWEEP (FM) RATE: DC to 20 kHz, -3 dB. DEVIATION: tors, 50-pin plug to mate with rear connector.
Pk-pk inside 0- to 9-range. DISTORTION: 3% at 5 kHz, 6%
max. STABILITY: ±2x10- 4 step/s, ±lx10- 3 step/min , Available: GR874 adaptors.
± 1 x 10- 2 step/h after 2-h warmup . Power: 90 to 110, 104 to 125, 180 to 220, 194 to 236, or
Amplitude Modulation: DC to 1 kHz at 90% modulation, dc to 207 to 250 V; 48 to 66 Hz (45 to 48 Hz with high-line limit
5 kHz at 30% modulation, dc to 10 kHz at 15% modulation. decreased 5%, 360 to 440 Hz with low-line limit increased
Control via remote control of Signal Output (see below), 5%) ; 70 W max. Connection provided for 15- to 18-V, 200-mA,
achieved by externally summing an a-m rate source with a dc dc source to maintain high-stability oscillator during power
voltage of 2X desired rms output voltage. interruption.
Signal Output: 224 mV to 2 .24 V rms (0 to +20 dBm into 50 Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
!l) from 50-0 source , available at rear GR874® connector Bench, 19.75 x 6.9x24.88 in. (502 x 176x632 mm); rack,
(optionally on front panel). LOCAL CONTROL (optional): Set by 19 x 5.22x22.38 in. (483x133 x 569 mm) . WEIGHT:
panel control with ± l. 5-d B accuracy or by external remote- Bench, 58 Ib (27 kg) net, 69 Ib (32 kg) shipping; rack, 50 Ib
control signal. REMOTE CONTROL: Set by external dc signal of (23 kg) net, 61 Ib (28 kg) shipping.
2 X deSired rms output voltage, into 100 kO applied to rear BNC
connector. Programming time < 100 f.Ls, to be within ± 1 dB of
desired level. LEVEll NG (frequency response): + l. 5 - 0.5 dB Catalog
Description Number
to 1 MHz and ±0.3 dB above 1 MHz at full output. HAR-
MONICS: < -27 dB, output into 50-0 load (typically 35 dB 1061 Frequency Synthesizer, dc to 160 MHz with
down). DISCRETE NON-HARMONICS : < 80dB(-86dBtypi- 10-kHz resolution and 100-Hz search settability,
cally). RESIDUAL PHASE-NOISE MODULATION, rms (also see remote control , and external drive only
curve) : < -70 dB re 1 radian in 0.5 Hz-to-15kHz bandwidth . Bench Model (Describe
AMPLITUDE-NOISE MODULATION rms: < -80 dB re 100% Rack Model exactly
Select following options, if desired as shown
carrier in 0.5 Hz-to-15 kHz bandwidth. at the
OPl Local Control Panel
Auxiliary Outputs: Low-level output of dc to 10M Hz at 125 mV OP2A Moderate-Stability Internal Oscillator' left.)
± 10% rms, with ±0.25-dB flatness, < -38 dB distortion OP2B High-Stability Internal Oscillator
available at rear BNC connector. 10M Hz at 500 mV ±20% int~ OP4A I-kHz digit resolution (lO-Hz search)
500, which can be used to drive another synthesizer, 1 M Hz at OP4B 100-Hz digit resolution (l-Hz search)
0.8 V pk-pk into 10 kn, 42 MHz at 165 mV ±20% into 50 n, OP4C 10-Hz digit resolution (Q.l-Hz search)
all available at rear BNC connectors. OP4D I-Hz digit resolution (O.Ol-Hz search)
OP4E O.l-Hz digit resolution (Q.OOl-Hz search)
Phase Modulation: Output can be phase modulated ±3 rad at
rates from dc to 300 kHz (± 1 rad at 1-MHz rate), by external 'Not re commended when ordering more than I -kHz resolution. Available on a
Signal of 1 V/rad at dc, flat within 2 dB to 300 kHz , into 7.5 kO , special basis only where OP4B, OP4C, OP4D or OP4E is ordered.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

120 SYNTHESIZERS
 High-Frequency Oscillators
500 kHz-to-50 MHz Oscillator

Frequency: 500 kHz to 50 MHz with ±2% calibration accu-

racy and 0.4% typical warmup frequency drift. Variable L
and C in main tuned circuit. ,
Output: 200 mW into 50 n, see curves (1263 or 1267 power
supply). ,
Power: 1267 or 1263 power supply recommended.
Mechanical: Unit cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxdepth behind l/"'\
panel): 8x7.63x9.75 in. (203x193x248 mm). WEIGHT: 12 o. ~rt
TYPICAL c-
o. o
Ib (6 kg) net, 19 Ib (9 kg) shipping. o.7
Catalog
o.0
o. ,
Description Number o. 4 \
500 kHz-to-50 MHz Oscillator
L
1211-C, without power supply, Bench Model 1211-9703 o. , GUARANTEED

Recommended Power Supplies

1267-B Power Supply for best cw
stability and very low residual fm: O. I
O!i I 2 S 10 20 !!IO
115/215/230-V model 1267-9702 MEGACYCLES PER SECOND

1263-C Power Supply for monitored and leveled

output and square-wave modulation:
115-V model 1263-9703
230-V model 1263-9713

56-to-500 MHz Oscillator

1000

Frequency: 56 to 500 MHz with ±2% calibration accuracy and 100 II

0.8% typical warmup frequency drift. Variable Land C in 100 ,W.ICAL i'-
main tuned circuit. '00 t.~t'"
Output: To 250 mW into 50 n, see curve. - - ""!l 400
1U,",IOl
-'
Power: 1267,1264 or 1263 power supply recommended. .0 0 V '\.
Mechanical: Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxdepth behind
panel): 8x7.63x8.25 in. (203x193x210 mm). WEIGHT: 7.5 Ib '0 0 /
- I-\. 1\
(3.5 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg) shipping. ##
IS 0
V \.
GUARANTEEO- A
Catalog 10 0
1\
Description Number
10
56-to-500 MHz Oscillator 70
10
1363, without power supply, Bench Model 1363-9701
.0
Recommended Power Supplies 10 1010 100 150 zoo no 300 400 500

1267-B Power Supply for best cw 1~16

stability ,lnd very low residual fm:

115/215/230-V model 1267-9702
1264-B Power Supply for square-
wave and pulse modulation:
115 V model 1264-9702
230-V model 1264-9703
1263-C Power Supply for monitored and leveled
output and squarewave modulation:
115-V model 1263-9703
230- \I model 1263-9713

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

HIGH-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS 121
 220-to-920 MHz Oscillator
Frequency: 220 to 920 MHz with ±1 % calibration accuracy 1000
and 0.2% typica'i warmup frequency drift. Butterfly tuned 800
circuit.
600
Output: To 200 mW into 50 n, see curve (1264 or 1267 power 50 0
supply). Calibrated attenuator. 400
Power: 1267, 1264, or 1263 power supply recommended.
V-
~~
500
Mechanical: Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxdepth behind
panel): 8x7.63x8.25 in. (203x193x21O mm). WEIGHT: 81b
'0 0
(3.4 kg) net, llib (5 kg) shipping. GUARANTEED
i'-.
Catalog
Description Number
'0 0
220-to-920 MHz Oscillator
1362, without power supply. Bench Model 1362-9701
Recommended Power Supplies
50
1267-B Power Supply for best cw 220 300 400 500 700 920
FREQUENCY IN MHz
stability and very low residual fm: 13/12·18

115/215/230-V model 1267-9702

1264-B Power Supply for square-
wave and pulse 'T1odulation:
115 V model 1264-9702
230-V model 1264-9703
1263-C Power Supply for monitored and leveled
output and squarewave modulation:
115-V model 1263-9703
230-V model 1263-9713

900 MHz-to-2 GHz Oscillator

1000
With its electronic frequency control, the 1218-BV can be
800
phase locked to an external reference signal to provide high
power, low noise, and the stability of the reference signal 600
against warmup drift and microphonics. In heterodyne sys- 500

tems, where a difference signal must be stable to remain 400

within the bandwidth of a tuned detector, the 1218-BV can ~~
300
be used as the local oscillator. With a phase detector operat-
ing at the difference frequency, the 1218-BV can track small
changes in the frequency of the test oscillator and hold the ,00
GU~RANTEEL\
~
difference frequency steady.
Frequency: 900 to 2000 MHz with ±1 % calibration accuracy
and 0.1% typical warmup frequency drift. Main tuning by
'0 0
"-
tracked adjustable lines. (; ';; ..'
Fine Tuning: MANUAL: > ±2 MHz, by turning of L:'.f knob.
Power-level pulling by L:'.f control is ±0.5 dB for ±2 MHz
!! -
..---- • 50
0.9 I

change. REMOTE: > 4 MHz for 50 V change in dc signal FREQUENCY IN GHz

applied to front or rear jacks; ±25 V typical useful range; L:'.f Catalog
control sets center value from +10 to -20 V. Positive-going Description Number
voltage decreases frequency. Applied voltage ±50 V max. 900-MHz-to-2 GHz Oscillator
Input equivalent to 10 kn, 150 pF, and -1.3 mA current 1218-BV, without power supply, Bench Model 1218-9724
source in parallel across terminals, one of which is grounded. Recommended Power Supplies
Ext source should have < 1000 n internal impedance; can be 1267-B Power Supply for best cw
ac coupled. Step-response time < IlL s typical. stability and very low residual fm:
Output Level: > 160 mW into 50 n to 1.5 GHz, drops linearly 115/215/230-V model 1267-9702
to > 110 mW at 2 GHz, see curve. CONTROL: > 20-dB at- 1264-B Power Supply for square-
tenuation by uncalibrated control. EXTERNAL MODULATION: wave and pulse modulation:
Panel jack provided for external audio-frequency modulation; 115-V model 1264-9702
= 30 V rms into 6 kn produces 30% a-m. 230-V model 1264-9703
Power: 1267, 1264, or 1263 power supply recommended. 1263-C Power Supply for monitored and leveled
Mechanical: Unit cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxdepth behind output and square-wave modulation:
panel): 12x7.63x7.5 in. (305x193x191 mm). WEIGHT: 14 Ib 115-V model 1263-9703
(7 kg) net, 26 Ib (12 kg) shipping. 230-V model 1263-9713

Oscillator Power Supplies

1267-8 for regulated voltages For such applications is controllable to modulate or to regulate the oscillator
as parametric-amplifier pumps, the oscillator must be output. The 1264-8 provides 100% amplitude modula-
stable against all power-line variations and free of modu- tion at a high level by square waves or pulses as well as
lation from power-supply ripple. In these applications, cw operation. 80th plate and heater supplies are elec-
the 1267-8, 1264-8, and 1263-C power supplies are rec- tronically regulated and the internal -I-kHz modulation
ommended because of their regulated outputs. frequency is highly stable.
1264-8 for amplitude modulation Other applicptions A switch permits cw, standby, internal square-wave
require power supplies in which the plate-supply voltage modulated, or externally modulated operation. Indepen-
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
122 HIGH-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS
dent panel controls vary the regulated supply voltage for level. Rf blanking can be accomplished by external short-
cw operation and the modulation amplitude for square- ing of the reference potential.
wave and pulse operation.
1263-C for leveled output and amplitude modulation SPECIFICATIONS
The 1263-C is particularly useful in a feedback loop to Supplied: Power cord, output-socket mating plug (entire cable
maintain constant oscillator output as the oscillator fre- for 1263) plus (for 1263) a GR874-to-GR874 coaxial patch
quency is varied. Constant output not only speeds and cord, 874-VRL Voltmeter Rectifier, 874-EL-L 90° Ell.
simplifies measurements where the oscillator is tuned Catalog
manually but is essential when sweep measurements are Description Number
being made. Both plate and heater supplies are regulated
1267·8 Regulated Power Supply, bench models:
and an internal I-kHz is included for square-wave modu- 115/215/230·V model 1267-9702
lation. 1264·8 Modulating Power Supply, bench models:
The dc potential developed by the oscillator output 115-V model 1264·9702
230-V model 1264·9703
rectifier is compared with an adjustable dc reference in 1263-C Amplitude-Regulating Power Supply, bench models:
the feedback system. A rapid correction is applied to 115-V model 1263·9703
the plate current to hold the oscillator output to a preset 230-V model 1263-9713

, •

1264·8 1263·C Amplitude·Regulating

Modulating Power Supply Power Supply
High Output:
300 v, 70 mA max; volt- 200 to 30G V adjustable, 50 mA max; o to 300 V adjustable, 30 mA max.
age regulation: ±0.25% < 0.5-V change for 10-V line change. < I-mV ripple at full load.
for line and load < 1-mV ripple (B- grounded), < 5-mV
changes. < 1-mV ripple ripple (B+ grounded).
at full load.
Low Output:
6.5 V dc, 1 A max; 6.2 to 6.8 V dc adjustable, 1 A max; 6.5 V dc, 1 A max; regulated. < 1-mV
±0.25% regulation for < 5-mV change with 10-V line change. ripple.
line changes. < 5-mV ripple at full load.
Modulat.. d Output:
None. Standby switch 850 to 1150 Hz' internal square wave, 950 to 1050 Hz" internal squarewave,
controls 300-V output in· adjustable to within 0.3 Hz of desired adjustable; < 5-Hz change with line
dependently. value (20 Hz to 50 kHz by external 20- changes; 0.5 to 0.53 adjustable duty
to 50·V rms sine-wave input, to 100 ratio; 50 "'s rise and decay, no over·
kHz by external 20-V positive pulse). shoot, < 0.5% rampoff.
< 0.1% (O.04% typical) frequency
change for lO-V line change; 0.5 ±5%
adjustable duty ratio. 160 to. 210 V
adjustable output. < 1.5 ",s rise and
decay times for 15-k!l,f300-pf load; no
rampoff.t
Regulation of Oscillator Output Level:
None None Under ±5% rf-output changet (includ·
ing effects of harmonics) below 500
MHz, with 1211, 1215, 1362 oscillators.

Output Voltmeter:
None None Reads average of rms carrier level
with I-kHz squarewave modulation;
accuracy ±10% after standardizing
with internal circuit and rectifier cor-
rection for extremely high frequencies.

Power: 105 to 125, 195 to 235, or

210 to 250V, 50 to 60 Hz 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz.
(400 Hz with 5% increase
in voltage requirements).
75W 85W
I 55W

Mechanical:
Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 4 .25x7.63x9.25 Bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 8x7.63x9.25 in. (203x193x235 mm).
in. (l08x193x235 mm). WEIGHT: 1267, 8 Ib (3.7 kg) WEIGHT: 1264, 12 Ib (5.5 kg) net, 15 Ib (7 kg) shipping; 1263, 15 Ib (7 kg) net,
net, 10 Ib (4.6 k~) snipping. 18 Ib (9 kg) shipping .

• Internal squarewave generator can be synchronized to external sinewave or squarewave signal; sync range is > ±1 % for 5·V-rms, I-kHz sinewave.
I n internal csquarewave mode, a sync output of > 2 V pk-pk behind 18 k!l is provided .
•• A gate output is coincident with "off" interval of modulation, > 1 V into 30 k!l ,f 300 pF; < 50-",s rise and decay times; < 0.01 V during "on"
interval.
t Correction time for 2:1 step change in selected oscillator output is < 0.5 ms, cw; < 50 ms I-kHz squarewave modulated. Recovery time after
blanking, < 2 ms, cw; < 200 ms, I-kHz squarewave modulated. HUm and noise < ±0.3%, cw, < ::!:3%, I-kHz squarewave modulated.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. /

HIGH-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS 123
 2H:? MHl
.8.'" '" (l
~, -

{ I

III iuf R4.fII.

2~H

1310-8 Oscillator
• 2Hz to 2 MHz SPECIFICATIONS
• 20-V, constant output, ±2% Frequency Range: 2 Hz to 2 MHz in 6 decade ranges. Overlap
between ranges, 5%.
• 0.25% distortion Accuracy: ±3% of setting.
Stability (typical at 1 kHz): Warmup drift, 0.1 %. After warm-
The superior characteristics of this oscillator make it up: 0.003% short term (10 min), 0.03% long term (12 h).
an exceptionally useful laboratory signal source. Controls: Continuously adjustable main dial covers decade
Constant output over a very wide frequency range facil- range in 305 0 , vernier in 4 turns.
itates freq uency-response measurements. Synchronization: Frequency can be locked to external signal.
High-resolution dial and exceptional amplitude and fre- Lock range ± 3% per volt rms input up to 10 V. Frequency dial
quency stability are important for measurements of filters functions as phase adjustment.
and narrow-band devices. Output Voltage: 20 V open circuit, nominal.
Equally useful in 600-ohm and 50-ohm circuits, since Power: ::;'160 mW into 600 fl.
distortion is independent of load , even a short circuit. Output Impedance: 600 fl. One terminal grounded.
When phase-locked to a frequency standard, the oscil- Attenuation: Continuously adjustable attenuator with >46-dB
lator can deliver a high-level standard-frequency output range.
with adjustable amplitude and low distortion. Distortion: <0.25%, 50 Hz to 50 kHz with any linear load.
Description A capacitance-tuned, RC Wien-bridge os- Oscillator will drive a short circuit without clipping.
cillator drives a low-distortion output amplifier, which iso- Hum: < 0.02%, independent of attenuator setting.
lates the oscillator from the load and delivers a constant Amplitude vs Frequency: ±2%, 20 Hz to 200 kHz, into open
voltage behind 600 ohms. All solid-state circuits ensure circuit or 600-flload.
long, trouble-free life. Synchronization: Constant-amplitude (0.8-V), high-impedance
A jack is provided for introduction of a synchronizing (27-kfl) output to drive counter or oscilloscope.
signal for phase locking or to furnish a signal, independ- Terminals: Output, GR 938 Binding Posts; sync, side-panel
ent of the output attenuator setting, to operate a counter, telephone jack.
or to synchronize an oscilloscope or another oscillator. Available: ADAPTOR CABLE 1560-P95 (telephone plug to
double plug); 0480-9838 SET to rackmount 1310 alone; 0480-
9880 SET to rackmount 1310 side-by-side with same-size
instrument such as the 1309 Oscillator, 1369 Tone-Burst Gen-
erator, or 1232 Amplifier-Detector.
Power: 105 to 125, 195 to 235, or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz,
12 W.
Mechanical: Convertible-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx
1/ hxd) : 8x6x8.13 in. (204x153x207 mm). WEIGHT: 7.75 Ib
OISTORTlON WI FREOUENCY
7' (3.6 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg) shipping.
I I /"
"-
SPECIFICATION

Catalog
~
""PICAL
I
Description Number
1310·8 Oscillator
50 50 115-V Model 1310-9702
100 I kHz 10 100 IMHz 2 220-V Model 1310·9703 ~
I
FREOl.£NCY
230·V Model 1310·9704
1560·P95 Adaptor Cable 1560-9695
480-P308 Rack·Adaptor Set 0480·9838
480 Rack·Adaptor Set 0480-9880
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
124 LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS
 OH_C....' - ' )
MA"(IMuM OVTJI\JT $lUI (KI,I I - I t 1100 i
II )0
)10
1118_
1M DUrPIIrlM\

JMOllI'Itf

1311-A Audio Oscillator

• 50 Hz to 10 kHz, discrete frequencies Stability (typical at 1 kHz): Warmup drift, 0.3%. After warm-
up: 0.008% short term (10 min), 0.02% long term (12 h).
• 1 W, 100-V or 4-A output Synchronization: INPUT: Frequency can be locked to external
• transformer output signal. Lock range, ±3% per volt rms up to 10 V. The M
control functions as a phase adjustment. OUTPUT: Constant
amplitude (1 V) to drive counter or oscilloscope. Source
impedance 4.7 kfl.
The 1311 oscillator offers high-power output and load- Output Level: VOLTAGE: Continuously adjustable from 0 to 1,
matching through a multitap output transformer that en- 3, 10,30, or 100 V open circuit (Eo,), dependent on setting of
sures at least Y2 watt into any load from 0.08 to 8000 5-position output switch. CURRENT: Continuously adjustable
ohms. Thus, it is ideal for driving impedance bridges
where high sensitivity is required at extreme measure-
°
from to 40, 130, 400, 1300, or 4000 mA, into approx short
circuit (I,,). POWER: > 1.0 W into matched load , > 0.5 W into
ment limits and for driving directly such low-impedance any resistive load between 80 mfland 8 kfl.
devices as acoustic transducers. For bridge measure- Output Impedance: One to three times ~o" depending on out-
ments, the shielded output-transformer secondary mini- put amplitude. Output ungrounded. "
mizes circulating ground currents. The 1311 is supplied Distortion: <0.5% with any linear load. Oscillator will drive a
in an assembly with the 1232 Tuned Amplifier and Null short circuit without clipping.
Detector as the 1240 Bridge Oscillator-Detector. The Hum: < 0.01 %, independent of output setting.
1311 is also included in several GR impedance-measuring Terminals: Output, GR 938 Binding Posts and ground termi-
systems. nal with shorting link; sync, telephone jack on side panel.
Available: ADAPTOR CABLE 1560-P95 (telephone plug to
double plug), 0480-9838 SET to rackmount 1311-A a/one,
Typical output characteristics 0480-9880 SET to rackmount 1311-A side-by-side with same-
size instrument such as 1310 Oscillator, 1396 Tone-Burst
Generator, or 1232 Amplifier-Detector.
Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 22 W.
Mechanical: Convertible-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx
hxd): 8x6x7.75 in. (204x153x197 mm). WEIGHT: 6 Ib (2.8
kg) net, 91b (4.1 kg) shipping.

Catalog
SPECIFICATIONS Description Number
1311-A Audio Oscillator
Frequency Range: 50 Hz to 10 kHz. Eleven fixed frequencies, 115-V Model 1311-9701
50, 60, 100, 120, 200,400, and 500 Hz, 1, 2, 5, and 10 kHz. 230-V Model 1311-9702
One other frequency can be added at an unused switch posi- 1560-P95 Adaptor Cable 1560-9695
tion. A M control provides ±2% continuous adjustment. 480-P308 Rack-Adaptor Set 0480-9838
Accuracy: ±1 % of setting with ~~ontrol at zero. 480 Rack-Adaptor Set 0480-988()

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS 125
 13 cill or nd r mp ifi r
• 200-VA output, up to 400 V or 5 A as capacitor-input rectifier systems, withouf clipping. It
can also be used to drive small shake tables and to isolate
• 20 Hz to 20 kHz
sensitive equipment from power-line transients.
• output transformer The 1308 also finds many uses as an audio-frequency
power amplifier. When it is used with the 1396 Tone-
The 1308-A Audio Oscillator and Power Amplifier is an Burst Generator, high-power tone bursts are provided for
ac power source covering the audio range. It is an excel- testing sonar projectors, amplifiers, etc.
lent power source for the 1633-A Incremental-Inductance This instrument combines a capacitor-tuned, Wien-
Bridge. Its low dynamic output impedance enhances its bridge oscillator, a low-distortion power amplifier, and a
usefulness as a power source for general testing over a tapped output transformer. The output is monitored by
wide range of supply frequencies. This instrument will an overload circuit, which turns off the output when it
provide a low-distortion signal for nonlinear loads, such starts to exceed safe limits.

'0
'01,10 I
, I I I I
15'01,104
IHV,eo
, ./200 WATTS

""I I I
4OOV,eoo.n
1 I,.~ I~l
W7~TS
.L
30
, "- 64wA~1
WATTS

'''' I
Q

0.
~ TY:~~Lrl:.z~1ON I
20 Hz 100
-v
1kHz
FREQUENCY
I
10
'KII-"

SPECIFICATIONS Hum: < 0.3% of max output.

Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 20 kHz in 3 ranges. CONTROLS: Meters: Indicate output terminal voltage and current.
Continuously adjustable main dial covers decade range in Voltmeter: 5, 15,50, 150, and 500 V±3% full scale.
157.5°, vernier in 2 turns. Ammeter: 0.016, 0.05, 0.16, 0.5, 1.6, and 5 A ±3% f s.
Accuracy: ±3% of setting or ±1 Hz, whichever is greater. Overload Protection: Electronic overload trips at approx 1.5 x
Frequency Stability (typical at 1 kHz): Warmup drift at full max of current range (manual reset), thermal cut-out on tran-
load, 0.3%. After warmup: 0.003% short term (10 min), sistor heat sink (automatic reset).
0.03% long term (12 h), 0.04% from no load to full ioad. Amplifier Sensitivity: ';;2.0 V for full output.
Output Voltage Ranges: Max of 4, 12.5, 40, 125, and 400 V Input Impedance: 10 kfl.
open circuit, continuously adjustable from 0 to max. Terminals: Output, GR 938 Binding Posts and four-terminal
Output Power: 200 VA max, 50 Hz to 1 kHz. CURRENT socket on rear panel; input, GR 938 Binding Posts on rear
RANGES: Max of 0.016,0.05,0.16,0.5, 1.6, and 5.0 A. panel.
Regulation: <20%, no load to full load, 20 Hz to 1 kHz. Out- Supplied: Four-terminal plug, power cord.
put impedance is typically 0.3, 0.8, 1.6, 19, and 220 fl, de- Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 70 to 500 W,
pending on voltage range, 20 Hz to 1 kHz. Output transformer depending on load.
can pass dc current equal to max of ac current range. Output Mechanical: Rack-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
isolated from ground. Bench, 19x7x16.25 in. (483x178x413 mm); rack, 19x7x15 in.
load Impedances: Short circuit or non-linear loads can be (483x178x381 mm). WEIGHT: 91 Ib (42 kg) net, 145 Ib
driven. Load impedances of 0.8, 2.5, 8, 80, or 800 fl, depend- (66 kg) shipping.
ing on voltage range, are optimum for max available power. Catalog
LOAD POWER FACTOR: Continuous operation at max VA for Description Number
any power factor 0 to 1 with ambient up to 25 °C. Power factor 1308-A Audio Oscillator and Power Amplifier
of 0.7 to 1.0 for continuous operation to 40°C ambient. Inter- 115-V Bench Model 1308-9801
mittent operation to 50 °C. 115-V Rack Model 1308-9811
Distortion (linear load): <1 %, 100 Hz to 10 kHz; <2%, 50 Hz 230-V Bench Model 1308-9802
to 100 Hz at max power and 115-V supply. 230-V Rack Model 1308-9812

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

126 LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS
 1316 Oscillator
• 10 Hz to 100 kHz
• up to 125 V or 5-A output
Power Output: CONTROLLED by 5-position switch and uncali-
• output level adjustable and metered brated vernier. MONITORED by meter with ±3% accuracy.
AVAILABLE at rear BNC connector.
• in-phase and quadrature reference outputs output Range
• in-line readout dials 1.5 V I
5V 15 VI I 50V
I 150 v

• current-limited output - short circuits OK

Open circuit E, rms ~ 1.25 V 1 ~ 4 V I ~ 12.5 V I ~ 40 V I ~ 125 V
Distortion < 0.2% from 100 Hz to 10 kHz
Hum 0.003% of max output
Convenience and performance Set four controls and Response output constant within ±2% from 10 Hz to 100 kHz*
the 1316 provides any frequency from 10 Hz to 100 kHz Short Circuit I 5A I 1.6 A I 0.5A I 0.16 A I 0.05 A
with 1% accuracy and with little chance of an improper Distortion < 0.2% from 100 Hz to 10 kHz
setting-the dials provide in-line readout, including dec- Impedance 0.25 n T 2.5n T 25 n T 250 n 1 2.5 kn
imal point and frequency units. Set two more controls, Power 1.6 W max into matched load
and the 1316 provides up to 1.6 watts of output power
*±5% for outputs >30 V rms at frequencies >50 kHz .
(125 V open circuit or 5 A short circuit), low distortion,
and accurate metering. Reference Outputs: Quadrature output lags in-phase output by
These features alone would qualify the 1316 as an ex- 90°. Each available at rear BNC connectors.
cellent general-purpose oscillator but it offers more: Out- 2.0 r - - - - - . . . - - - - r - - - - - , - - - - - - - ,
put constant within ±2%, excellent stability (only 0.005%
drift over a 12-hour period), and a synchronizing feature
that allows the oscillator to be locked to an external stan-
dard for even greater accuracy and stability.
Excellent bridge oscillator The 1316 is a h igh-perform-
ance bridge oscillator specifically intended for use with 02~--~------+_--------~~~~
the 1238 Detector and the 1616 Precision Capacitance
10Hz 100Hz I kHz 10kHz 100kHz
Bridge. The oscillator supplies 2 references (in quadra- FREQUENCY - Hz

ture) for the 2-phase phase-sensitive detector, which en- I n-Phase Quadrature
ables you to make independent and ultra-precise bal- Output, open-circuit 1.25 ± 0.25 V rms
ances of the conductance (real part) and capacitance Distortion, 100 Hz to 10 kHz < 0.2% 1 < 0.4%
Response, 10 Hz to 10 kHz +2%
(imaginary part) of capacitive devices.
10 kHz to 100 kHz ±4%
The 1316 contains a Wien-bridge oscillator isolated
Minimum Load 47 kfl
from the load by a low-distortion transformer-coupled
power amplifier. The oscillator circuit includes a provi- Synchronization: INPUT: Frequency can be locked to external
sion to introduce a synchronizing signal for phase locking signal; lock range, ±1 %/ V rms input up to 10 V; frequency
or to extract a signal, independent of the output setting, controls function as phase adjustment. OUTPUT: ~0.3 V rms
to operate a counter or to synchronize an oscilloscope. behind 27 kD; useful to sync oscilloscope or to drive a counter
or another oscillator. Single rear BNC connector serves as
both input and output terminal.
SPECIFICATIONS Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 36 W.
Frequency: 10 Hz to 100 kHz in 4 decade ranges. Controlled Mechanical: Bench or rack mount. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
by one ll-position and one 10-position switch for the most- Bench, 19.75x5x13.06 in. (502x127x332 mm); rack, 19x
significant digits and a continuously adjustable dial with de- 3.47xll.44 in. (483x88x291 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 26 Ib
tented zero position for the third digit; in-line readout with (12 kg) net, 32 Ib (15 kg) shipping; rack, 21 Ib (10 kg) net,
decimal point and frequency units. 27 Ib (12 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Accuracy: ±1 % of setting with continuously adjustable dial at Description Number
zero detent position. DRIFT (typical at 1 kHz): Warmup 0.1 %,
short-term (10 min) 0.001 %, long-term (12 h) 0.005%. RE- 1316 Oscillator
Bench Model 1316-9700
SETTABILlTY: Within 0.005%. Rack Model 1316-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLATORS
 111111 1111111111111111111111";;--
- 111111111111111111111111\1-----
-- 1\IIII-i -

- .-
':"'~,%~-. ~=-~~~

- GR 1742
\,,
,,

GR 1740
 1740 Linear Ie Tester
Applications
• INCOMING INSPECTION
Automatic Testing with MANUAL Insertion
Automatic Testing with HANDLER indexing
• IC-MANUFACTURING
Wafer Probing
Production Testing
Engineering Evaluation When the tester is used as an incoming inspection
• "USER'S" PRODUCTION unit, the operator simply plugs in the program board
Selection for Specific Parameters card, inserts the device into a socket, and presses the
• ENGINEERING start button. If all tests pass, all lights go out and the
Evaluation of Manufacturers PASS indicator lights. If any test fails, the light corre-
Evaluation of Devices sponding to that test stays lit, and the FAIL light comes
Device Characterization on. When the tester is used in this manner, devices are
tested to the correct programmed conditions and test
• RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT limits.
Device Characterization (Transfer Function) For versatility in testing, a manual programmer may
Evaluation of New Designs be used that permits the operator to set a wide range of
Description parameter test limits. The manual programmer can be
The GR 1740 is an extremely accurate and efficient disconnected or turned off when not in use, thereby
linear IC test set that provides rapid evaluation of returning operation to the hard-wired test limits.
standard, special, and unique analog-type circuits. This Total device evaluation capability is provided with the
compact test set is particularly well suited for volume transfer-function analyzer, an accessory to the 1740
testing at incoming inspection or preassembly test which is used to generate device transfer characteristics
where operator skills are minimal. When utilized with for analysis and evaluation. It provides critical informa-
optional accessories, it becomes an extremely powerful tion concerning circuit performance over the entire de-
tool for detailed engineering analysis of individual linear vice operating range. Gain, common mode rejection,
ICs. and power-supply sensitivity circuits _can be generated
Proven large signal measurement techniques coupled and visually displayed on an oscilloscope or X-V Plotter.
with total test condition programmability provide the It is ideal for vendor acceptance, engineering evalua-
user with testing flexibility found elsewhere only in the tion, circuit design, or establishing initial acceptance
most expensive test systems. test specifications.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
IC TESTERS 129
 r::;---":::j
:;;- '..'
77;;
-.
'.
..-.
.
••
--
.
i = ' -?:::-O-::.

-.' .'..
.~ _

'. .
.;;

Transfer-function analyzer Manual programmer

The 1740 not only provides the ultimate in bench-top Interface with peripheral equipment such as probers,
linear IC testers; it has a history of maintenance-free automatic handlers, printers, etc is accomplished with
performance interfaced with automatic handlers, digital an optional PC board assembly. The circuits located on
printers, probers, temperature chambers, and other ~ux­ the PC board include data translation and gating circuits
iliary equipment. Because of the instrument's unique for the data code outputs and the logic required to inter-
patented test circuitry and flexible programming con- face the tester control logic with peripheral equipment.
cept, the 1740 provides the capability to test devi~es Interface cables are available to connect to the specific
that will be used in the future as well as those being pieces of peripheral equipment used. For more detailed
used today. In addition, it provides the degree of infor- information, refer to "I C Tester Ha nd ler Interfaces," at
mation required, from a quick go/no-go to detailed in- the end of this section.
formation on each parameter tested.
Automatic multipass The automatic mu Iti pass se- Features
quencer allows each section of a dual, triple or quad • Start pushbuttons: Testing is initiated by pressing
device to be tested in sequence. A manual selector either of the two start push buttons or a particular test
switch on the program board allows the operator to number pushbutton.
select either one particular section to test or full au-
tomatic sequencing through all sections. • Test result indicators: When testing ' has been in-
itiated by pressing either of the start push buttons, all
Operation . test result indicators will light. These test result in-
The GenRad 1740 Tester is designed to test and dicators will then go out as the corresponding test is
evaluate standard, as well as nonstandard, linear cir- completed and passed, or will remain lighted if the
cuits and is easily expanded into application areas test is failed. At the end of the test cycle, either the
where requirements exceed those of a typical bench-top PASS or FAI L lamp will light.
tester. NOTE: If the power consumption overrange indicator
The tester performs fourteen tests in a sequence of remains lighted, the test cycle has been terminated
thirteen two-phase test steps. The sequencing of these due to excessive DUT power consumption.
tests is accomplished by controlling relay and transistor • Forced-pass test display: In many instances not all
switches with signals generated by timing generators. tests are included in the pass or fail decision. To
Most parameters are measured in a two-phase test. Dur- initiate the display of the forced-pass tests, press test
ing the first half of the test phase, initial DUT pro- #1 button. The tester will cycle as during the normal
grammed conditions are established. Then, at the be- test mode, and all test result indicators will stay lit,
ginning of the second half of the test phase, one of the except for those corresponding to the tests that are
DUT cond itions is changed. Parameter measurement programmed for "forced pass."
techniques for linear circuits vary depending upon the
device and the specific parameter tested .
The heart of the system is the program board where
the DUT parameter test limits and test conditions are
established and the special circuitry is added where re-
quired to accommodate testing specific devices . The
program board also contains device compensation net-
works when required.
Most programmed limits and conditions are estab-
lished on the program board using 1% resistors. The
program boards have as standard documentation an
error analysis sheet. The test accuracies are specified
for each parameter as a percentage of the basic parame-
ter value.
Each program board contains the necessary circuitry
to set up the various special tests required for nonstan-
dard linear circuits . Almost any dc parametric test may
be performed on a DUT with a simple modification of
the program board. In addition, many ac tests can be
incorporated where required.
Program boards can be prepared by the user, simply
by following the instructions in the 1740 Instruction
Manual, or ordered completely programmed.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

130 IC TESTERS
 • Measured value display: To initiate the digital meter devices, each test is numbered. The test result indi-
readout display, press the test pushbutton corre- cators and pushbuttons are numbered corresponding
sponding to the test for which a readout is desired. to the number on the program board label. The pro-
The tester will cycle as during the normal test mode. gram board is usually supplied with a test socket.
The LIMIT FACTOR of OUT performance relative to • Test socket: Normally, a standard Barnes type
the programmed limit point for that test will be dis- R086-to-OUT adaptor socket is required, depending
played on the digital panel meter. on the IC package configuration. In special cases, the
• Program board: The program board sets all the test test socket is mounted directly on the program board.
conditions and the parameter limits for the device • Device part number: Printed on the program board
under test. label is the identifying part number of the program
• Program board specifications: A printed label indi- board for the device be i ng tested.
cates the programmed test conditions, parameter test Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog
limit points, and the device type being tested. For all to request complete information.

\.-.t TEST SPECIFICATIONS

DEVICE PARAMETER TEST SEQUENCE
See Description of Parameter Tests - = force passed, not used

TEST STEP NO. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

DEVICE TYPES TESTED PARAMETRIC TESTS PERFORMED

Vas Vas + Gain Gain Slew Slew

1. Operational Amplifiers PC.O PC Rs-->O R =Rs PSS PSS 18 los N&O CMR A B Rate( + )Rate( - )

2. Differential Amplifiers

3. Comparators

4. Voltage Followers

5. Video Amplifiers

6. Sense Amplifiers STROBE VO •IL + VO•IL - 18 los VO •IH + VO•IH - VO•CM + VO•CM -

7. Phase Locked Loops Vao ().Vit

"().V S
().vx- -
'().V s
VTRI DVao VOEV1 VOEV2

8. Function Generator fa
().X ' Va
().~().V
().V s c

9. Tone Decoder V01 PSS Ie V02 V03 V04 Vas Vas

+
10. Voltage Regulators S.C.O. S.C. ().Rel Line Line N&O - Load
Volt. Reg. Reg. Reg.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

IC TESTERS 131
TEST SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETER TESTS
AND TYPICAL RANGE OF PASS LIMITS
See Test Sequence Chart
STROBE OUTPUT VOLTAGE INHIBIT
The OUT output voltage when the strobe voltage is at a
p.c.a. POWER CONSUMPTION OVERRANGE, 10 mW to 10 W, programmed "inhibit" level and the input voltage is at a
50 mA max programmed "high threshold" level.
If the required power for the Oevice-Under-Test (OUT) is OUTPUT VOLTAGE-LOW THRESHOLD POSITIVE,
greater than 199% of programmed limit. all power is removed
± 20 mV to ± 5 V
from the OUT and all testing is stopped. The OUT output voltage when the input voltage is at a
P.C . POWER CONSUMPTION,S mW to 5 W, 50 mA max programmed positive "low threshold" level.
DC power required to operate the OUT with the output at Vao. OUTPUT VOLTAGE-LOW THRESHOLD NEGATIVE,
s.c.a. STANDBY CURRENT OVERRANGE, 100 p.A to 50 mA ± 20 mV to ± 5 V
If the required standby current for the OUT exceeds 199% of The OUT output voltage when the input voltage is at a
the programmed standby current, all power is removed from programmed negative "low threshold " level.
the OUT and all testing is stopped. OUTPUT VOLTAGE-HIGH THRESHOLD POSITIVE,
S.C. STANDBY CURRENT, 50 p.A to 25 mA ± 20 mV to ± 5 V
The supply current drawn by the OUT with no output load. The OUT output voltage when the input voltage is at a
Vos OFFSET VOLTAGE WITH SOURCE RESISTANCE programmed positive " high threshold" level.
Rs~a LESS THAN 50 OHMS, 400 p.V to 49.5 mV OUTPUT VOLTAGE-HIGH THRESHOLD NEGATIVE,
Voltage required between the input terminals to set ± 20 mV to ± 5 V
automatically the output of the OUT at Vao with less than 50 The OUT output voltage when the input voltage is at a
ohms source resistance. programmed negative "high threshold" level.
Vos OFFSET VOLTAGE WITH SOURCE RESISTANCE Vo,CM+ OUTPUT VOLTAGE-COMMON MODE POSITIVE,
Rs = R SPECIFIED, 400 p.V to 49.5 mV ± 20 mV to ± 5 V
Voltage required between the input terminals to. set The OUT output voltage when the input common mode
automatically the output of the OUT at Vao with a specified voltage is at a programmed positive level.
(programmed) source resistance. OUTPUT VOLTAGE-COMMON MODE NEGATIVE,
PSS(±) POWER SUPPLY SENSITIVITY, 20 p.V/V to 1 mV/V . ± 20 mV to ± 5 V
The change in input voltage required to keep automatically The OUT output voltage when the input common mode
the output of the OUT at Vao while the (+) supply [( -) supply] voltage is at a programmed negative level.
is programmed from one value to another, and the (-) supply QUIESCENT OUTPUT VOLTAGE, 100 mV to 10 V
[( +) supply] is held constant. Vao
The voltage at the demodulated output with OUT locked to a
N&O NOISE AND OSCILLATION, 20 mV to 1 V rms specified frequency.
The noise and oscillation detected at the output of the OUT. TRIANGLE WAVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE, 100 mV to 20 V
The closed loop gain for the OUT can be programmed from
The amplitude of the triangle wave output compared to a
unity to 1,000
specified output to establish a minimum and maximum
CMR COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO, 400 to 100,000 amplitude limit.
The ratio of the change in common mode input voltage to the
DVao DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE, QUIESCENT,
differential input voltage required to keep automatically the
± 20 mV to ± 5 V
output of the OUT at Vao. The (+) common mode voltage and
The voltage difference between the demodulated and
(-) common mode voltage are independently programmed.
reference outputs measured with no signal input.
19 BIAS CURRENT, 500 pA to 100 p.A; 500 nA to 100 p.A for
OUTPUT DEVIATION 1, 10 mV/% to 1 V/%
sense amps
The average current into the two input terminals of the OUT The change in differential output voltage measured for a
specified change in input frequency.
while the output is automatically set at Vao.
OUTPUT DEVIATION 2,10 mV/% to 1 V/%
los OFFSET CURRENT, 500 pA to 100 p.A; 250 nA to 100 p.A for
Same as output deviation 1 except the frequency change
sense amps
and/or limits may be specified differently.
The difference in the two currents into the input terminals of
the OUT while the output is automatically set at Vao. OUTPUT FREQUENCY, 50 KHz to 100 KHz
GAIN GAIN A, (B), 400 to 400,000 The frequency of the output signal when the control voltage is
The large signal voltage gain of the OUT with the at its programmed nominal value.
programmed gain A(B) load resistance. During this OUTPUT, VOLTAGE, AC, 1 V P-P to 10 V P-P
measurement, the OUT output voltage is required to move The amplitude of the output waveform.
from one programmed level to another programmed level. MODULATION FACTOR, 1 KHz/V to 50 KHz/V
The (+) output voltage level and the (- ) output voltage level The change in frequency resulting from a programmed
are independently programmed. change in control voltage.
SLEW (±) SLEW RATE, 0.01 V/p.S to 1000 V/p. S Vox CONDITIONED OUTPUT VOLTAGE (X = 1, 2, 3, etc.), DC,
RATE The rate of change in output voltage in a positive (negative) 0.1 V to 10 V
direction of the OUT in response to an over-driving input The output voltage amplitude when the input voltage is at a
signal. specific condition or frequency.
aREF. REFERENCE TO VOLTAGE TOLERANCE, 1 mV to 12 V CENTER FREQUENCY, 50 KHz to 100 KHz
VOLT. The error in the output voltage if the OUT is a three-terminal The free running frequency when the input voltage is zero,
device, the error in the reference current where applicable, or adjustable by potentiometer.
the error in the reference voltage. POWER SUPPLY SENSITIVITY, AC , 0.1 KHz/Vto 10 KHz/V
LINE LINE REGULATION, 0.001% to 100% The change in output frequency resulting from a
REG. The change in output voltage which results from a programmed change in supply voltage.
programmed change in input voltage. POWER SUPPLY SENSITIVITY, DC (+ or -), 0.01 V/V
LOAD LOAD REGULATION, 10 mV/A to 100 VIA to 1 V/V
REG. The change in output voltage that results from a programmed The change in differential output voltage produced by a
change in load current. specified change in the OUT supply voltage, at fe .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

132 Ie TESTERS
PROGRAMMABLE TEST CONDITIONS

CONDITIONS RANGES
SENSE AMPS
WHERE APPLICABLE o to + 1V
Reference Voltage
(+) Power Supply Voltage + 1.5V to + 50.0V -0.5V to +0.5V
Differential Mode Input Voltage
(-) Power Supply Voltage -1.5V to -50.0V -18V to +18V
Strobe Voltage
Source Resistance Rs~On Less than 50n
Strobe Current to 10mA o
Source Resistance Programmed 50n to 1.2Mn o to20mA
Sink Current
[1 + Il] (+) Power Supply Voltage + 1.5V to +50.0V o to 20mA
Source Current
[1 + Il] (-) Power Supply Voltage -1.5V to -50.0V
(+) Common Mode Input Voltage o to +50.0V PHASE LOCK LOOP
o to -50.0V Center Frequency 5 kHz to 100 kHz
(- ) Common Mode In put Voltage
Light Load Resistance 100n to 100K (±) Deviation from Center Frequency 0 to ± 30%
Full Load Resistance 100n to Light FUNCTION GENERATORS
Load Resistance Input control voltage 0.01 to 10V
1 V/V to 1000 V/V [1 + Il] control voltage 0.01 to 10V
AC Noise (OSC) OUT Gain
(+ ) Output Voltage (Gain A) o to +50.0V TONE DECODERS
(- ) Output Voltage (Gain A) o to -50.0V Input signal voltage amplitude 5mV to 1V pop
(+) Output Voltage (Gain 8) o to +50.0V [1 + Il] signal voltage amplitude 5mV to 1V pop
(-) Output Voltage (Gain 8) o to -50.0V Input signal frequency 50kHz to 100 kHz
[1 + Il] signal frequency 40kHz to 120 kHz
COMPARATORS
Output Reference (\/00) -10V to + 10V
(+) Output Voltage (Gain A & 8) Voo to 10V
(-) Output Voltage (Gain A & 8) -10V to Voo
Source Current (Gain 8) 0.1 to 20mA SPECIFICATIONS
Sink Current (Gain 8) 0.1 to 20mA
POWER
VOLTAGE REGULATORS DIMENSIONS WEIGHT REQUIREMENTS
Output Voltage (+), (-) 1 .5V to 50V
Input Voltage-Output Voltage 1.5V to 50V 8" HIGH (20 cm) 30 POUNDS 115/230 VAC
[1 + Il] (Input Voltage-Output Voltage) 1.5V to 50V 17" DEEP (44 cm) (15 kg) 48 to 62 Hz
Il Load Current DC, (Pulsed) 0 to 50mA, (5A) 17" WIDE (44 cm) 150 WADS MAX

Catalog Catalog
Descri ption Number Description Number

1740 Linear Ie Tester 1740-9700 Accessories available

Includes Extender for Chassis Board 1740-9601
Automatic Multipass Board Extender for Program Board 1740-9600
5144-0296 Program Board for the UA 741 Partial Set, Field Service Spares Kit 1740-9606
HC in industrial temperature range Includes extenders and those system boards
and 8-pin TO-5 can which constitute the majority of the field fail-
UA 741 HC operational amplifier (8-pin can) ures: Extender for Chassis Board, Extender for
4230-0420 14-pin dual-in-line socket (red Program Board, Control Logic Board, Switch
base) Logic Board, Low-Level Analog Board,
8-pin TO-5 can socket (red base) Amplifier Board, 110 Datalog Board
10-pin TO-5 can socket (red base) Standard Handler Interface Kit 1740-9604
8-pin dual-in-line socket (red base) Handler Interface Assembly 1740-9605
Select following options, if desired
Manual Programmer 1740-9603
Transfer-Function Analyzer 1740-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

Ie TESTERS 133
 011111 111111111111",,,,,111'111- iiilllllllllllllllllllll"'"\\\]

_. _. -

• '~' GenRlld 1142 D,cllailC rc-.,.,

1742 DigitallC Tester

Uses
• incoming inspection
• quality control
• failure analysis
• reliability and burn-in
• component engineering

• simple to use-plug in the proper program board ,

lower the cover and your GR 1742 is ready to test digital
ICs.
• accurate- measures dc parameters of the IC to the
manufacturer's specifications .
• thorough- performs the most rigorous functional se-
quence with a 15-bit pseudo-random grey code.
• failure analysis-simple and straightforward with
carefully human-engineered front-panel displays and
controls.
• fast-designed to allow handlers to operate at their
maximum throughput.
• families-able to test TTL, l TTL, STTl, lSTTl, and
CMOS up to 20 V, ECl and HTL.
• devices-simple gates, complex arithmetic logic
units, multivibrators, shift registers, RAMs, ROMs,
timers.
• pins-up to 28, 16 inputs-16 outputs; multiple
Vcc's .
Simple to use Setup consists of plugging in a prepro-
grammed board. Testing is as simple as putting the de-
vice under test in a socket and observing the PASS/FAI l
lamp.
There is only one board required for each device to be
tested. The board specifies all the dc parameters and the
function of the device automatically .
To test, the operator inserts the device into the socket,
presses the START button and observes the PASS/FAil
lamps. Testing is fast, since the total test time is only
150 milliseconds. Installing a program board.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

134 IC TESTERS
 PIN FAILURE
TEST PASS OR INDICATORS
FAILURE INDICATORS AND CONTROLS

METER SELECT
SWITCHES TEST MODE
CONTROLS
VOLT/AMMETER
Console control and display panel.

PRECISION ADDITIONAL Analyze failures Failure analysis is straightforward.

PROGRAM WIRING Examining rejects can be as simple as identifying how
RESISTORS AREA many or as complex as identifying how a test condition
causes a failure.
The GR 1742 has several indicators, controls and a
meter which helps to identify to the levels needed how a
faulty device failed.
The FAIL lamp identifies that a failure has occurred.
The next step is to identify the parameter and device pin
failures. Additional failure category lamps will pinpoint
both exactly.
Failures can occur with inputs, outputs and the supply
pins. It is important to know not only which parameter
has failed but also the pin related to the failure. L~mps on
the front panel indicate both the parameter that failed
DEVICE and the pin that caused the failure.
UNDER
TEST
To identify further the cause of failure, there are but-
SOCKET tons and a meter that will identify exactly the parametric
value. The meter measures both current and voltage.
The pin of the device tested is selected through simple
FUNCTIONAL pushbuttons arranged around the failure lamps. It is easy
REFERENCE to read the parameter conditions or limit with the panel
DEVICE
meter. In fact, when parameters are measured, the
Typical dedicated program board. pushbutton selects the proper multiplier and function
(volts, milliamps).
ASSIGNMENT Very often, a device has failed because a test condition
SWITCHES FOR
TEST OPTIONS actually created a limit failure. An example would be that
an output (limit) fa i led because the input threshold (con-
dition) was incorrect. To help in identifying these, the
manual programmer allows the analyst to vary conditions
and limits during both the parametric and functional
sequences.
It can be seen that the GR 1742 is an excellent digital
BASIC Ie failure analysis tool; the failure analysis functions are
PROGRAM implemented in a rational and logical manner.
RESISTORS REFERENCE
DEVICE Dedicated program boards These boards require no
SOCKET programming and thereforB no setup time is required .
The dedicated program board approach eliminates all
sources of error, such as incorrect manual input settings
and other various specification input methods. The dedi-
cated program board contains the specified test limits
and conditions for a single device type to achieve testing
correlation with the vendor's specifications. Each board
provides test sockets for both the device under test and
DEVICE functional reference device (FRD). Deviceswith upto 28
UNDER TEST pins can be accommodated.
SOCKET PIN
ASSIGNMENT Universal program boards The GR 1742 with univer-
SWITCHES sal program boards (UPBs) and the manual programmer
Universal program board for 14- or 16-pin 01 Ps. provides test flexibility for digital les . UPBs allow the
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

Ie TESTERS 135
 05.25022.004.75

02.400.0402.0002.4000.40

00.401.6000.8000.4016.00

r=- - '.P'
I y.,.
PARAMETER
V,H,. ',H,.
-
VI\." YOH'
FUNCTION -
,-.. , V'L' VOL' lov 1

MANUAL PROGRAMMER

Manual programmer. GR 1742 interfaces to a variety of automatic handlers.

user to create his own device program. A variety of 14- a test speed of 150 ms per device, has been interfaced to
and 16-pin UPSs are available for testing TTL, CMOS a wide variety of handlers. GenRad's standard handler
and ECl devices. The UPS switches allow the user to interface kit consists of analog and digital cables, load
select the inputs and outputs for many different devices boards that compensate for stray impedance between the
within a given family. The manual programmer provides a tester and handler, and an input/output interface logic
means to change the UPS programmed limits and test card which is placed within the 1742 tester. For more
conditions. detailed information, refer to "IC Tester Handler Inter-
Interfacing to automatic handlers High-volume test- faces" at the end of this section.
ingata rate upto 6000 devices per hourcan be achieved Please use one of the cards at the rear of th is cata log to
through the use of an automatic handler. The 1742, with request complete information .

SPECIFICATIONS

TEST CONDITIONS TEST LIMITS

Range High Output
Supply Voltage, Voltage, VOHF VOLF to 20 V
Vsp o to +20 V Low Output
Hit Input Voltage, VOLF o to VOHF
Va tage, V1HP V1LP to +20 V
Low Input
Voltage, V1LP o to V1HP Accuracy of Value Selected within Given Range·

Vsp ±15 mV ±O.S% -0.1 mVlmA of Isp

TEST LIMITS V1HP ±25 mV ±0.5% -15 mVl mA of I'HP
Supply Current, Isp o to 200 mA V1LP ±25 mV ±O.S% +15 mVl mA of I'LP
High Input Isp ±200 /-LA ±1.5%
Current, I'HP o to 20 mA I'HP ±2 /-LA ±0.5%
Low Input I'LP ±2 /-LA ±0.5%
Current, I'LP o to -20 mA VSF ±15 mV ±O.S% -0.1 mV/mA of ISF
V1HF ±20 mV ±O.S% -15 mV/mA of I'HF
V1LF ±20 mV ±0.5% +15 mV/mA of I'LF
TEST CONDITIONS ±20 /-LA ±1% (but never negative)
10HF
Range 10LF ±20 /-LA ±1% (but never positive)
Supply Voltage,
VSE o to +20 V VOHF ±10 mV ±0.5%
High Input VOLF ±10 mV ±0.5%
Voltage, V1HF V1LF to +20 V
Low Input MANUAL PROGRAMMER OPTION
Voltage, V1LF o to V1HF
High Output Tolerance ±0.05% of fs ±1% of reading
Current, IOHF o to 20 mA or up to 320 mA by -
combining outputs
Low Output o to -20 mA, or up to 320 mA
Current, 10LF by combining outputs 'Assumes perfect program board resistors. 1% resistors are used
to program these values.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

136 IC TESTERS
 DIGITAL READOUT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
X10 Range OPERATING +15 to +35°C.
Full Scale %R %FS STORAGE -55 to + 85°C.
Programmed Test
Condition & Limit HUMIDITY Up to 90%, non-condensing.
Voltages +20.00V 0.5 0.05
Programmed Test
Condition & Limit
Currents,
Except Is ±20.00mA 0.5 0.05
Programmed Test
Condition & Limit
Is Only +200.0mA 0.5 0.05
OUT Supply
Voltage +20.00V 0.5 0.05
Catalog
OUT Supply Description Number
Current +220.0mA 2.0 0.2
OUT Input
1742 Digital IC Tester
Voltage +20.00V 0.5 0.05 Basic Digita I IC Tester 1742-9700
OUT Input Includes
Current ±9.999mA 1.5 0.1 ±.011V Panel Meter
5150-0626 Dedicated Program Board
OUT Output
for SN7400N
Voltage +20.00V 0.5 0.05 5431-S100 SN7400N Quad 2-input
OUT Output gate
Current ±20.00mA 1.5 0.1 ±.01/V Digital IC Tester with Manual Programmer 1742-9800
X1 Range Includes
Full Scale %R %FS Basic Digital IC Tester
Manual Programmer (when ordered
Programmed Test with tester; factory installation
Condition & Limit only)
Voltages +9.999V 0.5 0.1 1742-9604 14-Pin Universal Program
Programmed Test Board for TTL devices
Condition & Limit 1742-0101 Universal Program Board
Library
Currents,
Except Is ±9.999mA 0.5 0.1 Select following options, if desired
Universal Program Boards
Programmed Test 14-pin dual-in-line for TTL 1742-9604
Condition & Limit 16-pin dual-in-line for TTL 1742-9605
Is Only +99.99mA 0.5 0.1 14-pin flat pack (Barnes Type) for TTL 1742-9606
OUT Supply 16-pin flat pack (Barnes Type) for TTL 1742-9607
14-pin dual-in-line for CMOS 1742-9608
Voltage +9.999V 0.5 0.1 16-pin dual-in-line for CMOS 1742-9609
OUT Supply 14-pin flat pack (Barnes Type) for
Current +99.99mA 2.0 0.2 CMOS 1742-9610
OUT Input 16-pin flat pack (Barnes Type) for
CMOS 1742-9611
Voltage +9.999V 0.5 0.1 16-pin dual-in-line for 10,000 Series
OUT Input ECl 1742-9612
Current ±0.9999mA 1.5 0.3 ±.021V Progra m Boa rd Kits
OUT Output 14-pin dual-in-line 1742-9613
16-pin dual-in-line 1742-9614
Voltage +9.999V 0.5 0.1 IS-pin dual-in-line 1742-9615
OUT Output 20-pin dual-in-line 1742-9616
Current ±9.999mA 1.5 0.3 ±.021V 22-pin dual-in-line 1742-9617
24-pin dual-in-line 1742-9618
2S-pin dual-in-line 1742-9619
PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION Accessories available
Verification board (verifies the metering circuits, 1742-9603
HEIGHT 8.2 inches, (21 cm) 16 drivers, and 16 comparators)
WIDTH 20 inches, (51 cm) Extender for Chassis Boards 1742-9601
DEPTH 22 inches, (56 cm) Partial Set, Field Service Spares Kit 1742-9602
Includes extender verification board and
WEIGHT 50 Ibs (22 kg) those system boards wh ich constitute the
majority of the field failures: Control logic
TESTER INPUT POWER REQUIREMENTS Board; Pattern Generator Board; Conditio"n
and limit Board; Condition and limit,
FREQUENCY 48 to 62 Hz. Amplifier Board; Pin Input Board; Pin Output
VOLTAGE, RMS 115 V ± 10% or 230 V ± 10% Board
Full Set, Field Service Spares Kit 1742-9621
(switch selectable).
Includes the 1742-9602 Partial Set, plus
CURRENT, RMS 10 A typical at 115 V ± 10% Regulator Board, Display Board, Manual Pro-
(protected by 2 A Sio Blo fuse). grammer Amplifier and Reference Board, Re-
0.5 A typical at 230 V ± 10% mote I/O Interface
(protected by a 1 A Sio Blo fuse). Standard Handler Interface Kit 1742-9801
Handler Interface Assembly 1742-9620

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

IC TESTERS 137
 1744 DigitallC Tester
• fast functional test rates; up to 1.3 MHz The 1744 is supplied with a program library for testing
over 1,000 different devices. Programs for new devices
• interfaces easily with autohandlers or probe stations
can be easily generated using a manufacturer's data
• device socket boards eliminate the dedicated board sheet.
concept Functional test sequence The functional test pattern
• propagation delay measurements from a minimum of in the 1744 is a combination of two differenttechniques.
20 ns When the combinational mode is selected on the front-
panel switches, a binary grey code pattern is utilized . The
• easily programmed by the user length of this pattern is 2 n , "n" being the number of
• program library of over 1,000 different devices pro- inputs selected. This mode of operation assures com-
vided free plete truth table verification of combinatorial devices and
provides very fast test times.
• 24-pin capability When the sequential mode is selected, the 1744 pro-
vides a comprehensive pseudo-random grey code pat-
tern. This pattern can vary in length from 6,000 to
Description The GR 1744 OigitallC Tester provides a 80,000 cycles in one test sequence. When any pin be-
low-cost solution to the problem of testing. This small, tween 1 and 16 is selected as an input, 6,000 patterns
high performance bench-top unit is easily operator pro- are generated. When any pin between 17 and 24 is
grammed for ICs with up to 24 pins. selected as an input, 80,000 patterns are generated. The
The 1744 functionally tests a wide variety of devices preset mode of operation is used when devices such as
including all TTL families, CMOS, ECl, and N-chan shift registers, counters, or memories are being tested.
MOS. The unit can also test devices with open collectoror When this mode is selected, the test result strobe is
Tri-State outputs. Another feature of the 1744 is its inhibited for one test cycle so that the functional refer-
ability to measure propagation delays from a minimum of ence device (FRO) and the device under test (OUT) can
20 ns. This measurement capability is virtually unique be synchronized. The same functional test cycle is then
for bench-top testers. The 1744 was designed to be repeated with the test result strobe active.
particularly useful as an incoming inspection tool for a Programming The GenRad 1744 Tester is completely
manufacturer using modest amounts of a wide variety of programmed using the front-panel controls. This elimi-
digital IC types. The instrument displays pass or fail nates the need for special modules or program boards. It
information and identifies each input or output pin that is supplied with three device socket boards. These boards
failed during the test sequence . The maximum test rate are all that are needed to test most devices. The user is
of the unit is l.3 MHz. provided with a program library that includes many of the
To test a device, a device socket board is inserted into more common families and device types. To create a new
the tester. Three device socket boards are furnished with program , all that is required is a manufacturer's specifi-
the 24-pin version of the unit, for 14-dil, 16-dil and cation sheet. A family button is then depressed to select
24-dil packages. The program is selected from the pro- the preprogrammed test limits for the device family being
gram library and set up on the front-panel switches . A programmed. For each pin of the device, a button is then
functional reference device (FRO) is also chosen. The depressed on the row corresponding to the pin's function,
device to be tested is then inserted into the test socket i.e., Vee (most positive supply voltage), Input, Output,
and the start test button is depressed. A com plete Clock , or VEE (most negative supply voltage). Any unused
functional test is run on the device under test (OUT) and pins are grounded. The propagation delay is then set to
the pass/fail information is displayed on the front panel. the proper value, the functional mode- is selected, and
Typical test times on the 1744 are 15 ms. For informa- testing begins.
tion on handler interfaces, refer to "IC Tester Handler Please use one of the cards at the rear of th is catalog to
Interfaces" at the end of this section. request complete information.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
138 IC TESTERS
 1111111111111111111"""""'11111l1li11111111111"""'" """\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

Straightforward front-panel controls simplify programming.

SPECIFICATIONS

Range Accuracy
Min Max %R %FS
D.C. TEST CONDITIONS:
Supply Voltage OV +5.25 V 2 1
Vee

./
Supply Current 0 300 mA
lee
High Input Voltage V'L Vee 3 2
V'H
Low Input Voltage OV V'H 3 1
V'L
High Output Current OmA 20mA 3 0.5
IOH
Low Output Current -20 mA 0 mA 3 0.5
IOL
High Output Voltage VOL 5.25 V 2 1
VOH
Low Output Voltage OV VOH 2 1
VOL

INPUT DRIVERS:
Number of Drivers
Available Up to;24
Rise Time 10 ns Ivolt max.
Fall Time 10 ns /volt max.
Skew < 10 ns
Output Capacitance 100pF typical
General-purpose device and load boards Driver Impedance 75!1
eliminate high programming costs.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

IC TESTERS 139
PATIERN GENERATOR: TESTER POWER
REOUIREMENTS:
Pattern Modes Three Types
a. combinational Frequency 50 to 60 Hz
Voltage RMS 100,120,200,240 VAC ±10"lo
b. sequential
c. preset Current 1.5 A (protected by 3 A
slow blow fuse)
Combinational
Type GREY CODE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:
Frequency 5 kHz to 1.3 MHz Operating Range 10 to 50°C
Length L= 2N Storage Range -40 to 85°C
N = Number of inputs selected
REAR PANEL
Sequential CONNECTORS
Type PSEUDO-RANDOM GREY CODE
Autohandler Connector Amphenol
Frequency 5kHzto 1.3 MHz 57-40-140
Length 6,000 or 82,000 patterns 115/230 VAC Connector Switchcraft AC3G
Clock One per pattern change from
V 1H or V 1L Catalog
Preset Used in combination with Description Number
sequential or combinational
mode to synchronize the OUT 1744 Digital Ie Tester, 24-pin 1744-9700
and FRO Includes
14-pin dual-in-line socket board
Accuracy 16-pin dual-in-line socket board
"loR "IoFR 24-pin dual-in-line socket board
Program Library
Propagation Delay 20 ns to 99 ns 5 20 1 set of blank program sheets
Range: td 100 ns to 990 ns 5 3 Extender for chassis boards
1 /J.S to 9.9 /J.S 5 3 Select following options, if desired
10 /J.S to 99.9 /J.S 5 3 Socket Boards
14-Pin dual-in-line 1744-9600
TECHNOLOGIES TESTED 16-Pin dual-in-line 1744-9601
24-Pin dual-in-line 1744-9602
TIL DTL 14-Pin flat pack 1~44-9607
LTIL RTL 16-Pin flat pack 1 44-9608
24-Pin flat pack 1744-9609
LSTIL 12L
Soc ket Boa rd kit 1744-9603
STIL Accessories available
HTIL Partial Set, Field Service Spares Kit 1744-9604
ECL Includes Control and Limit Board,
Control Logic Board , Pattern Generator
C-MOS (5 volts) Board, Pin Control Board
N-Chan (5 volts) Standard Hand ler I nterface Kit 1744-9605
Handler Interface Assembly 1744-9606

Rear-panel autohandler connection.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

140 Ie TESTERS
 Ie Tester Handler Interfaces
1740 Handler Interfaces The customer is required to supply the following ma-
Standard Handler Interface Kit The standard handler terial four weeks before scheduled delivery:
interface kit consists of an analog cable, a digital logic The Handler
control cable, a cable-to-program -board adaptor, a load Handler Analog Connector
board adaptor socket, and an instruction manual. The Handler Digital Connector
customer must purchase separately a load board for each One stick (25 devices) of each device to be verified
device to be tested on the handler. See program card The program board for each device to be verified
catalog for specific part numbers. (This last requirement is not necessary if the 1740
Customer i nsta Ilation consists of i nsta II i ng the hand ler Linear IC Tester is purchased at the same time as the
manufacturer's socket on the digital cable, installing the Interface . )
handler manufacturer's socket to the load board adaptor
1740-9605 Handler Interface Assembly, includes:
socket, and connecting the digital and analog cables to
the IC Tester. 1740-9604 Handler Interface Kit
Since a device manufacturer's process may vary, it is Wiring of connectors
not possible to guarantee analog performance of the han- System verification
dier.
The standard handler interface will operate with the 1742 Handler Interfaces
following handlers: Standard Handler Interface Kit The standard handler
Manufacturer Model No.
interface consists of an analog cable, a digital logic con-
Daymarc 952 trol cable, an I/O digital control card, a load board con-
Daymarc 1152 nector, and standard compensation load boards for most
MCT 2608
devices.
MCT 2608E Customer installation consists of placing the I/O digi-
Ramsey RH202 tal control card into the tester and installing the handler
Listing a handler indicates that the interfacing re- manufacturer's digital and analog connectors to termi-
quirements are satisfied by the standard interface. It nate cables at the handler. Since a device manufac-
does not imply an approval or recommendation of the turer's process may vary, it is not possible to guarantee
handler. analog performance of the handler.
For other handler interfaces, please contact GenRad. The standard handler interface will operate with the
1740-9604 Standard Handler Interface Kit, includes: following handlers:
Analog Cable Manufacturer Model No.
Digital Logic Control Cable CONTREL H310
RD86 Red Base Socket to Cable Adaptor DAYMARC 952
Load Board Adaptor Socket DAYMARC 1152
Instruction Manual DELTA DESIGN CENTURION
Handler Interface Factory Assembly When a Handler IPT 800
I nterface Factory Assembly is purchased, the analog and MCT 2608
digital interface cables are terminated by GenRad, MCT 2608E
selected devices are verified to test properly at the han- RAMSEY RH202 -
dier, and one day of system verification and customer SYM-TEK 7192
training is provided. This is done only at the GenRad, Listing a handler indicates that the interfacing re-
Inc., Santa Clara, CA, facility. quirements are satisfied by the standard interface. It

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

IC TESTER HANDLER INTERFACES 141
does not imply an approval or recommendation of the . Customer installation consists of installing the handler
handler. For other handler interfaces, please contact manufacturer's digital and analog connectors to termi-
GenRad. nate cables at the handler. Since a device manufac-
1742-9801 Standard Handler Interface Kit, includes: turer's process may vary, it is not possible to guarantee
analog performance of the handler.
Analog Cable The standard handler interface will operate with the
Digital Logic Control Cable following handlers:
I/O Digital Control Card Manufacturer Model No.
Load Board Connector
Eight analog load boards for CONTREL H310
14-pin TTL, UPB only DAYMARC 952
14-pin TTL DAYMARC 1152
14-pin Blank DELTA DESIGN CENTURION
14-pin CMOS, UPS IPT 800
14-pin CMOS MCT 2608
16-pin TTL MCT 2608E
16-pin CMOS RAMSEY RH202
16-pin Blank SYM-TEK 7192
Instruction Manual Listing a handler indicates that the interfacing re-
Handler Interface Factory Assembly When a Handler quirements are satisfied by the standard interface. It
Interface Factory Assembly is purchased, the analog and does not imply an approval or recommendation of the
digital interface cables are terminated by GenRad, handler. For other handler interfaces, please contact
selected devices are verified to test properly at the han- GenRad.
dier, and one day of system verification and customer 1744-9605 Standard Handler Interface Kit, includes:
training is provided. This is done only at the GenRad, Analog Cable
Inc., Santa Clara, CA, facility. Digital Logic Control Cable
The customer is required to supply the following mate- Load Board Connector
rial four weeks before scheduled delivery: Universal Load Board
The Handler Instruction Manual
Handler Analog Connector Handler Interface Factory Assembly When a Handler
Handler Digital Connector Interface Factory Assembly is purchased, the analog and
One stick (25 devices) of each device to be verified digital interface cables are terminated by GenRad,
The program boa rd for each device to be verified selected devices are verified to test properly at the han-
(This last requirement is not necessary if the 1742 dier, and one day of system verification and customer
Digital IC Tester is purchased at the same time as the training is provided. This is done only at the GenRad ,
Interface . ) Inc ., Santa Clara, CA, facility .
1742-9620 Handler Interface Assembly, includes: The customer is required to supply the following ma-
1742-9801 Handler Interface Kit terial four weeks before scheduled delivery:
Wiring of handler connectors to cables The Handler
System verification Handler Analog Connector
Handler Digital Connector
1744 Handler Interfaces One stick (25 devices) of each device to be verified .
Standard Handler Interface Kit The standard handler 1744-9606 Handler Interface Assembly; includes:
interface kit consists of an analog cable, a digital logic 1744-9605 Handler Interface Kit
control cable, a load board connector, and standard Wiring of handler connectors to cables
compensation load boards for most devices. System verification
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
142 IC TESTER HANDLER INTERFACES
 2230 Component Test System
A low-cost test system for rapid testi ng of components,
networks and modules - Test them all automatically
on one tester. . . 80 tests per second
• For nearly any application The GR 2230 is a true system. It is under complete
thick- and thin-film networks computer control, operates automatically at the push of a
hybrid circuits button, and tests in a fraction of a second.
discrete components on reels Yet it is half the price of comparable systems and fits
sequenced components handi lyon a standard-sized desk with absolutely no com-
diodes and transistors promise in utility or versatility.
small functional modules/circuits
switches and relays
transformers
D/ A and AID converters
• In almost any area
production testing
incoming inspection
quality monitoring
environmental testing

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER 143
 The 2230 system can be viewed as a mini-lab wherein
several "instruments on boards" are united via both an
analog and a digital bus structure through a scanner to
quick-disconnect device adaptors. At the heart of this
compact, bench-top system is a small but powerful mi-
crocomputer to give you computer-controlled speed, ac-
curacy, and flexibility. It can be programmed by just
about anyone, thanks to its unique English-language,
macro-instruction keyboard. In addition, the 2230 will
continuously print out test data and can be easily inter-
faced to virtually any automated device handler. Options
are available fortestingvarious modules and components
as well as small circuit boards. Test engineers appreciate
the ease of interchanging device adaptors, interfacing to
peripheral instrumentation, and data transmission to a
central management computer.

Bed-of-Nails Test Adaptor

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

144 COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER
 All measurements are performed by plug-in modules THE SYSTEM
- easi Iy adapted to changing requirements and currently The GR 2230 is an automatic system for high-volume
suited to testing diverse components with the following testing of components, multi leaded networks and
features: modules. It operates at the push of a button and provides
• mixed R, L, C and dc measurements with indi- electrical, hard-copy, and bright-lightresultsofanyorall
vidualized test limits tests.
• point-to-any-other-point scanning with Kelvin con- The entire system is housed in two compact units: a
nections test console and a mainframe. Both units fit handily on a
• simple programming with macro-instruction standard-sized desk, require no special power or en-
keyboard vironmental considerations, and can be on-line in less
• both Go/No-Go and parameter readout modes of than an hour. A self-teaching programming manual is
operation provided with each system.
• quick-disconnect device adaptors for various pack- Test Console The test console accepts the device
age styles under test and contains all the controls and indicators
• data-logging and data-reduction capabilities with necessary for preprogrammed testing.
hard-copy output The device to be tested interfaces to the system by
• ease of interface to automatic device handlers means of a device adaptor. Several standard adaptors are
• com puter-controlled speed and accuracy at low cost available for 16-pin 01 P or SI P devices, and blank adap-
• wide range of options for nearly any application tors are available for complex module interfacing needs.
The 2230 is being used in many testing applications All provide ample space and electrical provisions to ac-
such as: commodate any required special circuitry, and all are
• resistor networks for TV tuners interchanged at the flip of a lever. Adaptors are available
for interfacing the GR 2230 to several popular automatic
• thin-film substrates for telephone circuits
handlers.
• th ick-fi Im networks for automotive voltage regu-
lators The built-in scanner provides connections for 16
• microphone preamps for CB radios channels and is expandable to 128 in groups of 16. Each
• DIP relay modules for traffic control lights channel consists of three line pairs for Kelvin connec-
tions to the device-under-test (OUT) to preserve the accu-
• small TV circuit boards
racy of the measurement at the device. Scanner connec-
• sequenced components on reels
• audio transformers for communication systems tions are point-to-any-other-point, completely automat-
ic, and controlled by the computer via simple keyboard
• insulation resistance on capacitors
commands.
• ground fault interrupt circuits
A RUN button initiates preprogrammed tests and the
• smoke detector modules
go/no-go results are indicated by PASS or FAIL lamps. A
• sol id-state relays
PAUSE lamp indicates a temporary halt in the test proce-
dure to allow for adjustments or any other required
operator attention. Testing is resumed by a push of the
Daymarc 1152 Ie Sorter
CONTI N UE button . The ESCAPE button stops the testing
and reverts the system to a semi-automatic mode.

The Deval AT 30 Automatic Tester

handles components that do not
have wire leads, such as chip
capacitors and resistors,
thermistors, diodes and SOT 23
transistors.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER 145
 Mainframe The major elements of the system are THE CONTROL
housed on 10- x 14-inch plug-in modules in the main- Measurement Functions Nine measurement keys are
frame, including the computer, the DEC LSI-ll. The standard on all systems. Three (HIGH, LOW, and
computer is among the fastest of its type available today GUARD) route the measurement connections to the OUT
- a microcomputer with over 400 basic instructions, up and two (CONTACT and SENSE) monitor and control up
to 8K of random-access memory, and 16K of read-only to 27 connections used primarily for external equipment
memory, which translates the macro-instruction operat- such as automatic handlers or environmental instrumen-
ing programs. tation for special applications. Three other keys (ROC ,
One measurement module, a DC Ohmmeter, is GDC, and RATIO) specify test requirements of the
standard with all systems. Othersare available, including standard DC Ohmmeter measurement module. The I N-
a CGRL bridge module and a dc voltage/current- TEGRATE key may be used to minimize hum or noise in
measurement and current-force module. Since all the critical applications.
modules plug in, they can be added or interchanged Additional functions are provided with the optional
easily for field expansion or maintenance with minimum CGRL Bridge module. Two keys control the basic meas-
down time. Other optional features include a program- urement parameters of FREQ (120- or 1000-Hz meas-
mable supply controller, ac stimulus and response urement frequency) and BIAS (4 Vdc on oroff). A RANGE
capabilities, and a data converter testing adaptor. selection minimizes bridge balance time. A LOW SENS
A card reader/writer allows creation and entry of in- key permits reducing the bridge sensitivity when testing
struction sets. The instruction sets are stored on conven- nonlinear capacitors or inductors. The other eight quad-
ient magnetic strip cards and can be loaded into the ruple the measurement capability of the system and in-
system in seconds for each type of device to be tested. clude Cs, CP, ESR, Rp, Gp, Ls and Q. Another option, the
Once the computer is loaded, testing becomes a simple DC Voltage/Current Measurement and Current Force
matter of button pushing. module, adds other functions that are particularly useful
Hard-copy records of the measurement results and for diode or transistor measurements. These functions
instruction sets are provided on command by a built-in include: CURRENT FORCE to force a specified current,
thermal printer. The printer produces 20-character lines and the two dc measurement functions VDC and I DC.
at rates up to three lines per second on two-inch wide Logic Functions AI12710gic keys are standard in every
paper - quietly and reliably. An optional data link pro- system. In addition to such standard functions as AND,
vides the means of sending measured data to either a OR and NOT, there are logic keys for set definitions
teletypewriter or external management computer. Data including: , to produce a set from two or more values,
can also be stored on magnetic cards. EXCLUDE to exclude certain values from an operation, @
Main Control Panel The main control panel includes a to determine the numbers in a specified set, MEMBER to
large, easily read, 16-character display for test-program determine the condition of specified numbers, and & to
listing and editing, measurement results, error mes-
sages, and system self-check results.
Eight special-purpose push buttons are included for
control convenience and flexibility: SELF CHECK in-
itiates a self-check of the system operation, SINGLE
STEP causes the system to pause at the end of each
program step, LIST outputs the current test program on
the printer, READ reads a magnetic strip card into the
system, WRITE writes the current test program onto a
magnetic strip card, CLEAR clears the current test pro-
gram from the system memory, PRINTER activates the
thermal printer unit, and ESCAPE places the system in
the semi-automatic mode. The remainder of the control
panel contains 75 keys, which provide the primary con-
trol f6r all program steps and testing operations.

~ . ----e

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

146 COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER
provide exceptions to a statement. Keys are also provided THE PERFORMANCE
for branching functions: LABEL to name each state- Scanner Channels: 16 standard, expandable to 128
ment(s) for later reference by other branching com- ingroupsof 16. Each channel mayconsistofanyof31ine
mands, : to terminate a phrase and provide a "go-to" pairs: HIGH, LOW, or GUARD for Kelvin connections to
function for "if" statements, IF to transfer control upon minimize lead-impedance effects and to preserve the
specified conditions, GO TO to transfer control uncondi- accuracy of the measurement at the device-under-test.
tionally, CALL to branch to a previously defined routine, Off impedance is greater than 10 10D and less than 0.5
RETURN to return to a point following a matching call pF.
and ERROR BRANCH to allowthe program to continue in Contacts: Form A rated at 1A and 100V max.
a situation where it would normally stop due to an error Speed: 4ms actuate and release times.
(non-ba lance) cond ition. Examples:
Eight keys initiate specific actions: DISPLAY, PRINT, 1 -..., HIGH: Connects pin 1 of the device adaptor to
PRI NT NAME to print out all statements up to the state- the HIGH line pair.
ment terminator; DELAY to stop program execution for a 2~ LO 11./ Connectspin20fthedeviceadaptortothe
specified time; PAUSE to stop program execution until LOW line pair.
the CONTINUE button is pushed; PASS to stop program -;0 GUA RD Con nects pi n 3 of the device ada ptor to
execution if the device passes a II tests; FAI L to stop the GUARD line pair.
program execution if the device fails any test; and REG to
hold a value in one of 128 specified registers . The editing DC Resistance
capabilities are aided by the NEXT STATEMENT key with the standard Ohmmeter Module
which brings a test statement (between two terminators :) RDC , dc resistance : 0.25D to 10,000MD.
into the display and NEXT KEY which increments key- GDC , dc conductance: 0 to 4S .
strokes through the display. The DELETE key deletes Ratio, 0 to 1 ratio of two resistors R1 and R2 , where
keystrokes one at a ti me (from right to left).
Arithmetic Functions All 23 arithmetic keys are also R1 < R2 and the ratio is __R_1__
standard on every GR 2230. Numbers 0 through 9 can be R1 + R2
expressed and entered into the system in any manner that Speed: 12ms test time , exclusive of scanner closure
an arithmetic number can be legitimately expressed - time.
signed , integers, non-integers/, decimal numbers., and Integration: Line-frequency integration programmable
decimal numbers in engineering notation EE. Numbers for hum rejection of typically 60 dB.
up to ± 10±36 can be expressed with 6-digit accuracy . Rnc initiates dc-resistance measurement and displays
Normal arithmetic operators such as +, -, *, and -:- value.
are included for addition , subtraction, multiplication , RDC ~ PRINT initiates dc-resistance measurement,
and division. The +, - signsarealso useful for engineer- displays value , and prints out value on thermal printer.
ing notation, measurement polarities, and signal Conductance or ratio measurements are equally simple :
polarities . A % operator is included to simplify limit GDC RAT 0 ~ etc .
expressions and ( ) keys are provided to group terms A few more keystrokes provide a limit test:
within an expression . LIl,BEL
Three comparison operators ( <, >, and = ) are pro- IF 100 - . 1 70 ~ RDC < 100 + . 1 '70:
vided to produce certain specified true or false logical PASS: .
results . Results obtained from such expressions direct LABfL 2·
program branching and are a powerful tool in preparing FA,L
instruction sets for complex networks. The ~ key is used That is, if the measured dc resistance is between
to join command keystrokes which call for something to 100D -0 . 1% (99.9D) and 100D +0.1 % (l00. 1D),
be placed into a register. the PASS lamp lights. Otherwise the FAIL lamp will light .
Register "500" concept A group of special registers is Note that the statement is entered in plain language ,
set aside to provide access to the data link, the pro- similar to that used for the familiar electronic pocket
grammable supply controller, the array manipulations calculator.
feature and other optional capabilities as well. A com- G integrates the measurements to obtain
mand such as 5 ~ REG 523 sets a programmable power greater hum suppression. The 1 is a logic true statement
supply to 5V, for example. to enable the integration, whil~ 0 would inhibit it.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER 147
 Capacitance
with the optional CGRL Bridge Module
Cs series capacitance: 0 to 1mF
Cp parallel capacitance: 0 to 1mF
ESR equivalent series resistance: 0.80 to 1000 MO
Rp parallel resistance: 0.80 to 1000MO
Gp parallel conductance: 0 S to 1.58 S
Ls series inductance: 120JLH to 2500H
D capacitance dissipation factor: 0 to 2000
Q quality factor: 0 to 2000
FREQ measurement frequency: 100 HZor 120 Hz, and
1 KHz
Bias: 0 or 4V, internal
Speed: ~50 ms per test
Cs. initiates series-capacitance measurement and
displays value.
D initiates capacitance dissipation-factor measure-
ment and displays value.
Again, any other measurement is but a matter of a few
keystrokes:
Cp R ESR (displayed values), L, -+ PRII I:,
(printed values) etc.
In addition, frequency and bias can be specified:
o 0 ~ FREQ. specifies 1000Hz as the measure-
ment frequency.
1- j appl ies the internal 4V bias (1 is a true
statement to apply the bias, a 0 would be a false
statement to remove the bias).
2 ~ Lo\ SEI'.JS Places the window of CGRL balance
at ± 10 counts for nonlinear measurements.
In a testing application, limits could also be specified.
Also, in these applications, test time is minimized by
selecting the appropriate range of the eight available
ranges used:
3 ...., RA"lGE locks the bridge on range 3.
For increased scanner capability beyond 32 channels, this test console is used 0-+ R allows automatic ranging (as the default
to house additional scanner boards. cond ition).

KEYBOARD
CARD READER
AND DISPLAY
CURRENT FORCE
AND MEASUREMENT

SCANNER DRIVER

USER SUPPLIES USER I/O

GR 2230 automatic test system. Options are shown in color.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

148 COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER
 DC Voltage and Current ment results, and test programs during preparation .
with the optional DC Voltage/Current Measurement PRINTER: 20-character-per-line thermal printer for program
and Current Force Module listing and test or measurement results. INDICATORS: Pass,
CURRENT FORCE: lOOILA to 100mA in discrete pro- fail, pause, and run lamps for test results and operational
grammable values of lOOILA, 200ILA, 1 mA, 2mA, modes.
10mA, 20mA, 100mA. Allows IV tests of semiconduc- Program: Written in easy-to-Iearn test language and entered
tors, in addition to creating circuit test conditions. into random-access memory from macro-instruction tactile
VDC, dc voltage: OV to 64V keyboard. Programs can be stored on 2 x 10.5-inch magnetic
cards. Operating software allows user to prepare and edit pro-
I DC, dc current: 0 to 128mA grams via keyboard, using panel display as monitor.
Speed: 12 ms exclusive of scanner closure times.
Control: By test program written once for type of device under
Integration: Line-frequency integration programmable test and stored on magnetic cards or directly by keyboard and
for hum rejection of typically 60 dB. panel switches .
. 0001 ~ CURRENT FORCE: forces a lOOILA current Memory: 4K random access for specific program instructions,
through the device. 16K of ROM for system operating programs.
02 ~ CURRENT FORCE: forces a 20mA current Supplied: Assurance self-test adaptor, thermal-printer paper ,
through the device. magnetic program-storage cards, and GenRad acceptance test
VDC initiates a dc-voltage measurement and displays at customer's facility. Standard System: I ncludes DEC LSI-II
the value. microcomputer with 16K ROM, magnetic card reader/writer,
IDC initiates a dc-current measurement and displays thermal printer, panel display, keyboard, dc-resistance-
the value. measurement capability, and system test console with I/O con-
1 ~ NTEG. integrates the measurement for greater trols and 16-channel scanner.
accuracy in the presence of hum. Device Adaptors: Plug-in type 16-pin DIP, 16-pin SIP, and
Dc voltage measurements in conjunction with current blank device adaptors with access to scanner and I/ O connec-
forcing is very useful for testing many types of semicon- tions. Oversize versions are available with ample space for
special test circuits.
ductors. To evaluate a Zener diode, for example:
1-1 CURRE T forces a 100mAcurrentthroughthe Environment: Temperature , 0 to 40°C operating. Relative
humidity, 80% at 35°C.
diode.
VDl, measures the dc voltage across the diode. A set Power: 90 to 125 Vor 180 to 250 V, 48 to 66 HZ, 500 W max
with all options.
of voltage values is obtained by simply changing the
va Iues used for the forced current. Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) : Mainframe 19.375x-
26.750x24.250 in. (492x679x615mm); test console
Input/Output Contact Lines: eight relay drivers 19.938x5.656x25.031 in. (506xI44x636mm) . WEIGHT:
switch 100mA at 25V plus 8 TTL compatible lines. Mainframe 125.51b (57 kg) net; test console 25.51b (1l.6 kg)
Sense Lines: eight for use with TTL levels plus three net.
pairs for sensing SPDT switch closures.
Contact and sense functions can be used with a variety of Catalog
component handlers and environmental apparatus: Description Number
LAu L _ label 2 is displayed (a previously defined 2230 Component Test System Order by describing
program statement). model, line frequency,
5~CO TfC1 closes contact 5(which could actuate and options desired.
the component handler fail bin via a handler interface Select the following options, if desired
OP1 CGRL Bridge Measurement Module
connection). OP2 DC Voltage/C urrent Measurement and
Or to actuate a relay which would alter a test condition: Current Force Capability
~ --' C A r closes contact 7 (which could acti- OP3 Additional 16 Channel Scanner
vate a relay on the device adaptor to introduce a new Options available for customer installation:
signal) . OP 1R Retrofit Kit (CGRL Module) 60Hz 2230-9620
Or to introduce an external power source: 50Hz 2230-9621
OP 2R Retrofit Kit (DCV/I Module) 60Hz 2230-9622
3 --... T C" closes contact 3 (to connect a DUT to 50Hz 2230-9623
a 1 OOV external power supply) via a suitable relay for a OP 3R Retrofit Kit (16 Channel Scanner) 2230-9625
leakage test for instance. Service Kit, for maintenance ease, includes ser- 2230-9510
--... - JT l., T opens all contacts. vice device adaptor with test boards and cables,
I n a sense statement, standard calibration techniques, troubleshooting
Ir S E , the 2230 stays in a program loop until procedures using magnetic cards containing diag-
the handler is in a ready condition; or if the handler is nostic programs .
ready, the program branches to the designated label Device Adaptors:
2230-P1 Device Adaptor (16 Pin DIP) 2230-9651
(5) as shown in this example: E 2230-9652
2230-P2 Device Adaptor (16 Pin SIP)
It" ::>t 'hJL ~ 2230-P3 Device Adaptor (Blank) 2230-9653
GO TO 5: The following are oversized adaptor boxes allowing
. I\°E.I 2. more space for adding peripheral circuitry:
GC ~ 2230-P6 (16 Pin DIP) 2230-9656
User Power Supplies Power Supplies: + 15V at 2230-P8 (Blank) 2230-9658
0.25A, - 15V at 0.25A, and +5V at 1A are supplied . Accessories avai lable
They can be connected to the DUT via relays in conjunc- 2230-P11 Magnetic Card Pak (50 Cards) 2230-9609
tion with CONTACT statements. The scanner can also be 2230-P12 Thermal Paper Pak (5 rolls) Sanyo 2230-9610
used to switch power supplies. 2230-P13 Printer Paper Pak (3 rolls) TI 2230-9611
GR 2230 I nterface for:
Please use one of the cards at the rear of this cata log to Contrel H300 Handler 2230-9023
request complete information. Contrel H320 Handler 2230-9009
Daymarc 147 Handler 2230-9751
Daymarc 149 Handler 2230-9011
SPECIFICATIONS Daymarc 1152 Handler 2230-9012
Display: PAN EL. 0.5-inch high x 16-position al phanumeric Ramsey RH903 Handler 2230-9750
display with memory and right-to-Ieft sequential character Ramsey RH913 Handler 2230-9750
entry for error messages, system self-check results, measure- MCT2608 Handler 2230-9059

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

COMPONENT/NETWORK/MODULE TESTER 149
 RECOMMENDED OPTIONS D/A and AID Converter Testing Capability: This option con-
Data Output Link: This link provides a means of transferring sists of a special device adaptor with built-in electronics, in-
data to a central computer or TTY . It can be used in conjunc- cluding a reference D/A converter, and provides the user full
tion with a management computer to monitor parameter testing capability for both D/A and AID devices with up to 12
trends in production or incoming inspection. This option con- bits . Testing is done without any operator adjustments. Tests
sists of a GenRad (LSI-Ill Bus Extender and a Termination performed include integral linearity, differential linearity and
Ca'rd, a DEC Type DLV-11 Serial Line Interface Card and two monotonicity.
additional ROM chips which store the firmware for the data Adjustments are eliminated by having an algorithm measure
port operation. the zero and full-scale values of the converter under test and
determines data format calculate the value of any code to be tested . Thereafter, the
, E sends contents of register 8 out the data reference is set to the calculated code and simple compari-
port. sons are performed. The main advantage of this technique is
:G 50. formats data port to transm it ASC II charac- testing without operator adjustment.
ters. Optional Software Package: This option contains a ROM chip
sends the letter X out the data port . set which affords the user the ability to store data on magnetic
Additional 4K RAM Memory: The added RAM capability ex- cards, to perform array manipulations which are particularly
pands the GR 2230 standard memory size of 4K to 8 K. The useful for environmental testing where sets of data are stored
number of keystrokes of program language is increased from and manipulated, and to print names or numbers other than
1600 to 3500 with the extra memory. The option contains a those which are keystroke related .
GenRad (LSI-II) Bus Extender and a Termination Card and a Second (Additional) Test Console: Dual test stations provide
DEC Type MSV11-B 4K RAM Card . . . the user with two multiplexed test positions . Each station can
Expandable Scanner Capability: In order to test small circuit be interfaced to an automatic handler or used as a manual
boards and hybrid circuits, additional channels may be re- position . An indicator lamp on each console tells the operator
quired to scan the measurement modules or to provide contact when the respective console is ready to test.
closures for external devices. This option includes a larger test AC Voltage Test Capability: This option contains an ac-to-dc
console and sixteen channels of scanning. Up to seven converter module which is installed in the test console. The
additional scanner cards (OP 3) may be installed in the test converter can be scanned and measures frequencies up to
console, increasing the scanning capability to 128 pins . 100 kHz . Limits are applied to the dc output which is
Programmable Supply Control Module: This option provides monitored by the system dc voltmeter. An ac function
four programmable outputs of 0 to ± 10V at 5 mAo The resolu- generator which is interfaced to the system is provided as the
tion of voltage variation is 12 bits. Th is affords the user a stimulus for ac testing . The ac test capability is useful for
flexible means of controlling up to 4 voltage-controlled pro- functional testing of small modules and pc boards.
grammable supplies. The required supplies can be integrated CGRL Bridge Attenuator: This option provides a means of au-
by the user or furnished by GenRad with the system. The tomatically varying the level of the test signal used. This is
control module is installed in the test console. useful when testing nonlinear components, such as capacitors
Sets the power amplifier (X2) controlled by and inductors. It is also useful in pc board testing where
DAC 1 to 20V. (parallel) semiconductor junctions could conduct and, there-
A gain factor is stored to set the DAC 1 to a fore, distort measured results on passive components.
value within the 10-volt range. Transformer Testing Capability: Audio-frequency transfor-
Each of the four DAC outputs is individually controlled by mers have many applications in today 's communications
both a gain factor register and a special register used to equipment. To ensure dependable in-circuit performance ,
specify the output voltage. some or all of the following impedance-related parameters
must be tested on multiple-winding transformers :
• inductance
• inductance unbalance
• dc resistance
• effective resistance
• transformation ratio
• capacitance
An optional test console has been structured which allows
the system to test all of these transformer parameters automat-
ically under 2230 program control. Transformer terminals can
be automatically strapped (series connected) and Kelvin con-
nections are made to each terminal during test sequences, all
by 2230 program instructions. Test frequencies are 120 Hz or
200 Hz and 1 kHz. A dc bias of up to 200 mA (adjustable) can
be applied via program control. The basic option provides a
The programmable supply control module is housed in an oversized test console. terminal capacity of 16 and is expandable in groups of sixteen.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

150 COMPONENTINETWORK/MODULE TESTER
 PC Board Testers
1795-FD and -HD Logic Test Systems
High performance at low cost
1796 Digital/Analog Test System
Large-scale Integration of test capability
1799 Digital/Analog Test System
An integrated system designeg as a hybrid tester
1797 Programming Station
An ming station
2270 II.:oil~1I
For automatic electrical
Software- The difference
is the difference in testers
2220 Bug Hound
For tracing faults on PC boards

Test svs,tenrlS-2.re· ~:;Jes4fuQeQ

section of
have been inserted at "tbEa~'fi
ience in requesting ::Irlrfitfjoihllif.lF \l

PC-BOARD TESTERS 151

 1795- D ogic Test System
High performance at low cost
The GR 1795-HD is a new breed of logic-circuit test software allows a test program to be created automati-
system. It contains the same program preparation and cally from the response of a known-good board. In addi-
diagnostic capabilities as the world-renowned GR tion, it allows the system to record all the internal nodal
1792-series with CAPS, but at a much lower price. Now, values. Since all the data from the edge-connector pins
for about the same initial investment required for much and from the internal IC pins are recorded on disk, there
simpler systems, you can realize the cost effectiveness is no need for a known-good board during testing and
that can only be provided by a computer-controlled, troubleshooting. This is especially important in service
simulator-based system. The 1795-HD is ideally suited depots, where it is often impractical to store racks full of
for use in manufacturing operations, service depots, and "reference boards." The operator diagnoses faults by
in R&D where the simulator-based system is ideal for simply tracing back from the edge-connector pin until the
ensuring that new designs possess a high degree of testa- source of the failure is found. It is important to realize
bility. that the GR 1795 finds failures by accurately comparing
full nodal data, not by using a transition-count or duty-
Modular Hardware The GR 1795-HD has been de- cycle technique. This results in much more rapid diag-
signed to test a wide variety of logic modules, cards, and nosis and repair, particularly in those difficult situations
LSI chips. Driver rise times are fast enough to test today's involving feedback loops.
high-speed logic families, yet carefully controlled to Available as an option is GR's CAPS software package.
avoid crosstalk and ringing. The system can be ordered This is the most proven, the most accurate and the most
with as few as 72 driver/sensor pins and yet be field- widely used program preparation and diagnostic software
expanded to include up to 480 pins. The GR 1795-HD for logic boards available in the world today. For
offers cartridge-disk mass storage that permits extremely additiona I information; refer to "Test-System Software."
rapid program execution, program storage, housekeeping Probes A new GR-designed logic probe is available to
convenience, and reliability. enable more rapid troubleshooting, even in the presence
Powerful Software The standard software included of pulses. This probe is programmable over a range of
with each system is LTM (Learn/Test Mode). This -30 volts to +30 volts, and it automatically programs
National stock numbers are I isted at the back of the catalog.
152 ATE - LOGIC TESTER
itself to sense the correct levels as it is probing from one Analog Measurements Analog measurements and
logic family to the next. The probe can also measure dc stimuli are available on the GR 1795 through the use of
voltage on command of either the operator or of the test our I EC (I EEE, ASCII) bus interface. This option includes
program. The FINDS package (refer to "Test-System a standard GR hardware interface and high-level software
Software") can take over where the regular probe leaves routines; so interfacing to any standard ASCII-bus in-
off to improve the resolution of fault location beyond the strument is a routine matter.
nodal level, down to the specific bad IC or to the other Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
node involved in a short, etc. request complete information.

1795-FD Logic Test System

an even lower-priced system ... ideal for the service depot, for adaitional
production capacity, or for the smaller manufacturing operation
The GR 1795-FD is an ·even lower-priced alternative
for those situations where the volume of work is not high
enough to justify even the low-priced GR 1795-HD. It
shares most of its hardware with the "HD" model and
differs mainly in being floppy-disk (FD) based ratherthan
using the hard-disk (HD), cartridge-type disk drives.
The 1795-FD can use the autoprogramming software
to create a GO/NO-GO program almost automatically,
and the LTM software to create diagnostics. Also, it can
use a CAPS/ APG generated test program developed on
other GR systems, the GR 1797 Programming Station, or
a program from a GenRad programming service. Thus,
the 1795-FD makes full use of all of the diagnostic tools
available, including the diagnostic-resolution module
(refer to "Test-System Software")'
The GR 1795-FD takes up even less space than the GR
1795-HD, being only two bays wide, and can be field-
converted into a 1795-HD as your requirements dictate.
Please use one of the cards at the rear of this cata log to
request complete information.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
ATE - LOGIC TESTER 153
 1796 Digital/Analog Test System
An ATE system with large-scale integration of test capability

Large-scale integration of both digital and analog and software) into the system. The result is a digital
functions is definitely a reality. Squeezing a multitude of interface providing high-speed and/or low-speed digital
functions, both digital and analog, on a single IC and data transfer, an analog interface providing electrically
using these ICs on PC boards to provide even more com- quiet, wide-band (50-MHz bandwidth) connections to
plex functions has resulted in significant manufacturing the stimulus and measurement modules, and a hybrid
cost savings. However, the testing costs associated with interface providing a combination of digital and analog
these PC boards have risen dramatically. What is needed test capability at up to 192 points with a bandwidth in
to reduce these costs is large-scale integration of test excess of 10M Hz.
capability in an ATE system, namely, high-speed digital The Digital Test Hardware The digital test capability
driver/sensors, sophisticated analog stimulus and meas- consists of programmable driver/sensors and a high-
urement modules, and a flexible switching matrix and speed controller with local RAM memory. The driver/
PCB interface capability. sensors are programmable over a ±30-volt range and can
The 1796 was designed to provide the sophisticated operate at speeds from dc to over 1.5 MHz. A maximum
test capability previously found only in special-purpose of 216 to 324 pins can be selected , depending on the
costly ATE systems. As a GR customer, you obtain the ratio of high-speed to low-speed pins.
benefits of years of software development and the relia- A high-speed controller with local RAM memory at
bility built-in by GenRad's ten-pius years of experience in each driver/sensor pin provides test speeds from 10 kHz
supplying ATE systems. to over 1.5 MHz (over 350-million pin transitions per
Technical Highlights second). In addition to speed, the sophistication and
The Switching System and PCB Interface It cannot be complexity of today's LSI circuit boards require the fol-
over emphasized that the switching matrix is the heart of lowing important features found in the! 796:
any hybrid ATE system. It provides the paths necessary • The controller can switch a driver/sensor back and
for all digital/analog signals between the modules of the forth from the drive to the sense mode during high-
test system and the board under test. In tne 1796, the speed operation to allow for testing of bus-oriented
switching matrices are fully integrated (both hardware logic.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
154 ATE - DIGITAUANALOG TESTER
• 'DO' loops are available to generate iterative test se- • AC Measurement Unit, capable of measuring ac wave-
quences repetitively or until a specific sensor logic forms from 50 Hz to 7 MHz.
state is reached. This allows initializing logic without
using a large part of the local memory. • DC Measurement Unit, capable of making differential
voltage and current measurements in five different
• Synchronizing inputs are provided to allow the Unit operating modes: direct, integrate, low-pass filter,
Under Test (UUT) to force the controller to wait for a peak, and track and hold. These modes permit the
spec ific cond ition before proceed ing with the next test user to optimize a test program for speed, accuracy
step. This allows a UUT on-board-clock to control the and noise immunity, as needs dictate.
timing of the test sequence.
• Resistance Measurement Unit, capable of 4-terminal
• The 40-M Hz controller clock, along with signals cor- Kelvin or guarded resistance measurements from 0 to
responding to driver and sensor timing, are provided 10 MD.
as outputs to the U UT to generate clock signals for
synchronizing the UUT to the tester. • Frequency Measurement Unit, capable of measuring
frequency, period, multiple period, frequency ratio
TheAnalogStimulusand Measurement Modules Analog and time interval. Freqency range 0.012 Hz to 40
stimulus and measurement are accomplished via MHz. Time interval 200 ns to 84 s.
modules designed for operation in a system environment.
In addition to the above equipment, the 1796 supports
The following standard capability is provided:
the IEEE 488 Interface Bus so that additional equipment
• AC Sources, providing sine, square or rectangular required for unique applications can be integrated into
waveforms from dc to 10M Hz. the system.
• Pulse Generator, programmable in pulse amplitude, In summary, the 1796 has the capability to meet your
pulse duration, pulse separation, rise and fall times, testing needs now and into the future, and it is upward
and number of transitions. compatible to previous GenRad ATE systems in hardware
and software.
• User-Programmable Power Supplies, capable of four
quadrant operation with programmable current limits.
• Time-Measurement Unit, capable of time-interval Please use one ofthe cards atthe rear of this catalog to
measurement from 2 ns to l.6 s. request complete information.

1799 Digital/Analog Test System

An integrated system designed as a hybrid tester

Until now, if you wanted a combined digital/analog Setup Costs Simple UUT interfacing-via plug-in de-
test system you had to choose between a digital tester vice ldaptor with room inside for adding any special
with some added analog features or a powerful but ex- interface circuitry, etc. "Universal pins"-under pro-
pensive digital/analog tester which may well have had gram control each pin can be a logic driver, a logic
more capability than you needed. GenRad has now solved sensor, an analog source, or an analog measurement pin.
this problem by designing a fully integrated digital/ GenRad's world renowned CAPS (Computer Aided
analog test system in the medium-price range. By "fully Programming Software) package and the newer Auto-
integrated" we mean that the 1799 has been designed as mated Program Generation (APG) make for cost-effective
a hybrid test system rather than merely being an en- program preparation.
hanced digital test system-as most medium-priced Testing Costs High-spe€!d disk-based operation, a sim-
hybrid testers are. This means, for instance, that the ple but flexible operator's control panel, easy change-
software and the hardware "talk" to each other in an over of test programs and device adaptors, and reliable
efficient manner, and that the measurement "instru- operation all combine to produce maximum throughput.
ments" (in reality, purpose-designed modules) are con- Troubleshooting Costs CAPS-generated diagnostics, a
trolled by high-level language statements rather than a look-ahead-guided-pulse-catching probe, GenRad's
string of meaningless ASCII characters. This, and many unique Diagnostic Resolution Module, and a new Analog
other benefits of the integrated "second-generation" ap- Diagnostics package add up to giving the most accurate
proach, makes for a more cost-effective solution to your and detailed error messages available on-an ATE system .
testing problems. In addition to providing rapid diagnostics, the unique
Cost-Effectiveness is What ATE is All About-and the accuracy of GenRad 's systems means that your off-line
1799 Scores in all Major Cost Areas. repair costs will also be lowered considerably.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
ATE - DIGITAUANALOG TESTER 155
Technical Highlights • AC Measurement Unit, capable of measuring ac
The Switching System and UUT Interface The switching waveforms from 50 Hz to 7 MHz.
system is the heart of a hybrid test system. Since virtually • DC Measurement Unit, capable of making differential
all stimulus and measurement signals pass through it the voltage and current measurements in five different
performance of the whole system stands or falls on its operating modes: direct, integrate, low-pass filter,
integrity. The 1799 uses the universal pin scanner from peak, and track and hold. These modes permit the
our top-of-the-line 1796 test system, providing a band- user to optimize a test program for speed, accuracy
width in excess of 10 MHz coupled with low cross talk. and noise immunity, as needs dictate.
The Digital Test Hardware A choice between fixed (in-
• Resistance Measurement Unit, capable of 4-terminal
ternally adjustable) or fully programmable logic driver/
Kelvin or guarded resistance measurements from 0 to
sensors is available. The programmable version has a 10 MO.
range of ± 15 volts, dual drivers and sensors per pin for
mixed logic testing, and strobing of driver output and • Frequency Measurement Unit, capable of measuring
sensor monitoring for complete control of test timing . frequency, period, multiple period, frequency ratio
The Analog Stimul usand Measurement Modules Ana log and time interval. Frequency range 0.012 Hz to 40
stimulus and measurement are accomplished via MHz. Time interval 200 ns to 84 s.
modules designed for operation in a system environment. In addition to the above equipment, the 1799 supports
The following standard capability is provided: the IEEE 488 Interface Bus so that additional equipment
• AC Sources, providing sine, square or rectangular required for unique applications can be integrated into
waveforms from dc to 10 MHz. the system.
In summary, the 1799 has the capability to meet your
• Pulse Generator, programmable in pulse amplitude,
testing needs now and into the future, and it is upward
pulse duration, pulse separation, rise and fall times,
and number of transitions. compatible to previous GenRad ATE systems in hardware
and software.
• User-Programmable Power Supplies, capable of four Please use one of the cards at the rear of th is catalog to
quadrant operation with programmable current limits. request complete information.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

156 ATE - DIGITAUANALOG TESTER
 1797 Programming Station
An off-line station dedicated to program preparation
Most large, automatic PC-board test systems are capa- testers listed above. An ideal situation is a single 1797
ble of performing three basic functions: setup, test and Programming Station that supports several 1795 units.
diagnosis. However, if the primary use forthe system is to On the other hand, if you have one or more GenRad
test and troubleshoot boards, then it is needless to com- systems, you can free those systems for more test and
ment on how difficult it can be to get enough time on the diagnosis work by shifting the program-generation work
system to generate new test programs. to a 1797 Programming Station.
GenRad's 1797 Programming Station allows pro- Other convenient features allow you to ...
grammers to do their thing without interfering with the • interface with a large variety of peripherals.
production operations. Also, since the 1797 contains no
test hardware, the production people will have no interest • perform program editing.
in it whatsoever. • perform program duplicating and archiving; an op-
Supports GenRad Systems The 1797 will support tional second disk drive is useful for this function.
GenRad's 1792, 1795, 1796 and 1799 systems,
whether they have their own program-generation capabi 1- • perform simulation runs.
ity or not. For instance, GenRad's popular low-cost test- • enjoy the convenience (and savings) of in-house pro-
er, the 1795 with floppy disk drives, is strictly a test and gramming. -
troubleshooting system. To develop programs for a
CAPS-equipped 1795 you need a 1797 Programming Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
Station or, if one is ava i la ble, you ca n use any of the other request complete information.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

TEST PROGRAMMING STATION 157
 2270 In-Circuit/Functional Test System
Focusing on a specific manufacturing problem -
PC-board-assembly faults
• cost-effective fault diagnoses
on production volumes or assembly yields, the 2270 may
• improved in-circuit testing accuracy also have extra capacity for partial or full functional test-
• automatic test generation software ing of every board either before or after electrical inspec-
tion. When 2270 functional modules and IEC bus in-
• human-engineered design strument options are added to the basic system, almost
any type of functional testing can be easily performed.
Most PC-board faults typically originate during board The enhanced bar-graph display circuitry designed into
assembly. GenRad's new 2270 focuses on these faults the CRT display even makes pot alignments or other
through fast, accurate, and completely automatic elec- circuit adjustments easy and fast. In essence, the 2270
trical inspection of the fin ished assembly. Solder shorts, can be looked upon as a powerful controller for custom
wrong parts, missing parts, backwards parts, or incor- test requirements.
rectly seated parts are completely isolated and described The 2270 contains other features we think you will
in simple English by a printed, board-repair message. like:
Controlled inspection and elimination of assembly • 4 line x 1024 (maximum available on standard sys-
faults before functional test can significantly reduce tem) pin scanner with full crosspoint control for improved
manufacturing costs by providing some or all of the fol- in-circuit testing and greater functional test flexibility.
lowing benefits: • ATG software to create electrically isolated compo-
• A production-line assembly inspection station can typ- nent tests automatically from circuit topology informa-
ically be reduced to one person, independent of board tion.
complexity. • Powerful on-line editing and debugging software.
• With simple faults removed, functional-test and fault- • Human-engineered design. Both the CRT and bed-
troubleshooting bottlenecks can be removed. of-nails work surface can be adjusted by the user to
• Production capacity can be increased with lower in- comfortable operating positions.
vestments in both equipment and program preparation/ • A vacuum transducer which generates vacuum from
debug costs. compressed plant air, usually eliminating the need for a
This PC-board inspection system can initiate future noisy and expensive pump.
cost savings by providing process feedback data; The 2270 was designed to take advantage of GenRad's
cumulative faults; yields and throughput time studies expertise and leadership in the fields of RLC component
can be recorded and analyzed for future process adjust- measurement instrumentation and autorlJatic test sys-
ments. tems design.
In addition, the 2270 with its LSI-ll based controller
and powerful high-level, English-language software was Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
designed with production flexibility in mind. Depending request complete infromation.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
158 IN-CIRCUIT/FUNCTIONAL TESTER
 Test-System Software
CAPS Test System Software failures, non-plated-through holes, and shorts between
Available as an option to GenRad test systems is GR's adjacent tracks. The starting point for AFL is a data base,
CAPS software package. This is the most proven, the or fault dictionary, that contains all typical manufactur-
most accurate and the most widely used program prepa- ing failure mechanisms. Through on-line simulation, re-
ration and diagnostic software for logic boards available corded I/O data of a unit under test are compared with
in the world today. CAPS will save you time in preparing simulated data for all test steps until the best match is
your test programs because it measures your test pro- obtained. At that point a message appears on the CRT
gram's effectiveness in detecting faults and provides identifyi ng the natu re of the fa i lure. I n add ition to the
analysis documentation that is invaluable to the test CRT presentation, a hard-copy record can also be readily
engineer in improving the quality of the test program. It obtained.
can reduce your servicing costs by ensuring that your This approach does not rely on any operator interven-
boards are properly tested before your product is ship- tion whatsoever, thereby eliminating the chance of
ped, so that you need not rely on seldom-seen feedback human error in probing, in reading instructions, etc.
from your fi nal test or service departments to be sure your Simulation is done on-line to allow a complete I/O pin
test program is functionally testing your logic boards. comparison, thus investigating all failure possibilities
It can indicate design inconsistencies that may result that could produce the symptom. The fault dictionary
in manufacturing bottlenecks; in fact, you can analyze contained on the disk is merely the starting point, allow-
your logic designs and accurately write your test pro- ing AFL with on-line simulation to begin where other
grams before the physical prototypes are available. It can automatic fault-look-up techniques stop. CAPS picks up
give you the information you need to improve your logic- where fault dictionaries leave off, resulting in the best
board testa bi Iity. possible troubleshooting resolution afforded by the test
APG and FINDS program and network topology.
CAPS can be further enhanced by the addition of the CAPS diagnostics: computer-guided tracking probe
optional Automated Program Generation package (APG) A part of the GR CAPS diagnostic option is the
and the Fault Identifying Nodal Diagnostic Software computer-guided tracking probe, which allows access to
(FI N DS). APG and FI N DS are available separately so that internal nodes on the board. This probe is available in two
you can tailor the software you buy to the problems you forms: A single-point GR Logic Probe or a multipoint IC
have. If your major problem is getting programs up and clip. In this troubleshooting mode, the computer directs
running in the shortest possible time, then you need the operator to probe through the logic, tracking back
APG. APG can dramatically reduce the time taken to get from a failing output pin. The software guides the
your test program from the 60-70% effectiveness level operator to probe from node to node (or IC to IC with the
up to the 90% + level. If your major problem is in the clip) until the failure has been located. Because probing
fault-location and board-repair area, then you will need is subject to human error, CAPS includes heuristics that
the FINDS package. FINDS uses a number of different adapt the probing routine to correct for operator errors.
techniques to pinpoint accurately which is "the bad IC" All probing instructions are determined automatically;
on a large board, or which node is shorted to which other there is no need for programmed instructions for the
node, etc rather than merely telling you that "this node is probe.
bad." FI N DS is particularly usefu I if your boards are Smart Probe
heavily BUS-oriented or if WIRE-AND techniques are A fault dictionary has the advantage of being able to
used a lot. diagnose faults very rapidly because it requires no
Automatic Troubleshooting Using CAPS operator involvement for probing. It has the disadvan-
GenRad's unique CAPS software package provides not tage, however, of not always having good resolution be-
just one but severa I trou bleshooting techniques to reduce
complex-board troubleshooting to the point where
neither a skilled technician nor a schematic is required.
CAPS will isolate faults, not only on digital PC boards but
also on those digital networks contained within hybrid
boards. If the problem is in the analog portion, CAPS will
pinpo int it to the functional analog block for further
analysis by the computer-gu ided analog diagnostic
software.
Automatic Fault Location (AFL)*
Automatic Fault Location (AFL) is the mode that pro-
vides completely automatic fault identification and loca-
tion. By "completely automatic," we mean no probing
whatsoever. The operator simply presses the START but-
ton or footswitch , and within seconds the CRTwi II display
the why , what and where of the failure. The types of
failures that can be identified include IC input or output
pins stuck high (open) orto ground , shorts between adja-
cent IC pins, loss of power to an IC, many types of
component-insertion failures, many types of multiple
' Patent applied for.

SOFTWARE 159
 cause of poor board visibility. The computer-guided automatically program the proper voltage level as the
probe, on the other hand, provides excellent resolution, computer automatically guides it from one logic family to
because it has access to internal points on the board. another. I n add ition, the probe can detect transitions and
Unfortunately, it can be a slow process always working catch pulses down to 25 nanoseconds. It can also meas-
back from failing outputs pins, probing many levels of ure dc voltage. Its input capacitance is less than 10 pF,
logic until the fault is isolated. What is needed is a which is particularly important when probing MOS logic.
troubleshooting routine that combines the speed of a The IC clip is available with the Diagnostic Resolution
fault dictionary with the resolution of the computer- Module (DRM). This speeds up the probing sequence
guided tracking probe. Enter GR's new Smart Probe. considerably, especially when probing ICs with many
The Smart Probe uses inputs from both a fault diction- inputs or outputs such as multiplexers and decoders. The
ary and the computer-guided probe to isolate the fault in system wi II automatica Ily request the operator to use the
a fraction of the time of the tracking probe working alone. single-point probe on any IC that cannot be clipped.
By first invoking a fault dictionary, the Smart Probe gets Analog Diagnostics
enough information to begin probing at the suspected GenRad's computer-guided analog diagnostic
cause of failure instead of at the board output pins . Thus, software is structured from efficient and flexible pro-
we optimize troubleshooting speed with low-skilled gramming algorithms to isolate more quickly specific
operating personnel. faults on both hybrid and analog boards.
Yet, CAPS does not penalize a knowledgeable This software maintains a careful balance between
operator. Provisions can be made to .let the operator try automatic and manual programming, thus maximizing
out "hunches" about the causes of board failure (under both programming and probing efficiency without sac-
the watchful eye of CAPS, of course). If the hunch proves rificing the test flexibility required for analog circuits.
correct, CAPS will utilize the information and even more Analog diagnostics represent an enhancement of the
rapidly isolate the failure. If the hunch is incorrect, the standard functional board test program. The vague "cir-
Smart Probe will take over. cuit area" indictments which are generally common in
The Smart Probe is available as a single-point Logic functional analog test programs can now be improved to
Probe or a multipoint IC clip. The Logic Probe is fully the point of indicting specific nodes and components.
programmable over a range of -30 V to +30 V and has This is done by mathematically comparing nodal imped-
dual threshold detection. Use of the probe with CAPS ance signatures in a suspect area with those impedance
diagnostic software is fully automatic. The software will signatures previously learned from a known-good board.

MESSAGE: MESSAGE:

'*"""""ttt" tttt,t"tttttt"t
U U tt tt
PROBE: (16 PINS) U U44.7 U PROBE: (16 PINS) ,t CLIP U3 "
tt tt
""""""""'"" ttttttttttttttttt
·STATUS: AFL STARTING POINT STATUS: RH1IPPING DUE TO BAD CONTACT
================================================= =================================================
LAST POINT PROBED: U4.S DIAGNOSIS: BAD 113 LAST POINT PROBED: Ul.S DIAGNOSIS: BAD 113
LAST BAD POINT: U4.S DIAGNOSIS: BAD 113 LAST BAD POINT: Ul.S DIAGNOSIS: BAD 113
ORIGINAL FAILING TEST I: 1 ORIGINAL FAILING TEST I: 1

(top left) Message to the operator indicat-

ing Ie U44 pin 7 is the next point to be
probed.

(top right) A second message to the

BOARD: 4351.TP DATE: operator indicating that Ie U3 must be
FROM: FINDS FAIL TEST 184 clipped again owing to a detected bad
COMMENT: TWO NODES SHORTED contact the first time.

(bottom) Final diagnosis stating that the

CONNECTIONS node, described by Ie U 19 pin 8 and its
U19.B(7482) SHORTED U18.3'(74175) U~.9(7437) connections, is shorted to the node
U4.4(7488) U~.18(7437) described by U11 pin 4 and its connec-
tions. The Bug Hound would now be used
to find the actual physical location of
Ul1. 4'(7484) SHORTED U4. 5(7488) U5.1 <74H~) this short.
UI9.9<748~)

160 SOFTWARE
 connection is suspected, FINDS will direct the operator
to probe or cl ip each side of the suspected "open." For a
suspected bad IC, FINDS uses a current-tracing tech-
nique to identify accurately the cause of the nodal fail-
ure. Other strategies are used for other types of fault, and
the result is an accurate diagnosis printout which is so
much more useful to the repair person than merely iden-
tifying the bad node. This results in shorter repair times
and fewer boards ruined due to removal of the wrong IC,
etc. Throughput on the system is increased even though
more probing is required, since incorrectly repaired
boards will not be recycled through the tester.
The diagram below, based upon data from a typical
manufacturing environment, shows the usefulness of
FINDS by comparing the relationship between a nodal
diagnosis and the actual fault.
Nodal Diagnosis Actual Fault
20%
(40%) Bad (Stuck) Node : - - - - - - - . Bad Component (30%)

Diagnostic-Resolution Module (DRM)

FINDS (software) is used in conjunction with the DRM
(hardware) to improve the resolution of the fault identifi- (50%) Bad (Active) Node '-----------+. Short (60%)
cation beyond the usual node level. The DRM is housed in
a small box which sits beneath the control panel and (10%) Open - - - - - - - - - - - - _ . Open (10%)
incorporates two probes and two clips. Once the guided
probe or guided clip has diagnosed a fault to a specific Only 10% of all faults (the "opens") will be accurately
node the software links automatically to FINDS. diagnosed by nodal diagnosis.
Depending on the nature of the fault at the node (per- For any other type of fau It the cause cou Id be a short or
manently stuck, failed but active some of the time), a bad component. The short could be from the node to
FINDS will direct the operator to use the DRM clips or many other possible nodes and the bad component could
probes with a suitable strategy. For example, if a short to be anyone of many tied to the node (especially with
Vcc or ground is suspected, FINDS will direct the bus-structured logic) . Since 90% of the faults have this
operator to clip an IC on the bad node and check for the possible ambiguity, the benefits of FINDS are quite
shorts. The Smart Clip will automatically check that it clear.
--..,.. has good contact with all the pins on the IC so that errors Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
due to bad clipping, etc are eliminated. If a broken request complete information.

SOFTWARE 16 1
 2220 Bug Hound
A totally new approach to locating faults on PC boards
• locates "shorts" and "opens"
CURRENT
• locates the bad Ie on a node. FLOW

VOLTAGE DROP
• locates shorts between power and ground tracks- IN THIS AREA

including shorted capacitors

• works for all logic families
• requires no power on the board - therefore does not
tie up ATE system or other instrumentation such as
power supplies or scopes
• easy to use - requires no "sensitivity" or "calibration"
adjustments 'tit. REPRESENTATION OF POWER AND GROUND TRACKS ON
, A BOARD WITH A SHORTED CAPACITOR .

The GenRad 2220 Bug Hound is a completely self-

contained instrument designed to take over where your Although normally used in conjunction with the built-
automatic board-test system leaves off. With information in current source, the microvoltmeter can also trace cur-
based upon the diagnostic message received from the rents generated by ICs on a powered-up board for location
test system, which gives the electrical location of the of bad ICs or normal nodes, wired-AND nodes, and bus-
fault, the repair person will select one ofthe Bug Hound's ses.
several operating modes and quickly track down the phys- Connectivity Mode When the Connectivity Mode is
ica I location of the fa u It. selected, the same two probes used by the microvoltme-
Modes of Operation ter become a threshold resistance tester. The 2220
Microvoltmeter Mode The two-range microvoltmeter Bug Hound has a small loudspeaker built-in to sound a
is used to trace dc currents by measuring the voltage drop tone when the resistance is below 75 ohms. A personal
in the tracks on the board. A 10-mA dc signal can be earphone may be used instead of the loudspeaker.
injected using the two injection clips. This mode is used This mode is mainly used for locating open circuits but
mainly for tracing shorts between power and ground is also used for locating the second node involved in a
tracks since the 600-kHz signal used for tracing nodal short if your ATE does not give you that information.
shorts would normally be shorted by decoupling GenRad test systems equipped with the Diagnostic Reso-
capacitors between power and ground. Normally one lution Module (DRM) will give a diagnostic printout which
probe is held near one of the injection clips arid other identifies both of the nodes involved in a short; other
probe moved along the track. The meter display will move systems do not have this capability, they only identify one I

upscale as the distance between the probes increases. of the shorted nodes. In th is case, the second of the
When the probe passes the short, no further increase in nodes is located using the Connectivity Mode before
meter deflection will occur. using the Signal-Trace Mode to locate the short itself.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
162 PC-BOARD FAULT TRACER
 Signal-Trace Mode In this mode a 600-kHz signal is
injected into the two shorted nodes via the two clips.
Where the current flows a magnetic field, which is fol-
lowed by the unique phase-sensitive* current tracing
probe, is set up. When the probe is to one side of the right
track, one of the two LEDs mounted in the probe tip will
be lit and a tone will sound in the loudspeaker or ear-
phone. When the probe is moved to the other side of the
track the LED wi II go out, the other LED wi III ight and the
tone will change in pitch. By using a deliberate zig-
zagging motion the track can be followed quickly and
accurately . There is no ambiguity as to which of the
tracks is carrying the current since the LEDs and the
tones can only switch immed iately over the correct track.
Compare this with amplitude-sensitive probes which
have to be carefully adjusted to discriminate between
tracks, and even then possess some degree of ambiguity very poor. In addition, since the sensitivity has to be
when the tracks are closely spaced. turned down the probe has to be held directly over the
Once the probe passes the short, the LEDs wi II both go track in order to trace. Compare this with the diagram
out and so will the tone. on the right which shows the response of GenRad's
The Phase-Sensitive Probe· un iq ue phase-sensitive probe to the same field strengths.
Ampl itude-sensitive probes need to have an adjusta ble The switchover from one LED to the other occurs directly
sensitivity in order to determine which of several closely over the current-carrying track regardless of the field
spaced tracks is carrying the current, which creates the strength. This permits accurate tracing without having to
magnetic field. The diagram on the left shows the re- be always directly over the track, and the lack of a sen-
sponse pattern of such a probe for three different field sitivity control means one less operator action to be per-
strengths. It is obvious from this that unless the sensitiv- formed.
ity can be adjusted, the resolution of such a probe will be ·Patent Pending

RESPONSE OF AMPLITUDE-SENSITIVE PROBE TO DIFFERENT FIELD STRENGTHS - RESPONSE OF THE BUGHQUNO'S

YOU CAN see WHY A SENSITIVITY CONTROL IS NEEDED. PHASE-SENSITIVE PROBE TO DIF ·
FERENT FIELD STRENGTHS. REGARD-

... --,
LESS OF THE FIELD STRENGTH OR
PROBE SENSITIVITY THE PHASE
CHANGE ALWAYS OCCURS DIRECT·
LV OVER THE CURRENT CARRYING

",
", " / -·1I
.. TRACK.

", ",. !
", .
... "" ..... .
.... " ",

c=J c=J

THE CURRENT CARRYING TRACKI THE CURRENT CARRYING TRACKI

SPECIFICATIONS
Microvoltmeter Connectivity Test: Detects resistance less than 75 n ± 10%.
Accuracy: ±(20% of full scale + 10/1-V). Power: 100 to 175 or 200 to 250 V, 50 or 60 Hz .
Ranges: 50-0-50 /1-V and 500-0-500 /1-V. Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 8.5x3.12x12.25 in.
Input impedance greater than 100 n. (21.6x8.4x31.1 cm). WEIGHT: 61b (2.7 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.5 kg)
Differential protection between probes ± 15 V. shipping.
DC Current Source
Compliance: 1 V dc max open circuit.
Output current: 10 mA ±20% into short circuit. Catalog
Description Number
Current-Sensing Probe
Source drive signal: 600 kHz ±20%, 1 V peak max into open
circuit. 20 mA pop square wave into above circuit. Detector 2220 Bug Hound 2220·9700
probe: Sensitive to source if probe held within 1/8 inch of 2220 Trace Probe 2220-9710
copper track. 2220 Test Probe Kit 2220-9720

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

PC-BOARD FAULT TRACER 163
 Acoustic/ViBration
Instruments and Systems
Noise- its impact on our society is increas- uct lineswith the passage, m the United States,
ing rapidly. Contributing factors are increased of The Occupational Safety aAd He8Wl Act.
population density, greater mechanization, and GenRad can supply all the equipment you need
increased public awareness and concern about to comply with the noise-measurement
physiological and psychological effects of standards prescribed by various regulatory
noise. With the requirements of new noise agencies for community noise, industrial noise
standards and legislation coupled with ad- and product noise rating and reduction. In our
vanced instrumentation, the measurement and broad acoustics line ate soond·level meters and
control of industrial, community, and product calibrators, personal noise dosiffl~.&; vibra-
noise have become far more important in recent tion meters, impact-noise analyzers,
years. preamplifiers, audiometer calibrators, real-
Vibration control is gaining a similar increase time analyzers, recorders, wave analyzers,
in attention, particularly in the product cate- sound and vibration analyzers, octave-band
gory. The engineer realizes that, in many in- analyzers, vibration control systems, and many
stances, control of vibration is necessary before related products.
any effective control of noise can be accom-
plished. Acoustic/vibration instruments and systems
A leader in acoustic measurements since it are described only briefly in this section of the
introduced the first commercial sound-level catalog. Postage-paid postcards have been in-
meter, GenRad has seen major emphasis serted at the rear for your convenience in re-
placed on its acoustic and signal-analysis prod- questing additional information.
 1933 Precision Sound-level Meter and Analyzer

• from 10 to 140 dB screens, and an

• ANS1 Type 1 earphone for aural
monitoring. The
• built-in octave-band analyzer 1933-971 0 system
includes all of the
• impact and impulse capability above plus a
tripod, 60-foot
The 1933 is an all-purpose instrument microphone
for precision sound-level measurements extension cable ,
as well as octave-band analysis. Its mul- and a larger
tifunction capability allows you to use it carrying case.
for numerous OSHA-required meas-
urements. These include: General noise Condensed Specifications
surveys; impact and impulse meas-
urements; audiometric booth-site sur- Sound level: 10 to 130 dB with
I-in . microphone; 20 to 140 dB
veys; post-installation measurements of
audiometric booths; measurements to with l/2-in. microphone.
determine proper noise absorbing mate- Power: Four alkaline energizer C cells
rials; and analysis measurements for provide about 20-h operation.
noise-reduction programs. Supplied: Microphone attenuator, tool kit,
The 1933 is the logical choice for 10-ft microphone extension cable, batteries.
companies whose noise measurement Weight: 5.5 Ib (2 .5 kg).
programs involve more than simple
sound-level surveys. It may be purchased Catalog
alone with standard accessories or in Description Number
sound-level measurement systems with a 1933 Precision Sound-Level Meter and Analyzer
variety of accessories and a specially With 1/2-in. and I-in. microphones 1933-9700
padded luggage-type carrying case . The With 1!2-in . microphone only 1933-9701
1933-9714 system includes a GR 1933-9710 Sound Analysis System 1933-9710
1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator , wind- 1933-9714 Sound Analysis System 1933-9714

1933-9610 Vibration Integrator System

• extends capabilities of 1933 preci-

sion sound-level meter and vibration as well as airborne noise. It also
analyzer adds preventive maintenance to the
1933's functions since vibration analysis
• direct readout in dB re standard
is often used to detect potential parts'
references for: failures in machinery and equipment.
acceleration
velocity
displacement Condensed Specifications
Measurement Range: ACCELERATION:
• handy slide rule gives metric and La in dB re 10- 5 m/ s2; (octave) 30to 140
English vibration units dB (3.16 x 10-4 to 100 mfs2), (flat) 46
to 140 dB (2 x 10- 3 to 100 m/s2) . VEL-
The 1933-9610 Vi bration Integrator OCITY: Lv in dB re 10- 8 m/s2; (octave) 60
System extends the capabilities of the to 150dB (1 x 10- 5 to 0.316 m/s) , (flat)
1933 Precision Sound-Level Meter and 76 to 150 dB (6.31 x 10- 5 to 0.316
Ana Iyzer to inc I ude vi brat ion meas- m/ s). DISPLACEMENT: Ld in dB re 10-9
urements with read-out of acceleration m; (octave) 50 to 150 dB (3.16 x 10- 7
(La), velocity (Lv), and displacement (L d). to3.16 x 10- 2 m),(flat)66to150dB(2
This added capability increases the x 10- 6 to 3.16 X 10- 2 m).
versatility of the 1933 for noise-
reduction work by permitting the meas-
urement and analysis of structure-borne 1933-9610 Vibration Integrator System 1933-9610

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

166 SOUND-LEVEL METERS
 1982 Precision Sound-Level Meter and Analyzer

• from 30 to 140 dB (150-dB PEAK) The 1982 is the

logical choice for com-
• built-in octave-band analyzer pan ies whose noise
• ANSI Type 1 measurement pro-
grams involve more
• digital and analog display than simple sound-
level surveys. It may
The 1982 is a truly versatile, all- be purchased alone
purpose instrument for precision sound- with standard acces-
level measurements, octave-band sories or in ·sound
analysis, and peak and impulse meas- analysis systems with
urements. Its multi-function capability a variety of acces-
allows you to use it for numerous OSHA- sories and a specially
required measurements. These include: padded luggage-type II Ii__
General noise surveys; peak and impulse carrying case. The
measurements; audiometric booth-site 1982-9720 system
surveys; post -i nsta Ilation measurements includes a GR 1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator,
of audiometric booths; measurements to 60-foot microphone extension cable, and tripod.
determine proper noise absorbing mate-
rials; and analysis measurements for
noise-reduction programs. Condensed Specifications
The 1982 combines an easy reading Sound Level: 30 to 130 dB rms (140-dB PEAK) . May
digital display with a clear, linear analog be extended to 140-dB rms (l50-dB PEAK) using
meter. The two displays let the user ob- 10-dB microphone attenuator (supplied).
serve sound-level readings in clear digital Power: Removable battery pack containing 3 AA-size
form while observing the levels rise and nickle-cadmium rechargeable cells; 1151220 V ac
fallon the analog meter. The digital dis- 50-60 Hz charger supplied.
play assures repeatable readings by dif- Supplied: Battery pack assembly, battery charger,
ferent users since judgement of the nee- 10-ft microphone extension cable, 10-dB microphone
dle position is not required. A special attenuator, calibration screwdriver, wrist strap, phone
"maximum-hold" feature can be switch plug, and microphone windscreen .
selected to "capture" and hold the digi-
tal display at the highest sound-level Weight: 3 Ib (1.36 kg).
measured while the analog meter con-
Catalog
tinues to indicate every rise and fall in the Description Number
level. This ensures that the operator will
not miss the highest noise level, even 1982 Precision Sound-Level Meter and Analyzer 1982-9700
when not constantly watching the meter. 1982 Sound Analysis System 1982-9720

1981-8 Precision Sound-Level Meter

• 30 to 120 dBA
• digital and analog display
• ANSI Type S1 A and lEe 179
• maximum-hold digital display
feature
The 1981-B combines an analog Condensed Specifications
meter with a digital display in the same Sound-Level:
instrument. The two displays let the user 30 to 120 dBA.
observe sound-level readings in clear di- Power: Removable battery
gital form while observing the levels rise pack containing 3 AA-size
and fallon the analog meter. The digital nickle-cadmium recharge-
display assures repeatable readings by able cells; 1151220 V ac
different users since judgement of the 50-60 Hz using charger
needle position is not required. A special supplied.
"maximum-hold" feature can be switch
selected to "capture" and hold the d igi- Supplied: Carrying pouch, wrist
tal display at the highest sound level strap, battery pack, battery charger,
measured while the analog meter con- screwdriver for ca librati on adjustment,
ti n ues to i nd icate every rise and fa II in the and miniature phone-plug connector .
level. This ensures that the operator will Weight: 28 oz (0.8 kg).
not miss the highest noise level , even
when not constantly watching the meter.
The 1981-B is an excellent choice
when precision measurements as well as 1981-8 Precision Sound-Level Meter 1981-9750
genera I survey measurements must be 1981-8 Precision Sound Measurement Set
made. It is available alone, in a set with a (with 1567 single-frequency calibrator) 1981-9762
calibrator, and in systems with a tripod , 1981-8 Precision Noise Measurement System
calibrator and other accessories. The (with 1562-A 5-frequency calibrator, extension
1981-B spans 30 to 120 dBA in two cable, tripod, other accessories, and luggage-type
switch-selectable ranges . carrying case) 1981-9760

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog .

SOUND-LEVEL METERS 167
 1565-8 Sound-Level Meter
• 40 to 140 dB, fast/slow
Condensed Specifications
• ANSI Type 2
Sound Level: 40 to 140 dB.
• MESA approved
Power: Two 9-V batteries provide
• A, B, C weighting about 50-h operation.
The 1565-B is a general-purpose Supplied: Carrying pouch, miniature
sound-level meter, ideal for meas- phone-plug to connect to output which
urements required by OSHA and for gen- drives recorders, analyzers, etc, screw-
eral noise surveys. This popular meter driver for calibration adjust, batteries.
weighs less than 1 pound, features sim-
Weight: 1 Ib (0.45 kg).
ple pushbutton operation, transistor-
Catalog
radio-type battery power, a rugged
Description Number
ceramic microphone and solid-state cir-
cuitry for long-term reliability. The 1565-8 Sound-Level Meter 1565-9702
1565-B may be purchased alone with 1565-9902 Sound-Level Measurement Set (with
supplied accessories or in a sound-level 1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator, 5 frequencies) 1565-9902
measurement set which includes an 1565-9903 Sound-Level Measurement Set (with
acoustic calibrator and a carrying! 1567 Sound-Level 'Calibrator , 1 frequency) 1565-9903
storage case. Carrying Case 1562-9600

Special Meters for Community Noise Applications

A vehicle noise measurement set is also available with a
The 1565-D is similar to the 1565-B, special 1565-9015 Sound-Level Meter. This meter permits
the major difference being its measure- measurements from 50 to 140 dB and has a removable
ment range of 30 to 130 dB. This lower microphone for remote mike placement, specified for
range capability is often required for vehicle noise measurements. The set includes a tripod for
noise measurements in the community. microphone mounting, 100-foot extension cable,windscreen,
The 1565-D is supplied with the same microphone adaptor, other accessories, and a carrying case.
accessories as the 1565-B, and is avail-
able in a set with a 1567 Sound-Level 1565-0 Sound-Level Meter 1565-9704
Calibrator, windscreen, and carrying 1565-9907 Sound-Level Measurement Set 1565-9907
case. 1565-9906 Vehicle Noise Measurement Set 1565-9906

1983 Sound-Level Meter

• 70 to 120 dBA, fast/slow includes the 1983, a 1567
• ANSI Type S2A single-frequency calibrator
and a carrying/storage case.
• MESA approved
Condensed Specifications
• big, easy-to-read scale
Sound-Level: 70 to 120 dBA.
The 1983 is a low-cost survey meter
Power: One 9-V battery provides
that meets current and proposed OSHA
requirements for general-purpose about 60-h operation.
sound-level meters. It is designed for ut- Supplied: Carrying pouch, miniature
most simplicity of operation. The large phone plug to connect to output wh ich
meter scale spans the instrument's full drives recorders, analyzers, etc, screw-
range of 70 to 120 dBA in clearly marked driver for calibration adjust, batteries.
1-dB increments. Just turn it on and read Weight: 12 oz (0.34 kg).
the level. A-weighting is built-in so that
readings are always in d BA. A sound-level 1983 Sound-Level Meter 1983-9730
measurement set is available which 1983 Sound-Level Measurement Set 1983-9915

1983 Vehicle-Noise Measurement Set

• a complete, low-cost system foot extension cable is available as an
• for pass-by, start-up, and muffler accessory. This permits the microphone
testing 'to be located at the measurement point
and the observer with the meter to be
• meets ANSI Sl.4 1971 Type S2A located away from the sound field to
• 50-dB meter display eliminates eliminate interference with the meas-
range switching urement.
This noise measurement set has been
specifically designed to satisfy vehicle- Condensed Specifications
noise-measurement requirements Sound Level: 70 to 120 dBA.
specified by legislation at the Federal, Power: One 9-V battery (Burgess 2U6 or
state, and local levels . The set features equal) provides 60-h operation.
simp licity of operation and calibration so Supplied: 1983-9730 Sound-Level
that reliable measurements can be made Meter, 1567 Sound-Level Calibrator ,
by law enforcement officers and others carrying case, tripod, 20-foot extension
who have not had prior experience in cable, windscreen , spare batteries.
acoustic measurements.
Weight: 6.5 Ib (2.9 kg).
The 1983 is supplied with a remote
microphone , and the set includes a 20-
foot extension cable and tripod. A 60- 1983 Vehicle Noise Measurement Set 1983-9910

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

168 SOUND-LEVEL METERS
 1954 Noise Dosimeter
• user adjustable to OSHA revisions ice center. In addition to personal noise
• automatic noise-dose measure- dose measurements, the 1954 can be
ments used to measure area noise exposure and
for making equivalent sound-level meas-
• can be used as an integrating
sound meter urements.
• built-in calibrator Condensed Specifications
The wearable dosimeter is the easy and 1954-9710 Noise-Exposure Monitor
automatic way to measure a worker's (5-d8 rate)
daily noise dose. All measurements are Noise-Level Exposure: Maximum permissible
made automatically by the monitor which exposure of 100% in accordance with OSHA is
is worn in a shirt-pocket or clipped on a accumulated for the combinations of level and
belt or other convenient location. time duration specified in the OSHA regulations.
GR's 1954 features a tiny remote mi- Power: One 9-V alkaline battery supplied ,
crophone that can be worn at the ear, on provides 40 hours of typical operation.
the collar, under ear protectors , or on the Supplied: Three earloops, one windscreen
mon itor where externa I microphone wires set (contains 4 windscreen assemblies) ,
could pose a safety hazard. A built-in one 9-V alkaline battery.
acoustic ca Ii brator assures proper system
performance before and after meas- Weight: 9.5 oz (0.27 kg). Jeweler's screwdriver is supplied for
urements and requires less than 10 sec- ca Ii brat ion , activation of mon itor con-
1954-9720 Indicator trols, and access to battery compartment.
onds for a complete calibration check.
Reading the noise dose is quick and Readout: When used with the Weight: 2.75 Ib (1.25 kg).
1954-971 0 Noise Exposure Mon itor Catalog
easy. At the end of the measurement
period , the monitor is plugged into the percentages ranging from 0.001 to Description Number
999.9 are displayed . These quantities
1954 indicator and a button is pushed to
get a readout of the computed noise dose are displayed on a 4-digit LED readout. 1954 Noise-Exposure Monitor,
5-dB exchange rate t 1954-9710
as an actual percentage of OSHA limits. Power: Supplied by battery in monitor. 1954 Noise Exposure Monitor,
Only one indicator is required for any Supplied: An accessory slide rule allows 3-d B exchange ratet 1954-9700
number of monitors. "equivalent continuous sound level" to 19541ndicatort 1954-9720
Should OSHA noise limits change, you be computed by entering the measure- 1954 Carrying Case 1954-9600
can re-adjust the 1954 yourself. You ment period and the percentage or t One monitor and one indicator comprise a
need not return it to the factory or a serv- index number displayed. complete dosimeter.

1557-A Vibration Calibrator

• calibrates vibration pickups, meters measurements and can also be used to
• generates 1 g at 100 Hz compare transducers or to cali brate working
transducers against a standard transducer.
• portable, battery-operated
Condensed Specifications
This calibrator provides a single- Output: ACCELERATION: 1 g rms±10%.
frequency (100 Hz) , single-level (1 g) 1 g = 386 in ./s2 (9.81 m/ s2). VELOCITY:
check on the GR Vibration Pickups or any 0.614 in./s (15.6 mm/ s) rms. DISPLACE-
pickup whose total mass is 300 grams or MENT: 0.000978 in. (0.0248 mm) rms; 1557-A Vibration Calibrator
less. It can provide on-the-spot calibra- 0.00277 in. (0.0704 mm) pk-pk. FRE- (with dry battery) 1557-9702
tion of vibration-measuring systems im- QUENCY: 100 Hz ±1% for 50-gram Replacement Dry Cell,
mediately before and after important load; 100 Hz + 0, - 2% for 300-gram load. 1 req'd 8410-1050

1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator

• 12S to 2000 Hz
• ± 0_3-d8 accuracy at SOO Hz Condensed Specifications
• fits many microphones Acoustic Output: FREQUENCIES: 125,
• MESA approved 250, 500 , 1000, and 2000 Hz; ± 3 '7'0 .
SOUND-PRESSURE LEVEL: 114 dB re
The 1562-A is a self-contained unit for 20/-LN / m2 .
making accurate field calibrations on
microphones and sound-measuring in- Supplied: Carrying case, adaptors for
struments. This calibratorfits in the palm 1/2- and I-in. microphones (fits 1-1/8-
of your hand, operates on its own battery in. microphones without adaptor), bat-
power , features a single fumble-free con- tery.
1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator 1562-9701
trol , and provides a prec isely known Power: Battery operated (9V , Burgess Coupler Adaptor Set, adapts
sound-pressure level at five ANSI- PM6 or equal); 120 h use. I562-A to 1/8, 1/ 4,
preferred frequencies. Weight: 1 Ib (0.5 kg). and I!2-in. microphone 1560-9561

1567 Sound-Level Calibrator

• low-cost • ± 0_S-d8 accuracy Condensed Specifications
• MESA approved Acoustic Output: FREQUENCY: 1000
Hz, ±3'7'0. SOUND- PRESSURE LEVEL:
The 1567 Sound-Level Calibrator is 114 dB re 20 /-LN / m2.
specially designed for you who wish to
check instrument sensitivity only (not Supplied: Carrying case, adaptor for
freq uency response). The 1567 has a 1565-B, battery.
single-level output and is well suited for Power: Battery operated, using 9-V
calibrating acoustic instruments at 1 Burgess2U60requivalent; 100 hofuse.
kHz. Weight: 1 Ib (0.5 kg). 1567 Sound-Level Calibrator 1567-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

NOISE DOSIMETERS AND ACOUSTIC CALIBRATORS 169
 1562-Z Audiometer Calibration Set
The 1562-Z is a completely self-
contained compact kit for field checks of
sound-level meters, sound analyzers, Condensed Specifications
and audiometers. It includes a 1565-B Supplied: 1565-B Sound-Level Meter ,
Sound-Level Meter, a 1562-A Sound- 1562 Sound-Level Calibrator, Earphone
Level Calibrator, a 1560-P83 Earphone Coupler, spare batteries, storage case.
Cou pier , spare batteries , a ca Ii bration
chart, a full set of instructions, and a Weight: 5 Ib (2.3 kg).
convenient carrying case to keep every- Catalog
thing together. The earphone coupler al- Descri ption Number
lows calibration of the earphone without
removal of the earphone cushion. 1562-Z Audiometer Calibration Set 1562-9901

1933 Audiometer Calibration System

• versatile calibration
• precision sound-level tenuator, tool kit, microphone extension
measurements cable {10 ft) and batteries; dummy mi-
crophone; 1!2-inch and I-inch wind-
• octave-band analysis screen (one each); earphone; 1562-A
This system may be used to calibrate Sound-Level Calibrator with adaptors for
audiometers and check attenuator linear- 1!2-inch and I-inch microphones and
ity over the range of 10 dB to 90 dB H Las batteries; 1560-P83 Earphone Coupler;
recommended by the OSHA Standards 1933-9603 Carrying Case with custom-
Advisory Committee. A calibration chart padded insert to accommodate all sys-
is included in the system to simplify tem components plus a compartment for
documenting sound-level meter readings instruction manuals and other paper-
for the popular TDH 39, 49, and 50 ear- work.
phones, and basic microphone-
pressure-response data are also provided Condensed Specifications
to facilitate more detailed investigations. (See individual instrument specifi-
This system includes: 1933-9700 cations)
Precision Sound-Level Meter and Weight: 15 Ib (7 kg).
Analyzer, including 1!2-inch and I-inch
flat random incidence electret-
condenser microphones, microphone at- 1933 Audiometer Calibration System 1933-9716

1560-9619 Audiometer Calibration Accessory Kit

• easy field calibration comparable TDH-39 , and both 70 dB HL and 90 dB
to factory accuracy H L for the TDH-49 and TDH-50.
Readings are given for the flat and
• for use with 1982 or 1933 A-weighted scale on the 1982 and 1933
Precision Sound-Level Meters and
• includes all necessary calibration
data Analyzers.
The audiometer calibration stand as-
The 1560-9619 Audiometer Calibra- sembly is a cast metal stand which sup-
tion Accessory Kit is designed to be used ports the I-inch microphone, earphone
with either the Gen Rad 1982 or 1933 coupler, and 1982 or 1933 preamplifier.
Precision Sound-Level Meter and It has a polyethylene-foam base for isola-
Ana Iyzer for the precise ca Ii brat ion of au- tion against shock and vibration during
diometers. When used with these meters, the measurement.
it permits the periodic calibration of au- The stand eliminates mounting the
diometers as required by OSHA and other earphone coupler directly on the sound-
agencies, to the sound-pressure-Ievel level meter and the subsequent risk of
values specified in ANSI S3.6 1969 or the meter falling over.
other standards which require the NBS
Type 9-A coup ler to be used in the meas- Condensed Specifications or 1982-9700 and the microphone
urement procedure. supplied with the 1560-9619 and
Frequency Range: 125 Hz to 8 kHz.
The kit contains all the necessary calibrated with the 1562 or 1567
components needed to measure the Accuracy: The electret microphone
Acoustic Calibrator is within 1 dB at
acoustic output of audiometers when response in a P83 NBS Type 9-A coupler
audiometric test frequencies 125 Hz
used with the 1982 or 1933. In cluded in is ca I i brated to be eq ua I to the response to 4 kHz; 1.5 dB at audiometric test
the kit are a GR 1560-P83 Earphone of a type L microphone in an NBS 9-A
frequencies 6 kHz and 8 kHz .
Coupler which fulfills the requirements coupler when used to calibrate TDH-39,
TDH-49 and TDH-50 earphones mount- Supplied: (1560-9619), 1560-9683
of NBS Type 9-A, a I-inch GenRad
ed in a MX41/AR ear cushion. MICRO- Earphone Coupler, 1961-9601
Electret-Condenser Microphone, an
PHONE/ COUPLER CALIBRATION: Microphone, 1560-9618 Audiometer
adaptor {1-inch to 1!2-inch thread) , au-
(Factory), :±:0.2 dB - 125 Hz to 4 kHz; Calibration Stand Assembly , Calibration
diometer calibration stand assembly ,
:±:0.3 dB - 6 kHz to 8 kHz. System Chart, I nstruction Sheet.
calibration cha rt, and instruction sheet.
The calibration chart in the kit docu - accuracy when used with 1933-9700 Weight: StandassembIY,2.4lb(1.1 kg).
ments octave band sound-pressure levels
for 125 Hz to 8000 Hz. Data are given for Audiometer Calibration Accessory Kit 1560-9619
an audiometer setting of 70 dB H L for the Audiometer Calibration Stand Assembly 1560-9618

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

170 AUDIOMETER CALIBRATORS
 1935 Cassette Data Recorder
• excellent companion instrument
for the 1933 Precision Sound-Level Condensed Specifications
Meter and Analyzer Normal Recording Duration: 30 min-
• cassette convenience and operat- utes using C60 tape.
ing simplicity TAPE SPEEDS: 1-7/8 in./s ±2 dB, 20
Hz to 12 kHz using 1935-9603 series
• excellent for detailed analysis of cassettes.
field-gathered data
Frequency Response: Typical response
The 1935 is a two-channel, .two-track ±2 dB, 20 Hz to 12 kHz using 1935-
magnetic tape recorder designed to 9603 series cassettes.
simplify the gathering of acoustic signals Power: 5 size-C energizers, supplied ,
for subsequent play back and analysis. It prOVide about 10-hours operation. 1940
is especially valuable where non- Power Supply and Charger allows line op-
stationary signals must be analyzed be- eration of 1935 and recharges suitable
cause It allows you to record the signal batteries (Included with power supply).
and replay it as often as required for a
SupP.lied:. Head demagnetizer, head
detailed analysis. cleaning kit , Interconnecting cables to
The recorder features a digital readout 1933 Precision Sound-Level Meter and
which indicates the setting of the sound Analyzer, earphone, microphone for
level meter at the time the recording was vOice notes, cassettes, and batteries.
made. This eliminates the need for you to
remember to jot down the range setting Weight: 7.5 Ib (3.4 kg).
dUring record Ing.
Catalog
Although intended primarily for use Description Number
with the 1933, the recorder can also be
used with any instrument that provides 1935 Cassette Data Recorder 1935-9700
an output of 0 .5 to 3 volts rms. Cassette, 30-minute 1935-9603

1985 DC Recorder
• ideal for industrial, laboratory, and sitivity on the 1985 that will handle the
community noise recordings voltage range of We output from the in-
• meets ANSI and lEe Type 1 re- strument. Just set the switch for the prop-
sponse when used with GenRad er instrument, adjust the zero and span
Type 1 meters adjustments, and record. The zero and
span adjustments are located on the front
• matched to dc outputs of GenRad panel for quick and easy calibration.
sound-level meters for guess-free
selection of input sensitivities/ Condensed Specifications
calibration Recorder Type: Portable,
• chart speeds from 2 cm/h to 60 battery-powered , single-
cm/min channel, strip-chart recorder
with multiple speeds and with
• 50-dB direct-reading dynamic ranges matched to Gen Rad
range sound-level meters. Provides a
• powered by built-in rechargeable direct reading, 50-dB dynamic
battery for "go anywhere" opera- range permanent recording of
tion; also operates ·from ac line or sound-level meter output data.
external dc source Standards: When used with the
Simple, accurate noise recording The GR 1933, 1981 or 1982 Precision Sound-
Level Meters or with the GR 1945 Com- Measuring System: SOURCE IMPED-
GR 1985 IS a portable, lightweight , ANCE: Up to 100 kH maximum.
battery-powered strip-chart recorder that munity Noise Analyzer , the recording sys-
tem meets the fast and slow meter- I N PUT IMPEDANCE: Potentiometric on
is designed to simplify the gathering of all spans.
noise data in permanent, hard-copy response requirements of ANSI S1.4-
1971 Type 1, I EC Recommendation INPUT SENSITIVITIES: Seven switch -
form . Compatible with GenRad sound- selectable spans are provided. Front
level meters (1933, 1981 , 1982, Publication 179-1973 Precision
Sound-Level Meters , and the Draft Con- panel switch selects span for spec ific
1983), it completes a sound- GenRad instrument as follows :
measurement/recording system that solidated Revision of I EC Publ ications
R123 and Rl79 (August 1976) Type 1 GenRad No. Span (baseline to full scale)
produces permanent plots of noise-
level-vs-time without the usual compli- (Precision). 1983 Oto+250mVdc
cated calibration procedures that often When used with the GR 1983, the re- 1981 0 to + 500 mV dc
cording system meets the fast and slow 1945
cause recording errors. The recorder may (30-80 dB range) - 1.2to - 3.2Vdc
also be used with the Gen Rad 1945 meter response requirements of ANSI
S1.4-1971 Type 2 , IEC Recommenda- 1945
Community Noise Analyzer. (50-100 dB range) - 2.0to - 4 .0Vdc
Accuracy of the recorded data is a plus tion Publication 123-1961 , Sound- 1945
feature of the 1985 since the pen re- Level Meters and the Draft Consol idated (70-120 dB range) - 2.8to - 4.8Vdc
sponse is fast enough to meet the Type 1 Revision of IEC Publications R123 and 1982 o to + 3.0 V dc
requirements of ANSI and IEC fast and Rl79 (August 1976), Type 2. 1933 o to +5 .0 V dc
slow meter response when used with a
GenRad Type 1 instrument.
1985 DC Recorder 1985-9700
Easy setup A front -panel switch on
the 1985 allows you to select the proper Chart Paper, 20m, pack of 6 1985-9600
Input sensitivity to match the dc output Pens, pack of 6 1985-9601
of each compatible GenRad instrument. Carrying Case 1985-9603
There is no need to select an input sen- Battery, replacement 1985-0402

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

PORTABLE RECORDERS 171
 1925 Multifilter
• 3.15 Hz to 80 kHz
• 1/3-octave or octave bands
• calibrated channel attenuators
, I
• display with standard scale factor
• scanned, parallel, and summed outputs . .. ,

Spectrum shaper or analyzer building block The 1925

Multifilter contains up to 30 parallel octave-band or one- 111111111111111111111111111111
third-octave-band filters from 3_15 Hz to 80 kHz and is
supplied with attenuators that permit independent control
of the gain in each band_ The attenuators let you use the
multifilter as an equalizer or spectrum shaper to simulate Response: 30 6-pole Butterworth filters with 1/3-octave effec-
tive (noise) bandwidths that conform to ANSI S1.11-1966
or to compensate for irregularities in the frequency re-
Class III (high attenuation) and IEC 225-1966 standards or
sponse of electrical or acoustical transmission systems or with I-octave bandwidths that conform to ANSI S1.11-1966
transducers. You can also use it as the basis for a serial Class II (moderate rate but highest for octave-band filters)
or parallel frequency analysis system. and IEC 225-1966 standards. ACCURACY of center frequency:
Attenuator for each band Each attenuator provides ±2%. LEVEL UNIFORMITY: Within ±0.50 dB at 25 °C, ± 0.75
50 dB of gain control in I-dB steps, accurate to ± O_25 dB from 0 to 50 °C, at center frequency with attenuator at
dB. Thumbwheel switches control the attenuation and a +25 dB. PASSBAND RIPPLE: 0.5 dB max pk-pk. NOISE:
<15 Il-V equivalent input noise. HARMONIC DISTORTION:
panel display indicates the "transmission" of the instru-
<0.25% at I-V output for bands centered below 25 Hz, < 0.1 %
ment. at I-V output for 25 Hz and above. WEIGHTING: A, B, C,
SPECIFICATIONS conforming to ANSI S1.4, IEC 123, and IEC 179.
Frequency: 3.15 Hz to 80 kHz.
Description Catalog Number
Bandwidth: 1/3 octave; octave and 1/10 octave available.
Attenuation: + 6 to - 12·dB continuous gain adjustment com- 1925 Multifilter·
Bench Rack
mon to all channels plus + 25 to - 25-dB attenuation in I-dB One-Third-Octave Bands
steps with ± 0.25-dB accuracy (re + 25-dB setting) by means 25 Hz to 20 kHz 1925-9700 1925-9701
of a panel thumbwheel switch for each band. Attenuation of 12.5 Hz to 10 kHz 1925-9702 1925-9703
each band is indicated by a dot on panel display and repre- 3.15 Hz to 2.5 kHz 1925-9704 1925-9705
sents the transmission between input and summed output. 100 Hz to 80 kHz 1925-9706 1925-9707
Display has standard 50-dB per decade scale factor; 10-dB
• 45-band models, 11l0-octave-band models, mixed 1110, 1/3, and
per in. vertical, 5 in. per decade horizontal. Lock on panel l-octave-band models, or special bandwidths available on special
prevents accidental changes in attenuator settings. order.

1564-A Sound and Vibration Analyzer

• 2.5 Hz to 25 kHz
• 2 bandwidths: 1/3- and 1/10-octave
• use direct from microphone or vibration pickup
• ac or portable battery operation
• automatic spectrum plots with 1521 recorder
The 1564-A Sound and Vibration Analyzer is designed
primarily for measuring the amplitude and frequency of
the components of complex sound and vibration spectra.
Its 1/3-octave (23%) and 1/ lO-octave (7%) noise band-
widths provide the flexibility needed for analysis of both
the noise and its causes. Filter Characteristics: Noise bandwidth is either 1/3 octave
Input sources The high input impedance of the an- or 1/10 octave. One-third-octave characteristic has at least
30-dB attenuation at one-half and twice the selected fre-
alyzer permits direct connection of piezoelectric trans- quency. One-tenth-octave characteristic has at least 40-dB
ducers for measuring sound pressures from 44 to 150 dB attenuation at one-half and twice the selected frequency. Ulti-
re 20",N / m2 and acceleration from 0.0007 g to 100 g. mate attenuation is 70 dB or greater for both characteristics.
The 1560-P42 and 1560-P40 Preamplifiers are avail- For both bandwidths, peak response is uniform ± 1 dB from
able to extend the full scale sensitivity of the analyzer by 5 Hz to 10 kHz and ± 1.5 dB from 2.5 Hz to 25 kHz. An aI/-
20 dB (10:1) and to allow use of the transducer at the pass, or flat, characteristic is also included.
end of a long extension cable. Alternatively, for higher
sensitivity, the analyzer can be driven from a sound-level 1564-A Sound and Vibration Analyzer
meter or vibration meter. Portable Model, 115 V 1564-9701
Rack Model, 115 V 1564-9820
SPECIFICATIONS Portable Model, 230 1564-9702
Rack Model, 230 V 1564-9821
Frequency: RANGE: 2.5 Hz to 25 kHz in four decade ranges.
Replacement Battery 8410-0410
DIAL CALIBRATION: Logarithmic. ACCURACY OF CALIBRA-
TION: ± 2% of frequency-dial -setting. Patent Number 3,012,197.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

172 MULTI-FILTER AND SIGNAL ANALYZER
 1568-A Wave Analyzer

• 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• 1 % constant-percentage bandwidth
• portable, battery-operated
• SS-dB rejection
The 1568-A is an important instrument for high-resolu-
tion frequency analyses , whether for measuring vibration
and noise components or the spectrum of a complex
electrical signal. Good design combines the excellent
filter shape of a wave analyzer with the convenient , sim-
ple operation of constant-percentage-bandwidth analy-
zers in a portable, low-cost instrument.
The voltage sensitivity and input impedance, adequate
for most uses, can be improved to 10 microvolts full -scale
Filter Characteristics: BANDWIDTH between 3-dB points on
and > 500 megohms, respectively, by the use of a 1560-
selectivity curve: 1% of selected frequency. ATTENUATION,
P42 Preamplifier and a 1560-P62 Power Supply. at 20% abnve and at 20% below selected frequency : > 50 dB
The 1568 excels in such applications as referred to the level at the selected frequency. Attenuation at
• harmonic distortion measurements at low frequencies tWice and at one-half the selected frequency is ;;, 75 dB re-
ferred to the level at the selected frequency. Ultimate atten-
• harmonic analysis - 1% bw yields 50 components uation is > S5 dB. UNIFORMITY of filter peak response with
• detailed analysis of machinery noise and vibration tuning: ± 1 dB from 20 Hz to 6.3 kHz and ± 2 dB from 20 Hz
• separation of close, discrete, low frequencies to 20 kHz.
Catalog
Descript ion Number
SPECIFICATIONS
1568-A Wave Analyzer
Frequency: RANGE: 20 Hz to 20 kHz in six half-decade ranges. Portable Model , 115 V ac 1568-9000
DIAL CALIBRATION : Logarithmic . ACCURACY OF FREQUENCY Portable Model , 230 Vac 1568-9010
CALIBRATION: 1%. Replacement Battery 84104JI0

1521-8 Graphic Level Recorder

• 7 Hz to 200 kHz
• 1-rnV ac sensitivity - O.S-rnA dc
• linear dB plot of rrns ac-voltage level
• 20-, 40-, or SO-dB range
• convenient, disposable pens

Stands alone This recorder produces a permanent, reo

producible strip-chart record of ac-voltage level as a
shown in following table : (With the SO-dB pot, writing speed
function of time or of some other quantity. Record, for ex- < 300 dBls, i.e., 15 in./s.)
ample, the frequency response of a device or the fre-
Writing Speed (approx), Low-Frequency Cutoff
quency spectrum of noise or of a complex electrical signal. with O.l-in. overshoot «1 dB down)
The wide range of paper speed facilitates long-period 20 in./s 508 mm/s 100 Hz
studies (such as traffic-noise) as well as short-duration- 10 254 20 Hz
3 76 7 (3 dB down at 4.5 Hz)
transient measurements (such as auditorium-reverbera- 7 (3 dB d own at 4.5 Hz)
1 25
tion) . Writing speeds and low-frequency cutoff are
selected by a single switch. The frequency response can Dc Recording: RANGE: O.S to 1 V (O.S to 1.0 mAl full-scale,
be extended downward to 4.5 Hz with the slower writing with zero position adjustable over full scale . RESPONSE: 3
speeds , which filter out abrupt level variations. You get dB down at S Hz (pk-pk amplitude < 25% of full scale). LIN-
EARITY : ± 1% of full scale.
a smoothed plot without loss of accuracy.

SPECIFICATIONS Graphic Level Recorder, 40-dB potentiometer, *

high-speed motor
AC Recording: RANGE : 40 dB full -scale with the potentiometer 1521-8 60-Hz Bench Model 1521-9802
supplied, 20- and SO-dB potentiometers available for ac level 1521-B 60-Hz Rack Model 1521-9812
recording. LI NEARITY: ± (l % of ful l-sca le dB value plus a Graphic Level Recorder, 40-dB potentiometer,
frequen cy error of 0.5 dB at 100 kHz and 1.5 dB at 200 kHz) . medium-speed motor
1521-8 60-Hz Bench Model 1521-9833
Frequency Response and Writing Speed, for AC Level Record- 1521-8 60-Hz Rack Model 1521-9834
ing: High-frequency response ± 2 dB , up to 200 kHz. Low-
frequen cy sine-wave response depends on writing speed, as * Other potentiometers available.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

SIGNAL ANALYZER AND GRAPHIC RECORDER 173
 1523 Graphic Level Recorder

An excellent recorder with plug-in

modules for:
• level recordings
• frequency-response measurements
• narrow-band wave analysis

• I-Hz to 500-kHz frequency range

• lOO-!-'-V sensitivity
• up to lOa-dB dynamic range
• up to a_I-dB linearity
• 3 recorders in one with plug-in versatility Simple response measurements for
• remotely programmable - a systems natural • filter and network response testing
• loudspeaker, amplifier, and tape-recorder evaluation
• performance tests for microphones, hydrophones,
Automatic measurements - simply and graphically The and hearing aids
1523 is not just another recorder; it is a measurement • general medical and educational applications
center. It incorporates the latest refinements of the re-
With the 1523-P2 Sweep Oscillator plug-in, which in-
corder field with those of the sweep-oscillator and sound-
corporates a sweep oscillator, your recorder produces
analyzer fields and does so in one instrument that elim-
frequency-response recordings at the push of a button_
inates the usual bother of trying to keep everything syn-
You can set the oscillator to sweep the full I-Hz to 500-
chronized_ Simply connect your signal or device, set up
kHz range, or various portions of it, at output levels con-
the desired measurement conditions, and push a button
tinuously adjustable from 500 }LV to 5 V behind 600 fL
- the 1523 does the rest, automatically and without
A unique and versatile constant-Q mode of operation can
constant attention or control manipulation_
be selected to speed the recording in many applications
Narrow-band wave analysis for by increasing the sweep rate automatically as the fre-
• product-noise reduction programs quency increases_ Under many conditions, recordings
• spectrum-signature work can be made in the constant-Q mode in % to 1f3 the time
• vibration stUdies normally required_
• preventive maintenance programs Versatile level recording for
• distortion measurement • A-weighted level-vs-time recordings
• network analysis • reverberation-time measurements
The 1523-P4 Wave Analyzer plug-in gives you the capa- • general level-recording applications
bility to perform high-resolution spectral analysis. swept- Select the 1523-P1A Preamplifier plug-in for the best in
frequency analysis with a tuned detector, and amplitude- general recorder performance_ The 1523-P1A gives you
vs-time measurements at selected frequencies_ a broad frequency coverage from 1 Hz to 500 kHz, a
The 1523-P4 provides analysis bandwidths of 10 Hz sensitivity of 100 }LV, and 18 chart speeds from as slow
and 100 Hz and an all-pass mode covering the range from as 20 hours per inch to as fast as half a second per inch.
10 Hz to 80 kHz_ Most signals can be handled without Continuously adjustable attenuation from 0 to 70 dB
preamplification, because the analyzer will accommodate provides the utmost in recording resolution, and a choice
inputs over a 140-dB range (3}LV to 30 V), with capabil- of nine averaging times from 10 ms to 5 s allows supreme
ities to detect and display any 80-dB portion_ flexibility.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog_
174 GRAPHIC RECORDER/SWEEPER/ANALYZER
 .. . ... .---
SPECIFICATIONS
-•
-.-.-.
_

•••
-".•••".
with 1523-PIA Preamplifier Plug-in with 1523-P4 Wave Analyzer Plug-in
Input: Chart Q-Ievel can be 0 dB (100 ,.,.V) to 70 dB; set in Main Input: Chart O-Ievel can be - 30 dB (3.16,.,.1) to + 50 dB;
10-dB steps plus a continuous vernier. This corresponds to a set in 10-dB steps supplemented by a 12-dB continuous ver-
chart O-Ievel of 34 dB with the 1560-P42 Preamplifier in nier. TOTAL MEASUREMENT RANGE: 140 dB (3.16 ,.,.V to
the X10 gain position and a - 40 dB re 1 V/N/m' micro- 31.6 V). DYNAMIC RANGE: 80 dB, without changing attenu-
phone. See Maximum Input Sensitivity under 1523 Main- ators, may be displayed with the 100-dB potentiometer. MAX-
frame Specifications. MAXIMUM INPUT: + 10 V pk ac to IMUM INPUT: 30 V rms to 80 kHz, re dc component of ± 50 V
250 kHz, + 5 V pk ac to 500 kHz, re dc component of Max. INPUT OVERLOAD: Detected by peak monitor and indi-
:t 350 V max. IMPEDANCE: 1 Mf!/ /30 pF at plug-in; 3.35 cated on front panel. IMPEDANCE: 1Mn/ /30 pF. CONNEC-
kf! + 1 % direct to potentiometer via internal switch. CON- TORS : Front and rear BNC and rear 3-pin A3 mike connector
NECTORS: Front and rear BNC and rear 3-pin A3 mike con- that also provides power for 1560-P40 or -P42 Preamplifier.
nector that also provides power for 1560-P40 or -P42 ACCURACY OF RECORDED LEVEL : ± 0.5 dB below 10 kHz, ± 1
Preamplifier. dB above (with 50-dB pot).
Input Frequency: FLAT or A-weighted selected by switch on Analyzer Characteristics: FREQUENCY: 10 Hz to 80 kHz.
front panel. Response in FLAT, 1 Hz to 500 kHz :t o.1 dB to SWEEP RANGE: 10 Hz to 10 kHz (lO-Hz bandwidth); start and
100 kHz, + 2 dB to 500 kHz, except < 3 dB down at 100 kHz stop frequencies each set by 4-positionswitch and 10-turn
on O-dB range. A-weighted response conforms to ANSI Sl.4- dial. BANDWIDTH: 10 Hz, 100 Hz, and "all pass," switch
1971 Type l. Response uniformity between FLAT and A- selected. PASS-BAND SHAPES : 3-dB bandwidth = 10 ± 1 Hz,
weighted, ±0.2 dB at 1 kHz . Low-frequency and crest-factor 60-dB bandwidth ~ 60 Hz, 80-dB bandwidth ~ 120 Hz; 3-dB
cutoffs depend on averaging times. bandwidth = 100 ± 10 Hz, 60-dB bandwidth ~ 400 Hz, 80-dB
bandwidth ~ 800 Hz. ACCURACY OF RECORDED FRE-
QUENCY: ± 2% or ± 5 Hz, whichever is greater. STABILITY:

-.-'--. (After 30-min warmup) ± 0.05% (l0 min). ± 0.25% (24 h).
DISTORTION: Internally generated distortion and hum prod-
ucts ;;;, 75 dB below full scale. NOISE: < 1 ,.,.V in a 10-Hz band-

..
~

--.-
~
width . IMAGE REJECTION : ;;;, 80 dB (100 to 180 kHz) . I-F
REJECTION: ;;;' 80 dB (50 kHz).

MAINFRAME SPECIFICATIONS
DynamiC Range: Up to 100 dB, depending on potentiometer.

--
r.;.;. POTENTIOMETERS: 5 available, all easily interchanged and
all with 5-in. scales except for 60 dB which has 12-cm scale.
. _.... 10 dB (with ±O.l-dB linearity); 25 dB (±0.15 dB), 50 dB
(±0.25 dB), recommended for general use; 60 dB (±0.3 dB).
with 1523-P2 Sweep Oscillator Plug-in for use with 1523-P3 only; and 100 dB (±0.5 dB). MAXIMUM
Input: Chart O-Ievel can be 0 dB (l00 ,.,.V) to 70 dB; set in 10- INPUT SENSITIVITY: 100 ,.,.V rms for averaging times 0.1 s
dB steps. See also Maximum Input Sensitivity under 1523 or greater, 1 mV rms for averaging times < 0.1 S; except for
Mainframe Specifications. MAXIMUM INPUT: ± 10 V pk ac to 10-dB pot, max sensitivity 1 mV; minimum averaging time 50
500 kHz, re dc component of ± 40 V max. IMPEDANCE: ms. DEAD BAND: ±0.15% of full scale; except ±0.25% with
1 Mf!#'30 pF at plug-in; 3.35 kf! ± 1% direct to potentiometer 0.01, 0.02 and 0.05 s averaging times. DETECTION: True
via internal switch . CONNECTORS: Front and rear BNC and rms, error ~ 0.1 dB for 15-dB crest factor, < 0.5 dB for full
rear 3-pin A3 mike connector that also provides power for 20-dB crest factor for frequencies above crest-factor cutoff
1560-P40 or -P42 Preamplifier. frequency. NOISE: Equivalent input noise < 40 ,.,.V rms. RE-
TRANSMITTING POTENTIOMETER: Provides dc output volt-
Input Frequency: 1 Hz to 500 kHz; flat within ±0.1 dB to 100
age, proportional to ac input, of 0 to 10.4 V dc (2 V / in. of pen
kHz, within ±2 dB to 500 kHz, except on O-dB range, down
deflection) .
< 3 dB at 100 kHz. Averaging times programmed automati-
cally to avoid low-frequency cutoff; program can be inhibited Catalog
Description Number
by external input.
Sweep Frequency: 1 Hz to 500 kHz; automatically from lower
1523 Graphic Level Recorder Mainframe
to upper frequency. Lower frequency can be set to I, 2, 5, 10, without plug-in but with poten-
20, 50, 100, or 200 Hz, I, 10, or 100 kHz; upper frequency tiometer noted
can be set to 10 or 100 Hz, I, 2, 5, 10, 50, 100, 200, or 500 Potentiometer Model
50 dB bench 1523·9700
kHz . ACCURACY: ±1.% of indicated frequency. STABILITY: 50 dB rack 1523·9701
±0.05% over 10 min, ±0.25% over 24 h; after 30-min warm- 25 dB bench 1523·9704
up. SWEEP TIME: 5 s to 200 ks/decade in 5, 10, 20 se- 25 dB rack 1523·9705
60 dB bench 1523·9706
quence; or manual sweep. Averaging time decreases with rack 1523·9707
60 dB
frequency as follows: 2 s from 1 to 10 Hz, 200 ms from 10 100 dB bench 1523-9708
to 100 Hz, 50 ms from 100 Hz to 100 kHz, and 20 ms from 100 dB rack 1523·9709
100 to 500 kHz. SWEEP RESOLUTION: 3000 discrete log-
arithmically scaled steps per decade (0.08% step). SWEEP Select at least 1 of the following plug-Ins
1523·PIA Preamplifier 1523·9608
VOLTAGE: Dc output proportional to log of swept frequency 1523·P2 Sweep Oscillator 1523-9602
available at rear connector. 1523·P4 Wave Analyzer 1523-9604

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

GRAPHIC RECORDER/SWEEPER/ANALYZER 175
 1945 Community Noise Analyzer

• on-site readout of:

L exceedance levels, Ldn, and Loq
• does not require tape recorders or calculators
• battery power eliminates ac line requirements
• low-cost, optional weatherproof microphone system
• weatherproof security enclosure available
• analysis durations from 10 minutes to 24 hours
~.,

,-, --
...-
...
Z/" I

available
• data inhibit available

A stand-alone instrument The GR 1945 is designed to

satisfy the need for a low-cost, easy-to-use community
noise analyzer, without the need for tape recorders, cal-
culators , or computers _ It monitors noise levels for up to
three sequential time periods having selectable durations
from 30 minutes to 24 hours, or 10 minutes to 8 hours Power: 8 " D" cells provide 75 hours' continuous operation
(1945-9006), and automatically computes and stores L or permit 24 hours' running time and 1 week of idling mem-
exceedance levels, Ldn , and Leq (optional), for each time ory contents at 25 °C.
period. Answers to the computed levels are instantly avail - Mechanical: DIMENSIONS (wxhxd) : Models 1945-9700 and
able at the push of appropriate pushbuttons. The 1945 -9710: 8.5xl0 .75x9.38 in. (216x273x238 mm) . WEIGHT:
displays the levels on an easy-to-read digital display. Model 1945-9700: 16.5 Ib (7 .5 kg) net; model 1945-9710:
Sound -level measurements of existing ambient levels can 15.5 Ib (7.1 kg) net.
also be made at the push of a button.
COMMUNITY NOISE ANALYZER (1945-9006)
The 1945 has a 100-dB dynamic range to ensure that
Specifications per the above with the following additions:
data will not be lost during wide variations in noise levels.
This capability, plus the completely automatic electronic Statistical Analysis: A front panel switch permits selection of
ANALYSIS DURATIONS of % hour to 24 hours as above or 10
operation of the 1945, contributes to the high reliability minutes to 8 hours shown below.
of its answers.
Analysis Duration Number of Samples
Security and Environmental Protection For optimum 1.33, 2, 2.67, 4 or 8 hours 65528
performance and protection of the 1945 at unattended 40 minutes or 1 hour 32764
measurement locations, a weatherproof microphone sys- 20 minutes 16382
tem and weatherproof enclosure are offered as accessories. 10 minutes 8191
WEATHERPROOF MICROPHONE SYSTEM
SPECIFICATIONS Gain: 1:1 or 10:1 (20 dB) ± 0 .3 dB at 25 °C, slide switch
selected; <± 0 .3 dB change from that at 25 °C from - 30 to
COMMUNITY NOISE ANALYZER + 65 °C.
Sensitivity Range: Microphone input can be directly calibrated
with microphone-preamplifier combinations having sensitivity Frequency: Measured at 1 V rms output into open circuit with
of - 35 to - 45 dB re 1 V/N/m' ( - 55 to - 65 dB re 1 600-n source, - 30 to + 55 °C.
V//J-bar)_ AUX INPUT: (For use with 1935 Cassette Re- 3 Hz 5 Hz 100 kH z 300 kH z 500 k Hz
corder) 0.5 V rms corresponds to 120 dB. 1: 1 gain
10: 1 gain
Maximum Detected Level: 120 dB rms; provides 14-dB crest
factor . Input Impedance: Approximately 2 Gn in parallel with less
Minimum Detected Level: 5 dB above typical noise floor, than 6 pF. Driven shield reduces input capacitance loading
using 1972-9600 or 1560·P42 Preamplifier with indicated for condenser microphones.
microphone as follows:
WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURE
Microphone input with A C FLAT Environment: SOLAR TEMPERATURE RISE: Less than 10°C
GR 1962 Microphone 27 dB 30 dB 40 dB in still air. Typically 3 °C in light variable wind, 0-5 mph.
GR 1961 Microphone 23 dB 26 dB 38 dB RAIN: Rainproof for wind-driven fall angle of rain less than
GR 1971 Microphone 25 dB 25 dB 29 dB 45 ° from vertical. CONDENSING MOISTURE: Provides pro-
AUX Input 27 dB 26 dB 29 dB tection to instrument for at least 24 hours' exposure to fog
Statistical Analysis: RESOLUTION: 1 dB_ LINEARITY: 0.25 or dew conditions. SNOW: Provides protection from snow
dB. ANALYSIS DURATION: Selected by front panel switch; with wind-driven fall angle less than 45 ° from vertical.
choices listed below. NUMBER OF SAMPLES: Function of Catalog
analysis duration as follows : Description Number
Analysis Duration Number of Samples 1945 Community Noise Analyzer (Requires a
microphone and preamplifier
4,6,8, 12 or 24 hours 65528 With L.q/Ld, option 1945-9700
2 or 3 hours 32764 Without L.q/ Ld, option 1945-9710
1 hour 16382 D-weighting option is available on special order
% hour 8191 Consult factory for ordering information
Community Noise Analyzer (same as 1945-9700/·9710
Environmental: TEMPERATURE: - 10 to + 60 °C operating, plus additional analysis durations and Data Inhibit-
- 40 to + 55 °C storage (batteries installed), - 40 to + 75°C see specifications) 1945-9006
storage (batteries removed). HUMIDITY: 0 to 90% RH Weatherproof Microphone System 1945-9730
operating. VIBRATION: 0.030" excursion 10-55 Hz. Weatherproof Enclosure 1945-9640

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

176 COMMUNITY NOISE ANALYZER
Electret-Condenser Microphones Use of a solid dielectric permits a simplified manufac·
turing process, and permanent polarization eliminates the
METALIZED-FILM DIAPHRAGM need for a polarizing·voltage power supply. The net result
ELECTRODE
is a high-performance laboratory-standard microphone at
a moderate cost.
These microphones represent the very latest in micro-
phone technology. They feature very uniform high-fre-
quency performance in both flat random- and flat perpen-
dicular-incidence versions , and are available in a variety
of sizes. Since pola rization voltage is not required, they
The GR electret microphone is a condenser microphone can be used with inexpensive preamplifiers such as GR's
with a permanently-polarized solid dielectric diaphragm. 1972-9600.

1961 1-inch Electret-Condenser Microphones

,
·,
I I I
I 1 1
I
1
1 1
".,\,J...
~""'"
I ~,

··. RANOOW·.~~tiE:C~RESPONS£
J I I I
. '('

1 1
I
, 1
1\
,
so '" "'" ". ~100
FR EQUENC Y - Hz
11M, ~ ,. 10 ~20 30 5thH.

,
Frequency: Curves show typical response and guaranteed
limits; individual response curve supplied with each micro- ·, I I I I
I I I I
I I
['."\""
I -\
phone. Below 20 Hz, the microphone is typically flat ± 1 dB
down to 5 Hz. Microphone is essentially omnidirectional. · PERPENb'Cut..A~~-C~~CE
1 1 1 1
RESPONSE r ,. f
1 1
'--1""''
,
' ,,.
1 1\
..
\0 '00 500 100 ' ~HI so
Sensitivity Level: NOMINAL: -38 dB re 1 V/N/m2 (-58 dB
'0 70 tOO
FREOUENC Y- H! " '"
re 1 V/ }l bar). TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: < ±0.02 dBfOC
typically from 0 to +55°C. MAXIMUM SOUND PRESSURE Typical performance
w ith 1560-P42 and 1972-9600 Preamplifiers (Unity Gain)
LEVEL: 160 dB absolute max.
'"System" Oynamic
Impedance: 125 ± 10 pF at 25°C and 1 kHz; temperature co· Frequency Sensitivity Range·
efficient < +0.2 pFfOC at 1 kHz. Microphone Range re 1 V /N/m' re 20 ILN/m'
1961-9601 5 Hz to 12 kHz - 38 dB 20_5 to 140 dB
Environmental: -20 to +55°C and 90% RH operating; 1-
1961-9602 5 Hz to 15 kHz - 38 dB 20.5 to 140 dB
year exposure in an environment of +55°C and 90% RH
·A-weighted noise level to maximum rms sinewave signal
causes negligible sensitivity change. without clipping.
Mechanical: TERMINALS: Coaxial, with 0.907·60 thread, Catalog
adapted to 0.460·60 (thread per in.). DIMENSIONS: 0.936 Description Number
±0.001 in. dia. x 1.045 ±0.001 in. long (1.435 ±0.007 in .
1961 Electret·Condenser Microphones
long with adaptor) (23.77 ±0.025 x 26.55 ±0.025 mm). Flat random-incidence response, I-inch 1961-9601
WEIGHT: 1 oz (28 g) net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping. Flat perpendicular-incidence response, I-inch 1961-9602

1962 1/2-inch Electret-Condenser Microphones

,
j j j j I I
·, I I I 1962 - 9601
I cfnf-S TY" ' C.Iol
...... 1----.
\
··.. iI'I.t.HOOliI · 'H(,OENCE RESPONSE

I I I
50 J'O 100
I
'00
1I
500 700 l UI. , , , .. so so,
" '"
,
Frequency: Curves show typical response and guaranteed
limits; individual response curve supplied with each micro- ·, I
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1
1 1
1 I
l,Y
,nr \
r-
\

···
phone. Below 20 Hz, the microphone is typically flat ± 1 dB 1 1 1
TY"" .....

down to 5 Hz. Microphone is essentially omnidirectional. "fItP(HOICUL.~~,.c~c:t!cE IIESPOHSl I I

Sensitivity Level: NOMINAL: -40 dB re 1 V/N/m2 (-60 dB J I I 1 1 1
re 1 V/ }lbar). TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: < ±0.02 dBfOC
typically from 0 to +55°C. MAXIMUM SOUND-PRESSURE
Typical performance
LEVEL: 170 dB absolute max. with 1560-P42 and 1972-9600 Preamplifiers (Unity Gain)
Impedance: 35 ±5 pF, at 25°C and 1 kHz; temperature co· '"System" Dynamic
efficient <+0.1 pF/oC, at 1 kHz. Frequency Sensitivity Range·
Microphone Range re 1 V/N/m' . re 20 ILN/m'
Environmental: -20 to +55°C and 90% RH operating; 1· 1962-9601 5 Hz to 19 kHz - 41 dB 26 to 145 dB
year exposure in an environment of +55°C and 90% RH 1962-9602 5 Hz to 24 kHz - 41 dB 26 to 145 dB
causes negligible sensitivity change. "A-weighted noise level to maximum rms sinewave signal
Mechanical: TERMINALS: Coaxial, with 0.460-60 thread. DI- without clipping.
MENSIONS: 0.500 ±0.005 in. dia. x 0.815 ±0.001 in. long
1962 Electret Condenser Microphones
(12.70 ±0.127 x 20.70 ±0.025 mm). WEIGHT: 0.5 oz (14g) Flat random-incidence response, 'h-inch 1962·9601
net, 1 Ib (0.5 kg) shipping. Flat perpendicular-incidence response, 'h-inch 1962-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

Ceramic Microphones
1-inch Ceramic Microphones
fitted with 3-terminal audio connector. 1971-9606, Micro-
phone cartridge with flexible conduit and 3 -terminal audio
connector_ DIMENSIONS: Cartridge only, 1.13 in_ (29 mm)
long, 0_936 ± 0 _002 in. (23.7 mm ± 50 }lom) dia; assembly,
1971-9601, 1.44 in_ (36_5 mm) long; 1971-9605, 2.31 in_
(59 mm) long; 1971-9606, 11.75 in. (298 mm) long.
WEIGHT: 1971-9601, 1.5 oz (41 g) net, 1 Ib (0_5 kg) shipping;
1971-9605, 2 oz (56_6 g) net, 1 Ib (0_5 kg) shipping; 1971:
9606, 10 oz (283 g) net, 2 Ib (0_9 kg) shipping.
-· r-------~"~
71 ---------r-,-,---,-----,~-,---,

Three versions of the I -inch ceramic m icrophone are RANDOM INCIDENCE RESPONSE

offered ; the differences are described below. All versions use TYPICAtCURVE -------k/
the same microphone cartrid ge. __-__-+
., 1-_- __-_1-_+_ -__-__-+-_-_-__-+--+-,-+
,- _-:.I.:
-+-= ~~=-'f'.ld--rl-\---i
Frequency: Curve shows typical random response and guaran-
teed limits; individual response curve supplied with each
~ ------ -- ------- ---' V - tr-l - ,___ . . .
~ -' ~----~~+---~----~~-tTf--~~~~r_tT_\~
microphone. Below 20 Hz, the microphone is typically flat ~ ~ "
± 1 dB down to 5 Hz re the 500-Hz level. Time constant of
GUARANTEED TOLERANC~ /" \
pressure-equalizing leak is typically 0.08 s with a correspond- .,f----l-+--+--==t===..:.::.:::.t:=t--+---+---+-r-+-+\--1
ing 3-dB rolloff at 2 Hz.
Sensitivity level: NOMINAL: - 40 dB re 1 V/N/m' ( - 60 dB
re 1 V/p.bar) ; MINIMUM: - 42 dB re 1 V/N/m' ( - 62 dB re lO20l· :------:50~'~O---:-::,oo:----:"'!::------::soo:--:,oo::--':-,,-----:,!:-.-----;5k~,-!.:- --::'Ok:---'--:::!\"",
FREOUENCY - HI
1 VI }lobar). TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: ::::: - 0.01 dBrC.
KEY SOUND-PRESSURE LEVELS: < 1 % distortion at 150 dB; Typical performance of the 1971 Microphones
at -184 and + 174 dB peak, microphone may fail. with the 1560-P42 and 1972-9600 Preamplifiers (Unity Gain)
Impedance: For 1971-9601 and - 9605, 385 pF ± 15% at "System" Dynamic
Frequency Sensitivity Range-
23 ' C; for 1971-9606, 405 pF ± 15% at 23 ° C. TEMPERA- Range re 1 V/N/m' re 20 "N/m'
TURE COEFFICIENT of Z, for both : 2.2 pF 10C from 0 to 50'C. 5 Hz to 12.5 kHz -40 dB 22 to 145 dB
Environment: TEMPERATURE: - 40 to + 60 ' C operating: HU- * A-weighted noise level to maximum rms sinewave signal with-
MIDITY: 0 to 100% RH operating. out clipping.

Mechanical: TERMINALS: 1971-9601, Coaxial with 0.460-60 Catalog

Description Number
thread for mounting on 1560-P42 or 1972-9600 preamplifiers.
Center termina l is signal, outer terminal (shell) is ground. 19711-inch Ceramic Microphone
With adaptor to mike connector 1971-9605
0.460-60 threaded adaptor may be removed for mounting on With adaptor to preamplifier 1971-9601
1560-P40 preamplifier. 1971-9605, Microphone cartridge Assembled with flexible conduit 1971-9606

Preamplifiers
1560-P42 Preamplifier

• For electret-condenser, air-condenser, and ceramic the preamplifier is through a removable 3-wire shielded cable
microphones and vibration pickups and the requ ired dc supply voltage is applied from one of the
wires to ground.
Gain: 1:1 or 10:1 (20 dB) ±0.3 dB at 25 ' C, slide-switch con-
• trolled; <±0.3-dB gain change, from that at 25 ' C, from - 30
to +65' C.
Frequency Response (at I-V rms open-circuit output behind
600 n, - 30 to +55 ' C) :
The 1560-P42 Preamplifier is a high-input impedance , low- 5 Hz 20 Hz 100 k Hz 300 kHz 500 kHz
noise preamplifier. It is particularly well suited for amplifica- 1:1 gain 1 dB I
tion of the output of capacitive sources, such as electret- 10:1 gain j±1.5 dB
condenser, air-condenser, and ceramic microphones and piezo-
electric vibration pickups. It is an excellent choice for use Impedance: INPUT: ::::: 2 Gn in parallel with < 6 pF; driven
with GR sound-level meters and analyzers when a long cable shield reduces input-capacitance loading for condenser mi-
must be used between the microphone and the instrument. crophones. OUTPUT:::::: 15 n in series with 3.3 IIF.
It is also a useful probe amplifier for other electrical signals
where high input impedance and low noise are necessary. For 1560-P42 Preamplifier 1560-9642
example, it can increase the sensitivity and input impedance Adaptor (to most I-in. condenser m icrophones) 1560-9542
of analyzers, recorders, amplifiers, null detectors, counters, Adaptor (to vibration pickups and I -in. ceramic
frequency meters, voltmeters, and oscilloscopes. Output from microphones) 1560-9669

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

178 MICROPHONES/PREAMPLIFIERS AND ACCESSORIES
 1972-9600 PreamplifierlAdaptor
zation voltage for air-condenser microphones. It may be driven
• CUlUl lUll U
from the same kind of transducer as the 1560-P42 with the
1m....., exception of any that require polarization voltage.

Gain: 0 dB, +0 -0.25 dB, at 1 kHz.

Frequency Response: ±1 dB, 5 Hz to 100 kHz; ±3 dB, 3 Hz
The Preamplifier/Adaptor provides the high input impe- to 500 kHz (at 0.1 V rms output into an open circuit, driven
dance required by electret-condenser and ceramic micro- from 600-n source).
phones , unity voltage gain, and the capability to drive cables Input Impedance: =3 pF in parallel with 1 Gn, at low audio
up to 100 feet in length. The amplifier requires a 9- to 25-volt frequencies.
dc power supply or normal connection to the 1560-P62 Power Catalog
Supply or most any GR acoustic instrument. Description Number
The 1972-9600 has the same input connector as the 1560-
P42 Preamplifier; unlike the latter, it does not provide polari- 1972 Preamplifier/Adaptor 1972-9600

1560-P40 Preamplifier
• For ceramic microphones and vibration pickups Frequency Response:
3 Hz 5 Hz 20 Hz 500 kHz

Gain: 1: 1 or 10: 1 (20 dB) ±0.3 dB at 25°C, slide-switch con-

trolled; <±0.3-dB gain change (from that at 25°C) from -30°
The 1560-P40 Preamplifier is a high input-impedance, low to +55 °C.
noise preamplifier similar to the 1560-P42 Preamplifier above Impedance: INPUT: 6 pF, >500 Mn at low audio frequencies.
except it produces no polarizing voltage and therefore cannot OUTPUT: = 20 n in series with 3.3 "F at 1:1 gain, = 100 n in
be used with condenser microphones. series with 3.3 "F at 10: 1 gain.
A I -inch ceramic microphone (1560-9570 cartridge, adaptor
removed) plugs into the input end of the preamplifier case.
The output from the preamplifier goes through a 3-terminal
shielded connector, 1 terminal of which (with ground) brings 1560·P40 Preamplifier 1560-9640
in the required dc power. 1560·P96 Adaptor, to microphone connector 1560-9696

Power Supply
1560-P62 POWER SUPPLY Required with 1560-P40, -P42, supply and prevents deep battery discharge. BATTERIES: Two
or 1972-9600 Preampli fi ers when they are used with instru- rechargeable Ni-Cd batteries provide up to 225 mA-hours op-
ments that do not include a source of power such as the 1551 eration at room temperature between charges. RIPPLE: < 5 mV
and 1565 Sound-Level Meters. Also useful when long cables rms in CHARGE·OPERATE mode. CHARGE TIME: 14 to 16 h
are to be driven at high levels and as a charger for recharge- for completely discharged battery, constant 22-mA battery-
able batteries in the 1561 Sound-Level Meter or 1952 Universal charging current. Rear-panel slide switch selects internal or
Filter. external battery.

Input: 100 to 125 or 200 to 250 V, 50 to 50 Hz.

Output: 18 to 21 V dc, 15 mA max; automatic limiting protects 1560·P62 Power Supply, Bench Model 1560-9575

Accessories for Acoustic Instruments

Microphone Windscreens
These microphone windscreens reduce the effects of ambi- Windscreens are also available for %-inch microphones. Their
ent wind noise and protect the microphone diaphragm in oily, specifications are similar to those for I-inch microphones.
misty, or dusty environments. They attach easily to any I -i nch

ItEm!!I!! !! ffiI j
microphone and do not appreciably alter the sensitivity or
frequency response of the microphone. The windscreens are
made of reticulated polyu rethane foam and can be conveni-
ently washed if they become soiled. 1001'11 !M)()I'II I~HI ~_ HI IO kHI ZO kH,

Wind·Noise Reduction: 20 dB in winds ~ 30 mph.

Microphone Windscreens, 4 each per pack
Microphone Sensitivity Loss: 0 dB to 3 kHz, = 0.5 dB to 5 kHz , For l·in. microphones 1560·9521
= 2 dB to 12 kHz; see curve. For 'I2·in. microphones 1560-9522

Tripod
1560-9590 TRIPOD Versatile - accepts a variety of equip-
ment. A %·20 threaded stud fits all GR sound-level meters and
electronic stroboscopes, a I-in. sleeve accepts the 1550-P40
and 1972-9600 Preamplifiers, and a V2-in . sleeve accepts the
1560-P42 Preamplifier. Tripod 1560-9590

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

MICROPHONES/PREAMPLIFIERS AND ACCESSORIES 179
 1566 Multichannel Amplifier

• 16 channels
• manual or remote channel selection
• 2-Hz to 100-kHz response
• 55-dB gain, manually or remotely adjusted
• calibration noise source built in

Many inputs - one output Many sound and vibration

measurements can be simplified by use of a scanner that
connects, in sequence or in any arbitrary order, the out-
puts from a number of transducers to a single analyzer.
A scanner system can be set up to measure signals indi-
vidually or to average all signals. DISPLAY: Two high-intensity neon readout tubes display active
The 1566 scans up to 16 channels (up to 99 with a channel number.
special additional unit), amplifies each by up to 55 dB, Frequency: 2 Hz to 100 kHz, flat within ± 0.5 dB.
and provides a built-in pink-noise calibration source that Sensitivity: 1.8 mV to 1.6 V for I-V output; gain set in I-dB
speeds not only the check out of the scanner but also increments by panel control or 1-2-4-8 BCD signal at standard
that of any analyzer connected to it. DTL levels (logic 0 = ground, logic 1 ;;;, + 3.5 V) . Rear-panel
adjustment provides lO-dB continuous control of gain for all
channels for calibration. Each channel includes a 6-dB gain
SPECIFICATIONS adjustment for transducer sensitivity equalization.
Channels: 16 plus 1 for calibration, expandable to 99 (addi- Maximum Input: 5 V rms, 7 V pk.
tional channels housed in a special unit). CONTROL: Active
Impedance: INPUT, 100 kn. OUTPUT, 600 n.
channel is selected manually or by external 1-2-4-8 BCD sig-
nal, or automatically scanned in sequence with range of chan-
Catalog
nels to be scanned selected by thumbwheel switches; dwell De sc ripti on Number
time adjustable from 100 ms to 10 s or infinity (channel ad- 1566 Multichannel Amplifier
vance initiated by external signals); scan set to occur once or Bench Model 1566-9700
repetitively and started, stopped on active channel, or reset to Rack Model 1566-9701
lowest channel by pushbuttons or external closures to ground. Cable Set 1566-9500

1396-B Tone-Burst Generator

• fast, coherent switch for periodic waves

• dc to 2 MHz
• signal attenuated > 60 dB between bursts
• length of burst: 10 }J-s to 10 s, or continuous, or
1 to 129 periods of the switched signal
• or burst length controllable by separate input Timing Input (signal that controls switch timing): Same speci-
fications as Signal Input except: INPUT IMPEDANCE: 20 kn,
The 1396-B Tone-Burst Generator fills the gap between approx.
steady-state cw testing and step-function, or pulse, test- Signal Output: OUTPUT ON: Replica of Signal Input at approx
ing of amplifiers, meters, etc. It is ideally suited for appli- same voltage level; dc coupled; down 3 dB at >1 MHz. Output
cations such as the test and calibration of sonar trans- current limits at > 25 mA pk, decreasing to >15 mA at 2 MHz.
ducers and amplifiers, the measurement of distortion and Output source impedance typically 25 n, increasing above
transient response of amplifiers and loudspeakers, and 0.2 M Hz. Total distortion contribution <0.3% at 1 kHz
and 10 kHz . OUTPUT OFF: Input-to-output transfer (feed-
routine testing of filters and ac meters. Still other uses
through), <10 mV «-60 dB re full output), dc to 1 MHz, in-
are found in the measurement of room acoustics and creasing above 1 MHz. SPURIOUS OUTPUTS: Dc compo-
automatic-gain-control circuits, in the synthesis of time nent and change in dc component due to on-off switching
ticks on standard-time radio transmissions, and in psy- (pedestal) can be nulled with front-panel control. Output
choacoustic instrumentation. switching transients are typically 0.2 V pk-pk and 0.2 jJ.s in
duration (120-pF load).
SPECIFICATIONS
Signal Input (signal to be switched): AMPLITUDE: ±1 to ±10 V
pk-pk (7 V rms with O-V dc component) for proper operation. 1396-B Tone-Burst Generator
FREQUENCY RANGE: Dc to 2 MHz. INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 Bench Model 1396-9702
kn, approx. Rack Model 1396-9703

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

180 AUDIO TEST INSTRUMENTS
 1569 Automatic Level Regulator
• 2 Hz to 100 kHz
• 50-dB control range
• acoustic-system component
Constant level Use this regulator to hold a monitored
signal amplitude steady (such as the sound level in a
test chamber) while you sweep the frequency or some
other parameter. The primary use is to control the ex- SPECIFICATIONS
citation level in swept-frequency sound and vibration Operating Ranges: FREQUENCY: 2 Hz to 100 kHz. CONTROL
testing. The 1569 functions as an automatically con- RANGE: 50 dB. COMPRESSION RATIO: 25, i.e., 0.04 dB
trolled amplifier / attenuator between the osci Ilator and per dB.
the power-amplifier-transducer chain. Main Input: DRIVE VOLTAGE REQUIRED: For normal opera-
The regulator senses a control voltage from a micro- tion, 1 V; in voltage-leveler mode, 0.2 to 1 V. IMPEDANCE:
100 ko.
phone, accelerometer, or other pickup monitoring the
quantity to be controlled and adjusts its own attenuation Output: VOLTAGE: 10 mV to 3 V. IMPEDANCE: 600 fl. LOAD:
to maintain that control voltage at constant level. Output Any impedance can be connected without affecting linear op-
eration of output circuit.
from the 1569 is indicated on a panel meter with a scale
that is linear in dB, showing you where the regulator is Catalog
Description Number
operating in its 50-dB control range. You can easily ad-
1569 Automatic Level Regulator
just the control rate to suit operating frequency and mag- Bench Model 1569·9700
nitude-phase relationships in your control loop. Rack Model 1569-9701

1840-A Output Power Meter

• 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• 0.1 mW to 20 W
• 0.6-.11 to 32-k.!1 input impedance
• true rms reading

The 1840-A measures audio-frequency power into any The maximum power rating can be extended for any
desired magnitude of load impedance. Its important uses given impedance with the use of a simple T-network at-
include the measurement of: tenuator, design data for which are supplied with the
• Power output of oscillators, amplifiers, preamplifiers, instrument.
transformers, transducers, and low-frequency lines.
SPECIFICATIONS
• Output impedance, by adjustment of this load to yield Power: 0.1 mW to 20 W, 40 Hz to 20 kHz . Below 40 Hz, max
maximum power indication. rating is reduced by up to 50% (at 25 Hz), de.pending on im-
• Frequency-response characteristics of amplifiers, pedance selected. Auxiliary dB scale reads from -15 to +43
transformers, and other audio-frequency devices. dB re 1 mW.
Impedance: 0.6 0 to 32 ko in two ranges; yielding 48 individ-
This insTrument is basically a multi-tapped audio-fre- ual impedances spaced approximately ~ apart.
quency transformer with a fixed secondary load. Its two
front-panel switches connect eight identical primary wind-
ings and six secondary taps in various combinations to 184O-A Output Power Meter 1840-9701
provide a total of 48 different primary impedances. 480-P212 Relay-Rack Adaptor Set 0480-9822

1381 and 1382 Random-Noise Generators

to ensure a symmetrical, Gaussian amplitude distribu-
tion. Output level is adjustable from below 3 millivolts
to 3 volts rms behind a 600-ohm source impedance.
Each model is constructed in a 3V2-inch-high, half-rack-

-
GR 1381
-
• 2 Hz to 2, 5, or 50 kHz,
GR 1382
• 20 Hz to 50 kHz,
width cabinet, convenient for bench use and two can be
mounted side-by-side in a relay rack.
Either of these noise generators can be used for simu-
lation of noise in signal paths, as test-signal sources, or
for demonstrations of statistical and correlation princi-
Gaussian distribution Gaussian distribution ples. The different features of the two offer a choice to
match your needs.
• adjustable clipping • white, pink, or ANSI spectra Lowest frequency The 1381 generates noise that is
• 3-V rms output • 3-V rms output, balanced, flat down to 2 Hz and is intended for random-vibration
unbalanced,orfloating tests and for general-purpose use in the audio and sub-
audio range. The upper-frequency limit (at -3 dB) can
Predictably random The 1381 and 1382 are compan- be switched to 2, 5, or 50 kHz. The output signal can be
ion instruments that generate truly random noise from clipped symmetrically at 2, 3, 4, or 5 times the rms
a semiconductor source. Special precautions are taken amplitude.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUDIO TEST INSTRUMENTS 181
 Pink or white The 1382 generates noise in the 20-Hz Hz to 25 kHz, with 3-dB points at approx 10 Hz and 50 kHz;
to 50-kHz band and is intended for electrical, acoustical, PINK NOISE (constant energy per octave bandwidth): ±1 dB,
and psycho-acoustical tests. It offers three spectra, white 20 Hz to 20 kHz; or ANSI NOISE, as specified in ANSI Standard
(flat), pink (-3 dB per octave), and ANSI (see specifica- S1.4-1961.
tions). The output can be taken balanced or unbalanced, Output: VOLTAGE: >3 V rms max, open-circuit, for any band-
floating or grounded. width. CONTROL: Continuous adjustment from that level
down approx 60 dB. IMPEDANCE: 600 n. Can be shorted
SPECIFICATIONS without causing distortion. 1381 output is unbalanced; 1382
output is floating, can be connected balanced or unbalanced.
Spectrum of 1381: SHAPES: Flat (constant energy per hertz TERMINALS : 1381 output at front-panel binding posts and
of bandwidth) ±1 dB from 2 Hz to half of cutoff. CUTOFF rear-panel BNC connector; 1382 output at front-panel binding
FREQUENCY (down 3 dB): 2, 5, or 50 kHz, selected by switch. posts and rear-panel jacks for double plugs.
SPECTRAL DENSITY, at 3-V output level and for I-Hz band- Catalog
width : 64, 40, and 13 mY, approx, respectively for upper cut- Description Number
off frequencies of 2, 5, and 50 kHz. SLOPE of amplitude vs Random-Noise Generator
frequency above upper cutoff: 12 dB! octave. 1381 (2 Hz to 50 kHz) , Bench 1381-9700
1381 (2 Hz to 50 kHz), Rack 1381-9701
Spectrum of 1382: Choice of 3 shapes. WHITE NOISE (flat 1382 (20 Hz to 50 kHz), Bench 1382-9700
spectrum, constant energy per hertz bandwidth): ±1 dB, 20 1382 (20 Hz to 50 kHz), Rack 1382-9701

1390-8 Random Noise Generator

• 5 Hz 105 MHz

-• • •
~ .
• 30 p,V 10 3 V
• ±1-d8 audio-speclrum-Ievel uniformity

This instrument generates wide-band noise of uniform

spectrum level, particularly useful for noise and vibration
C •
-~

testing in electrical and mechanical systems. The noise

output of a gas-discharge tube is amplified and shaped Random-Noise Generator with Pink-Noise Filter plugged in.
with low-pass filters to provide wide spectral ranges with
upper cutoff frequencies of 20 kHz, 500 kHz, and 5 MHz.
The output level is controlled by a continuous atten- SPECIFICATIONS
uator followed by a 4-step attenuator of 20 dB per step Frequency Range: 5 Hz to 5 MHz.
and is metered from over 3 volts to below 30 microvolts. Output: VOLTAGE: Max open-circuit output is at least 3 V for
When the attenuator is used, the output impedance re- 20-kHz range, 2 V for 500-kHz range, and 1 V for 5-MHz range.
mains 'essentially constant as you change the output IMPEDANCE: Source impedance for max output is approx
level. 900!l. Output is taken from a 2500-!l potentiometer. Source
Frequency response Drive your device under test with impedance for attenuated output is 200!l. One output ter-
minal is grounded.
the 1390-B and analyze output with any of several GR
analyzers, manually or with a graphic level recorder. In
contrast with the usual swept-single-frequency methods,
1390-8 Random·Noise Generator
this one makes your DUT handle a wide spectrum simul- 115-V Model 1390-9702
taneously. The distinction may be significant if the OUT 230-V Model 1390-9703
is nonlinear. Rack Adaptor Set (7 in.) 0480-9842

1390-P2 Pink-Noise Filter

When white noise is used for frequency-response meas- the filter is approx 30 dB below its input, and the voltage level
urements in conjunction with a constant-percentage in each -one-third-octave band is approx 17 dB below that.
bandwidth analyzer (such as the GR 1564-A Sound and Thus, when the output meter of the generator indicates 3 V,
Vibration Analyzer or 1568-A Wave Analyzer), the ampli- the output of the filter is approx 0.1 V, and the level in each
one-third-octave band is approx 15 mY.
tude-frequency characteristic of a flat system appears to
slope upward with increasing frequency at a rate of 3 dB Input Impedance: The filter should be driven from a source
per octave, owing to the constantly increasing bandwidth whose impedance is 1 kn or less. Input impedance is variable
from 6.5 kn + load resistance at zero frequency to 6.7 kn at
(in hertz) of the analyzer. The 1390-P2 converts the high frequencies.
audio-frequency output of the 1390-B from white noise to Output Impedance: The filter should not be operated into a
pink noise, which has constant energy per octave. Thus it load of less than 20 kn. Internal output impedance is variable
flattens the response curves made with a constant-per- from 6.5 kn + source resistance at low frequencies to approx
centage-bandwidth analyzer. 200 n at high frequencies.
Max Input Voltage: 15 V rms.
SPECIFICATIONS
Terminals: Input terminals are recessed banana pins on %-in.
Frequency Response: Sloping -3 dB per octave from 20 Hz to spacing at rear of unit. Output terminals are jack-top binding
20 kHz, -6 dB per octave above 20 kHz. Output voltage is posts with 3,i-in . spacing.
approx -5 dB with respect to the input voltage at 20 Hz and Mechanical: Plug-in unit housing. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 1.38x
-35 dB at 20 kHz. It lies within 1 dB of the straight line con- 5x2.87 in. (35x127x73 mm) . WEIGHT: 6 oz (0.2 kg) net,
necting these two points on a graph of output in decibels vs log 4 Ib (1.9 kg) shipping.
frequency.
Over-all Output Level: When the filter is used with the random-
noise generator set for the 20-kHz range, the output voltage of 1390-P2 Pink-Noise Filter 1390-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

182 AUDIO TEST INSTRUMENTS
 1383 Random-Noise Generator

• 20 Hz to 20 MHz, ±1.5 dB
• 30-JLV to 1-V output, open-circuit
• 50-ohm output impedance
• meter and 10-dB-per-step attenuator
o
-
dB from 20 Hz to 10 MHz, ±1.5 dB from 10 MHz to 20 MHz.
Output: VOLTAGE ;;;'1 V rms open circuit, at full output. CON-
This instrument generates wide-band noise of uniform TROL: Continuous control and 8-step attenuator of 10 dB/
spectrum level, particularly useful for tests in video- and step. METER: Indicates open-circuit output voltage ahead of
radio-frequency systems. 50 n. IMPEDANCE: 50 0. Can be shorted without causing
The maximum output is one volt open circuit from a distortion. TERMINALS: GR874® coaxial connector that can
50-ohm source. An 8-step attenuator of 10 dB per step be mounted on either front or rear panel.
permits reduction of the output level to 30 p.V. Catalog
Description Number

SPECIFICATIONS 1383 Random·Noise Generator

Bench Model 1383-9700
Spectrum: Flat (constant energy per hertz of bandwidth) ±1 Rack Model 1383-9701

1952 Universal Filter

• 4-Hz to 60-kHz tuning

• low-pass or high-pass,
band-pass or band-reject, ganged for easy tuning
• high attenuation rate-30 dB/octave
• line or battery operation
response to dc (approx 0.7 Hz with ac input coupling) in Low
The 1952 Universal Filter will perform as a low-pass, Pass and Band Reject modes. High-frequency response uni-
form ±0.2 dB to 300 kHz in High Pass and Band Reject
high-pass, band-pass, or band-reject filter at the turn of
modes. CONTROLS: Log freqency-dial calibration; accuracy
a panel switch. It consists of low-pass and high-pass ±2% of cut-off frequency (at 3-dB points).
filters that can be employed singly, in cascade, or in par-
Input: GAIN: 0 or -20 dB, switch selected. IMPEDANCE:
allel, to provide the assortment of over-all characteristics. 100 kO. COUPLING: Ac or dc, switch selected. Lower cut-off
The cut-off frequencies of the two filters can be controlled frequency (3 dB down) for ac coupling is about 0.7 Hz. An LC
independently or ganged together to provide constant-per- filter at input limits bandwidth to 300 kHz, thus reducing
centage bandwidth for band-pass or band-reject tuning. danger of overloading active circuits at frequencies above
This filter is of value in many signal-conditioning appli- normal operating range.
cations. For example, it can be used to control system Max Input Voltage: SINE WAVE: 3 V rms (8.5 V pk-pk); except
bandwidth for reduction of extraneous signals or to evalu- with input attenuator at 20 dB, 30 V rms. DC COUPLED:
ate the effect of limited bandwidth upon signal intelligi- ±4.2 V pk. AC COUPLED: Max peak level of ac component
bility and data-transmission accuracy. As a high-pass must not exceed ±4.2 V for specified performance; dc level,
filter it can reduce power-line-related components, as a ±IQO V. Peaks up to ±100 V are tolerated without damage.
low-pass filter control high-frequency noise, or as a notch Output: IMPEDANCE: 600 0. LOAD: Any load can be con-
filter eliminate single-frequency components. The 1952 nected without affecting linear operation of output circuit.
TEM PERATU RE COEFFICI ENT of output offset voltage: Be-
can also act as part of a spectrum analyzer or distortion
tween 0 and +4 'mY / °C.
meter and, with a random-noise generator, produce con-
trolled bands of noise as test signals.
SPECIFICATIONS 1952 Universal Filter
Bench Model 1952-9801
Frequency Range: CUT-OFF FREQUENCIES: Adjustable 4 Hz to Rack Model 1952-9811
60 kHz in four ranges. PASS-BAND LIMITS: Low-frequency Rechargeable Battery (2 req'd) 8410·1040

1450 Decade Attenuator

• 0 to 111 dB in steps of 0.1 dB

• 600-ohm input and output impedance
• accuracy: ±0.02 dB ±O.2S%
• usable to 1 MHz SPECIFICATIONS
Attenuation Range: 111 dB in steps of 0.1 dB.
Use the 1450 Decade Attenuator to provide accurate Terminal Impedance: 600 n nominal in either direction. An
steps of attenuation for power-level measurements, trans- etched plate indicates the mismatch loss for other than 600-0
mission-efficiency tests, and gain or loss measurements circuits.
Attenuation _ Catalog
on transistors, filters, amplifiers, and similar equipment. Description Dials Total Steps Number
It can also serve as a power-level control in circuits not Decade Attenuator
equipped with other volume controls. 1450-TB, Bench 3 111 dB 0.1 dB 1450-9893

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

AUDIO TEST INSTRUMENTS 183
 1995 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer
• 25 Hz to 20 kHz or 2.5 Hz to 20 kHz
• 1/3-octave and full-octave real-time analysis
• built-in display scope features bar-graph display or A built-in display scope features a bar-graph display of
numerical listing one-third-octave or full-octave bands, and a pushbutton
• small and lightweight allows the user to convert the bar graph to a numerical
display with standard deviations listed for each band.
• power-line or battery operation for truly portable use Spectrum storage is also built-in, allowing the storage of
• 50-dB display range a spectrum for recall and comparison with new data. The
stored spectrum can be retained for a long period of time
• integration times from 1/8-second to 24 hours since the internal memory is powered by a separate bat-
• spectrum comparison capability tery.
The 1995 is an excellent tool for industrial-noise,
The 1995 is designed to satisfy a broad range of community-noise and product-noise applications. Typi-
noise-measurement requirements in real time, on the cal applications include:
spot without the need to make tape recordings for de- • Plant and machinery noise reduction
tailed analysis back in the laboratory. A compact, light- • Sound-power measurements per EPA standards
weight, microprocessor-based instrument, it can operate
from optional rechargeable batteries for truly portable • Machine-tool measurements per N MTBA
on-site measurements. This is the first instrument in its • Aircraft-noise measurements per FAR-36
class that is not dependent on an external power source . • Motor-vehicle-passby measurements
The 1995 is a one-third and full-octave real-time ana- • Community-noise measurements (e.g., Leq)
lyzer with long-term integration capabilities. It also • Product-noise rating and reduction
operates as an integrating analyzer or integrating sound-
level meter to display A-weighted sound level, Flat re- Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
sponse, or any selected band level as a function of time. request complete information.

SPECIFICATIONS Level Range for Direct Reading in dB re 20 JLPa

Standards: FI LTERS: One-third-octave filters in accordance Nominal Microphone
with: ANSI Standard Specification fotOctave, Half-Octave and Microphone Sensitivity Level Range' For Correspond i ng
Third-Octave-Band Filter Sets Sl.l1 1966, Type E, Class III; Sensitivity Range Direct Reading Voltage Range
I EC Recommendation Publication 225-1966, Octave, Half- dB re 1 V/ Pa dB re 1 V/Pa dB re 20 /LPa
Octave and Third-Octave-Band Filters for the Analysis of Sound
- 30 - 26 to - 36 120 to 20 .63 V to 6 .3 /LV
and Vibration; DIN 45 652, 1964 Third-Octave-Band Filters - 40 -36 to -46 130 to 20 .63 V to 2 /LV
for Electroacoustical Measurements. A-weighting char- -50 - 46 to - 56 140 to 20 .63 V to .63 /LV
acteristics and Fast and Slow responses in accordance with : - 60 - 56 to - 66 140 to 30 .2 V to .63 /LV
ANSI Standard Specification for Sound-Level Meters S1.4- ' Lower level may be limited due to noise depending on the capacitance
1971 , Type 1; IEC Recommendation Publication 179-1973 of the microphone used , its exact sensitivity, and the particular pass
Precision Sound-Level Meters; 01 N 45 63311, 1970, Preci- band or weighting. Limits apply with preamplifier set to Xl gain . Lower
sion Sound-Level Meters General Requirements . limit may be extended by setting the preamplifier to X10 gain .
Preamplifier Input: MICROPHONES AND ACCELEROME- Typical sensitivity of GR 1971 Ceramic and 1962 Electret-Condenser
TERS: Preamplifier has 0.460 x 60 thread for direct connec- Microphones is - 40 dB re 1 V/Pa . Equivalent A-weighted nOise for
tion to one-half inch electret-condenser or air-condenser mi- 1971 Ceramic Microphone : 21 dB; for 1962 Electret-Condenser
Microphone: 27 dB. One-third-octave band levels are typically less
crophone and various adaptors for use with other microphones than 10 dB for bands from 25 Hz to 20 kHz with 1971 -M icrophone.
and accelerometers. Switchable polarizing voltage for use With One-third-octave band levels decrease with increasing frequency for
air-condenser microphones is provided. ELECTRICAL 1962 Microphone, rangingfromtypically30dBat25 Hzto 12dBat20
SIGNALS: BNC to the amplifier thread adaptor supplied. kHz.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

184 INTEGRATING REAL-TIME ANALYZER
I MPEDANCE: Approximately 2 GD in parallel with less than 6 intensified for identification . STO RAGE: Ad isplayed resu It may
pF . CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENT: Rear-panel screwdriver be stored and then recalled and displayed alone or superposed
adjustment with 10-dB total range . MAXIMUM INPUT: For on a "real time" result. A composite one-third-octave spectrum
linear operation ± 5 V peak. developed from one-third-octave band-level maximums in a
Tape Input (rear panel): CONNECTOR: Tape input connector; series of integrations is stored and may be displayed alone or
BNC . SENSITIVITY: Nominally 1 V rms full scale . Independent superposed on a "real time " or stored spectrum. DATA RE-
of full-scale range selected and continuously adjustable from DUCTION : In the REDUCED DATA mode, A-weighted and flat-
0 .316 V to 3.16 V rms full scale . IMPEDANCE: 100 kD, ac response sound levels and Speech Interference Level are dis-
coupled . MAXIMUM INPUT: For linear operation, a peak played.
signal 20 dB above full-scale setting; ± 32 V peak without Calibration: A built-in noise source permits an overall check on
damage . Maximum dc input, ± 30 V without damage. all channels. Overall system calibration , including accessory
Overload Indication: Indication of overload on display when preamplifier , microphone, or accelerometer , can be performed
peak input voltage exceeds linear range (non-latching) . usi ng any acoustic or vi bration cal i brator.
Filters: FREQUENCY RANGE: 1995-9700 and 1995-9720: Basic Input/Output Interface to Accessories: VI DEO OUTPUT:
25 Hz -to-20 kHz one-th i rd-octave center freq uencies (standard A composite video output signal permits use of large external
bands 14 to 43), or 3l. 5 Hz to 16 kHz, one-octave-band center monitors for display. START-STOP-PAUSE: A TTL compatible
freq uencies (bands 15 to 42); 1995-9710 and 1995-9730: input allows remote control of panel START , STOP, and PAUSE
2.5 Hz-to-20 kHz (bands 4 to 43) one-third octave or 4 Hz-to- functions.
16 kHz octave-band center frequencies (bands 6 to 42). Optional Interface to Accessories: X-Y RECORDER: An op-
BAN DWI DTH: Bandwidths of one-third octave or one octave tional output interface in the 1995-9720 and -9730 supplies a
(octaves derived by summing 1/3 octaves). Either resu It may be I-V full-scale signal for an X-Y plotter or level recorder. Re-
displayed at completion of analysis. CHARACTERISTICS: corder calibration voltages of I-V full scale for both axes are
One-th ird~ octave fi Iters have nom i na I 6-pole Butterworth re- available. LEVEL RECORDER: Synchronizing and pen lift cir-
sponse . cuits permit use of GR 1523 recorders . IEEE 488 INTERFACE:
Weighting: A. Optional output interface supplies digital data in IEEE 488
Preweighting: Flat or A ahead of fi Iters. format , perm itti ng use of data printers, com puters , ca Icu lators,
and other accessories compatible with the standard.
AC Output: Flat output unfiltered provides 0 .5 V rms nominal at
full scale, output provided from 5 kD shortable source. Environment: OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0 to
50°C. STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40 to + 70°C with
Video Output: Composite video; negative sync; 1 V p-p into 75 power supply; -40 to +60°C with batteries . HUMIDITY:
D. 8-M Hz picture element rate. Operating , up to 90% RH at 40°C.
Detector and Integrator: DETECTOR RESPONSE: True Power Supply: LINE POWER SUPPLY: 1995-3040 plugs into
Square Law (rms). SOUND-PRESSURE LEVEL: Sound- rear-panel recess. Can be removed and replaced with optional
pressure level with either integration or exponential averaging rechargeable battery pack plug-in. Power consumption from
as selected by operator. SOUND-EXPOSURE LEVEL: Sound- line is 40 W maximum . Operates from 90 to 125 Vor 180 to
exposure level (time reference one second) selected by 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz. Used either to power the instrument or to
operator. INTEGRATION TIMES: 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1,2,4,8,9, recharge the batteries . BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: Optional
10, 15, 24 seconds, minutes or hours selectable by operator in rechargeable battery plug-in 1995-3030 provides at least one
linear modes; 1/8, 1/4, 112, 1, 2 , 4,8,9,10,15, 24seconds hour of operation with display on, at least two hours with display
or minutes selectable by operator in exponential mode. In ex- off. Battery is charged from power supply to 80% of full capac-
ponential mode , time constants of 1/8 second and 1 second ity in approximately eight hours. BATTERY VOLTAGE INDICA-
correspond to FAST and SLOW sound-level meter responses, TION: Low battery voltage is indicated on the display.
respectively. DYNAMIC RANGE: Dynamic range, including
10-dB allowance for crest factor above full scale, is 63 dB. Accessories Supplied: Rear-panel mating connector with un-
Linearity error less than ± O. 75 dB for sine wave inputs ranging terminated 5-foot cable, 2 each; front-panel cable connector
from + 7 dB to - 40 dB re full scale and less than ± 1 dB for lock; preamplifier; 10-foot preamplifier cable; BNC to
inputs ranging from - 40 to - 50 dB re full scale. Resolution is preamplifier thread adaptor.
0 .25 dB . CREST FACTOR: At least 10 dB at full scale . OVER- Accessories Available: Rechargeable battery pack and acces-
LOAD INDICATION: Indication of overload on display when the sories; camera adaptor set; carrying case.
integrated level in any band exceeds full scale (non-latching) . Mechanical: OVERALL DIMENSIONS (not including handle):
Display: TYPE: Five-inch raster-scan display with tube face (wxhxd): 17 x 7 x 17.5 in . (432 x 178x 444 mm). WEIGHT (in-
recessed to permit viewing in bright ambient light. POWER: cluding removable ac power supply): 1995-9700, 411b (18 .6
Controlled by front-panel switch. Display may be turned off to kg); 1995-9710, 42.51b (19.3 kg); 1995-9720, 421b (19.0
conserve battery power without affecting performance of in- kg); 1995-9730,43.5 Ib (19 .7 kg).
strument. RANGE: 50 dB displayed. Full-scale sensitivity
selectable from 70 to 140 dB re 20 /-LPa in 10-dB steps . Catalog
LEVEL-VS-FREQU ENCY: Bar-graph display of one-third-octave Description Number
or one-octave band levels plus A-weighted and flat-response
levels. A second result, previously stored, may be displayed as a 1995 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer (25 ~z to 20
line graph, superposed on the bar graph, for comparison . Status kHz) 1995-9700
information and one band level (selected by "cursor") dis- 1995 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer (2.5 Hz to 20
played alphanumerically. LEVEL-VS-TIME: Bar graph of up to kHz) 1995-9710
32 sequential integration results plus status information and 1995 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer (25 Hz to 20
one integration result (selected by "cursor" ) displayed al- kHz) with output interface 1995-9720
phanumerically. NUMERICAL RESULT: All band numbers, 1995 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer (2.5 Hz to 20
levels, and standard deviations (except for octaves) are listed kHz) with output interface 1995-9730
numerically along with status information. In level-vs-time Rechargeable Battery Pack and Accessories 1995-9600
mode, all integration periods and corresponding levels and Camera Adaptor Set (includes hood, bracket, and
standard deviations (except for octaves) are displayed. close-up lens) _ 1995-9601
CURSOR: A cursor operates in the graphical mode to display Carrying Case~ provides space for calibrator, 60-ft
the band number, level, and standard deviation of anyone cable, battery pack, tripod, microphones, and
selected band. The bar corresponding to the selected band is preamplifiers 1995-9602

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

INTEGRATING REAL-TIME ANALYZER 185
 2512 Spectrum Analyzer
for electrical, vibration and acoustic testing
• fast spectrum analysis-up to 100 kHz
• fast real-time analysis-to 20 kHz
• flexible display calibration
Easier to use than an oscilloscope The front panel has
• fully annotated and calibrated displays a minimal number of pushbutton controls. The operator
• uncomplicated control interface deals with only one function at a time due to the sophisti-
cated interaction between the display and controls. Op-
• portable eration of similar equipment often requires a thorough
GenRad's 2512 spectrum analyzer gives you the understanding of a maze of switches, knobs, and but-
power, speed and accuracy you need for studying sound tons.
and vibration problems-all neatly packaged in a light- Ideal for lab or field applications Lightweight, at ap-
weight portable instrument. All the features of earlier proximately 38 pounds, the 2512 is compact enough to
generations of spectrum analyzers are included in the GR carry conven iently to the most remote sites. -
2512, plus higher real-time bandwidth, a stable raster- Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
scan display and a simple operator interface. request complete information.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
186 SPECTRUM ANALYZER
 SPECIFICATIONS triggering , windowing invoked, and calibrated annotation of
Frequency Range: DC-10 Hz to dc-100 kHz in a 1-2-5 se- graphic axes.
quence . Cursor: Single, harmonic or sideband with on-screen display of
Resolution: 400 lines of frequency resolution . frequency of main cursor and level. Frequency may be read in
Frequency Accuracy: Better than ±0.1 % from 0 to 45°C, Hz or CPM dependent upon display mode selected. Level is
crystal controlled . read in dB re 1 V, dB re E.U., absolute voltage or linear E.U.
This function is set by the display scale and E.U . set controls .
Real-Time Frequency: 20 kHz. Sideband also displays £::,. frequency between cursors . Cursors
Amplitude Linearity: ±.05% full scale. operational in input-spectrum, average-spectrum and stored -
Minimum Detectable Signal: 70-dB two-tone dynamic range spectrum modes.
with averaging . Engineering Units: Display can be calibrated in units relative
Frequency Response: ± 1 dB over entire frequency range. to engineering units. Vertical scale settable in dB (± 150.0 in
Anti-Aliasing Filter: Included; 96 dB-per-octave rolloff , au- 0.1 dB steps) or linear units of 0 . 1 to 100.0 mV per E. U.
tomatically selected with frequency range. Triggering: Free run, external or internal (rear-panel selected) ,
Input Sensitivity: 1 mV rms full scale to 10 V rms full scale . slope + or -, level ± full scale in 20% steps. Transient:
Capture delay time of -0.5 , -0 .25 , -0 . 125 , 0 , +0 . 125,
Input Impedance: 1 Mil shunted by 115 pF nominal.
+0.25, +0 .5, +1 , +2 of frame time. External input imped-
Input Coupling: AC , dc, test-internal square-wave test. ance (rear panel) 1 M!ldc coupled. Indicators: ARM and HOLD
AC Rolloff: - 3 dB at 1 Hz . indicated by front-panel LED .
Maximum Input: 30 V rms, continuous , on all ranges ± 100 V Windowing of Data (User Selected): Hanning on or off , or auto
peak , 5 s, transient. (sets Hanning on for free run and off for triggered analysis) .
Input Connector: BNC on front panel. Three-terminal micro- Averaging: Add itive , su btractive , exponential , max hold.
phone connector on rear panel with + 18-V bias available for Number of averages selectable from 1 to 1024 in binary steps.
microphone preamplifi~rs. Spectrum Storage: Memory provided for storage of a reference
Overload Indicator: Front-panel LED is activated for 1/ 4 s spectrum . Activated by front-panel button .
when input exceeds approximately 95 % of full-scale range Miscellaneous: Front-Panel Connector : BNC signal input .
selected . Rear Panel Connectors : Three-Terminal connector . Signal
- Low-Level Indicator: Front-panel LED turns on when signal input in parallel with front panel BNC, remote CRT video and
remains at less than 10% of full scale for more than 1/ 8 synch (BNC), X and Y plotter , pen lift (BNC) , external trigger
second , turns off when signal exceeds 10% of full scale. (BNC) , external sample input (BNC) , digital 1/ 0 and optional
Display Functions: Front-panel pushbutton selection of: input IEEE 488 bus .
versus t ime , unaveraged spectrum, averaged spectrum, stored Environment: TEMPERATURE : 0 to 45°C operating .
spectrum or simultaneous averaged and stored spectra. Supplied: Power cord .
Display Calibrations (User Selected): dB re 1 V rms , dB re Power: 87 to 125 or 178 to 250 V, 45-66 Hz, 150 W.
engineering units, linear volts , volts 2, volts 2/ Hz , and volts2-sl Mechanical: Portable , light-weight cabinet. DIMENSIONS
Hz and linear re millivolts per engineering unit, also linear and (wxhxd): 18.7x7.33x20.88 in .; 24 . 18-in . depth with handle
log frequency in Hz or CPM .
extended (475x186x530 mm ; 613 .8-mm depth with handle
Type of Display: Raster scan with full alphanumeric labeling extended). WEIGHT: 38 Ib (17 .3 kg) net, approx 55 Ib (24.97
and electronically-generated graticule . Alphanumeric labeling kg) shipping .
reflects all operationa I control settings as well as fu II ca Ii brat ion
data for frequency or time and level.
Catalog
qraphic Resolution: AI1400 frequency lines are displayed and Description Number
visible . Alphanumeric labeling on CRT gives operator complete
status of all control settings . These include input coupling, 2512 Spectrum Analyzer (universal frequency
voltage range , type of averaging , number of averages , type of and voltage) 2512-9700

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

SPECTRUM ANALYZER 187

 Digital Signal Analysis Systems
.. . the total For applications in:
acoustic analysis biomedical research
digital signal vibration analysis rotating machine dynamics
processor structural dynamics geophysical investigations
underwater acoustics machinery condition monitoring
the 20-series analysis systems provide complete , on-line
digital signal processing.
These powerful analytical systems use Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT) and other time-series analysis tech-
niques to acquire, measure , analyze, and even generate ,
analog signals in the sub-audio to ultrasonic frequency
range.
User-oriented operation , with either the versatile , in-
teractive TSL ™ programming language or the optional
P2 control panel, makes the 20-series easy to use. A
large selection of peripherals and application software
options adds to system power and conven ience. Standard
features include:
• Pre-programmed measurement functions to get you
started quickly:
Waveform Averaging Transfer Function
Sampled Waveform Coherence Function
Transient Capture Auto Correlation
Amplitude Histogram Cross Correlation
Direct Fourier Transform Impulse Response
I nverse Fourier Transform Function
Auto Power Spectrum Spectrum Averaging
Cross Power Spectrum Hanning
• Report-ready results displayed immediately, fully an-
notated and calibrated.
• Fully programmable analog data acquisition subsys-
tem.
• Advanced front-end design allows 60% more usable
spectrum lines on any of 72 analysis ranges .
A Floppy disk-based operation-avoids fragile, • Versatile displays-the display format can be
slow, inconvenient paper tape. modified from the standard default conditions and de-
scriptive labels can be added for your particular meas-
B Central processor-a PDP-ll (11104 in the
TDA-20, 11134 in the TDA-25) with a full 28K urement.
memory.
C Storage CRT Display - Fully labelled, cali-
brated graphics are displayed on this 4" x 5" storage
CRT. It can also be used as a fast and silent pro-
gram listing device . "-
D Analog Data Acquisition Subsystem (ADS)- . ~

The ADS converts analog data into digital informa-

tion and places it directly into memory for process-
ing. Two input channels are supplied in the basic ..
system, prewired for optional expansion to four in-
puts. The ADS features complete program control Frequency-Response Function . Nyq u ist Plot.
of all functions, selection from 72 possible anti-
aliasing filter cutoff frequencies, ultrasharp filter
rolloff for more efficient processing, automatic dc
offset elimination , floating inputs, and true tran-
sient capture capability.
E System Terminal-An LA-36 Printer/
Term inal is supplied as the standard system termi-
nal . Other optional terminals , such as the Tektronix
4012 graphic display terminal and keyboard, are
available.
Real = Points; Imaginary = Continuous
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
188 DIGITAL SIGNAL ANALYSIS SYSTEMS
 TSL (Time-Series Language)
To take advantage of the floppy disks,. the RT-.ll com-
patible version of TSL, called TSLRT, IS supplied. TSL
provides conversation operation - knowledge of cor:n- '2'6 .
.,
218] _
puter programming is not required. Results may be d~s­ "35 _
played in fully, annotated, calibrated formats-easily ,.....
.767 _

......
......
"'li.
interpreted, modified, and re-displayed. 121'5 _
, ,-
,.
87'9 , .
RT-ll Operating System -
:581 2. - 18

A disk operating system developed by Digital Equip- ~~..8

ws CHI (Zlt "SCAl£,
I'lIIOfCZ

ment Corporation, RT-ll maintains complete file man-

GenRad Engine Order Analysis .
agement for floppy and moving head disks as well as ._1
magnetic tape. Vibration Control With the addition of the Digital-to-
CAPABILITIES Analog Subsystem (DAS) and the P2 control panel, the
system can function as a "turnkey" closed-loop control-
The past several years have seen the development of
ler of vibration tests. Modular software packages allow
prepackaged combinations of ~ardware ~nd softwar~ t.o the user to add just the capabilities needed.
serve certain application areas Ideally sUited to the digi-
Modular software packages available include:
tal signal analysis techniques offered by the 20-series
systems. Random Control
Narrowband Random on Random Control
Modal Analysis This type of analysis characterize~ a Acoustic Random (reverberant chambers) Control
structure's behavior in terms of ItS response to ItS Swept Sine Control
dynamic operating environment. . Swept Sine on Random Control
Gen Rad offers a variety of software packages to acquire Transient Waveform Control
test data, calculate frequency response functions from Shock Spectrum Synthesis, with:
the data, then extract the key modal parameters (reson- Wavelet Amplitude Equalization and
ant frequencies, damping factors, ampllt~des, and Transfer Function Equalization
phases) which describe this structural. behavior. . Shock Spectrum Analysis
Animated pictures of the actual physical deformations
(mode shapes) of the structure in each mode ~re graphi- OPTIONS
cally displayed. These mode shapes allow. qUick under- FPE-4 Processor This micro-coded system plug-in
standing of the structure's dynamic behavior so that de- speeds Fourier Transforms and other spectral computa-
sired structural modifications may be made. tions, offering a 5: 1 speed advantage over software proc-
The packages: essing on the same system. .
P2 Control Panel This general-purpose panel permits
MODAMS is a complete investigative tool with NASTRAN instrument-like control of data acquisition, processing,
bulk data input available; and display. Mounted on the front of the system's ~DS,
MESA extracts modal parameters and generates mode the P2 Control Panel simplifies all aspects of signal
shapes with a minimum of operator training; analysis-there is no language to learn or specialized
TSLAMS produces mode shapes in a quick and easy keyboard to worry about. Overlays, provided with each
manner; optional application packa~e, 9dapt .th~ p~nel control
LAPLACE emphasizes an automated Laplace Transform labels to that particular application, eliminating operator
technique for generalized investigations. confusion about new control functions.
Zoom Analysis Standard spectrum analysis tech-
niques result in a ~pectrum ranging fr~m dc to some
higher frequency with co.nstant re.sol~tl~n throughout
this range. Sometimes this resolution IS Inadequate to
resolve two or more closely-spaced resonances or other
spectrum detail. .
Zoom analysis allows the user to place ~II available
I ines of resolution into a narrow, operator-defined band of
interest. As the band of analysis is made narrower and Centralized Control Panel.
narrower, the resolution in the band increases until the
desired spectral details are revealed. Signal Generation DAS (Digital-to-Analog Subsys-
tem) Fully compatible with ADS--: mounts in ADS b~~,
Acoustic Analysis For simple, direct ca!cul~tion of data output can be synchroni~ed with ADS data acquls!-
1/3-octave spectra with either A or flat welghtl~g! the tion. Features 160-I<Hz maximum output rate, 12-blt
TSLOCA software package is available. TSLOCA IS Ideal digital to analog conversion with direct memory acces~
for sound power measurements, product noise meas- (DMA) capability, self zeroing offset, less t~an 10 ohms
urements or general acoustic analysis where true real- output impedance, and 100-milliampere drive current at
time proc~ssing is not of prime importance. ± 10 volts output. Controlled by TSL or FORTRAN.
Engine Order Analysis. Thi~ option tailors the system PERFORMANCE EXPANSION
to acquire and analyze vlbratlo~ data and spe~d slgn.als Users of time-series analysis techniques often have
from rotating machinery. It provides the u.ser ~It.h a ~Ide some special application which requires more than a
variety of displays of the data, ea~h offering. Insl.ght l~tO basic system can offer. For this reason, modular expand-
some aspect of the machinery s dynamic vibration
ability is a GenRad design principle. If the basic system
characteristics. does not meet your specific needs-or if your needs
Display formats include: change at some future time-standard modules can be
Time Spectrum Display RPM Spectral Map added to adapt your system to a wide range of appli-
Time Spectral Map RPM Order Tracking cations.
Time Order Tracking Campbell's Diagram Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
RPM Spectrum Display request complete information.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
DIGITAL SIGNAL ANALYSIS SYSTEMS 189
 Vibration Control Systems
GenRad's TOV Vibration Control Systems provide closed-loop
digital control of electrodynamic or hydrauliC exciter
systems for environmental or structural dynamic testing.
• random control with true Gaussian noise; no periodic A single, centralized control panel with overlay panels
(zero-variant) random noise effects controls all test and analysis operations and is readily
used by all levels of operators from unskilled to sophisti-
• unified front control panel runs tests, selects displays, cated .
allows operator intervention
• built-in safety precautions-automatic alarm and abort "';:0 :'Ji) -~ ;'0 : 6 0' :=~ - • •- _m ~ .. .~~-L~
lines with smooth shutdown free operators for other
tasks, reduce equipment risks, and minimize danger
~_ -~ . : ..... m~ ,: _ Oi~:?=_;' () :~~
from human error Q ii.c. ". ,0-..: 6 . •••• eo4i~ . ~ ••
• ...,.- "'" ;~.! . -r- ~ . : : :~':';;:

• fast, repeatable setup-test parameters can be stored

for an unlimited number of test programs, assuring
.:~ : Q '~!' 0.:'~ -! Q.._ 0 " ~ 'l~
identical test conditions for future repeat testing
• fully labelled, calibrated displays gives report-ready Safety Features
documentation on all aspects of system performance The system is designed to sense abnormal test condi -
and test results, including: tions and, if any occur , to initiate a controlled ,
Automatic Calibration showing scales and refer- documented abort. Conditions causing automatic abort
ences in alphanumeric form on the CRT, right along include:
with the data • Loss of control signal
• ABORT switch pressed by operator
Better Test Documentation records exact setup
parameters, the causes of alarms and aborts, instan- • A signal exceeding spectral level abort limits set fo r a
taneous grms level throughout the test and total test reference spectrum segment
time • A signal exceeding the specified grms limit
Post-Test Graphic Documentation of drive, monitor, • Failure to pass the initial loop continuity check
reference, and error spectra, including ability to au- Random Control
tomatically overlay test tolerance bands Two spectral estimates of control loop. behavior are
measured in the Random Control System . The control
Report-ready hard-copy option available
spectrum reflects short-term changes in the control loop
• mass storage included-with flexible disk storage so that the system can take immediate action to maintain
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog,
190 VIBRATION CONTROL SYSTEMS
equalization. It is constantly updated with every pass operator-supplied sampled analog signal can be used as
through the loop. The monitor spectrum is a long-term the time waveform to be reproduced.
statistical average of all control spectrum frames, and Shock Spectrum Analysis Analysis of MAXI MAX
provides an accurate indication of how well the test ran shock spectrum is accomplished in all three waveform
throughout its duration. The number of averages may be generation programs with choices of 1/3, 1/6 or 1112
selected to give the needed post-test documentation ac- octave resolution. When more detailed analysis or
curacy without slowing the response of the controllo~p. analysis of recorded transients is required the shock
In addition, the average grms level of the test duration spectrum analysis program permits analysis of primary
covered by the monitor spectrum is displayed. and residual spectrum as well as MAXI MAX. The program
also permits analysis of the spectrum of a single degree of
Sine Options freedom fi Iter.
TDV SINE uses a computer-controlled, stable, accu- Shock Spectrum Synthesis Since the shock spectrum
rate swept- or discrete-frequency sinewave source. does not uniquely define a time waveform, we may select
The software for TDV sinusoidal vibration control sys- the waveform used to synthesize that shock spectrum.
tems is interactive, conversational. You set up all needed The waveform selected in these systems is a summation
test parameters by typing answers to the questions of half-sine weighted sinusoidal wavelets. Each of the
printed out by the terminal. You define the control wavelets is an odd number of half-cycles that are
strategy ina n umber of ways: you may dec ide to fi Iter the weighted by a half-sine wave.
drive signals; you can select peak or rms values; you can
Functional Description
assign priorities to control signals; your options are
numerous. Features of particular interest in GenRad's Vibration
SINE has multi-channel sine control using digital Control Systems are;
tracking filters with fixed or proportional bandwidths. Selectable Functions
GenRad's TDV SINE systems also allow the operator to Transducer sensitivity
monitor auxiliary signals not used in the control strategy Test duration
and to analyze while controlling. Displays include trans- Start-up time from low to full level
missibility plots, co-quad analysis, and mechanical im- Low equalization level
pedance, within a controlled swept-sine or fixed-sine Level change increment
environment. All such displays are fully calibrated and Shut-down time
annotated. Alarm and abort limits versus frequency
Alarm and abort limits on overall grms
Shock Options Displays
Gen Rad has developed a series of operating options for Control Spectrum
shock spectrum analysis and the generation of Monitor Spectrum
waveforms to produce desired responses on shaker sys- Reference Spectrum
tems. Three separate techniques have been im- Drive Spectrum
plemented for waveform generation: one of these p.ro- Error Spectrum
vides specified time histories while the other two provide Auxiliary Spectrum
a choice of methods to synthesize desired shock response
spectra. As with random control and analysis operations, All displays calibrated in terms of:
control of the shock system is achieved with a single Vertical; linearor logarithmic ranges(20, 40, 60, 80,
control panel. 100 dB); calibrated in g2/Hz; adjustable
Transient Waveform Control This option is used to display scaling
produce waveforms with specified time histories on a Horizontal; linear or logarithmic
shaker system. A variety of classical pulses are offered All displays may be in points, bars, or continuous
including half-sine, terminal peak sawtooth, square format; test tolerance bands may be superimposed on
wave, triangular wave, and double pulse. Also, an any spectral display.

SPECIFICATIONS Control panel

Random Control Overlay for panel
Resolution: 100, 200, 400, 600, or 800 lines (filters). CRT with storage capability
Bandwidth: variable; dc to 5 kHz (8 kHz optional). Software
Feedback Control Channels: 1 standard, up to 4 available; Random Control
16-channel averager available.
OPTIONS
Dynamic Range: > 65 dB.
• Digital Spectrum Analysis
Accuracy: Typically ±1.0 dB.
• Shock Spectrum Analysis
BASIC TDV 20/25 CONFIGURATION
• Shock Spectrum Synthesis and Transient Waveform Control
Hardware
• Modal Analysis
PDP-II Digital Controller; PDP-11 / 04 in TDV-20; PDP-11 / 34
in TDV-25 • Swept Sine Control
28K Memory • 16-Channel Scanner
Extended Arithmetic Element (EAE) • Expansion to 4 Multiplex Channels
LA-36 Printer/Terminal with interface; dual floppy disk with • X-V Plotter with Alphanumeric Capability
ROM bootstrap
Input-channel with programmable attenuator and anti-aliasing • Interactive Graphics Display Terminal 4012
fi Iter • Hard-Copy Un it, for use with 4012
Output-single drive channel , with programmable attenuator Please use one of the cards at the rear of this catalog to
and anti-aliasing filter request complete information.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

VIBRATION CONTROL SYSTEMS 191
bL;MJ ~
rtt-e~
 Stroboscopes

1 1 ~ r
Interne' Oscilletor , Extema' Triggering Flesh Rete·
Super.
Accurate Accurate ~ (max flflshes ~ hmlnute) Bright Bettery
Ime Base Calibration Contact Signal Photoelectric Delayed 3800 25,000 150,000 Light Operetlon
1540 with 154Q-P1, I
brightest light yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
1540 with 154Q-P3, no
brightest light Internal oscillator yes yes yes yes yes yes
1540 with 1540·P4, yes yes yes 100 ~s
yes yes yes
brightest light to 1 s
100 ~s to
1531·AB, best 800 ms
yes yes yes yes with 1531-P2 with yes yes
general-purpose
1531-P2

1538-A, most versatile yes yes yes yes with 1531-P2

100 ~s to
800 ms
with
1531-P2
yes yes yes
with
1538-P4
with
1538-P3
I
1542·B, lowest cost II yes
1543, low cost line sync yes yes
16 to
1544, low cost line sync yes yes yes 330 ms yes

I
1539. excellent for
high-speed no with yes yes
internal oscillator yes yes with 1531-P2 1531-P2
photography
• To "stop" motion effectively, the flash rate need not be so high as the rpm of the machinery. For very high speeds, the use of strobe light at a
sub-multiple flash rate (and consequently with brighter flashes) often provides the best image.
This equipment is augmented by important accessories, Including photoelectric pickoffs.

STROBOSCOPES 193
 Strobe Characteristics
Internal oscillator Most GR strobes include an in- sions, rifle shots, and the like) it is necessary to flash the
ternal oscillator that allows the strobe to flash repeti- strobe at some precise moment determined by the event,
tively without need of any external signal. The frequency not the strobe. In these applications, the strobe must be
of the internal oscillator is adjusted by means of a knob triggered by an external signal, rather than by its internal
(and a range control on some models) and thus the oscillator.
flash rate can be set to any desired value within its Contact The simplest method of triggering is a con-
range. tact closure (or opening) such as from a switch or relay.
Accurate time base Two of the strobes incorporate The switch can be mounted on the device and operated
a line-sync mode, in which the internal oscillator is syn- by a cam, it can be a hand-held pushbutton, a camera
chronized to the line frequency or to a submultiple flash-synchronization contact, or any of several dozen
(3600, 1800, 1200, 900, 720 ... flashes per minute for other switch arrangements.
60-Hz lines). In the U.S.A., this mode provides 0.1% Signal Another trigger source can be an electrical
accuracy at these rates. Thus, the flash rate, which in signal such as from an ultra-precise oscillator in order to
the normal (free-running) mode can be adjusted con- obtain greater flash-rate accuracies, a microphone to
tinuously without accurate calibration, in the line-sync trigger the flash from a noise such as an explosion, or
mode can be set to specific rates with a very high ac- another piece of electrical or electronic equipment with
curacy. The time base (known time interval) thus pro- which synchronization is required.
vided is a great convenience' or even a necessity in many Photoelectric One of the most common trigger
applications. sources is the photoelectric pickoff. These devices use
Accurate Calibration In some models, the flash rate light to create an electrical signal that, in turn, triggers
is calibrated to an accuracy of ±1 % and dial readings the strobe. They are widely used because they are in-
can be used to measure speed, rpm, or time. expensive, simple to install, and do not interfere with the
In many applications, this feature is used to measure normal operation of the device under observation. Sev-
rpm so the strobe becomes an accurate and convenient eral styles are available, including:
tachometer. Some care must be taken in this applica- • A light source and a photo cell are housed in a single
tion because the action under observation will appear unit (the GR 1536-A and 1536-0). The light is aimed at
stopped not only at the true rate at which the device is the path of a piece of reflective tape attached to the
rotating but at whole-number submultiples of it such as device. As the tape moves past the light, the reflection
112, %, 1f4, etc. The truth can be simply determined as back to the photo cell causes the strobe to flash.
follows: True speed = A x Bf (A - B), where A and B • The light and cell are housed in two different units,
are adjacent apparent measurements (two adjacent set- mounted so that the light is aimed at the cell. The object
tings of the strobe's flash rate at which the object ap- under study moves between the light and the cell and
pears stopped). alternately blocks the light to the cell and then allows it
For example, assume you first obtained a reading of to pass. This arrangement is particularly useful in many
2400 rpm. You then decreased the flash rate until the printing applications where the object under study is
object again appeared stopped and this second reading printed on a web. The 1537-A is such a pickoff; it re-
indicated 1800 rpm. quires an external light source.
2400 X 1800 Delayed Without delayed triggering, the strobe flashes
True rpm = 2400 _ 1800 =7200 immediately following receipt of a trigger and, in many
cases, this is exactly what is required. But in some others,
From the example, it can also be seen that the flash this is not desirable and an adjustable time delay is in-
rate of the strobe need not be as high as the speed of corporated so the strobe flashes some time after the
the device in order to obtain accurate measurements trigger is applied.
of rpm. For example, the only convenient place to obtain a
Strobes that do not contain an internal oscillator re- trigger on many printing presses is often somewhere
quire an external signal for operation. Where neither remote from the point at which you wish to observe the
"Accurate Time Base" nor "Accurate Calibration" is in- action - the strobe may then flash at the wrong time
dicated (shaded area), the frequency of the internal unless great care is taken in the placement of the trig-
oscillator (and, hence, the flash rate) is approximate ger device.
only. With that strobe, the markings on the dial (if any) Flash rate The rate at which the strobe flashes is
cannot be used as an accurate measure of speed, rpm, known as its flash rate and is usually measured in flashes
or time unless they have been calibrated by the user. per minute (fpm). For GR strobes, the flash rate is ad-
External Triggering In a strobe with an internal oscil- justable to a maximum of 3800, 25,000 or 150,000.
lator, the motion of a device under test appears stopped depending on the model.
when the flash rate is set to the same rate as the mo- Super bright The light output from any GR strobe is
tion (or to some submultiple of it). If the rate of mo- bright; it has to be for clear viewing. You get the very
tion changes or the strobe's flash rate changes, the illu- brightest flashes from the 1540 and almost as bright from
sion of stopped motion disappears, and the strobe's flash the 1538 model equipped with a 1538-P4 High-Intensity
rate must be readjusted for synchronization. Flash Capacitor. The extra light output is very valuable
In many cases, the rate of motion changes often in TV or photographic applications.
so that readjusting the strobe's flash rate to obtain syn- Battery operation Most GR strobes are small, light,
chronization becomes difficult if not impossible. Also, in and very portable. One is capable of battery operation'-
many high-speed, non-repetitive events (such as explos- the 1538-A with a 1538-P3 Battery and Charger,

194 STROBOSCOPES
 Strobe Selection and Applications
In principle, all strobes are basically the same- aspects as flash quality and reliability, attention to engi-
they are very bright, flashing lights normally used to ob- neering and production details, and applications and
serve action that is too fast to be seen by the unaided service assistance. A properly chosen strobe can be an
eye. When a strobe is aimed at a repetitive action and invaluable asset in your application and will undoubtedly
its flash rate is set to the same speed as the action (or reap benefits well in excess of its purchase price.
some integer submultiple of it), the action appears Since the matter of selection is important, we have
stopped. It can be easily viewed, analyzed, and even tabulated a summary of broad application areas with
measured, thanks to the stroboscope. the appropriate strobes and their features. Later pages
In practice, strobes differ significantly in their char- give you detailed descriptions of their individual char-
acteristics in order to match more exactly the require- acteristics. We also provide free advice and technical
ments of a wide variety of applications. They also differ assistance from offices located throughout the world.
from one manufacturer to another in such important

Appropriate
Application GR Strobe Features Useful in The Application

Education Strobes help demonstrate certain laws of physics, relations between frequency and wavelength, finite velocity of light,
effects of combining colors, properties of standing waves, and the laws of gravity. Use a strobe for studies of velocity,
acceleration, and energy transfer, or the principles of stroboscopy itself.

Physics lab 1543 Low cost, accurate time base, external triggering for stable synchronization.
1542 Excellent where economy is important; uncalibrated time base.

Mechanical 1539-A with 1531-P2 Wide·range trigger delay for optimum image positioning, detachable lamp.
engineering 1544 Economical where normal·range trigger delay is adequate; fixed lamp.
1531-AB Accurate calibration enables you to measure rpm.

Electrical 1531-AB or Accurate calibration - a must for torque! speed measurements.

engineering 1538

Chemistry, biology, 1531-AB Accurate calibration for precise speed or time measurements .
psychology, etc 1543 or 1544 More economical where accurate calibration is not required.
Textiles The high operating speeds in the textile industry make the strobe almost mandatory. Its versatility permits rapid checks
on spindle operation, twist loss, travelers and twisters, pattern pickage, dobby head, harness cams and motion, shuttle
flight and arm tension, boxing and picking, filling transfer and ringing-up bobbin ejection, hopper-stand setting, rapier
action, filling transfer, and pickage in shuttleless looms, let-off and takeup, power-arm operation and adjustment, and
condition, meshing and running of gears.
Shuttle looms 1540 with 1540-P4 Super-bright light for maximum clarity, delay triggering for optimum image positioning.

Water-jet and 1544 Delay triggering for optimum image positioning, lower cost.
shuttleless looms

Spinning 1538 or 1531 Accuracy for speed or rpm measurements; fast, short flash provides clear image.
Printing High-speed printing presses and converters can be checked easily by means of a strobe. Printing registration, ink or
and converting glue uniformity, water catch up, and material stretch can all be checked without slowing or stopping the press. l'he
strobe provides equally simple and valuable checks of other printing equipment such as folders, blankers, box- or bag-
making machinery, creasing and scoring equipment, coaters or laminators, slitters·rewinders, stitchers, as well as
doctoring, embossing, and perforating equipment.
Presses 1544 Photoelectric and delay triggering for stable synchronization and optimum image positioning.
1540 with 1540-P4 Better choice where a large area is to be illuminated or the ambient light is very bright.
Inspection sl iller· 1544 Photoelectric trigger capability and delay triggering - an excellent choice for inspection slitter-
rewinders rewinders.
Machine design Stroboscopes can be used to observe the slippage between two shafts or between a motor and belt, to measure motor slip
and maintenance speed in accordance with IEEE 112A and 114, and to study the effects of cavitation on turbine blades or other hydraulic
equipment. They can also be used in the design and checkout of production, handling, and packaging equipment or
appliances and for stUdies of automobile wheel, motor, or chassis vibration.

Electro-mechanical 1539-A with 1531-P2 Photoelectric and wide-range delay triggering for optimum image positioning.
design 1544 An economical choice where the delay-triggering range need not be so great.

Production 1531 or 1538 Accurate calibration provides speed and rpm measurements.
inspection

Plant maintenance 1531 or 1538 Best suited where accurate flash rates are necessary.
1542 or 1543 More economical where accurate flash rates are unimportant.
Electrical and The strobe is a valuable aid in the development of loudspeakers and other audio devices and in the design, production
electronic fields and servicing of electric motors, card sorters or punches, and automatic component-handling equipment. Also valuable
for monitoring the action of environmental shake tables and to study switch or relay bounce.
Electrical 1531 or 1538 Provide accurate speed, time, or rpm measurements.
inspection
Photography and TV Effective shutter speeds some 1000 times faster than mechanical shutters are possible by use of a strobe. Permits de-
tailed examinations of such single-action events as the impact of a bullet, an explosion, glass fracture, destructive tests,
and other extremely high-speed phenomena.
Single or 1540 with 1540·P4 Super-bright light, precise camera synchronization.
multiflash 1539-A with 1531·P2 Provides excellent single-flash photos at an economical price.

STROBOSCOPES 195
 Strobolume~ electronic stroboscope

1540
Bright flashes Everyone is a pulse of white light last-
• flash rates to 25,000 per minute
ing less than 15 microseconds and illuminating a 7-by-
• brilliant white light 13-foot area, 10 feet away, with brilliance enough for still
• wide-beam flood area for photography and TV or movie photography or TV recording.
The flash can be triggered from a photoelectric pickoff,
the opening or closing of a switch contact or camera
Stopped motion With the aid of a stroboscope you can shutter, or an electrical pulse or sine-wave signal. The
examine the motion of machines, objects exploding or in flash can occur at the instant of the triggering event or be
flight, fluid spray patterns, and many other events as delayed by any desired time from 100 microseconds to
though they were motionless. With a calibrated strobo- 1 second to catch a subsequent event.
scope, you can measure the rate of repeating motion to Versatile construction The working part of the Strobo-
1% accuracy up to % million rpm. lume stroboscope is the lamp head to which one of the
With the bright-light 1540 Strobolume® electronic three control units attaches, either directly or by exten-
stroboscope, you can perform all these tasks, and more, sion cables for remote operation. The combination is
under difficult lighting conditions and even make color small and easy to hold or mount on a tripod. A twelve-
stopped-motion photographs or make videotapes. The foot cable brings dc power from the larger power supply I
1540 is the first stroboscope to generate so much light carrying case.
and also provide the versatility for general-purpose uses. To use, aim the lamp at the object to be studied (from
Three control units are available; with the right one for a distance determined by the area to be illuminated and
the job, the 1540 can be flashed continuously or syn- the amount of light needed). Connect the camera (any
chronized with the motion or camera for single flashes or ordinary type with "X" flash synchronization) and photo-
bursts. Thus, you can "hold" cyclic motion in one chosen electric pickoff to the control unit and set the controls to
position, freeze a once-only event on film or tape, or "stop" the motion at the right point. Set the strobe for
expose a motion to multiple-flash analysis. single flash, operate the shutter, and you have a picture.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
196 STROBOSCOPES
 SPECIFICATIONS

.,., .

1540 ,PI Strobolume® Oscillator 1540·P3 Strobolume® Control Unit

. --

1540·P4 0 'cillato - .lay Unit

For speed measurements and general use For use with external equipment Provides For motion analysis and photography Pro-
Provides internally generated flashing rates, flashes only in response to external signals. vides internally-generated flashing rates and
accurate to 1%, for general use and is partic- is the only unit that provides gated bursts of
ularly well-suited for speed measurements flashes as well as variable delay between re-
from no to 25,000 rpm. ceipt of a trigger and each flash. Well suited
to photography; the flash can be synchro-
nized with both motion and camera.

FI as h Rat e (fl as h es per mlnu te) :

o to 25,000 external; single flash by means o to 25,000 external; single-flash by means of o to 25,000 external; single-flash by means of
of panel pushbutton; no to 25,000 internal panel pushbutton. panel pushbutton; "" 30 to 25,000 internal by
by means of calibrated control in 3 over- means of unca librated control in 3 overlap-
lapping decade ranges with 1%-of-read ing ping ranges. MULTIFLASH MODE permits
accuracy. flash bursts as long as panel pushbutton is
depressed or contact closure exists at Cam-
era jack, flash rate is set by panel controls.

Trigger:
INPUT: From 1537 Photoelectric Pickoff; INPUT: From 1537 Photoelectric Pickoff; con- INPUT: From 1536 (Iight-to-dark or dark-to-
contact closure; ;;, +1-V pulse; or ;;, 3.5 V tact closure; or ;;, +1-V pulse. OUTPUT: None. light transitions) or 1537 Photoelectric Pick-
rms sinewave at flash rate of 300, decreas- offs; contact closure or opening; ;;, +1-V
ing to 0.35 V at flash rates of 6000 to pulse; ;;, 0.35 V rms sinewave. OUTPUT:
25,000. OUTPUT: >
+6-V pulse behind > +lO-V pulse behind 10 kn.
600n.

Camera:
single flash from contact closure single flash from contact closure yes, see below

Delay: none none yes, see below

1540·P4 Characteristics: CAMERA INPUT: Permits "X" con- Auxiliary input is provided for connecting a booster capacitor
tact closure of camera to cause flash at instant of contact to increase single-flash intensity.
closure, delayed flash synchronized to subject by external Remote Programming: Can be controlled by external signals,
trigger signal, or multiflash "burst." DELAY: Time from ex- applied to rear of lamp assembly, in place of any control unit.
ternal trigger to flash is continuously adjustable from"" 100 '"s INTENSITY: Range selection by switch closures to ground; re-
to 1 s, uncalibrated control, 3 overlapping decade ranges. quired ratings 28 V, 60 mAo FLASH: Triggered by pulse of
RATE of multiflash: 30 to 25,000 per min, continuously ad- ;;, +0.75 V, which must not occur while intensity range is
justable, 3 overlapping ranges. being changed.
Light Output: Measured with silicon photo detector 1 meter Environment: VIBRATION: 0.03 in. from 10 to 30 Hz. BENCH
from lamp at maximum beam width of "" 40x65° (7.5x13 ft HANDLING : 4 in. or 45° (MIL STD-810-Vll. SHOCK: 30 g,
at a distance of 10 ftl; can be narrowed to "" 17x65° (3x13 ftl, 11 ms.
intensity increases as beam narrows; beam width measured at
¥2-intensity points: Supplied: Power cord, 12-ft flat cable for connection of lamp
head to mainframe, pouch containing adjustable neck strap
Intensity Range Low Medium High for combination lamp head and control unit, phone plug for
FLASH RATE, per minute 690 max 4170 max 25,000 max trigger input / output jacks, 6-ft cable for remote connection
FLASH DURATION ' 15 ~s 12 ~s 101's between lamp head and control unit.
ENERGY ', watt-seconds 10 1.8 0.25 Available: 1536 and 1537 Photoelectric Pickoffs; extension
BEAM INTENSITY', candela 16x16' 4xlO' 0.5xlO' cables for greater separation between mainframe, lamp head,
, For low flash rates. Energy is electrical input to lamp. and control unit.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. STROBOSCOPES 197
 Catalog
Power: 100 to 125 and 195 to 250 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 250 W max. Description Number
Mechanical: Mainframe housed in portable cabinet and con- 1540 Strobolume® electronic stroboscope
mainframe, includes 1540-P2 lamp head
tains power supply, lamp head in associated storage compart- and power supply . 1540·9600
ment, and storage space for one control unit and cables. Select at least one of the following control
units, unless the 1540 is to be remotely
DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): Case (closed), 19x8x13.75 in. (483x programmed:
203x349 mm); lamp head with control unit attached, 9.25x 1540-Pl Strobolume® oscillator 1540-9601
1540-P3 Strobolume® control unit 1540-9603
5.5x8.5 in. (335x140x216 mm). WEIGHT (including one con- 1540-P4 Oscillator! Delay Unit 1540-9604
trol unit): 32 Ib (15 kg) net, 39 Ib (18 kg) shipping. 1540-P2 Strobolume® lamp, additional assembly 1540-9602
1540-P5 Strobotron Flash Lamp, replacement 1540-9605

The lamp-head assembly can also be hand-held separately The control unit and lamp-head assembly
using the pistol-grip handle supplied. can be attached together and mounted
on a tripod for convenience or, with the
neck strap supplied, can be made as
portable as your need dictates.

The 1540 is a valuable, economical,

high-speed photographic tool. This
sequence follows the action of a
2000-rpm wood bit going through a Its brightness and versatility make this strobe a natural for TV applications such as video recordings of
piece of particle board. rapidly-moving parts in mechanical devices.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

198 STROBOSCOPES
 Strobotac®
electronic
roboscopes
1531-AB and 1538-A

• speed measurements to 1 million rpm; 1 % accuracy

• bright white light for high-speed photography,

for observations in any normal ambient light
• simple to use, easy to handle

Compact and accurate These stroboscopes are small

portable flashing-light sources used to measure the speed
of fast-moving devices or to produce the optical effect of
stopping or slowing high-speed motion for observation.
A built-in system uses the power-line frequency for quick
and easy checks and adjustment of the flash-rate calibra-
tion. Each flash-Iamp/ reflector assembly is hinged at the able delay between the time a selected point on a moving
panel and the reflector swivels 360 degrees, for complete object passes the pickoff and the time the strobe flashes.
flexibility. The cases have standard sockets (O.25x20 Single-flash photographs of high-speed motion are a snap
threads/ inch) for tripod mounting. The instruments are with any still camera when the 1531-P2 is used.
all approved by CSA Testing Laboratories. The difference The 1531 is more economical to buy.
Versatile synchronization A variety of trigger inputs On the other hand, the 1538 gives you six times the
can be used for flash synchronization. Contact closures, maximum flash rate of the former and also works with
pulses, or sinewave signals will trigger the flash and an accessories that increase the single-flash light output (for
output trigger is provided so the stroboscope, in turn, can example) by a factor of about 6, provide the conven;ence
trigger another device. A 1536 Photoelectric Pickoff can of an extension lamp, and enable portable operation with
be used with a 1531-P2 Flash Delay to provide an adjust- a rechargeable battery.

SPECIFICATIONS
1531-AB: Accurately calibrated 1538-A: Accurately calibrated
flash rates to 25,000 per minute. flash rates to 150,000 per minute,
accessories for brighter light,
extension lamp, and battery operation.

Flash Rate in flashes per minute:

110 to 25,000 in 3 ranges; speeds up to 250,000 rpm can be 110 to 150,000 in 4 ranges; speeds to 1,000,000 rpm can be measured.
measured. ACCURACY: ±1 % of reading after calibration on one ACCURACY: ±1% of reading after calibration on 670·to·4170 rpm range
range against 50·to·60 Hz line frequency. against 50-to-60 Hz line frequency.

External Trigger, input and output connections are phone jacks:

INPUT: Contact opening, pulse ;;;. +6 V pk-pk, or sinewave INPUT: Contact closure, pulse ~ +1 V pk-pk, or sinewave ;;;. 0.35 V rms
~ 2 V rms for f > 5 Hz. OUTPUT: Negative pulse;;;. 500 to for f> 100 Hz (3.5 V at 10 Hz). OUTPUT: ~ +6 V behind 400 n.
1000 V.

Light Output: Beam width 10' at 'I2-intensity points for both units:
Energy" Beam Intensityt Energy** Beam Intensityt
Duration* watt-seconds candela Duration* watt-seconds candela
at 690 fpm 3 ~s 0.5 llx10· 3 ~s 0.5 15x10·
at 4170 fpm 1.2 ~s 0.09 3.5xlO· 1.2 ~s 0.09 5x10·
at 25,000 fpm 0.8 ~s 0.014 0.6xlO· 0.8 ~s 0.014 1x10·
at 150,000 fpm 0.5 ~s 0.0023 0.16xlO·
* Measured at '13 peak intensity; for 1538 with -P4, duration is 8 ~s.
t Measured with silicon photo detector 1 meter from lamp; single-flash beam intensity for 1531 is = 18x10. and for 1538 with -P4 it is
= 44x10. candela.
** Electrical input to lamp.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. STROBOSCOPES 199
 1538-P2 1538-P4

Catalog
Description Number
Supplied: Adjustable neck strap, phone plug for input and 1531-AB StrobotaC® electronic stroboscope
output jacks, power cord. 115-V Model 1531-9430
230-V Model 1531-9440
1538-A StrobotaC® electronic stroboscope
Available: 1536 and 1537 Photoelectric Pickoffs, 1531-P2 115-V Model 1538-9701
Flash Delay. 230-V Model 1538-9702
Accessories for 1538-A Only
1538-P2 Extension Lamp, cannot be used when 1538-P4
Power: 100 to 125 or 200 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 25 W max is used 1538-9602
for 1531, 15 W max for 1538; 1538 can also be powered from 1538-P3 Battery and Charger 1538-9603
1538-P4 High Intensity-Flash Capacitor, increases
20 to 30 V dc, 12 W max, such as from 1538-P3 Battery and light output by approx 6 times 1538-9604
Charger that provides up to 6 h of continuous, completely 1531-P2 Flash Delay, for 1531 or 1538
portable operation and recharges in 14 h. 115-V Model 1531-9602
230-V Model 1531-9605
1538-P1 Replacement Strobotron Flash Lamp, for 1531
Mechanical: Flip-Tilt Case. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 10.63x or 1538 1538-9601
6.63x13 in. (270x168x156 mm); 1538 with -P4 is 3 in. (76 Patch Cord, connects one strobe to another or to 1531-P2
mm) higher. WEIGHT: 7.5 Ib (3.5 kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg) Flash Delay 1560-9676
shipping; 1538-P4 is 5 Ib (2.3 kg) net, 7 Ib (3.2 kg) shipping. U.S. Patent Numbers 2,977,508 and 3,339,108.

Strobotac@
electronic
stroboscopes
1542-8, 1543 and 1544
Feature-packed, low-cost capability
• Up to 3800 bright-white flashes per minute - Tailored for convenient operation These strobes were
to observe motion as fast as 40,000 rpm designed specifically for inspection applications and fea-
ture simple pushbutton control with a single knob to
• Wide-range continuous flash-rate control control the flash rate - no range switching is ever nec-
essary. These strobes include unique electronically com-
• Low-cost, excellent OEM strobes,
pensated output for visually constant image brightness
special versions available (as the flash rate decreases, the light intensity increases).
• Simple pushbutton operation All are housed in a tough plastic case that is designed
for comfortable hand-held operation and includes a
• Compact, light-weight, rugged threaded hole for tripod mounting.
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
200 STROBOSCOPES
 All components are industria l grade and the engineer-
ing is completely thorough, including exacting env iron -
mental testing to ensure rei iable operation under extreme
conditions.
The 1542-8 - simple, economical The 1542-8 is as
easy to operate as an extension lamp but is considerably
more useful. Plug in the attached power cord, push the
On-Off button, point the light at the action, and turn one
knob until the visual image of the action slows to the de-
sired rate or stops. That's the sum total of the operation
- plug, push, point, and turn!
The 1543 - triggerable , In addition to the features of
the 1542-8, the 1543 includes provision for external trig-
gering and line sync. The capability of the flash to be
triggered by an external contact closure is especially
valuable when the motion varies or is erratic and when
perfect synchronization is desired, such as with a camera
for high-speed photography. A special trigger circuit This arm is available as an accessory to
position the light conveniently in per-
automatically counts down when the input rate exceeds manent or semi-permanent installations.
the normal flash rate (giving you a flash for perhaps
every second or third trigger) thereby providing for a
sharp, flicker-free view. The line-sync mode allows the
internal oscillator to be synchronized to a submultiple of
the line frequency (3600, 1800, 1200, 900 fpm, etc).
This feature is valuable for studies of line-frequency-
related motion, as an accurate time base for graphic
studies of acceleration and velocity, or for measurements
of motor slip speed in accordance with IEEE 112A and
114.
The 1544 - delay triggerable The 1544 provides all
the features of the 1543. In addition, it can be externally tion from approximately 16 to 330 milliseconds. This de-
triggered by positive pulses and from a photoelectric pick- lay feature is quite useful to vary the position of the
off, as well as contact closures, and its flash can be de- stopped image in order to observe different phases of
layed from the moment of an external trigger by any dura- cyclic motion.

SPECIFICATIONS

1542-8: Simple, 1543: Line sync 1544: Line sync,

most economical and contact-closure contact-closure,
NEW bright light trigger photo-electric, and
delayed triggers

For education and general·purpose inspec· For photographic, educational (especially For printing, textile, photographic, educa-
tion and design applications the physics lab) , and general-purpose in· tional (mechanical engineering), mechani·
spection and design applications cal design, and general-purpose inspection
applications
Flash Rate in flashes per minute (fpm):
180 to 3800, continuously adjustable over 180 to 3800, continuously adjustable over a single range by a 10-turn control marked
a single range by a 5-turn uncalibrated in approximate flash rate. Line-sync mode provides = 0.1% accuracy (60·Hz line in
control. U.S.A.) by synchronizing to integer submultiples of line frequency.
Externa I Trigger:
None Contact closure (isolated from ground) Contact closure, positive signal> 2 V peak,
applied to phone jack. or GR 1536 Photoelectric Pickoff.
Trigger Delay:
None None = 16 to 330 ms from application of exter-
nal trigger; set by flash-rate control.
Light Output, Beam width 10' at V2-intensity pOints for all units:
Duration* Energy** Beam Intensityt Duration * Energy ** Beam I ntensityt
at 180 fpm: 4 ~s 0.25 Ws 6 X 10' cd 6 ~s 0.75 Ws 30 X 10' cd
at 3800 fom: 3 ~s 0.06 Ws 1 X 10' cd 4 ~s 0.2 Ws 4 X 10' cd

* Measured at V3 of peak-intensity points . ** E'lectrica l input to lamp, watt·seconds. t Measured with silicon photo detector 1 meter from lamp, candela.

Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to 50 °C operating, -40 to SIONS (wxhxd): 4.2x6.19x7.8 in. (lOlx157x198 mm).
+75°C storage. HUMIDITY: 95 ° RH at +40 °C (MIL E-16400- WEIGHT: 3.7 Ib (l.7 kg) net, 5 Ib (2.3 kg) shipping.
4.5.4.6). VIBRATION: 0.03 in . from 10 to 55 Hz. BENCH
HANDLING: 4 in. or 45 ° (MIL-81OA-VI). SHOCK: 50 g, 11 ms Catalog
(MIL 202C-205C). Description Number
Power: 105 to 125 V, 50 to 60 Hz, 9 W max for 1542-B, 25 W 1542-B Strobotac® electronic stroboscope 1542-9701
max for 1543 and 1544. 1543 Strobotac® electronic stroboscope 1543-9700
Mechanical: Molded plastic case with plastic face plate to pro- 1544 Strobotac® electronic stroboscope 1544-9700
tect lamp, diffused-finish anodized-aluminum reflector, stan- Accessories:
Replacement flash lamp for 1542-B, 1543, and 1544 1530-9410
dard 0.25-20 threaded hole for tripod mounting. 1543 and
1544 also include metal standI handle . 1542-8 DIMENSIONS Arm, for 1542-B 1542'9600
Arm, for 1543 or 1544 1544-9600
(wxhxd): 4.2x4.2x7.8 in. (l07x107x198 mm). WEIGHT: l.8 U sed to positron lighfconveniently in permanent or
Ib (0.8 kg) net, 2 Ib (0.9 kg) shipping. 1543 and 1544 DIM EN- semi-permanEnt installations

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. STROBOSCOPES 201
 Stroboslave@
r boscopic light source
1539
the reflector is removed from the assembly, the lamp can
• low cost, compact be inserted through holes as small as one inch in diam-
eter, thus making it possible to observe objects in other-
• removable lamp on 5-foot cable
wise inaccessible areas.
• high-intensity light Delayed light - the 1539-Z The Stroboslave strobe
can be triggered by a contact closure or a two-volt posi-
• choice of trigger sources
tive pulse. This capability has proved so useful when
used with the 1531-P2 Flash Delay and 1536 Photoelec-
Slaved light The Stroboslave® stroboscopic light tric Pickoff that the Stroboslave is regularly available with
source satisfies the basic requirements for motion stud- these two accessories as the 1539-Z Motion-Analysis and
ies and high-speed photography - it produces a bright Photography Set. The Flash Delay provides adjustable
white light at flash rates up to 25,000 per minute. Since delays from 100 IlS to 800 ms from the time of the trigger
it contains no internal oscillator to establish the flash to the time of the flash, so you can make the flash occur
rate, it is an economical unit and is well suited for use at precisely the desired moment.
with external inputs.
SPECIFICATIONS
The lamp and reflector assembly is held in place by a
clip from which it can be easily removed and positioned Flash Rate: 0 to 25,000 flashes per minute, eternally triggered
only.
separately from the main unit. A five-foot flexible cable
is supplied and cables up to 50 feet can be used. When Light Output: Beam width is 10° at %-intensity points.
Duration* Energy ** Beam Intensityt
at 700 fpm 3 ~s 0 .5 Ws 11 X 10" cd
at 4200 fpm 1.2 ~s 0.09 Ws 3.5 X 10" cd
at 25,000 fpm O.B ~s 0.014 Ws 0.6 X 10" cd
* Measured at % of peak-intensity points.
** Electrical input to lamp, watt-seconds.
t Measured with silicon photo detector 1 meter from lamp ; single-
flash beam intensity is 1Bx10" candela.

A tripod socket is External Trigger: Contact closure or pulse of ;. + 2 V pk ap-

provided on the plied to phone jack.
Stroboslave®case.
Supplied: Phone plug for input jack, mounting bracket, at-
tached power cord.
Available: 1536 Photoelectric Pickoff with 1531-P2 Flash Delay
(available as 1539-Z Motion Analysis and Photography Set),
1537 Photoelectric Pickoff.
Power: 100 to 125 or 195 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 16 W max.
Mechanical: Metal case with detachable lamp housing. DI-
MENSIONS (wxhxd): 1539-A, 2.5x8.38x4.13 in . (64x213x105
n:m). WEIGHT: 1539-A, 3 Ib (1.4 kg) net, 8 Ib (3.7 kg) ship-
ping; 1539-Z, 6 Ib (2.8 kg) net, 17 Ib (8 kg) shipping.
Catalog
Description Number
The lamp can be reo 1539-A Stroboslave® stroboscopic light source 1539-9701
moved from its clamp at 1539·Z Motion Analysis and Photography Set
end of case and hand- 115-V Model 1539·9900
held up to 5 feet away. 230-V Model 1539-9901
1531-P4 Trigger Cable, for use with 1531 Strobotac 1531-9604
1538·Pl Strobotron Flash Lamp, replacement 1538-9601
U.S. Patent Number 2,977,50B .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

202 STROBOSCOPES
Strobe Accessories

Strobotac shown with Flash Delay

and Photoelectric Pickoff.
1531-P2 Flash Delay
• synchronizes and times flash tioned properly, the mode is set to Single Flash and the
flash will then occur only when the camera shutter is re-
• stops motion at any point in cycle
leased and the action is in the proper position. This mode
• is easily synchronized with camera for si'ngle-flash allows the brightest possible flash and eliminates blur.
operation
SPECIFICATIONS
• easily attached to 1531-AB, 1538-A, and 1539-A Delay: 100 /LS to 800 ms in 3 ranges.
Input: 300 mV rms min applied to phone jack.
Valuable asset The 1531-P2 is a valuable asset to Output: +13-V pk pulse, sufficient to trigger 1531, 1538,
any stroboscopic or high-speed photograph ic application. 1539, and 1540; available at phone plug.
The Flash Delay synchronizes the strobe with rapidly Supplied: Trigger cable with pushbutton, phone-plug adaptor,
moving objects and controls the flash, relative to the carrying case.
position of the object, by introducing a variable time Power: 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 V, 50 to 400 Hz, 5 W max
delay in the electrical path between the trigger source with 1536 connected.
(transducer, contact, photocell, etc) and the strobe. In Mechanical: Aluminum case with bracket that clips directly
stroboscopic applications this delay allows you to posi- to 1531, 1538, or 1539 stroboscope. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
tion the stopped motion to any point of interest in the 5.13x3. 13x3. 75 in. (l30x79x95 mm). WEIGHT: 2 Ib (1 kg)
net, 5 Ib (2.3 kg) shipping.
action. By the simple turn of a knob, you can reposition
the image to illustrate a dozen, or even a hundred, points Catalog
Description Number
in order to analyze completely all aspects of the motion.
1531·P2 Flash Delay
For photographic records, a single-flash mode is pro- 115-V Model 1531-9602
vided. Once the delay has been set so the image is posi- 230-V Model 1531·9605

1531-P3 Surface-Speed Wheel

Surface-speed measurements simplified The 1531-P3
is used with the 1531, 1538, and 1540 (with 1540-P1
control unit) electronic stroboscopes to make accurate SPECIFICATIONS
measurements of the linear surface speed of belts, pul- Speed: 10 to 2500 ftl min with small wheel; 50 to 12,500
leys, wheels, drums, rollers, etc. Two black nylon wheels ftl min with large wheel.
of different diameters are mounted on the ends of a Mechanical: DIMENSIONS: Wheels, 0.764 and 1.910 in. dia;
sectioned steel rod. The selected wheel is held against shaft, 20 in. (533 mm) total length. WEIGHT: 0.5 Ib (0.3 kg)
the moving object and the stroboscope is adjusted until net, 2 Ib (1 kg) shipping.
the wheel's rotation appears stopped. The wheel's diam- Catalog
eters are sized so the surface speed can be read directly Description Number
from the stroboscope dial. 1531·P3 Surface-Speed Wheel 1531-9603

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. STROBOSCOPES 203
Strobe Accessories (Cont'd) The 1536-0 pickoff is electronically identical to the
1536-A and can be used with the same equipment. They
differ only in mechanical details. The 1536-0 is de-
1536 and 1537 signed to be permanently attached to a machine such as
Photoelectric Pickoffs a printing press, processing equipment, etc. It is con-
tained in a 0.75-in.-27 threaded housing to which is at-
• optical trigger sources tached a removable 15-foot cable terminated with a
3-wire telephone plug.
• small, sturdy mounting The 1537-A pickoff will trigger the 1538, 1539, 1540-
• trigger rates to 150,000 rpm PI, 1540-P3, or 1540-P4 (but not the 1531) strobes.
Since it lacks a built-in lamp, this pickoff must be used
with an external light source. The 1537-A pickoff's 8-ft
cable is terminated with a 2-wire telephone plug.
SPECIFICATIONS
1536·A, 1536-0, with lamp 1537-A, no lamp

Rate = 2500 pulses/s max; limited by >2500 pulses/s

200-Its time constant of cable and
photocell.

Power 20 to 28 V dc, 40 mAo supplied by 3 to 25 V dc, 0 to 100

1531-P2, 1540-P4, 1544. itA depending on rate.
Supplied: 10-ft roll of 0.38-in black tape, 10-ft roll of 0.38-in
silver tape, carrying case (supplied with l536-A and l537-A
only).
Mechanical: 1536-A and 1537-A: Mounted by C clamp (l.3l-in.
Excellent trigger source These photoelectric pickoffs capacity, flat or round) or l.5-in. magnet; both supplied.
produce an output whenever the photosensitive element DIMENSIONS: Pickoff head, 0.69-in . dia x 2-in . long. Linkage
senses a change in light such as that produced by a piece consists of two 0.3l-in. dia stainless-steel rods, 6 and 6.25 in.
of reflective type on a moving object. The resultant pulses long, and adjustable connecting clamp. Cable is 8 ft (2.4 m)
can be used to trigger a stroboscope so the flashes occur long, terminated in 3-wire phone plug in l536-A, a 2-wire
in synchronism with the motion, to permit the object to phone plug in l537-A. WEIGHT: l.3 Ib (0.6 kg) net, 4 Ib
be viewed or photographed as though stationary. They (1.9 kg) shipping. 1536-0: Mounted by 0.75-in.-27 nut. DI-
can also be used to trigger oscilloscopes or electronic MENSIONS: 0.75-in. dia x 2.063 in. long (19 x 52 mm) . Cable
is 15 ft (4.6 m) long, terminated in 3-wire phone plug.
counters.
WEIGHT: 0.4 Ib (0.2 kg) net, 2 Ib (1 kg) shipping.
The 1536-A Pickoff, in addition to its photocell, con-
Catalog
tains a light source that can be powered directly from the Description Number
1531-P2 Flash Delay, 1540-P4 Oscillator/Delay, or 1544
1536-A Photoelectric Pickoff, with lamp 1536-9701
Strobotac®electronic stroboscope. This pickoff's 8-ft cable 1536-0 Photoelectric Pickoff, with lamp 1536-9702
is terminated with a 3-wire telephone plug. 1537-A Photoelectric Pickoff, no lamp 1537-9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

204 STROBOSCOPES
 Variac®
line-voltage
regulators

Output Current Input Frequency

GR Variac® at nominal input voltage of (Hz)
automatic line-voltage regulator 115 or 120 V ~ 230 or 240 V 50 60 ~ 400
1591 (portable) 8.7 A
•
1592 to 44 A to 42 A
• •
1571 (militarized) to 50 A
• I• •
1581 to 50 A to 40 A
• • *
1582 to 85 A
I to 85 A
I • I •* I *
Special Order

• • •
'I ~

•
. ..... .. ...... .
• .. ro ..... ..
........ ....t
......... ..
. t. .... ,.. • •
• . . . IIr • •
,

L:- ..
:.;

--.

VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS 205

 Variac® automatic voltage regulators
The answer to line-voltage problems If your problem is The regulators maintain an undistorted output that is
poor process control, computer errors, inaccurate instru- corrected to the limits of the correction range; i.e., if the
mentation, overheated motors, cool heaters, or other as- input to a 10% regulator varies 15%, the output will
sorted equipment aberrations, an excellent solution is a vary only 5%.
GenRad Variac® automatic line-voltage regulator.
GR regulators have many advantages for both labora- BUCK-BOOST
TRANSFORM ER
tory and industrial use in any application where con- UNREGULATED REGULATED
trolled line voltage is needed, and they are particularly INPUT OUTPUT

valuable to offset the effects of brownouts.

There are 5 basic models of GR regulators and over TWO-PHASE
MOTOR
100 variations, plus units built to your specifications. All
offer outstanding performance characteristics:
• Regulation to 0.2%
• Insensitive to load type, they work equally well on all
loads from open circuit to maximum rating
• Up to 10 times rating for transient surges
• Introduces no distortion or noise
• No power-factor restrictions Elementary schematic diagram of GenRad voltage regulators.
• Fast response, comparable with magnetic types
• Reliable solid-state controls Single-phase selection The proper regulator for your
Simple, smooth operation The regulator comprises a application depends on your input-line characteristics
motor-driven VariaC® adjustable autotransformer, an and the output characteristics desired from the regu-
auxiliary step-down transformer that multiplies the power lator. GR regulators cover the following conditions:
rating of the autotransformer in the larger models, and INPUT Frequency: 50,60, or 400 Hz.
a solid-state control unit that automatically positions the Nominal Voltage: 115 or 120 (also 230) V.
autotransformer to hold the output voltage constant. Range of inputs, with regulation: 72 to 156 V.
The regulator's output voltage is compared to a refer- OUTPUT Voltage: 100 to 130 V, adjustable
ence voltage and the reSUltant error signal controls a Current: 8.7- to 85-A ratings
servo motor to provide a true proportional-control system, The input range for most GR regulators is expressed
rather than an on-off circuit. The accompanying oscil- as a percentage of the output voltage (±5, ±1O, ±20, or
lograms illustrate a typical response to a 2% step change +24 -18%). For example, if the output is set to 100 V
in line voltage. The traces are greatly expanded and show on a regulator with a ±10% range, the input can vary
only the ac voltage peaks. from 90 to 110 V and the regulator will maintain a con-
The use of a true proportional-control system provides stant 100-V output. Under some conditions for three-
not only fast correction but also smooth control of voltage, phase systems, this range can be appreciably increased;
completely free of the voltage jumps introduced by an see below, under Three-Phase Selection, three-wire in-
on-off control system. The absence of relays provides puts.
long trouble-free life, and tolerance of 1000% transient Output-current rating is a function of the input range
overloads is made possible by the Duratrak® commutator -- the greater the range, the less the current capability.
surface of the Variac autotransformer. (For a given voltage model, the input range can easily

Oscillograms of line-voltage peaks show response speed of Variac® automatic voltage regulators: left, 2% step
change in line voltage; center and right, resulting output transients for 1581 and 1582 Regulators, respectively.

206 VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS

 be changed in the field.) Thus a GR 1592 regulator rated
. at 44 amperes for a ±10% range is rated at 20 amperes
for a ±20% range. Detailed information is included with A-...--.....-o o - t - - - - - -.. A'
the descriptions of each GR regulator to allow you to
select the best regulator for your application. Additional
information or advice is readily available from any GR
~E_--s,
sales office whenever you may need it. The Regulation o - t - - - - - - - c•
Ranges graph and examples on these pages are intended
to allow you to select the basic type of GR regulator you
may need and to acquaint you with some of the tech-
OPEN DELTA The input voltage to each regulator (V R•
niques involved in getting the most for your money.
A to B or B to C) is equal to the line-to-line voltage (VLl.
Example 1 Your input is nominally 115 or 120 V. 60
Hz. and your load requires up to 5 A. For this. any basic
=
i.e .• VR VL•
GR regulator is satisfactory. You specifically desire a V.
115-V output and you've determined your line voltage Vl Input to
varies from 95 to l30 V. This restricts your choice Line-to-Line Regulator Basic Regulator Required
slightly. since the GR 1591 will not regulate with an 208 V 208 V 230-V nominal voltage
input below 100 V. 230 to 240 V 230 to 240 V 230-V nominal voltage
Example 2 Suppose your requirements are similar
to example 1 except you've discovered the input may go
as low as 90 V. Under these circumstances. no GR regu-
lator appears suitable. However. since your 115-V output r-L~~~~ - - y - - REGULATOR CONNECTIONS --Y-0L~~~~T~
requirement is not critical (many devices operate prop- A_ .....__- , -_ _-!==::::;---T-... A•
erly over a range of voltages. such as from 105 to
125 Vl. you decide an output of 110 V is adequate. It is c'
now apparent that any GR regulator. except the 1591. is
again suitable.
Example 3 In this case the initial conditions are the o - t - - t - - - t - -... s'
same as example 2 except that the output voltage must
be exactly 100 V. The 1592 is the only regulator that
will provide this outputj and the input range is 80 to
120 V.
CLOSED DELTA The input voltage to each regulator (V R•
030r----------t-,r--r--r--,--r-,.---r-,.---r--r-~_,
A to B. B to C. or C to A) is equal to the line-to-line voltage
REGULATION RANGES V I/"'T (VL)j i.e .• VR = VL. The input range increases by slightly
020 ~/ -- -- - -- --I--r- /~ over 50%. Thus. the input range increases to ±7.5.
Vl

~ I--t-+-+--t(-H
Ik' ~
/F---- EXAMPLi I
:
I I V
V ~ ~·~e
rr
±15. ±31. and +37 -28% from the normal ±5. ±10.
±20. and +24 -18%. respectively.
~ "0 /.
1 ~XAM~LE , I L f GR 1571 ,>TO""

5
/
~: --~--+~~l-- - ~~ ~'~~5~i:~~~50A
./ I ~ ~~:l6.~60HZ
Vl
V.
Input to
OOOI--+/---"---rEXAMPllE 3 Y I GR 1582
425 TO 65A
115,230 V
Line-to-Line Regulator Basic Regulator Required

lA..LIGR 1592 208 V 208 V 230-V nominal voltage

90
70
/ 80 90
I
'00
A
110
20T044AI
[lI2o,240V; 50,60 Hz
120 030
I
' 40
50, 60,4QQ Hz

OSO
I 230 to 240 V 230 to 240 V 230-V nominal voltage
'60
INPur·vOLTS

Information is shown for 115- and 120-V, 60·Hz models. For 230·V
models, multiply voltages and divide current ratings by 2. The regu-
lation range is slightly less for 400·Hz models but is significantly greater A
in some three·phase applications. (See Three-Phase Selection, three-
wire inputs.) More detailed information, particularly current ratings,
,.----+----.s·
is given with the descriptions of the individual regulators.
s -+-*-<> A'

Three-phase selection All GR regulators can be used NEUTRAL-i:..;.t===_~===~. NEUTRAL

in three-phase systems. The choice of the regulator used

and the number required depend on the number of input o - I - - - - - -.. c'
lines (three- or four-wire) and the configuration used to
connect the regulators.
For three-wire inputs. the regulators can be connected
WYE The input voltage to each regulator (V R• A. B. or C
in either an open-delta or a closed-delta configuration.
to neutral) is equal to the line-to-line voltage (VL• A to B.
In open delta. only two regulators are required and their
B to C. or C to A) divided by 1.73. This reduces the in-
input range is the same as that for single-phase systems.
put voltage requirements to about 58% of that normally
In closed delta. three regulators are required but their
required.
input range is increased by slightly over 50%. For four-
wire inputs. three regulators are connected in a wye con- V.
figuration and their input voltage requirements are re- Vl Input to
duced to about 58% of that normally required. Line-to-Line Regulator Basic Regulator Required
The individual regulators are selected on the same 208 V 120 V 115 or 120-V nominal voltage
basis as those used for single-phase systems. once the 230 to 240 V 133 V 115 or 120-V nominal voltage
nominal voltage has been determined. 460 to 480 V 266 V 230 or 240-V nominal voltage

VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS 207

 Variac® automatic voltage regulator
1591
• capacity to 1 kVA Low·cost regulation Electromechanical voltage regu-
lators have always offered large power-handling capacity
• 115-V models with minimum bulk and cost. These advantages are now
available in a 1-kVA regulator, thanks to a special control
• accuracy of ±O.2% circuit. Still, as with the larger GR regulators, there is no
• low-cost, compact distortion added to the input waveform; average-voltage
and peak-voltage values are therefore constant, as rms
• portable and rack models voltage is regulated. Accuracy is independent of line
frequency, load current variations, and power factor.
Output voltage is controlled by a servo-driven Variac®
adjustable autotransformer so the regulator has the same
ability to handle 1000% transient overloads as the Variac.
The 1591 is mechanically rugged and has proved itself in
severe vibration and shock tests. Its typical temperature
The small size of the 1591
particularly suits it to coefficient of 75 ppm/ °C is so small as to be negligible
portable appl ications. under normal operating conditions.

SPECIFICATIONS
Principal Characteristics
- - - - - - - - - - r - - - - I-- - - - I n p u t
Description
II Type
Variation*
(range)
T Frequency
Voltage*
(adjustable)
Current
Rating
I kVA
I
Output----------
I
Correction Rate** Regulation*
115V 1591 100to130V I 57to63Hz 105to125V B.7A I 1 I 6c+1.5c/V I ±0.2%
* Also see curve. Output voltage will remain within regulation with the specified input variation: e.g.: When the output is adjusted to 105 V,
it will remain there within ± 0.2% (0.21 V) with inputs from 100 to 120 V.
** Correction rate is given in terms of cycles,c, of the power·line frequency.

Output Characteristics: POWER FACTOR: 0 to 1, leading or Environment: TEMPERATURE: -20 to +40°C for portable
lagging. RESPONSE: Rms. DISTORTION: None added. model , -20 to + 52 °C for rack model; operating. VIBRATION:
REGULATION: Regulation accuracy applies for any combina- 0.03 in. from 10 to 55 Hz. BENCH HANDLING: 4 in. or 45°
tion of line voltage or frequency, load current or power factor. (MIL-810A-VI). SHOCK: 30 g, 11 ms.
CONTROL: Front-panel screwdriver adjustment. Electrical: POWER : = 40 W no load , = 95 W full load.
no
GR 1591 Mechanical: Portable and rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd):
REG ULATION RANGE
Portable, 12.75x9.5x5.38 in. (324x241x137 mm); rack, 19x
020 r-- - l,V+t 1
+- -~ 5.25x6.38 in. (483x133x162 mm). WEIGHT: Portable, 17 Ib
+ 1- 7
(8 kg) net, 25 Ib (12 kg) shipping; rack, 22 Ib (10 kg) net, 31
t- Ib (15 kg) shipping.
o

I
-- --t
t v i_ -
Catalog
f-- - Description Number
°T1
--+1-
'0

1591 VariaC@ automatic voltage regulators

90
70 80
1
90 000 110 120 030 ' 40 "0 160
115-V, 60 Hz
1591-A, Portable Model 1591·9700
INPUT-VOL TS 1591·AR, Rack Model 1591·9712

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

208 VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS
 Variac®
automatic
voltage
regulator
1592
•
• capacity to 5.3 kVA
• 120-V and 230/240-V models
• accuracy to ±O.25%
•••
"
• lowest-cost regulator per kVA
• remotely programmable
• universal cabinet

Economical performance Regardless of load or line that only two basic models handle all requirements for
variations, the 1592 supplies the voltage necessary for 120- to 480-volt, single or multi-phase systems and
the proper operation and longevity of your equipment- bench, rack, or wall-mount installations. It is also a ver-
any equipment from light bulbs to computers - because satile test instrument; the output can be programmed
the regulator adds no distortion and operates independ- manually by means of front-panel pushbuttons, for any
entlyof power factor. sequence of three preset voltages, or remotely with in-
It is virtually unaffected by temperature, is very fast finite resolution.
responding, and is so efficiently engineered and built
SPECIFICATIONS
Principal Characteristics:
Input \
Output
Variation* Frequency Voltage* Current Correction
Description (% of output) (Hz) (adjustable) Rating kVA Rate** Regulation*
120 V ±10% ±10%*** 60t 100 to 130 V*** 44A 5.3 25 mslV ±0.3%
120 V ±20% ±20%*** 60t 100 to 130 V*** 20 A 2.4 13 ±0.5%
230/240 V ±5"10 50 to 60 200 to 260 vtt 42 A
I 10. 50 mslV ±0.25%
±5%tt
230/240 V ±10% ±10%tt 50 to 60 200 to 260 vtt 18 A 4.3 25 ±0.3%
2301 240V ±20% ±20%tt 50 to 60 200 to 260 vtt 8.5 A 2. 13 ±0.5%

* Also see curve .

.. Correction is slew speed at 60-Hz operation.
t Can be operated at 50 Hz if output is limited to 115 V.
*** Can be increased to 138 V (for use in 240-V, 3-phase, 4-wire systems) with 9 and 18% input variations, respectively.
tt Can be increased to 277 V (for use in 60-Hz, 480-V, 3-phase, 4-wire systems) with 5, 9, and 18% input variations, respectively.

Output Characteristics: POWER FACTOR: 0 to 1, leading or OUTPUT LEVELS Yo, for specified regulation: See curves. Ex-
lagging. RESPONSE: Rms. DISTORTION : None added. REGU- amples: ±20% model, 90 <Yo < 130 V for input variation of
LATION: Regulation accuracy applies for any combination of 104 to 108 V; 100 <Yo <120 V for 96 to 120 V; ±5% model,
line voltage or frequency, load current or power factor. CON- 113 <Yo <117 V for 112-to-118 V input variation.
TROL: Output can be rapidly switched among 3 levels by Meter: Front-panel pushbutton permits meter to read input
front-panel pushbuttons, each level independently adjustable or output. RANGE: 80 to 160 V (160 to 320 V). ACCURACY:
by front-panel screwdriver controls or, for remote-control ap- ±2% at nominal 120/240-V reading; tracking accuracy, ±5%.
plications, by external resistors connected to rear by push-on Electrical: There are two basic models, 120-V and 230/240-V
terminals. Volt- input, whose only major differences are the meter and Variac
age can also be sensed remotely by 2 leads connected to rear adjustable autotransformer. The various versions of each
by push-on terminals ; use these to ensure desired voltage model are achieved by internal wiring changes that can be
at the load and compensation for wiring IR drop. RANGE OF effected simply in the field if desired_ POWER: = 45 W no
260,130
; load, = 120 W full load_
GRI592 V ,(V / , V Mechanical: Bench, rack, and wall mount (brackets, handles,
)' ~+5":7' ,
REGULATION RANGES

240.120
/ V and hardware supplied for conversion). DIMENSIONS
(wxhxd): 17x5.25x11 in. (432x133x279 mm)_ WEIGHT: 42
/ X-r-"o~h' /
Ib (20 kg) net, 56 Ib (26 kg) shipping_
.' / ' %20" /' /'
Catalog
220,110
Description Number
/ V / /
"V / V" ,,'V" V
/ 1592 Variac® automatic voltage regulator
200,100
V / 120-V ±10% Model
120-V ±20% Model
1592-9700
1592-9701
/
180,90
70
~L_L~L.~~
80 90
,/
100
" /'
110 120 "0 140 150 160
2301 240-V ±5"10 Model
230/240-V ±10% Model
2301 240-V± 20% Model
1592-9702
1592-9703
1592-9704
140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
INPUT • VOLTS

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS 209
 Variac@ automatic volta e re ulator
and MIL-E-16400C. These rugged models are particu-
1571 larly useful where mechanical shock or vibration is en-
countered. We offer models for nominal power-line fre-
• capacity to 5.8 kVA quencies of 400 Hz and others for 60 Hz (adaptable by
reconnection for either 60 Hz or 50-to-60 Hz). You have
• 115-V models
a further choice of output current ratings and correction
• accuracy to :±:0.25% ranges.
• militarized
The regulator comprises a motor-driven Variac® adjust-
able autotransformer, an auxiliary step-down transformer
• rack models that multiplies the power rating of the autotransformer,
and a solid-state control unit that automatically positions
MIL specifications The 1571 regulators are essentially the autotransformer to hold the rms output voltage con-
versions of the 1581 which are designed to meet the ap- stant. The true proportional control system provides both
propriate sections of military specifications MIL-E-4158B fast correction and smooth control.

SPECIFICATIONS
Principal Characteristics:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ----Input---- ------------Output----------
Variation * Frequency Voltage* Cucrent
Description Type ("10 of output) (Hz) (adjustable) Rating kVA Correction Rate** Regulation *
ll5 V :±:1O%, 60 Hz 1571-AL :±:1O% 57 to 63t 103 to 127 50 A 5.B 2.5c+ 1.5c/V :±:0.25"1o
ll5 V +24 -lB"Io, 60 Hz 1571-AL2 +24 -lB"Io 57 to 63t 103 to 127 25 A 2.9 2.5 c+ 0.7 clV :±:0.5"1o
115 V :±:10"lo, 400 Hz 1571-ALJ :±: 10"10 350 to 450 103 to 127 50 A 5.B 17.5 c + 10.5 clV :±:0.25"1o
ll5 V +24 -lB"Io, 400 Hz 1571-AL2J +24-1B~ 350 to 450 103 to 127 25 A 2.9 17.5c+ 4.9c/V :±:0 .5"1o
* Also see curve. Output voltage will remain within regulation with the specified input variation; e.g.: When the output of the model in the
first row is adjusted to 103 V, it will remain there within :±:0.25"1o (0.26 V) with inputs of 103 V :±: 10% (93 to ll3 V).
'* Correction rate is given in cycles of line frequency, c.
t Will operate from 4B to 63 Hz with internal wiring change that incidentally reduces variation by about 1/10, i.e., to:±: 9%, and +19 -16"10.

Output Characteristics: POWER FACTOR: 0 to 1, lead ing or TION: Regulation accuracy applies for any combination of line
lagging. RESPONSE: Rms. DISTORTION: None added. voltage or frequency, load current or power factor.
CONTROL: Front-panel screwdriver adjustment. REGULA- Environment: Appropriate sections of MIL-E-4158B and MIL-
E-16400C. TEMPERATURE: -29 to +52°C operating, -54 to
>30
+ 85 °C storage.
GR 1571
REGULATION RANGE
f-t-1--t-- - Electrical: POWER : "" 35 W no load, "" 115 W full load.
/ ,
>20 , J' , Mechanical: Rack models. DIMENSIONS (wxhxd): 19x7x12
V , 4---110·4~
, in. (483x178x305 mm). WEIGHT: 53 Ib (25 kg) net, 103 Ib
/ (47 kg) shipping.
, +-24,-16°4 ,
-'" Catalog
,, ,,
0
Number
/ . -- - -- V Description
1571 Variac® automatic voltage regulators
I-- ~

10 0 ll5-V Models
1571·AL. :±:1O%. 60 Hz 1571-9831
1571·AL2. +24 -1B"Io. 60 Hz 1571-9898
0
70 80 90 100 110 120 >30 140 150 160 1571-AU. :±:10"lo. 400 Hz 1571-9551
I NPUT -VOLTS
1571-AL2J. +24 -18"10. 400 Hz 1571-9556

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

210 VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS
 L
8 ~1 •
0
t ~

(c e
-" (
. :: f ·

• • • ,. ~~

(
~

(f
•~
.

Variac® automatic voltage regulators

tiona I control system provides both fast correction and
1581 and 1582 smooth control.
These regulators give you high accuracy with large
• capacity to 19.7 kVA
capacity for both laboratory and industrial installation.
• 11S-Vand 230-V models They are especially useful for computers, measurement
systems, transmitter supplies, and critical industrial proc-
• accuracy to ±O.2S%
esses.
• highest-capacity GR regulators A large variety of models provides you a choice of 115-,
• wall, bench, and rack models or 230-V operation on 50-, 60-, or 400-Hz lines with loads
up to 19.7 kVA; models are available for wall, rack, or
bench use. The units are described as single-phase
High capacity, low cost The 1581 and 1582 all-solid- regulators but they can regulate three-phase lines. For
state regulators automatically compensate for ac line- example, two regulators can be used in an open-delta
voltage fluctuations to provide a reliable constant-voltage configuration and three can be used in wye or closed-
source over a wide correction range. The true propor- delta configurations.

SPECIFICATIONS
Principal Characteristics:
I Input I OutPI t
Variation* Frequency** Voltage* Current
Description Type (% of output) (Hz) (adjustable) Rating kVA Correction Ratet Regulation*

I
115 V ±1O%, 50 A 1581-AL ±1O% 57 to 63 103 to 127 V 50 A 5.8 2.5 c + 1.5 c/V ±0.25%
115 V ±10%, 85 A 1582-AL ±10% 57 to 63 103 to 127 V 85 A 9 .8 2.5c+3c/V ±0.25%
115 V +24 -18%, 25 A 1581-AL2 +24-18% 57 to 63 103 to 127 V 25 A 2.9 2.5 c + 0.7 c/V ±0.5%
115 V +24 -18%, 42.5A 1582-AL2 +24-18% 57 to 63 103 to 127 V 42.5 A 4.9 2.5 c + 1.5 c/V ±0.5%
230 V ±5%, 40 A 1581-AH5 ±5% 57 to 63 206 to 254 V 40 A 9.2 2.5 c + 1.5 c/V ±0.25%
230 V ±5%, 85 A 1582-AH5 ±5% 57 to 63 206 to 254 V 85 A 19.7 2.5 c + 3 c/V ±0.25%
230 V ±1O%, 20 A 1581-AH ±1O% 57 to 63 206 to 254 V 20 A 4.6 2.5 c + 0.7 c/V ±0.25%
230 V ±10%, 42.5 A 1582-AH ±1O% 57 to 63 206 to 254 V 42.5 A 9.8 2.5 c + 1.5 c/V ±0.25%
230
230
V +24 -18%, 10 A
V +24 -18%, 21.3 A I 1581-AH2
1582-AH2
+24-18%
+24-18%
57
57
to
to
63
63
206 to
206 to
254 V
254 V
10 A
21.3 A
2.3
4 .9 I 2.5 c + 0.4 c/V
2.5 c + 0.7 c/V

• Also see curve. Output voltage will remain within regulation with the specified input variation; e.g.: When the output of the model in
I ±0.5%
±0.5%

the first row is adjusted to 108 V, it will remain there within ±0.25% (0.27 V) with inputs of 108 V ± 10% (97 to 119 V).
t Correction rate is given in c cycles of the line frequency. With the 400-Hz option, correction time is about the same, so multiply the tab-
u lated rate by 7.
** Will operate from 48 to 63 Hz with internal wiring change that incidentally reduces variation by about 1/10 (to 5%, 9%,+ 19 - 16%). With
400-Hz option (special order only), will operate from 350 to 450 Hz.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS 211
Output Characteristics: POWER FACTOR: 0 to 1, leading or
lagging. RESPONSE: Rms. DISTORTION: None added.
CONTROL: Front-panel screwdriver adjustment. REGULA-
TION: Regulation accuracy applies for any combination of line
voltage or frequency, load current or power factor.
Environment: TEMPERATURE: -20 to +52°C operating; -54
to + 85 °C storage. .
Electrical: POWER: 1581: = 35 W no load, = 115 W full load.
1582: = 45 W no load, = 120 W full load.
Mechanical: Bench, rack, -or wall mount. 1581: DIMENSIONS: Your choice of regulator enclosures: Top, without cabinet; left, wall-
mountable cabinet; right, convertible to either bench or rack-mounted
19x7xl0.5 in. (483x178x267 mm); for cabinet add 2 in. (51 use .
mm) to depth. WEIGHT: 42 Ib (19 kg) net, 92 Ib (42 kg)
shipping; for cabinet add 6 Ib (3 kg) to net and 12 Ib (6 kg)
to shipping. 1582: DIMENSIONS: 19x7x14.25 in. (483x178x Catalog
Oescri ption Number
362 mm); for cabinet add 2 in. (51 mm) to depth. WEIGHT:
61 Ib (28 kg) net, 110 Ib (50 kg) shipping; for cabinet add 15 Variac® automatic voltage regulators
Ib (7 kg) to net and 16 Ib (8 kg) to shipping. (Unless options are specified, all come for
line frequency 60 Hz, without cabinets)
260,130 115-V Models
~j..--
,-."
GR 1581-1582 1581-AL, ::':10%, 50 A
REGULATION RANGE 1582-AL, ::':10%, 85 A
240,120
V J' },-""1 , . 1581-AL2, +24 -18%, 25 A
(Describe
1582-AL2, +24 -18%, 42 .5 A
/ , f~t'OGT:z , 230-V Models exactly
as shown
, /+24,.18:;'/, 1581-AH5, ::':5%, 40 A
atthe
220,110
,, ,,
,
,/ "
1582-AH5, ::':5%, 85 A

. -V
left.)
/ / 1581-AH, ::':10%, 20 A
1582-AH, ::':10%, 42.5 A
I--
200,10 0
1581-AH2, +24 -18%, 10 A
1582-AH2, +24 -18%, 21.3 A
Select the following options, as desired
180,9 0
OPI Bench Cabinet
70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
OP2 Rack Cabinet
140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 >00 320 OP3 Wall Cabinet
INPUT-VOLTS 400-Hz Line Frequency - special model, consult factory for pricing

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

212 VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS
 Variac®
autotr.an.sformers

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 213

 Variac® Adjustable Autotransformer

What Is a Variac?
The Variac® autotransformer is an efficient, trouble-free • quiet-adds no noise or distortion to the line
device for controlling ac voltage and any other quantities • reliable-exclusive Duratrak® contact surface pre-
that derive from ac voltage: heat output, light intensity, vents injurious high-temperature oxidation and resultant
motor speed , and the outputs of various power supplies. brushtrack deterioration
The name Variac comes from the unit's function- "vary
ac"-and is GenRad's registered trade name for its con-
tinuously adjustable autotransformer. In addition, the Variac is
Unlike mosttransformers, the Variac has a transforma- • easy to install. All mounting hardware is included;
tion ratio that can be smoothly and continuously changed wiring diagram is on the terminal plate; conduit knock-
so the output of the unit can be controlled from zero to outs are included on all enclosed models.
line voltage or even higher. Because it is a transformer, • available in hundreds of standard versions to satisfy
the Variac is line frequency, voltage, and phase requirements, load
• efficient-transforms power more efficiently than size, mounting demands (including portable and
rheostats metered models). They can be supplied with motor
• durable- because it runs cool drives, ball bearings, and in ganged assemblies to in-
• overload-able-withstands 1000% overloads short crease basic line-voltage and load-current rati ngs.
term • assured safe by Underwriters' Laboratory listing and
• independent of load size or power factor-voltage to Canadian Standards approval of many models.
the load changes little from full load to none • available in militarized modelsfor400-hertzoperation

Applications
In most applications, a full turn of the Variac control Narrow-range control Many times it is sufficient to be
shaft (320°) varies the output voltage, applied to the able to vary the output voltage over a limited range , for
load, from zero to line voltage or 17% above if connected example, from 105 to 135 volts, for line-voltage correc-
for "overvoltage" operation. Thus, the light or heat out- tion, overvoltage and undervoltage testing and such. In
put or speed or torque of the load is varied from zero to these applications, much smaller Variac units can be
rated or above. Some typical applications are shown be- used with resulting economy and increased resolution.
low. Voltage Doubling If the available line voltage is only
Typical Applications for Variac® autotransformers about half that required by the load, the Variac can
Type of Load Function Controlled double the voltage while providing full control of the
output. Units designated by an" H" (W20H) are supplied
I ncandescent Lamps Brilliance and color temperature with an input connection for this use; output current
Flu orescent Lamps (both Brilliance (special circuitry
hot- and cold-cat hode required for best results)
rating of the transformer is one-half its normal value in
types) this case. On special order, similar connections for other
Heating Devices (resistive Temperature multiplying ratios can be supplied.
heaters and infra-red lamps)
Motors
Other applications The Variac autotransformer can also
AC Motors be used as a phaseshifter in three-phase circuits, as a
Universal color-temperature control, for cal i brati ng voltmeters,
Series
Repulsion ammeters, and wattmeters, and in many unique applica-
Two-phase
Use only on fan loads, or where
tions. It is the basis of a wide line of GenRad automatic
Shaded-pole
Split-phase induction torque is proportional to speed line-voltage regulators and can be used in many similar
Capacitor split phase custom applications.
DC Motors Use with rectifier for motor-speed Special models GenRad welcomes inquiries concerning
control
Rectifiers
special models. We can, for example, modify taps, in-
Electroplating Current clude limit switches, change shaft length, add ball bear-
Power and plate circuits Voltage ings, provide for 360° mechanical rotation, add one or
Solenoids Force more independently controlled brushes, treat the units
Test Loads High and low line-voltage testing, with fungicide or otherwise prepare them for use in ab-
breakdown tests
normal environments.

214 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS

 H w Select a Variac
The Variac® adjustable autotransformers are grouped ear) loads will draw current proportional to the applied
by line frequency, voltage, and phase, with brief specifica- voltage. As a general rule, if the load is nonlinear, or if the
tions for each model. Within each group, the units are overvoltage connection is used to apply more than line
listed in order of increasing load rating that can be ex- voltage to the load, a Variac should be chosen that has a
pressed in either current (amperes) or power (kVA). To Rated Current adequate for the load. Otherwise, the
make the selection you must know the line and load char- larger Maximum Current is the load-rating limit. Special
acteristics for your application. A brief look at these applications may permit higher current to be drawn; for
quantities may help. a more complete discussion of ratings, see "Get More
Line frequency Most Variac models in the "W" series
Out of Your Variac," later in this section.
The Variac power rating in kVA is given as a conveni-
are designated for 50-to-60 Hz operation ("L" models are
for 60 Hz only). Some "W" models can be used, without ence in matching the right Variac to the load. It is the
being derated, up to at least 400 Hz, but the regulation product of the rated line voltage and the maximum cur-
will be greater than normal and the physical size and rent rating of the Variac. There is a risk of misinterpret-
weight larger than necessary. Therefore, we offer the ing it and exceeding the limits mentioned above; the kVA
"M" series Variac that is designed for operation from 350 rating can be used only if the load is linear and the over-
to 1200 Hz. The M-series units are smaller and have voltage connection is not used. Otherwise, load current
better regulation at the higher frequencies. When series must be determined and a Variac selected that has ade-
connected or when ordered specially, these units will also quate rating.
operate from 240-V lines. Power ratings in kVA are given for three-phase Variac
applications and must be interpreted as described above.
Phase Variac models are avai lab Ie for both single- and
Trade-offs Whi Ie some trade-offs, like those mentioned
three-phase operation. In general, three-phase ratings
above, are included in the selection tables, there are
are governed by the ratings of each individual transformer others you may wish to consider. The load-current ca-
in the assembly. That is, the voltage applied to, or the pacity of the Variac is limited by temperature and life.
current drawn from, each individual unit must not exceed
Specified r.atings assume a maximum ambient tempera-
that specified for its single-phase uses. Thus, the consid-
ture of 50 °C and a minimum life span of 7 years. If the
erations discussed below for single-phase applications expected ambient is lower or forced cooling is possible,
apply separately to each unit in a three-phase assembly. the autotransformer can be uprated without affecting life.
A more detailed discussion on three-phase ratings and Also, if a shortened life is not a problem in your applica-
how to calculate them is given later in this section. tion, a further uprating can be realized.
line voltage Single-phase lines are normally either Finally, if the load is expected to be switched on and off
120-volt or 240-volt, and GR Variac models come in two regularly (as with a thermostatically-controlled heater),
basic families to match. Should your line voltage be less the Variac can be uprated. In general, if the time for an
than nominal, a unit rated for the nominal value will on-off cycle is 2 hours or less and the off time is 10% or
operate perfectly with no derating in current. Line voltage more of the total cycle time, some significant improve-
up to 17% above the nominal can be applied if overvoltage ment in rating can be realized.
output is not required . For example, up to 140 volts line Calculations and curves for duty-cycle and temperature
voltage can be applied to nominal 120-volt models if the are given in detail later in this section.
maximum output voltage required is no more than the Selecting the proper Variac Autotransformer Knowl-
line voltage applied. edge of the line frequency, voltage, and phase of your
For single-phase line voltages from 480 to 560 volts, application will lead you to one of several tables that fol-
two Variac units rated for 240-V operation must be used low. The considerations above will have helped you deter-
with their coils connected in series across the line and the mine the current or power that the Variac must be capable
load connected one side to each of the Variac outputs. of handling. Now, merely scan down the left columns
For such use, the load cannot be grounded at any point. in the table ("Rated Current," "Maximum Current," or
load rating The load capacity of GR Variac autotrans- "kVA") until you find an entry that equals or exceeds the
formers is specified in three ways: maximum current, value determined by your load. It may be rewarding to
rated current in amperes, and power in kVA (kilovolt- consider several models, including those with slightly
amperes). Although closely related, they are different and higher ratings than necessary, as there is the possibility
the differences are important to the proper selection of of saving money, space, or both. Some models (desig-
your Variac. nated "L" as in W5L) offer higher ratings per dollar and
An autotransformer cannot supply as much current at have only the minor restrictions of 60-Hz operation only
midrange settings as it can at full-voltage setting without and no overvoltage connection.
overheating. Yet some nonlinear loads, incandescent Parallel connections In some instances,- the selection
lights for example, may draw nearly as much current at tables will indicate that the ganged assembly you have
half voltage as they do at rated voltage, while other (Iin- chosen requires parallel connection of the individual

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 215

units. Reference is made to a Type W50-P1 Choke, which How to order When you have chosen the right Variac
must be used between the output connections of the autotransformer from the selection tables, record the 8-
individual units in the assembly to prevent one unit from digit catalog number and type number. Your order should
forcing current into another, possibly causing excessive include this information and a complete description of
temperature and early failure. One choke is needed if the unit. This permits us to cross-check your order and
two units are to be paralleled; three or more parallel units catch any typographic errors.
require one choke for each Variac. The chokes are not Note that there are no 8-digit numbers given for motor-
included with the ganged assembly and must be ordered driven or ball-bearing models; ordering should be done
separately (except for 9- and 12-gang W50 and W50H by a constructed type number (see below) and full de-
units which are shipped prewired with chokes). scription.

Type Number Terminology

In their various combinations, type numbers for Vari-
ac autotransformers consist of letters and numerals
that indicate exactly what elements are included In each
assembly. The following examples show the various
combinations:

M 350-to-1200 Hz operation onds for full traverse. C indicates phase-splitter

W 50-to-60 Hz operation capacitor and K indicates limit switches. Omit
W5 Model size, 120 V input BB from motor-drive type numbers since motor-
driven units are always equipped with ball bear-
W5H 240-V input
ings.
W5L 60-Hz only, no overvoltage
W5MT Portable units with 2-wire line cord
W5HG2 2-gangW5H (substitute 3 for 3-gang, etc) W5MT3 With 3-wire line cord
W5HG2BB Adds ball bearings W5MT3VM With voltmeter
W5HG2BBM Adds complete enclosure W5MT3A With voltmeter and ammeter
W5HG2D4CK D indicates motor drive; 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, W5MT3W With voltmeter and wattmeter
64, or 128 following D indicates number of sec- W5MT3AW With voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter

Where Variac Autotransformers are Produced

GenRad manufactures Variac® autotransformers at its plants in Massachusetts and offers them for
sale throughout the United States and its territories, Canada, Central and South America, Australia,
and Asia.
In Europe, Variac autotransformers are manufactured by EAB Elektroapparatebau AG, Courtelary,
Switzerland, a member of the Bircher Group, which firm is licensed by GenRad to use the trademark
Variac in connection with its manufacture and sale of autotransformers. These Variacs conform to GR
design specifications except for metric threads and dimensions and 127 volts on low-voltage input.
For cata log information relative to the Variac products made in Europe, please di rect your inquiries to
GenRad, Ltd. in England, at the address given at the front of the catalog.

216 VARIAC® LINE-VOLTAGE REGULATORS

General Specifications
Ball Bearings Ball bearings at both ends of the shaft are Special Designs We welcome requests for modifications of
offered for all units. They are useful where more precise any model. These include different windings, shifting taps,
alignment, more constant torque, and longer life are required. different shafts, or basic new designs to furnish output volt-
Ball bearings are standard on all motor-driven Variac® auto- ages or voltage ranges differing from standard models. On
transformers, and on all 4- to 12-gang types W30, W30H, special order, all W-series Variac autotransformers can be
W50, and W50H manually-operated models. manufactured to conform to military requirements that are
Connections, Output "Line-voltage connection" refers to the standard with the M-series units.
connection of the Variac autotransformer for an output-voltage Temperature Rise Ratings are based upon operation at am-
range of zero to line voltage. "Overvoltage connection" refers bient temperatures of up to 50 °C. When the ambient tem-
to the input-voltage connection for a range of output voltage perature exceeds this figure, current ratings should be de-
from 0 to 117% of line voltage. creased (see Figure 2).
Terminals All models have combined soldering and screw-
LINE VOLTAGE~ type terminals with the exception of the types W30 and W50
OV ER VOLTAGE I which are equipped with clamping terminals. Models for
3 LOAD 120-volt lines have five terminals for either 120- or 140-volt
maximum output connections: 240-volt units have two extra
CO M MON 4 COM MON
terminals to provide for either 120- or 240-volt input for
280-volt output.
Current, Maximum Maximum current can be drawn at maxi- Military Environmental SpeCifications Most Variac autotrans-
mum voltage only when the line-voltage connection is used. formers have been tested and do meet some or all of the fol-
Current, Rated This current can be drawn at any dial setting, lowing Military Specifications : MIL-STD-202 , MIL-STD-81O,
independent of overvoltage or line-voltage connection. MIL-STD-167, MIL-E-4158, MIL-E-4970, MIL-E-5272, MIL-E-
Dial Dial plates for single units are reversible. They read 0 5400, MIL-E-16400, MIL-R-23098, MIL-T-945, and MIL-T-5422.
to 120 volts output on one side and 0 to 140 volts on the other. "Certification of Compliance" can be furnished at no charge
H models have similar scale readings of 0 to 240 and 0 to 280. for units tested. For further information on environmental
Dial plates are calibrated for mounting on a panel or on the tests, please contact your local GR District Office.
front of a case; output voltage increases with clockwise rota- Overload Protection Today's improved core materials per-
tion of the knob. All ganged assemblies are supplied with mit the use of higher flu x densities than were formerly prac-
dials calibrated on one side only, reading 0 to 10. tical. Under certain conditions of core magnetization and
Frequency, Line W-series units are specified for 50-to-60 Hz line-voltage phase, an inrush transient or surge having an in-
service except for the L types which are for 60-Hz service only. itial value up to ten times the rated current of the unit may
However, both of these units can be operated at rated values occur. This does no harm except to ordinary "quick-blow"
at line frequencies to 400 Hz. For 350-to-1200 Hz service the fuses. For this reason, time-current integrating circuit break-
M-series units are preferred . Models intended for 240-volt, ers or " slow-blow" fuses are recommended for primary pro-
60-Hz servi ce can be used at 25 Hz at their normal current tection . They will hold during transients but will protect
rating but at one-half their 60-Hz voltage rating. against su stained and potentially damaging overloads. Such a
kVA Ratings The kVA rating is the maximum load current protective device on the input side of the Variac should be
multiplied by the nominal input line voltage . capable of handling a 1000% overload for the duration of one
Resolution Variac resolution is virtually infinite as the resis- cycle of the power-line frequency.
tive brush always spans 2 or more turns of the autotransformer Overload protection for variable-ratio transformers differs
winding. from that used with fi xed-ratio transformers, where safe pri-
Motor-Driven Units All Variac autotransformers, both single mary and secondary currents are determ ined by the ratio of
and ganged units, can be furnished with motor drive. secondary to primary turns. For example, in a fixed-ratio trans-
Mounting Hardware All models are supplied with the neces- former having 100 primary turns and 20 secondary turns, if
sary mounting hardware. the safe secondary current is 10 amperes, the safe primary

100

90
" '"
80 -
""
'" 70 t---
~
1-

'"
'" 60
.J

" 50
~
I
'" "" 1"-
'"oz ~
0
\
0

0
1\
10 I \
0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Deg C
86 104 122 14 0 15 8 176 19 4 Deg F
AMB IENT TEMPE RAT UR E

Figure 1. Short-time overload characteristic of Variac autotransformers Figure 2. Variac autotransformer derating versus ambient temperature.
with line-voltage connection.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 217

General Specifications (Cont'd) Regulation Regulation is defined as the change in output
voltage from no load to full load current (varying load resist-
ance), with constant input voltage, and is expressed as a
current will be 2 amperes. Equal protection will be provided percentage of line voltage.
by a 10-ampere secondary fuse or a 2-ampere primary fuse. In an autotransformer, regulation varies with dial setting,
This is not true with Variac autotransformers. As the brush largely because of IR drop in the winding, and is minimum at
traverses the winding, the transformation ratio continually transformation ratios of zero and one. Note that, at zero and
changes. Under the conditions of a varying transformation line-voltage settings, there is some slight regulation attribu-
ratio, primary protection is of little or no value, but output pro- table to the resistance of the brush. Regulation is also due in
tection is all important; it is the output current that must be part to leakage reactance caused by stray flux that does not
held within safe limits. For this reason a Variac autotrans- link all the turns. While this is a minor factor at low frequen-
former should be protected by a fuse or circuit breaker in cies, it becomes dominant at some higher frequency and ac-
the brush lead, where the load is normally connected. tually imposes an upper-frequency limit on the operation of
The nature of the protective devices selected should be the autotransformer. This limit depends on the load con-
partially determined by the service requirements. Variac ditions.
autotransformers have an inherently high short-time overload
capacity because temperature is dependent upon time for a 3
given rise. They can safely absorb relatively infrequent short- ~l~
-r-r-., ! I ~
time overloads (due to motor starting or lamp inrush) without
~ I
being derated.
The upper curve in Figure 1 applies to units without built-in 1/
'" ~
~
L1NE VOLTS
I

fuse protection . Models with built-in protection in the brush ~ I\.

I
II
arm (models W5L, W20H, W30, W30H, W50, and W50H) have
overload characteristics corresponding to the shaded area on IL
, I

I
I
the curve . The fuse is purposely made inaccessible to guard -'. \. I

against careless replacement with fuses of wrong value. Its I i J

I
basic purpose is to provide thermal protection to the auto- V -"
transformer, and it is not intended to serve as the sole protec- L ~li
tive device for the unit. It is essential that the user add ex- i
I
ternal overload protection to the output of the variac, that is,
between the brush and the load. 0 i
o 20 40 60 80 10 0 120
To benefit fully from the short-term overload characteristic, DIAL SETTING IN PERCENT OF LINE VOLTAGE
the overload capacity must not be unduly limited by the pro-
tective device. Since quick-blow fuses cannot withstand Typical regulation curve with normal rated current.
surges, their use is discouraged except for loads not subject
to inrush. Slow-blow fuses are better; time-current integrating Paralleling Choke, W50-PI Many of the Variac autotransform-
circuit breakers are better still. Thermal breakers are to be ers listed on the following pages are indicated to require one
preferred, since they automatically derate with increasing am- or more Type W50-P1 Chokes (catalog number 3150-5016).
bient temperature. They most nearly conform to the require- This unit is used when two or more autotransformer outputs
ments shown in Figure 2. This type of protector is standard are to be connected in parallel; it impedes the flow of poten-
in the Type MT (portable, cased) models of the W-series Variac tially destructive-circulating currents. Instructions for proper
autotransformers. interconnecting are included with each unit.

Variac®adjustable autotransformer - U2
• lowest cost 2-A unit available
• highest voltage output- up to 140 V
• oversize brush and cooler operation assure
extended life
• easily replaced shaft for special applications

SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 120 V, 60 to 400 Hz.
Output: In Air On Aluminum Panel
low-cost versatility The U2, a low-cost adjustable
autotransformer from GR, features simplified mounting
o to 120 v:
o to 140 v:
2 A rated
2 A rated
I 2.25 A max
2 A max
2.25 A rated
2.25 A rated
I 3 A max
2.25 A max
for a variety of low-current control applications. It can be
Mechanical: Single-hole mounting of 0.375 in . (10 mm) for
used with any input up to 120 volts, 60 to 400 Hz, and shaft plus 0.1875-in. (5-mm) hole for anti-rotation stop, max
provides a full 140-volt output with a 120-volt input. panel thickness 0.25-in. (6 mm) . DIMENSIONS (wxhxdepth
A single nut secures the autotransformer to any panel behind panel) 3.25x3.69x2 .94 in . (83x94x75 mm). WEIGHT:
up to 1f4-inch thick. The unit's small size allows it to be 2.5 Ib (1.2 kg) net, 3 Ib (1.4 kg) shipping.
used on densely packed front-panel configurations - the
Catalog
U2 is a natural for low-current applications in almost any Description Number
situation. U2 Variac® adjustable autotransformer 3200-5110

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

218 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 U2
WSM WSG3M
(Enclosed) (3-Gang)

Single-phase, 120-volt input, 50-60 Hz

Output Description
<IJ
Q),I:
""'~o

bO
0(0'-
..c
u~~
nm :cbO
<IJ <IJ bO
-Q) -Q) -Q)
I: .-I.E ~ 'Qj c Outline
~
c~ c~
:;:
-
"Q)Q) Q)Q) "tlDQ) 0..,,0 '0.0 Dimensions (inches)
><e~~ OhUa>
~~E
Q)~c.
.9--
ro:;E ::;;U«
o::u« kVA
I1J::lQCO
::;;:0>0:: Type
"0
::;;: Notes
1IlQ)_
:;:0::;0
Catalog
Number z_
Q).o .<:-
en:;: W H D
2.0 3.0 0-140 U2 Open 3200-S110 ·2.S 3 3Y. 3'){. 2'~.
2.0 2.6 0.31 0-140 W2M End 3010-S111 4 9 4)1, su. 4%t
2.4 3.1 0.37 0·140 W2 Open 3010-S110 3 4 3Y. 3'){. 3'~.t
S.O 6.S 0.78 0-140 WSM Enel 3030-S111 7 13 4Yo 6U. 4%*t
6.0 7.8 0 .94 0-140 WS Open 3030-S110 6 8 4Y, 4'~. 3'~.*t
7.1 9.2 1.1 0-120 WSLM Enel 60 Hz only 30SO-S111 7 13 4Yo 6U. 4%
8.S 11.0 1.32 0-120 WSL Open 60 Hz only 30S0-S110 7 8 4Y, 4'~. 4'){.*
8.S 11.0 1.32 0-140 W8 Open 3038-S110 8 9 4Y, 4'7(. 4U.
10.0 13.0 1.S6 0-120 W8L Open 60 Hz only 30S8-S110 8 12 4Y, 4'~. 4U.
10.0 13.0 1.S6 0-140 WI0 Open 3060·S110 12 13 S% 6~. 3'~.*t
10.0 13.0 1.S6 0-140 WI0M End 3060-S111 IS 17 6% 9V2 Sy.*t
14.2 18.4 2.2 0-120 WSLG2M Enel 60 Hz only 1 30S0-S121 IS 23 S)I, 6% 8)1,
17.0 22.0 2.6 0-120 WSLG2 Open 60 Hz only 1 305O-S120 14 16 4Y, 4'7(. 8
17.0 22.0 2 .6 0·140 W8G2 Open 1 3038-S120 16 19 4Y, 4'~. 9~.
20.0 26.0 3.12 0-140 W20 Open 3090-S110 21 24 7Y, 8){. 4%*t
20.0 26.0 3.12 0-140 W20M End 3090-S111 24 29 8% 11'~. S%t
20.0 26.0 3.1 0-120 W8LG2 Open 60 Hz only 1 30S8-S120 17 19 4Y, 4'~. 9~.
21.3 27.6 3.3 0-120 WSLG3M Enel 60 Hz only 3 30S0-S131 22 32 S)I, 6% 12Y.
2S.5 33.0 4.0 0-120 WSLG3 Open 60 Hz only 3 30SO-S130 20 22 4Y, 4'~. 12)1,
25 .5 33.0 4.0 0-140 W8G3 Open 3 3038-S130 25 27 4Y, 4'~. 13'~.
28.0 32.0 3.84 0-140 W30M End 3120-S111 37 47 11 14% 5%
30.0 36.0 4.32 0-140 W30 Open 3120-S110 30 38 10 11'~. 4)1,
30.0 39.0 4.7 0·120 W8LG3 Open 60 Hz only 3 30S8-S130 25 27 4Y, 4'~. 13'~.
40.0 52.0 6 .2 0·140 W20G2M Enel 1 3090-S121 48 56 9 12X. 9%
40.0 52.0 6.2 0-140 W20G2 Open 1 3090-S120 43 48 7Y, 8){. 9~.
40.0 45.0 5.40 0-140 WSOM End 31S0-S111 57 74 13U. 16Yo 7Y. *t
50.0 50.0 6.00 0-140 WSO Open 31SO-S110 50 57 12Y, 13Y. 6Y. *t
56.0 64.0 7.7 0-140 W30G2M Enel 1 3120-S121 67 90 11% 14'~. 10){.
60.0 72.0 8.6 0-140 W30G2 Open 1 3120·S120 61 80 10 11'~. 9Yo
60.0 78.0 9.4 0-140 W20G3M End 3 3090-S131 71 82 9 12){. 13'7(.
60.0 78.0 9.4 0·140 W20G3 Open 3 3090-S130 65 71 7Y, 8){. 13%
80.0 90.0 10.8 0-140 WSOG2M Enel 1 31S0-S121 123 160 13'~. 17){. 14'){.
84.0 96.0 11.5 0·140 W30G3M End 3 3120·S131 99 125 11% 14'~. 14'X.
90.0 108.0 13.0 0·140 W30G3 Open 3 3120-S130 93 113 10 11'~. 20Yo
100.0 100.0 12.0 0-140 WSOG2 Open 1 31S0-S120 112 147 12Y, 13% 14V2
120.0 135.0 16.2 0-140 WSOG3M Enel 3 31S0-S131 179 221 13'~. 17){. 2lX.
150.0 150.0 18.0 0-140 WSOG3 Open 3 31S0-S130 163 206 12Y, 13Y. 20Yo
160.0 180.0 21.6 0-140 WSOG4BBM End 4 31SO-S241 240 313 13'~. 17){. 27U.
200.0 200.0 24.0 0-140 WSOG4BB Open 4 31S0-S240 215 288 12Y, 13% 27Y.
240.0 270.0 32.4 0-140 WSOG6BBM Enel 6 31SO-S261 355 430 13'~. 17){. 40~.
300.0 300.0 36.0 0-140 WSOG6BB Open 6 31S0-S260 325 400 12V2 13Y. 40

• listed under Re·examination Service of the Underwriters' Laboratory. t Approved by the Canadian Standards Association .

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog. VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 219
 W20M
W8G2 (Enclosed)
(2-Gang) W50
(Open)

Single-phase, 240-volt input, 50-60 Hz

Output Description
II)
Q),I:
'><'-0
Qnl·-

bO B~~ 1:
-Q)'"
1:'- '"
-Q)
1:'-
"5~~
I: r-I.E ~
bO
·iii
bO
I: Outline
UQ)Q)
Q),-o.
Q)Q)
xta. )(.e~ c:
2 ~"Co 3: .0..0 Dimensions (inches)
~g~
0._
-ro:SE
trU<I:
"'",E
::EU<I: kVA
ro~o(Q
::EO>tr Type '"
0
:;: Connection :;:trn;
Catalog
Number ".0
z_ :cen:;:. . . W H 0
2.0 2.6 0.62 0-280 W5H Open 3040-5110 6 8 4j/, 4'M. 3'M.t
2.0 2.6 0.62 0-280 W5HM Encl 3040-5111 7 13 4Va 6U. 4%t
2.4 3.1 0.74 0-280 W2G2 Open Series 3010-5120 7 9 3)4 3')1. 7'M.
4.0 5.2 1.25 0-280 WI0H Open 3070-5110 11 12 5% 6M. 4')1.t
4.0 5.2 1.25 0-280 WI0HM Encl 3070-5111 14 17 6% 9j/, 5)4t
5.0 6.5 1.56 0-280 W5G2M Encl Series 3030-5121 15 23 5Ye 6% 8Ye
6.0 7.8 1.87 0-280 W5G2 Open Series 3030-5120 14 15 4j/, 4'M. 8
8.0 10.4 2.50 0-280 W20H Open 3100-5110 20 23 7j/, 8)1. 4%*t
8.0 10.4 2.50 0-280 W20HM Encl 3100-5111 23 28 8% 11'M. 5%*t
8.5 11.0 2.64 0-280 W8G2 Open Series 3038-5120 16 19 4j/, 4'M. 9M.
10.0 13.0 3.12 0-240 W8LG2 Open Series 60 Hz only 3058-5120 17 19 4j/, 4'M. 9M.
10.0 13.0 3.12 0-280 WI0G2 Open Series 3060-5120 25 27 5% 6M. 9X.
10.0 13.0 3.12 0-280 WI0G2M Encl Series 3060-5121 29 34 7Ye 9')1. 9j/,
12.0 15.6 3.74 0-280 W30H Open 3130·5110 29 36 10 11 'X. 4Ye
12.0 15.6 3.74 0-280 W30HM Encl 3130-5111 36 45 11 14% 5%
16.0 20.8 4.99 0-280 W20HG2 Open Parallel 1 3100-5120 41 46 7j/, 8)1. 9X.
16.0 20.8 4.99 0·280 W20HG2M Encl Parallel 1 3100-5121 45 54 9 12)1. 9%
20.0 26.0 6.24 0·280 W20G2 Open Series 3090-5120 43 48 7j/, 8)1. 9X.
20.0 26.0 6.24 0·280 W20G2M Encl Series 3090-5121 48 56 9 12)1. 9%
20.0 31.0 7.45 0-280 WSOHM Encl 3160-5111 60 76 13~. 16Va 7)4*t
24.0 31.2 7.5 0-280 W30HG2 Open Parallel 1 3130-5120 59 76 10 11 'X. 9Va
24.0 31.2 7.5 0-280 W30HG2M Encl Parallel 1 3130-5121 64 87 11% 14'X. 10)1.
25.0 32.5 7.80 0·280 WSOH Open 3160-5110 53 60 12j/, 13% 6)4*t
28.0 32.0 7.7 0·280 W30G2M Encl Series 3120-5121 67 90 11% 14'X. 10)1.
30.0 36.0 8.6 0-280 W30G2 Open Series 3120-5120 61 80 10 11 'X. 9Va
36.0 46.8 11 0-280 W30HG3 Open Parallel 3 3130-5130 90 107 10 11 'X. 20Va
36.0 46.8 11 0-280 W30HG3M Encl Parallel 3 3130-5131 97 120 11% 14'X. 14')1.
40.0 62.0 14.9 0·280 W50HG2M Encl Parallel 1 3160-5121 126 165 13'X. 17)1. 14')1.
50.0 65.0 15.6 0-280 W50HG2 Open Parallel 1 3160-5120 116 153 12j/, 13% 14j/,
60.0 93.0 22.3 0-280 W50HG3M Encl Parallel 3 3160-5131 183 230 13'X. 17)1. 21)1.
75.0 97.5 23.4 0·280 W50HG3 Open Parallel 3 3160-5130 167 214 12j/, 13% 20Va
80.0 124.0 29.8 0-280 W50HG4BBM Encl Parallel 4 3160-5241 255 328 13'X. 17)1. 27~.
100.0 130.0 31.2 0-280 W50HG4BB Open Parallel 4 3160-5240 230 300 12j/, 13% 27)4
120.0 186.0 44.6 0-280 W50HG6BBM Encl Parallel 6 3160-5261 385 458 13'X. 17)1. 40X.
150.0 195.0 46.8 0-280 W50HG6BB Open Parallel 6 3160-5260 355 428 12j/, 13% 40

Single-phase, 480-volt input, 50-60Hz

2.0 2.6 1.24 0-560 W5HG2 Open Series 3040-5120 13 15 4j/, 4'M. 8
2.0 2.6 1.24 0-560 W5HG2M Encl Series 3040-5121 15 23 5Ye 6% 8Ye
4.0 5.2 2.5 0·560 WI0HG2 Open Series 3070-5120 24 27 5% 6X. 9M.
4.0 5.2 2.5 0-560 WI0HG2M Encl Series 3070-5121 29 33 7Ye 9')1. 9j/,
8.0 10.4 5.0 0·560 W20HG2 Open Series 3100-5120 41 46 7j/, 8)1. 9X.
8.0 10.4 5.0 0-560 W20HG2M Encl Series 3100-5121 45 54 9 12)1. 9%
12.0 15.6 7.48 0·560 W30HG2 Open Series 3130-5120 59 76 10 11 'X. 9Va
12.0 15.6 7.48 0·560 W30HG2M Encl Series 3130-5121 64 87 11% 14'M. 10)1.
20.0 31.0 14.9 0·560 W50HG2M Encl Series 3160-5121 126 165 13'X. 17)1. 14')1.
25.0 32.5 15.6 0-560 W50HG2 Open Series 3160-5120 116 153 12j/, 13% 14j/,
40.0 62.0 29.8 0-560 W50HG4BBM Encl Parallel 2 3160-5241 255 328 13'X. 17)1. 27~.
50.0 65.0 31.2 0-560 W50HG4BB Open Parallel 2 3160-5240 230 300 12j/, 13% 27)4
60.0 91.0 44.7 0-560 W50HG6BBM Encl Parallel 6 3160·5261 385 458 13'X. 17)1. 40X.
75.0 97.5 46.8 0-560 W50HG6BB Open Parallel 6 3160-5260 355 428 12j/, 13% 40
• Listed under Re·exam,nat,on Service of Underwriters' Laboratory. t Approved by Canadian Standards ASSOCiatIOn .
National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.
220 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 to Se ec a T re -Phase V ri c
As discussed in an earlier paragraph, selecting the voltage connection can be used. If the wye is used, the
proper Variac® autotransformer depends on your first three common line voltages will impose 120, 138, and
knowing the conditions imposed by the power line (fre- 277 volts respectively on the individual units in the as-
quency, voltage, and phase) and by the load (expressed sembly. So, for 208-volt lines, the Variac units rated for
in current or power). 120 volts can be employed, and the overvoltage connec-
To determine the needed rating for a three-phase tion used, if desired. For 240-volt lines, either 120-volt
Variac assembly, look at the individual units in the as- units can be used (restricted to the line-voltage connec-
sembly and the line voltage and currents that will be im- tion) or 240-volt units can be used (overvoltage per-
posed upon them. If the voltages and currents are within mitted). For 480-volt lines, 240-volt units are usable but
rating for the individual units, the assembly will do the restricted to line-voltage connection.
job. Load current The current rating of the individu<;ll Variac
To control three-phase power, Variac autotransformers autotransformers in the ganged assemblies is the same as
can be connected in either a wye configuration, which the maximum line current to the load. Thus, each leg of
requires three units ganged (or 6, 9, or 12 for added the wye or open delta can be selected as though it were
capacity), or in an open-delta configuration, which re- a single-phase unit. Each leg can consist of as many units
quires two units ganged (or 4,6, etc). paralleled (with required chokes) as is necessary to han-
dle the current. Standard assemblies are offered with up
to 12 ganged-units (a wye with four paralleled units in
each leg), and even larger ones can be supplied on
special order.
LOAD' Load power An aid to computing the load power from
LINE 0----+---<> LOAD
the voltage and current ratings of individual components
of a three-phase load, and the reverse calculations, is
LINE given in "Get more out of your Variac," later in this sec-
tion. However, the kVA ratings of the three-phase Variac
OPEN DELTA WYE autotransformers require an explanation. As with single-
Consider the simplest cases where a single Variac unit phase units, three-phase kVA rating is the product of the
is used in each arm. In the wye configuration, the full maximum current and the line voltage (multiplied by
line-to-line voltage is not imposed on each unit, rather it V3)." It should not be used in selecting a Variac when
is 1 / V3 or about 58% of the voltage. Thus a 240-volt the overvoltage connection is employed, when nonlinear
line will impose about 138 volts on each unit. However, loads are used, or when the phase loads may be unbal-
each unit supplies the full line current to the load through anced. In those cases, the separate line currents should
its brush. In the open delta, the input to each unit is the be calculated and compared against the rated current of
full voltage from the line and each unit must supply the the Variac.
full line current. Line frequency The selection of a W- or M-series Variac
Line voltage Three-phase Variac assemblies are speci- based on line frequency will be governed by the same
fied for the more common 208-volt, 240-volt, and 480- considerations discussed earlier. Three-phase models
volt lines. The open delta Variac configuration is limited for operation at 350 Hz and above are listed later, under
to the 208- and 240-volt applications and must use the 400-Hz operation.
Variac units with a basic rating of 240 volts; the over- '4-wire 3-phase input preferred. When 3-wire input is used, load must be
balanced at all times to prevent damage to Variac.
"3 single-phase units, each with l/V3the line voltage.

Three-phase, 208-volt input, 60-Hz only

Output Description

'"Q).e
""'~o
oro.-
~ Q.-ro :<:0lI
0lI u~~

'"
~Q)
c~
'"
~Q)
c~
'5 ru, C1)
C 0Q)
..... - 0.
Oouo
'0;
0lI
C Outline
UQ)Q) Q)Q) C 3! "0. .Q Dimensions (inches)
Q)~o. x~o.
x.8-~~ ~ 6Cr~ 0._
ro~E ro"E
:;;;U«
ro~oro 0
:;;;
lO Q)_
3!o::ro
Catalog Q).o
z_ :c . . .
o::u« kVA :;;;0>0:: Type Connection Number (lJ3! W H D
7.1 9.2 3.31 I 0-208 W5LG3M Encl Wye 3050-5131 22 32 5Ya 6% 12)4
8.5 11.0 3.96 I 0-208 W5LG3 Open Wye 3050-5130 20 23 4Y, - 4'~. 12Ya
10.0 13.0 4.68 I 0-208 W8LG3 Open Wye 3058-5130 25 27 4Y, 4'~. 13~.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 221
 W50G9 W20G3

Overvoltage may be used on open-

delta connection or 20S-volt input. Three-phase, 20S-240-volt input, 50-60 Hz
Output Description

~:;.~
-..on
-......
on
~~Q)
..
:§
.,g Q.~
--
u~~
0'"
-. .
.c
.;; c
Outline
Dimensions (Inches)

- c...,en::
c~ c~
'7"C 0"-
c ~
~f& )( c. ... tlO 0 - -
=~E
:> Q.-
«;EE Catalog :c .....
:E~~~
0 ..., C" '"
a::u..: :;:u..: kVA Type :;: Connection ::"'=
a:: ... Number ~!! W H D
2.0 2 .6 1.08 0-280 WSHG2 Open Open Delta 3040-5120 13 15 4Y, 4'~, 8
2.0 2.6 1.08 0-280 WSHG2M Encl Open Delta 3040-5121 15 23 5Y. 6% ay.
2.0 2.6 1.08 0-240 W2G3M Encl Wye 3010-5131 12 21 4% 5% 12Y.
2.4 3.1 1.29 0-240 W2G3 Open Wye 3010-5130 11 13 3114 3'l{, 12
4.0 5.2 2.16 0-280 W10HG2 Open Open Delta 3070-5120 24 27 5% 6~, ~,

--
4.0 5.2 2.16 0-280 W10HG2M Encl Open Delta 3070-5121 29 33 7Y. 9'l{. 9Y,
5.0 6.5 2.70 0-240 WSG3M Encl Wye 3030-5131 22 32 5Y. 6% 1214
7.8 WSG3 4'~,
-6.0
- 3 .24 0-240 Open Wye 3030-5130 20 22 4Y, 12Y.
8.0 10.4 4.32 0-280 W20HG2 Open Open Delta 3100-5120 41 46 7Y, 8l{, ~,
8.0 1~ 4.32 0-280 W20HG2M
-
Encl Open Delta 3100-5121 45 54 9 12l{, 9%
8.5 11.0 4.57 0-240 W8G3 Open Wye 3038-5130 25 27 4Y, 4'~, 13'~.
10.0 13.0 5.40 0-240 W10G3 Open Wye 3060-5130 37 40 5% ~, 14
10.0 13.0 5.40 0-240 W10G3M Encl Wye 3060-5131 43 47 7Y. 9'l{. 14~,
12.0 15.6 6.48 0-280 W30HG2 Open Open Delta 3130-5120 59 76 10 11'~. 9Y.
12.0- - i5.6 6.48 0-280 W30HG2M Encl Open Delta 3130-5121 64 87 11% 14'~. 10l{,
--_.- - --
20.0 26.0 10.8 0-240 W20G3 Open Wye 3090-5130 65 71 7Y, 8l{• 13%
....?Q.:.~- --.?-~~- ~- 0-240 W20G3M Encl Wye 3090-5131 71 82 9 12l{. 13'~,_
20.0 31.0 12.9 0-280 WSOHG2M Encl Open Delta 3160-5121 126 165 13'X, 17l{, 14'l{.
25.0 32 .5 13.5 r-~280 - C-WSOHG2 Open Open Delta 3160-5120 116 153 12Y, 13% 14Y,
._ 2~
30.0
-4 20
36.0
:..
13.3
15.0
0-240
0-240
W30G3M
W30Q3
Encl
Open
Wye
Wye
3120-5131
3120-5130
99
93
125
113
11%
12Y,
14'~,
13%
14'l{.
20Y.
_4~4-- ~5: 9 18.7 0-240 WSOG3M Encl Wye 3150-5131 179 221 13'~. 17l{, 21l{.
50.0 ~O.O 20.8 0-240 WSOG3 _ Open Wye 3150-5130 163 206 12Y, 13% 20Y.
---- ----
~Q:O_ _ ~2.0 25.8 0-280 WSOHG4BBM Encl Open Delta 2 3160-5241 255 328 13'~,_ 17l{, 27~.
---"--~ 1---'-'---
50.0 65.0 27.0 0-280 WSOHG4BB Open Open Delta 2 3160-5240 230 300 12Y, 13% 27114
80.0 90.0 37.4 0-240 WSOG6BBM Encl Wye 3 3150-5261 355 430 13'~. 17l{, ~,
100.0 100.0 41.6 0-240 WSOG6BB Open Wye 3 3150-5260 325 400 12Y, 13% 40
.*150.0 150.0 62.4 0-240 WSOG9BB Open Wye (chokes included) 3150-5876 600 720 39 35 17
*200.0 200.0 83.2 0-240 WSOG12BB Open Wye (chokes included) 3150-5886 760 880 39 41 17

(Overvoltage connection not recommended) Three-phase, 4S0-volt input, 50-60 Hz

2.0
-- 2.6 2.16 0-480 WSHG3 Open Wye 3040-5130 20 22 4Y, 4'~, 12Y.
2.0 2 .6 2.16 0-480 WSHG3M Encl Wye 3040-5131 22 31 5Y. 6X 12114
4.0 5.2 4.32 0-480 W10HG3 Open Wye 3070-5130 36 39 5% ~. 14
4.0
-~-.
__ 5.2 4 .32 0-480 W10HG3M Encl Wye 3070-5131 42 46 7Y. 9'l{, 14~.
8.0 10.4- 8.65 0-480 W20HG3- - - - O pen Wye 3100-5130 61 68 7 Y, 8l{, 13X
---- - ---
8.0 10.4 8.65 0-480 W20tlG3M Encl Wye 3100-5131 67 79 9 12l{, 13'~,
-
12.0 15.6 13.0 0-480- CW:iOHG3 Open Wye 3130-5130 90 107 12 Y, 13X 20 Y.
12.0
-_ . - r---15.6 13.0 0-480 W30HG3M Encl Wye 3130-5131 97 120 11% 14'~, 14'l{,
---
20.0 31.0 25.8 0-480 WSOHG3M Encl Wye 3160-5131 183 230 13'~, 17l{, 21l{,
25.0 32.5 27.0 0-480- WSOHG3 Open Wye 3160-5130 167 214 12Y, 13% 20Y.
51.5
--
40.0 62 .0 0-480 WSOHG6BBM Encl Wye 3 3160-5261 385 458 13'~. 17l{, 4<m.
-
50.0 65 .0 54.0 0-480 WSOHG6BB Open Wye 3 3160-5260 355 428 12Y, 13% 40
75.0 97 .5 81.0 0-480 WSOHG9BB Open Wye (chokes included) 3160-5876 610 730 39 35 17
100.0 130 108.0 0-480 WSOHG12BB Open Wye (chokes included) 3160-5886 806 926 39 41 17
• Motor drove only.

available on request: Three-phase, 560-volt input, 50-60 Hz

Natlonai stock num bers are ilsted at the bac Kofthe catalog.
222 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 4 z 0 eration The M-series models are designed for use at fre-
quencies between 350 and 1200 Hz. They are electrically
the high-frequency equivalents of the standard W series
• small, light, excellent regulation but are much smaller and lighter than the 50-Hz models.
• high- and low-temperature lubrication At 400 Hz, the regulation obtained with the M-series is
considerably better than with the 50-Hz models.
• iridite-treated aluminum parts ' All M-series units conform to most military specifica-
• fungicidal treatment of all phenolic parts tions for shock, vibration, salt spray, tropicalization, alti-
tude, humidity, and temperature. See General Specifica-
• special nickel-plated brush holders tions section for further information regarding military
environmental specifications. Operation of the M-series
models is possible at 50 Hz if the input is limited to 50
volts. The output current remains the same and the out-
put voltage range is 0 to 70 volts.

Single-phase, 120-volt input, 400-Hz

Output Description

II) II) tlD

:c
OIl tlD
~Q) ~Q) c '0; c Outline
c ... c ... ~Q)
Dimensions (inches)
'CQ)Q) Q)Q) :JtlDQ) C ~ '0...0
Q) ... o. x'" 0. ><.9-~~ :J 0._
ro:;E
0::(,)«
"'3E
::2:(,)« kVA
ro:::::lOCIJ
::2:0>0:: Type
a
::2: Connection
Catalog
Number ~:e :cU)~. . . W H D
2.4 3.1 0.37 0-140 M2 Open 34lO-5110 2 3 3Y. 3'){, 2'){,t
6.0 7.8 0.94 0-140 M5 Open 3430-5110 3 4 4Y, 4'~, 2'){,t
10.0 13.0 1.56 0-140 MIO Open 3460-5110 6 8 5Y. 6~, 3~,t
20.0 26.0 3.12 0-140 M20 Open 3490-5110 13 15 7Y, 8){, 3%t

Three-phase, 120-volt input, 400-Hz

2.4 3.1 0.65 0-140 M2G2 Open Open Delta 3410-5120 4 5 3Y. 3'){, 5~,
6.0 7.8 1.62 0-140 M5G2 Open Open Delta 3430-5120 7 8 4Y, 4'~, 5Y,
10.0 13.0 2.7 0-140 MI0G2 Open Open Delta 3460-5120 12 16 5Y. 6~, 6'X,
20.0 26 .0 5.4 0-140 M20G2 Open Open Delta 3490-5120 26 30 7 8){, 7X,

Three-phase, 120-208-240-volt, 400-Hz

2.4 3.1 1.30 0-240* M2G3 Open Wye 3410-5130 5 7 3Y, 3'){, 8Y.
6.0 7.8 3.24 0-240* M5G3 Open Wye 3430-5130 10 12 4Y, 4'~, 8Ye
10.0 13.0 5.4 0-240* MI0G3 Open Wye 3460-5130 19 23 5Y. 6'K, lOY.
20.0 26.0 10.8 0-240* M20G3 Open Wye 3490-5130 38 43 7Y, 8X, lOY.
* 17% overvoltage connection is permitted on 120/208, three-phase lines.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 223
 W8MT3VM W8MT3

o Ie Var"a ® Au tr sfo me s
Portable, metered, cased units are available in twenty The output circuit is protected by either a Klixon* ther-
models for use in the laboratory and on the test bench. mal overload breaker, resettable from the panel, or by
Each consists of a Variac autotransformer and an over- easily accessible and replaceable fuses.
load protector. Some models have a voltmeter, ammeter, A double-pole on-off switch disconnects both sides of
and wattmeter in different configurations. the line. Where dual-range meters are used, make-before-
Adequate meter shielding is provided to reduce stray break range switches permit switching under load. All
fields sufficiently to give over-all meter accuracy of 3% of have convenient carrying handles. Some models come in
full scale (5% of full scale for the powerful W20HMT3A). both 2- and 3-wire versions.
* Registered trademark of Texas I nstruments Inc.

Single-phase, 120-volt input, 50-60 Hz

Output
:E
II) II) 00 00
-Q) -Q)
Meter Ranges 2-or 3· 'Qj c
c~
"CQ)Q)
c~
Q)Q) "5 ru,cD wire cord !:: 0c...c Outline
Q)~o.
x.s-~~ (full scale) Dimensions (inches)
~~E
0._
ro~E «J::Joro and Catalog Q).c .c-
~u« :::iu« :2o>~ Type Amperes Watts Volts receptacle Number z_ en!:: W H D
5.0 - 0-140 W5MT - - - 2 3030·S11S 8 15 4Ya 6X. 4% *t
5.0 - 0·140 WSMTJ - - - 3 3030·S119 8 15 4Ya 6X. 4Y,*t
5.0 - 0·140 WSMT3VM - - 150 3 3030-S01S 8 19 4Ya 6X. 4Y,
5.0 - 0-140 WSMT3A 1/5 - 150 3 3030-S012 11 19 6% 9Y, 5Y.
5.0 - 0-140 WSMT3W - 150/750 150 3 3030-S013 12 19 6% 9Y, 5Y.
5.0 - 0-140 WSMT3AW 1/5 150/750 150 3 3030-S014 12 21 11'~. 8% 5%
7.1 - 0-120 WSLMTJ' - - - 3 30SO-S119 8 18 4Ya 6X. 4%
10.0 - 0-140 WSMT3 - - - 3 3038-S119 10 16 5% 7 6Y.
10.0 - 0-140 WSMTJVM - - 150 3 303S-S01S 10 16 5Y, 7 6Ya
10.0 - 0-140 W10MT - - - 2 3060-S11S 16 24 6% 9Y, 5Y.t
10.0 - 0-140 W10MTJ - - - 3 3060-S119 16 24 6% 9Y, 5Y.t
10.0 - 0-140 W10MT3A 2/10 - 150 3 3060-S012 18 30 8% 11'~. 5%
10.0 - 0-140 W10MT3W - 300/1500 150 3 3060-S013 18 30 8% 11'~. 5%
18.0 - 0-140 W20MT3A 20 - 150 3 3090-S012 27 34 8% 11'~. 5%
18.0 - 0-140 W20MTJ - - - 3 3090-S119 20 23 8% 11'~. 5%t
'60 Hz only

Single-phase, 240-volt input, 50-60 Hz

2.0 - 0-280 WSHMT - - 2- 3040-S11S 8 15 4Ya 6X. 4%t
4.0 - 0-280 WI0HMT - - - 2 3070-S11S 15 24 6% 9Y, 5Y.
4.0 - 0-280 W10HMT3 - - 3 - 3070-S119 15 24 6% 9Y, 5Y.
8.0 - 0-280 W20HMTJ - - - 3 3100-S119 27 35 8% 11'~. 5%t
8.0 - 0-280 W20HMTJA 10 - 300 3 3100-S012 25 31 8% 11'~. 5%
Types MT and MT3 have overvoltage connections and corresponding dial scales, but can be supplied on special order With line-voltage connec-
tions and dial scales.
* Listed under Re-examination Service of Underwriters' Laboratory. t Approved by Canadian Standards Association.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

224 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 W20G3D8CK

Motor-Drive Versions
ORDERING INFORMATION
From table: yes = available from stock
so =
available on special order
Establishing correct type number:
l. Select basic Variac type number; e.g., W5G2 (a 2-
gang W5-series Variac)
2. Select time desired for full 320 traverse and insert
0
r- -- ---------,
time in "O-CK" IL_ ___
I 2_ _______
3 41
.1
3. Arrange in following order:
W5G208CK (a 2-gang W5-series Variac with motor
drive, 8-second traverse)
4. If fully enclosed case is desired, add "M", e.g.,
W5G208CKM. f REVERSE

Dimensions: Width and height are same as for component

Variac. Depth is approx 6 inches greater than that of equiva-
lent manually operated model. Schematic diagram of motor circuit

Seconds Seconds
for fu II Shipping Weight for full Shipping Weight
320· (Ib) 320· (Ib)
Traverse> 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Cased Uncased Traverse> 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 Cased Uncased
M2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 9 WIO yes yes yes yes yes yes yes 23 30
M2G2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 11 WIOG2 so so yes yes yes yes yes 35 43
M2G3 yes yes yes yes yes 14 WIOG3 so so yes yes yes yes yes 47 56
M5 yes yes yes yes yes yes 14 WIOH yes yes yes yes yes yes yes 23 30
M5G2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 16 WIOHG2 so yes yes yes yes yes yes 35 43
M5G3 yes yes yes yes yes 19 WI0HG3 so so yes yes yes yes yes 47 56

MIO yes yes yes yes yes yes yes 16 W20 so yes yes yes yes yes yes 35 50
MIOG2 w ~s ~s ~s ~s ~s ~s 22 W20G2 so so yes yes yes yes yes 54 71
MIOG3 w w ~s ~s ~s ~s ~s 29 W20G3 so so yes yes yes yes yes 78 97

M20 yes yes yes yes yes yes 27 W20H so yes yes yes yes yes yes 35 47
M20G2 w w ~s ~s ~s yu ~s 47 W20HG2 so so yes yes yes yes yes 54 69
M20G3 so so yes yes yes yes yes 58 W20HG3 so so yes yes yes yes yes 77 93
W30 so yes yes yes yes yes yes 57 79
W2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 13 15
W30G2 so so yes yes yes yes 89 98
W2G2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 15 17
W30G3 so so yes yes yes 120 120
W2G3 yes yes yes yes yes 17 20
W30H so yes yes yes yes yes yes 55 78
W5 yes yes yes yes yes yes 17 20 W30HG2 so so yes yes yes yes 88 98
W5G2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 23 26 W30HG3 so so yes yes yes 120 120
W5G3 yes yes yes yes yes 33 39
W50 so so yes yes yes yes 95 125
W5H yes yes yes yes yes yes 18 20 W50G2 so so yes yes yes 162 194
W5HG2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 25 28 W50G3 so so yes yes yes 220 242
W5HG3 yes yes yes yes yes 34 38 W50G4 so so so so yes 295 330
W51,. yes yes yes yes yes yes 17 20 W50G6 so so so so yes 411 454
W5lG2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 24 29 W50G9 yes
W5lG3 yes yes yes yes yes 27 32 W50G12 yes

W8 yes yes yes yes yes yes W50H so so yes yes yes yes 100 130
19
W8G2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 28
W50HG2 so so yes yes yes 167 201
W8G3 yes yes yes yes yes 37 W50HG3 so so yes yes yes 222 246
W50HG4 so so so so yes 302 334
W8l yes yes yes yes yes yes 19 W50HG6 so so so so yes 480 526
W8lG2 yes yes yes yes yes yes 28 W50HG9 yes
W8lG3 yes yes yes yes yes 37 W50HGl2 yes

> Motor times given for 60-Hz ope rati on . Add 20% more time for 50·Hz operation .

National stock numbers are listed at th e back of the catalog .

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 225
W2 Variac® Autotransformer
Ba"ic data for single section:
Input 120 V,50t060 Hz
Output as % of input Ot0117%
Rated Current 2.4 A
Maximum Current 3.1 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 3.5W
Number of Turns 403
DC Resistance of Winding 10.35 n
Drive Torque (ounce-inches) 5 to 10
Replacement Brush VB-1

Dimensions Ganged Uncased Dimensions Ganged Cased

Dimensions Types W2 and W2M Types W2G2 and W2G3 Types W2G2M and W2G3M

3 Mig Holes 10-32 On

~
5 .!.*~ 2t Bolt Circle
~ l ~3~----;-1 Uncased Model (/2 Dio
1r-- 2~;H/ Holes In Panell

r--I~-o~-:c: -----..
" ' ( 0,0-120
1 \
0
\
1I 2~4
! I
I -I -- o-t~ 1+ I 3-1
I l \ 4 1120.! 1.---1 (' 41.*
t___ ~_~~__oj~
. For Cased Model
~ ,~-.l l
~~ii~
\
4 Mtg Holes. Clearance
For 410 Screw On Cased
Model ($2 Dio Holes In Rlnell
~DiQ ~R ~Dio iR Dia Dial Plote 3 Oia Oiol Plate
,..o:.~~~ Ponel Drilling
3 Dia Dial Plate
i r-o:¥l0"'\ Ponel Drilling
120o~; ) 120" Fc.>r Shof t And
Oia Shoft ~ Dia Shoft
120o~ ;~,h20Cl For Shoft And Dio Shoft
Dia Shoft On Boil- Bearing ~ Dia Shaft On Boli-Beoring
\. /? ' / 0101 Plate
.31 Drill~ Dial Plate ~ Cia Shaft On Bali-Bearing Models #:31 Drill -~ Models Models

W5 Variac® Autotransformer
Basic data for single section: W5 W5L W5H
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 120 V, 60 Hz 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Output as % of input Ot0117% o to 100% o to 117%
Rated Current 6A 8.5 A 2A
Maximum Current 7.8 A 11 A 2.6 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 9W 12 W 9W
Number of Turns 293 235 590
DC Resistance of Winding 1.85 n 0.92 n 17 n
Drive Torque (ounce-inches) 10 to 20 10 to 20 10 to 20
Replacement Brush VB-2 VB-2 VB-1

Dimensions Types W5, W5L, W5M, Dimensions Ganged (Uncased) Dimensions Ganged Cased
W5LM, W5MT, W5MT3, W5LMT3, Types W5G2, W5G3, W5HG2, Types W5G2M, W5G3M, W5HG2M,
W5H, W5HM, and W5HMT W5HG3, W5LG2 and W5LG3 W5HG3M, W5LG2M, and W5LG3M

3 G:n~xl:~el
,
ilrr:
,
i6
r4~ ~
I I '~
Mo, Pooe:
3 Gong 12"4
2
~ ;t@ If. I
r r r2* ~
6 i 3~ -:i

~~ IIII '~ Isll1 , ----jI i32~

3
I Ii

--r:r
g 32 L Gong ej
!O~I r~[]JC) rO---I--f } '-==[1
3
3,
L ::J
r0
I 0
l
-@
I
+JJ ---.l~
41- 3~
l
~ --J f~III -O--'- :I- -f-I
l~ .
-<=-~! I
1--.l5i
~.
i2 Die IU!!
21 --+-1 32
11DI
321.-+-21
'
1-2.!....j
~
f,DI?R]:
21 32
:~ I
32 U - 21 (
)f-------~; '='-J
32 32 j2 32
4 Mig Holes 10-32
(n Dio Holes In Po .en
4 Mig Holes 10-32
(iz Oia Holes In Ponel)
Model (fz Dio Holes In Pcnel)
iDlo / iR ~Dio /~R ~Dia iR
f'<"¥o-'\ Ponel Drilling 4 010 Dial Plote ('O,: "¥o1 Panel Drilling 4 Dio Dial Plote ,....O(~~"" Panel Drilling
120"\.: . ) 120 0 For Shof1 A,d i DioShoft 1200~. ) 120 0 F~r Shaft And ~ Oio Shoft 120o~ ; )1200 For Shoft And
"31 Drjlt~
: D~o Diol Plote
*31 Drill~ Dial Plate *3IDrill"<V 0101 Plote Dial Plate 8010 Shoft

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

226 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 W8 Variac® Autotransformer
Basic data for single section: W8 W8L
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 120V,60Hz
Output as % of input o to 117% Oto 100%
Rated Current 8.5 A 10 A
Maximum Current 11 A 13 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 12 W 12 W
Number o-f Turns 236 184
DC Resistance of Winding 1 n. 0.5 n.
Drive Torque {ounce-inches} 10 to 20 10 to 20
Replacement Brush VB-3 VB-3

Dimensions Ganged
Types W8G2, W8G3, W8LG2,
Dimensions Types W8 and W8L and W8LG3

!Oio ~R *31 Drill

!o-:\~~ Ponel Drilling 4 Dia 0101 Plote
1200\J~)JI20° For Shoft And 4 010 Dial Plole
"0" ~ 0101 Plole ~ Dia Shoft ~ Ole Shaft
Engraving ~ Max Enqroving

W10 Variac® Autotransformer

Basic data for single section: W10 W10H
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Output as % of Input o to 117% o to 117%
Rated Cu rrent 10 A 4A
Maximum Current 13 A 5.2 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 17 W 17W
Number of Turns 212 430
DC Resistance of Winding 0.58 n. 4.85.n
Drive Torque {ounce-inches} 15 to 30 15 to 30
Replacement Brush VBT-10 VBT-11

Dimensions Types W10, W10M, Dimensions Ganged Uncased Dimensions Cased Types W10G2M,
W10MT, W10MT3, W10H, W10HM, Types W10G2, W10G3, W10HG2, W10G3M, W10HG2M, and
W10HMT, and W10HMT3. and W10HG3 W10HG3M

Molt Ponel
1
2 Hlii
3
r9i6
11 _ _ _ --1
3 Goo 14~ I l,fs r4~=-:t ~

4-

, .
!'jC]0I
..

~o
2 Gong 9, .

0 [
I I ,"__-,=~.I
,0"
._
U
I t~l
-0-1--f- r

~ __ ~ ___J ~i
1"
:-'"

.-010!.! !..! (

4 Mig Holes *-28

Ii 16 '6 Ii \ I
4 MtO Holes .. -28
(12 010 Holes In Panel)
~DjO /~R *
4 Mig Holes, Clearance
For 010 Screw On C~ed
Model (rzOia Holes In Por. .=!O ijOiO ,iR
(1 Dio Holes In Ponel)
r-0~\~o"" Ponel Drilling ro~\~o1 Panel Drilling
120., \..<f» 120° For Shoff and StOia 0101 Ptole 1200\..<f')1200 For Shoft and 5i Dia Dial Plote 5i Dio Dial Plate
*31 Drjll~ 0101 Plote t Dia Shoft --.AI?- / 0101 Plate j Dia Shoft i Oia Shoft
*31 Drill ...............

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 227

W20 Variac® Autotransformer
Basic data for single section: W20 W20H
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Output as % of Input o to 117% o to 117%
Rated Current 20 A 8A
Maximum Current 26A 10.4 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 27 W 27 W
Number of Turns 169 339
DC Resistance of Winding 0.21 .!1 1.6.!1
Drive Torque (ounce-inches) 45 to 90 45 to 90
Replacement Brush VBT·8 VBT-12

Dimensions Types W20, W20M, Dimensions Ganged Uncased Dimensions Ganged Cased
W20MT3, W20H, W20HM and Types W20G2, W20G3, W20HG2 Types W20G2M, W20G3M,
W20HMT3. and W20HG3 W20HG2M, and W20HG3M

, n"
r r~
Moll. Ponel"2 'i r l2ii
3 Gong 13~ I 6~
I" iii
ro---l'---i. '5\1
2Gon9 9! 1

T~LWoI
61. r~ I 6~
• 0 '" -0-1-+- 1
I l~ ---.l
~1fO
:t0io
Ii
1.1
16
°tJiIi
!.!.
I. \
f

~----y '==--l
\
I
9

4 MIg Holes, Clearonce For 4MIg Holes ;-28 4 Mtg Holes "4 -28
* For Cased Model
~ Dia Screw On Cased Model (12 Dia Holes In Pane l) (! Dio Holes In Ponell
iOlo /:iR (~DiO HOles In Ponel) jOio I~R IDio ~R
t 01fo~ Ponel Drilling r-o~¥o'1 Pone I Drilling 7 Dia Dial Plote f"o:'¥'o"\, Panel Drilling
1200~1'~120D For Shoft And 7 Cia Dial Plote 120o~i~ 120. For Shoft And 120·~ I ~120· For Shaft And -; D~o Dial Plole
*3J Drill ~ Oiol Plole ~ Dia Shaft *31 Orill~ Dial Plote i Cia Shoft .31 Orill~ Dial Plole r 010 Shaft

W30 Variac® Autotransformer

Basic data for single section: W30 W30H
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Output as % of Input o to 117% Oto 117%
Rated Current 30 A 12 A
Maximum Current 36A 15.6 A
No-Load Loss at 60 Hz 35W 35W
Number of Turns 184 367
DC Resistance of Winding 0.14.!1 1.17 .!1
Drive Torque (ounce-inches) 50 to 100 50 to 100
Replacement Brush VBT·13 VBT-14

Dimensions Ganged Uncased Dimensions Ganged Cased Types

Types W30G2, W30G3, W30G4, W30G2M,W30G3M,W30G4M,
Dimensions Types W30, W30M, W30G6, W30HG2, W30HG3, W30G6M,W30HG2M,W30HG3M,
W30H, and W30HM W30HG4, and W30HG6 W30HG4M, and W30HG6M

[
14'''~
3 Mig Holes i-16 On :~~: 2~A~r--T t
3 Gong 14i7 I loi

F ~ I • 'h 1f~ ~
8.000 Boll Circle For
I~ l rial ~ / Uncosed Model Dio(i 2 GonQ 9e I . I ll. 8.1
11 8t 1 Holes In Ponel) Mo, Pon.1 t
or lo

~ ~
r---.~ ~ ---~~,~
, I· I • .1----, 1
I
, -
,M07 ' 1 8tI
I

t~
-0+-0 - ,-
I~I II
10 ei- :: : ·ill ~elt I
l ~- -o ~
L__ ~ __ ~~_J~
1--5--11,
~ Dio
1
Ifl I
0'

~
1
0'
~O--,-~
~
IHI 1'6 I~
~5'!.l 4 Mig Holes, Clearonee FOf 4 Mig Holes 1-16
i Die Screw On C<Md Model (~Dio Holes In Panel)
i Dia JiR * For Cased Model Iq,o;o Hoi., In ~II -lDi.o jiR iDio ,1tR
,. .........-V)'-.. '" Panel Drilling ~1 f Panel Drilling r-r-:::~01 Panel Drilling
120"" ~)120" For Shaft And
7 Dio Dial Plate 1200\?f) 120 0 For Shoff And 7 Dio 0.01 Plole 120 0 , ~ 12o- For Shaft And 7Dio Dial Plole
*31 Drill~ Dial Plate t Dia Shaft .31 Orill~ Dial Plole i 0'0 Shoft .31 Drill~ Dial Plate ~ Oio Shaft

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

228 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 W50 Variac® Autotransformer
Basic data for single section : W50 W50H
Input 120 V, 50 to 60 Hz 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Output as % of Input o to 117% o to 117%
Rated Cu rrent 50 A 25A
Maximum Current 50 A 32.5 A
No-Load LosS at 60 Hz 50W 50 W
Number of Turns 186 294
DC Resistance of Winding 0 .08.n 0.3.n
Drive Torque {ounce-inches} 150 to 300 150 to 300
Replacement Brush VBT-6 VBT-7

Dimensions Ganged Uncased Dimensions Ganged Cased Types

Types W50G2, W50G3, W50G4, W50G2M,W50G3M,W50G4M,
Dimensions Types W50, W50M, W50G6, W50HG2, W50HG3, W50G6M,W50HG2M,W50HG3M,
W50H and W50HM W50HG4 and W50HG6 W50HG4M, and W50HG6M

~ ~::: ~~;df'~
I 2 Gang 142

" IffJ~rI rEi) ~'O'~Ji

I, I ~

'.,il
1::": '2,2-:}
'

"'t
jiO"
I,

'Ill , ,DI
; I

l~ -T-- ~ ) : t'
1.6 1 ..1
12l

1~-lJ ~I£ 4
4Mtg Holes ~-16
i Dia ~R <M- Oio Holes In Panel) ~D io ~R
f'o::-~~,"" Pone l Dri lli ng r-o-:'¥o1 Pane l Dri lling
120"" , ) 120" For Shoft And 7 o io Dial Plate IZO o \., ~ 120o For Shott And
.. 31 Drill~::/ Dial Plote ~ 010 Shoft .31 Orill~ Dio l Plote

M-Series Variac® Autotransformer

Basic data for single section : M2 M5 M10 M20
Input 120 V, 350 to 1200 Hz 120 V, 350 to 1200 Hz 120 V, 350 to 1200 Hz 120 V, 350 to 1200 Hz
Output as % of Input o to 117% o to 117% o to 117% o to 117%
Rated Current 2.4A 6A 10 A 20 A
Maximum Current 3.1 A 7 .8 A 13 A 26 A
No-Load Loss at 400 Hz 3.5 W 9W 17 W 27 W
Number of Turns 403 294 212 169
DC Resistance of Winding 6 .25.n 1.2.n 0 .36.n 0.15.n
Drive Torque {ounce-inches} 5 to 10 10 to 20 15 to 30 45 to 90
Replacement Brush VB-1 VB-2 VBT-10 VBT·8

Dimensions Type M Variacs

p Dio Shafl

""""""'GK"
~.
TYPE A B D E G .I K N P R T V W
MZ 2 11A," 3 1A" 2%" 1%" 'Ys" 1 V.," I" ¥ll" 'Ys" %" 1/2 ' 10·32
M5 2 11/.,- 4'12" 3%" 2lA" 'Ys" 1 V.," I ¥Is" Vi," 'Ys" %" 1/2 " 10-32

~A~
MID 3'l1," 5%" 4%" 2¥8" 1/2" 1 "II," 1 ¥t," Yt." '12" %" %" lA -28
120'_
w MZD 3%" 7'12" 6lA" 3%" '12" 1 '12" 1%" VI," lh" 15/US " %" lA-28
r R '""'"
f"o-::-d 1iJ Panel Drilling
'20·\J~120· Fo' Sholl Aod
• 31 Orill~ Diol Plote

"l7
Dimensions Type M Ganged Variacs TYPE A B D E G J K N R T V X Y
MZGZ 51~" 3lA" 2%" 1%" %" I'll," I" 'lI," %"
'12" 10-32 3" 'Ys"
, ~:~:o,,'
12Go,. A I
J
I
K
r- B
N11+ Di l
~ MZG3 8%," 3 1A" 2%" 1%" 'Ys" 1V.," I" '12" 10-32
'Il," %" 3" 'Ys"
5 15hz" 4'12" 3 34" 2lA" 'Ys" 1 V.," 1 ¥t," 'Il," o/a" '12" 10-32 4" 'Ys"
~
M5GZ

~
i:@::n
'OO.=U
MSGJ
Ml0G2
8 11hz" 4'12" 3%" 21A"
6 UIlo" 5 3A" 4%" 2¥s"
'Ys" 1 11," 1 ¥t," 'lI," %" '12" 10-32
'12" 1 'II," 1 ¥t," ~," %" o/a" lA-28
4" 'Ys"
5'12" '12"
TR~.310riU ~ E -l M10GJ lOlA" 5%" 4%" 2%" '12" 1 ¥t," 1 ¥I," ~," %" o/a" lA-28 5 '12" '12'
,..o::~X.onel Drilltn~ 4 Mig Holes V MZOGZ 7 ¥t," 7'12" 6lA" 3 3A" '12" 1 '12" 1 %" ~," ll1l1" %" lA-28 7" - 1/2 "
120·~ I ) 200 For Shaff And X Dia Dial Plole
~ Dial Plate y Oia S hoft MZOGJ 10%" 7'12" 6 1A" 3%" '12" 1'12" 1%" ~," ll1l," %" lA -28 7" '12"

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 229
 Wiring Diagrams
Note: A = line-voltage connection, B = overvoltage connection, C = vc. u ne 10
(terminals 6 and 7 exist on H models only).

Single phase, single unit;

if ground ltsa conn
lOW loao terminal. Single phase, two gang; parallel wired.

LINE

LOW
(GROUND)
=-:--~---o} LOAO

Single phase, two gang; series wired,

Single phase, four gang; parallel wired.

UNE
UNE

r
I
)
I
I
I
I I
I I Z
7

LOW
(GROUND)
____- _----<}LDAD
~
C..J )
B-...J I
{ A--.J
/

230 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS

Wiring Diagrams
Note: A e·.. .. r.r> ~ UII, D ,.. overvoltage connection, C = voltage-doubling connection
(terminals 6 and 7 exist on H models only).

Three phase, three gang; wye. Three phase, six gang; open delta.
A- - - - - - - - - - 4
8-----------
{
C----------

NEUTRAL
LINE
r--~}LOAD

/
/
/
/
/ /
/ / /
C - - - - - - - - - ---./ / //
{
8------------./ /
A--------------'

Three phase, two gang; open delta.

LOAD

LINE ---1----O}~"
r 7
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I 2
C...J I
B-J I
{ A __ J

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 231

 W50-P1 Parallelling Choke

Many of the Variac® autotransformers listed on the

preceding pages are indicated to require one or more
Type W50-Pl Chokes. This unit is used when two or more
autotransformer outputs are to be connected in parallel;
it prevents the flow of potentially damaging currents from
one unit to the other. Instructions for proper intercon-
necting are included with each unit.
Catalog
Description Number
W50-P1 Choke 3150-5016

Replacement Brushes
Occasionally, as a result of accident or excessive wear Catalog
Description Number
or current, it may be necessary to replace the autotrans-
former's carbon brush or brushes. They may be ordered VBT-10 Brush, forMlO, WlO 3200-5910
from the table below. VBT·11 Brush, for WlOH 3200·5911
VBT-8 Brush Set, for M20, W20 3200-5908
Catalog
Description Number VBT-12 Brush Set, for W20H 3200-5912
VBT·13 Brush Set, for W30 3200-5913
VB·1 Brush, for M2, W2, W5H 3200·5901 VBT-14 Brush Set, for W30H 3200·5914
VB-2 Brush, for M5, W5, W5L 3200·5900 VBT-6 Brush Set, for W50 3200·5906
VB-3 Brush, for WB, WBL 3200·5923 VBT-7 Brush Set, for W50H 3200·5907

Careful overloading of a Variac® autotransformer can expectancy of 7 years. If their surroundings will be
take advantage of many design trade-ofts. cooler, or cooled, and/or you don't need long life expec-
For example, the current ratings of all models assume tancy, overloading is practical. These trade-ofts are dis-
trouble-free operation 24 hours a day, day after day. If a cussed below.
Variac is to be used only 2 hours or less per day, signifi- Also, if the load is frequently switched on and oft, the
cantly more than rated current can be drawn for that short duty ratio of that cycle can permit enough cooling during
period. Figure 1 illustrates how up to 1Otimes the normal the off time to allow intentional overloading. A detailed
rating can be realized. discussion of this consideration appears below.
Normal ratings of the Variacs are based on operations Finally, certai n types of load permit the Variac rati ng to
at an ambient temperature of 50°C and an average life be increased, as reflected in Variac specifications.

100 MAXIMUM

~ /
CUlIlIENr
\ I
C> 90
~ PERMISSIBLE VARIAC ca
Z
>=
~ 80
/ ....
AUTOTRANSFORMER
LOAD

--
,

--
V-- --
"
~

i I -~
:/ -IIArEO
CUlIlIENr

..
70
~TUNGSTEN
X
~ 60
LAMP LOAD
/
lL
o
~ 50
/ V
w
u
a:
~ 40
I
I
V
~ V
v<
... 30
z LINEAR (CONSTANT IMPEDANCE) LOAD
w
a:
a: 20
:::>
u
~ 10
V
...a..
:::>
o 00
V 10 20 30 40 ~o 60 70 80 90 100
OUTPUT VOLTAGE AS PERCENT OF INPUT

Figure 3. Typical load-current curves.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

232 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS
 Match the Variac to the load To enable the user to get Effect of duty cycle When the duty-cycle operation is
the most out of a Variac autotransformer, GenRad continuous, the rating should be determined as follows:
specifies the current rating with two different numbers, The duty-cycle ratio is defined as the ratio of "off-plus-on"
rated current and maximum current. Briefly, remember time to "on" time; the rated current can be multiplied by
that maximum current can be drawn from the auto- the square root ofthis ratio to obtain the allowable uprated
transformer only when the output voltage is set near line current. The following examples will illustrate the calcula-
voltage. Rated current, on the other hand, can be drawn at tion of permissible overloads for the W5 model, whose
any setting of the Variac and is the only rating applicable rated current is 6 amperes.
when the overvoltage connection of the Variac is em- Example 1: The load is on for 15 seconds out of every
ployed. 4 minutes (240 seconds).
The two ratings exist because there are two basic
categories of load (linear and nonlinear) and because the
Variac cannot supply as much current at a mid-range duty cycle = V 240
15
= 4
setti ng as it can near the extremes without overheati ng.
In Figure 3, the sagging dashed line plots the reduction in duty-cycle uprated current = 6 A x 4 = 24 A
the current capacity at mid-range. With an output of 50% From Figure 1, a 15-second overload uprates the cur-
of line voltage, the greatest current is flowing through the rent by 500% so that
Variac winding causing the greatest heating. The straight short-term overload current = 6 A x 5 = 30 A
black line shows the current that a well-behaved
constant-impedance load will draw through the Variac as Since the lower rating takes precedence , the 24-A
the voltage is decreased from maximum. Note that, even lim itation imposed by the duty ratio is the maximum cur-
though maximum current is drawn at maximum voltage , rent permissible. Note , on the overload curve of Figure 1,
the Iine stays well below the reduced capacity level at m id- the lower curve must be used for models with built-in
range. Typical of this kind of load is a heating element. fuses.
Unfortunately, all loads don't behave so well, incan- Example 2: The load is on for 6 seconds out of each
descent lights in particular. They react to a decreasing minute (60 seconds) over a duration of one-half hour.
voltage much as shown by the curved solid line . The
current they draw drops very little even as the voltage is duty cycle =~ = 3.16
cut to 50% of maximum . If a load of this type is permitted
to draw maximum current at maximum voltage, it will short-term overload for 30 minutes = 133%
obviously exceed the Variac capacity at mid-range, caus- from duty-cycle and 30-minute short-term overload
ing overheating and reduced life . A Variac with larger considerations:
current capacity must be chosen so the load will not uprated current = 6 A x 3.16 x 1.33 = 24.6 A
exceed its rated current and thus remain within bounds at
mid-range. short-term overload current = 6 A x 7.25 = 42.7 A
So, for many loads, the maximum current rating per- Since the lower rating takes precedence, the 24.6-A
mits greater performance without risk, while for other limitation imposed by the duty-cycle and 30-minute
common loads , the rated current specification is a short-term overload is the maximum current permissible .
necessary guard against overheating. To limit the speci- A trade off-life vs increased rating When the effects
fication to but one number would mean either unneces- of temperature upon rating and upon insulation life are
sary caution or undesirable risk; neither wou Id perm it fu II combined, a new life-load-ambient relationship is ob-
utilization of the Variac capability. tained; Figure 4 illustrates this relationship.

200

180
~ ...........
......
160 Figure 4. Life-load-ambient curve.
"-
140 "-
"J-...,
120 1 - NOR ..... L DERATING PotNT + SO C
PERCEN T
I "'-.,
NORM. L
RAT ING
100

80
100

" \0
"'" ."' NORMAL RATING

60 10 ""
00 40 "' \.
20 20 \
I \
0.10 9 10 20 '0 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 10 0 150 10
0.219 0+ to 20 '0 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 " 0 140 2)(10 3
0. 43 8 10 - 0 + 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 4)( 10 3
O.87~ 20 10 0+ to 20 '0 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 8)(10 3
1.75 20 10 o + 20 00 16)(10 3
NOR.....L} 3.'
'0
40 30 20 10
10
0 + 10 '"
20 30
.0
40
60
'0
70
60
80
ro
90
80
100
90
11 0
100 32.'0 3
IInNlMUM 7 >0 00 30 20 10 o + 10 20 40 70
LIFE 10
28
60
70
.0
60
40
50
30
00
20 10 o + to
10 o +
""
20 30
'0
40
60
>0 60
10
70
90
80
54XtO
128XI0 3
30 20 10 20 30 40 >0 60 70 256)( to
56 80 70 60 >0 40 30 20 10 - 0 + 10 20 30 40 >0 60 512XIO
112 90 90 70 60 >0 40 30 20 10 o + to 20 30 40 .0 1.024)( 10

MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE MI NIMUM

LIFE-YEARS DEGREES CENTIGRADE LIFE - HOURS

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 233

 Except for a reference to the effects of duty cycle, all Consider, for example, three heater elements, each
previous rating methods have been based on a steady- rated at 1.4 kVA and 240 V, which are connected in a
state, 24-hours-a-day operation for a calculated delta configuration as in Figure 5a. To deliver full power,
minimum seven-year life. However, with these data one they must be connected , through a Variac to provide
can trade minimum life for increased rating or vice-versa. control, to a 240-V line. The current each Variac must
You can do this by following the life-load-ambient curve supply, I!oad, is...j3 times larger than the currel1t in each
and uprating or derating as desired. It should be noted element to a delta load:
that the limit of ten times rated current should never,
under any circumstance, be exceeded. _ h 1400 (VA)
As another example, consider the W5 model previously Iload = v3 240 V = 10.1 A
described. In this case, the rating is further modified by a
requirement of a 4000-hour minimum life at a 30°C In the table of 3-phase, 240-V models, the first model
ambient temperature: listed with adequate "maximum current" rating is the
Uprating for 30°C ambient, 4000-hour life 1.65 W20HG2 . It has two drawbacks, however: It cannot sup-
Duty cycle x 4 ply overvoltage output (since that means limiting the
output to the "rated current" value), and it is not the
Resultant uprating factor 6.60 most economical selection . The WBG3 Variac is consid-
W5 rating x 6 A erably less expensive but cannot supply overvoltage
Allowable current from duty cycle 39.6 A either, for a different reason: It must be wired in a wye
configuration in which the maximum voltage allowed,
Uprating for 30°C ambient, 4000-hour life 1.65 140 V, will be applied to each unit in the assembly, thus
15-second short-term overload factor x 5 preventing added voltage from being developed for the
Resultant uprating B.25 load. To get over-voltage capability, find, inthetable, the
W5 rating x 6 A next model that is wired in an open delta and has
adequate "maximum current" rating: The W30HG2. A
Allowable current from short-term overload 49.5 A quick look at larger open-delta assemblies confirms that
Since 39.6 is the smaller, it is the limiting value; thus this is the least expensive choice.
the allowable current is 39.6 amperes. Now consider three heater elements, each rated at 1.0
Three-phase load calculations If the three-phase-Ioad kVA and 120 V, which are connected in a wye as in Figure
un it is marked with rated line-voltage and current or load- 5b. To deliver full power, each element must have 120 V
power (kVA), you can easily select a Variac. applied. Since the line voltage across a wye is...j3 times
If, however, the ratings are known only for the indi- that across each arm, the needed line voltage is 20B V.
vidual three elements of the load, you must do some Each arm will draw 1000 VA/120 V or B.3 A from each
figuri ng to arrive at the va Iues needed to use the se lection Variac. From the specifications for 3-phase units, select
tables. the W5LG3 as having adequate "maximum current"
rating. However, the W5LG3 cannot supply over-voltage.
If you want the overvoltage feature, you need a WBG3,
based on its rated current.
Note that the configuration, open-delta or wye, of the
load and the Variac do not have to match.
I LOAO---
Voltage doubling In normal use, a Variac supplies an
3:]f1I~

=u
output of from 0 to line voltage (or slightly higher when the
overvoltage connection is used). On the 240-V (H) models,
l a provision has been made to apply 120 V and get a
0-to-2BO-V output. This step-up of 2.33 is accomplished
by the application of the high side of the line to either
o. b. terminal 6 or 7 on the input of the Variac .
VUNE ' V~ VUNE • ./3 Vy
Because of the step-up action, the current in the "pri-
mary" of the autotransformer is approximately twice the
I LOAD ' ./3I~ ILOAO' Iv
output (brush) current rather than equal to the brush
kVAlPHASE = V~ x I~ kVAlPHASE = VyX Iy current as it is in the normal connection. Therefore the
TOTAL kVA =3(kVAlPHASEI =.j3 X VUNE X ILOAO
permissible load current is one half the standard rating
for the unit. For example , the rated current for a W20H is
4 A for a 240-V input and 0-to-2BO-V output. But for a
Figure 5. Three-element heater loads. 120-V input and 0-to-240-Voutput, the rated current for
the same unit is only 2 A.

234 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS

 a an e o e d"us me
The Variac®autotransformer is inherently a wide-range into a 50-A load? The maximum voltage required across
device. If the required range of voltage adjustment is the secondary of the fixed transformer is 120 - 96 = 24
narrow, it can most effectively be used with a supplemen- V. This would occur when it receives the full voltage (120
tary transformer (available from any power-transformer V) from the Variac . Hence the turns ratio of the fixed
manufacturer) having a ratio determined by the ratio of transformer is 241120 = 1/5. The current in the secon-
the normal Variac autotransformer range to the required dary is the load current (50 A). Therefore the current in
range of adjustment. In this way the whole traverse is the primary is 50Adivided bytheturnsratioor lOA. This
used to effect the necessary adjustment, improving reso- would require a Variac rated at 10 A and 120 V, i.e ., a
lution and multiplying the available current by the trans- W10.
formation ratio of the supplementary transformer. Such By the reversal of the connections on the primary or
narrow-range operation generally falls into one of two secondary of the fixed transformer, the phase of its vol -
classifications, low voltage or line voltage. tage "",ill be reversed and its output will boost rather than
I n the low-voltage case, either an isolation transformer buck the line voltage so that the voltage across the load
or a fixed-ratio autotransformer can be used as shown in will be 120 to 144 V.
Figure 6. It is interesting to note that the supplementary Where the regulated line is always high or always low ,
transformer in this example allows the use of a unit of an autotransformer can also be used as shown in Figures
about l/20th the current rating that would be required 8 and 9. In the step-down case, the transformation ratio
where the load operated directly from the autot- allows a 6-A unit to control a load of 6 x 13 x 120 = 9.4
ransformer. Furthermore, the resolution or fineness of kVA; in the step-up case, 6 x 11 x 120 = 7.9 kVA.
adjustment is greatly improved by two factors-the con- BuckAND Boost Asimilar problem is thatof being able
trol range is spread over the whole traverse and the both to increase or decrease the voltage from the nominal
smaller Variac has more turns per volt. line-voltage input. This can be accomplished by the circuit
Line-Voltage Adjustment in Figure 10. The problem in this case is to provide a
Buck OR Boost For many applications a lower-rated variable voltage of 110 to 130 Vat 50 A from a 120-V
model can be used in conjunction with other transformers supply.
to provide better resolution at lower or equal cost. The The voltage needs to be varied ± 10 V and we have 0 to
following examples represent a few of the many pos- 120 V or ±60 V available. Therefore a 6: 1 fixed trans-
sibilities . former is required, having a primary rating of 60 V and
If the application requires that the voltage should be 8 .3 A (50 A/6) and a secondary rating of 10 V and 50 A.
varied ±30% or less, one of the best solutions is probably The Variac would be a W10 specially ordered with a
to use a buck or boost transformer in conjunction with a center tap.
Variac, as shown in Figure 7. In such a configuration the This technique can be extended so that you can obtain
load voltage is equal to the line voltage plus or minus the a constant voltage output from a varying input. For exam-
voltage across the fixed-turn-ratio transformer. ple, if the input varies from 110 to 130 V and it is desired
For example: What size fixed transformer and Variac to maintain an output of 120 V into 50-A load, then the
are necessary to provide 96 to 120 V from a 120-V line circuit of Figure 11 can be employed.

VARIAC 40
AUTOTRANSFORMER CURRENT : m' 2.2 A
/ LRATI0 . 1~~'19
lie} ~o.."
LINE LINE

III~
120V 120-130V

~--------~----~
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER STEP-DOWN

Figure 6. Low-voltage output. Figure 7. Line-voltage output. Figure 8. Step-down circuit for high line
voltage

RATIO ; 12~1 ~IO • II

/

,l
LL
110-120V
LOAD

i STEP- UP
J
Figure 9. Step-up circuit for low line voltage. Figure 10. Overvoltage output. Figure 11. Constant-voltage output.

VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS 235

 STEP-DOWN 240-V VARIAC STEP-UP
550
240 V 1 AUTOTRANSFORMER 240 V
[55D
20-A
VARIAC AUTOTRANSFORMER 10'1 TRANSFORMER

f]111~IIIG~' 20-A
LOAD

Figure 12. Line-voltage adjustment circuit when line and load Figure 13. Line-voltage adjustment with a coarse/fine control.
voltages are beyond the range of the Variac autotransformer.

The 110-V input requires an addition of 10 V, and the secondary rating would be 10 V at 50 A. The proper
130-V input requires a subtraction of 10 V. If we arbitrar- Variac to use would be a WI0 with a tap at the 0.458
i Iy assign the fixed transformer a ratio of r then the output position.
from the Variac wi II be 10r in volts. If the Variac is center Where the line and load voltages are vastly dissimilar
tapped, the maximum available voltage would be 55 V for from the Variac operating voltage, a Variac unit or assem-
a 1l0-V input and 65 Vfor a 130-V input. The Variac can bly may be inserted between transformers as shown in
be tapped on special order so that 130 n = 110 (1-n), Figure 12_ The transformers may be either isolation
where n is the location of the tap as a ratio of the total transformers, as shown, or autotransformers. There is, of
winding. In this example, n is equal to 551120 or 0.458. course, no current gain in th is case. I n fact, current rating
In the case of 240-V systems, H models have a tap at the of the Variac autotransformers must be 55124 of the
0.429 position (120 V1280 V), and this tap satisfies load-current requirement.
most requirements without necessitating a special order. Two Variac autotransformers can be combined with a
In the example, the voltage available from the Variac supplementary transformer to give a coarse/fine control
would be 0.458 x 65 V = 60.8 V. Since a 10-V correc- as shown in Figure 13. The two-ampere model and
tion is required, the buck-boost transformer ratio should supplementary transformer make an effective vernier ad-
be 6: 1, its primary rating would be 61 Vat 8.3 A, and its justment.

236 VARIAC® ADJUSTABLE AUTOTRANSFORMERS

 General
Parts
Counter
Scaler

Binding-Posts

Methods of Connection

== Q
Banana plug
stabilized
Shoulder
by ~ m
when fully inserted. T F o r metal ·top
binding post only.
i-
Q
~I Spade terminal' Clamps

I
Standard Plug enters Slender
telephone tip with l,i" throat all wire sizes
binding post body
assurin g contact even '
. alligator clip will clamp II up to No. 1'1
fits inside jacktop under nut. ~ without cutting.
when nut IS loose. of all binding
,
. . . . posts.

Mechanical Details
CAPTIVE FLUTED 1/4"SQUARE ANTI- TIN-COATED ~
~?ELi~~~r:6EI~OL/
LOWED N~TS ~om~I~~tL SOLDE;IN~;I:;ET f-
J :
CLAMP

1/4
#6-32

STUD,,#
~ ,':7.

5/3210
10

'
I Ij
11/16 ~~~d-==~i_HOLE
!-1/8MAX
i--5/8.j
Jt!j) ~
Jl "lit!

0105/8.(') ~ /:~15/16 METAL OR ~%~ °6~

~ ~ ~ INSULATING I l IlM
~ 1/4 ~ ~\ Q PANELS 16 8
~ 5/32 to ~
~ ~ ~ ~ 6-32~t0:0~4 OIA
3/8" 12-POINT
9/16 J44 OIA 15/16 9/32D1A BOX WRENCHES CAN
@~ @~ *27DRILL @~ @~ 5/8 '321-- BE USED
1/4"SQUARE ANTI-
ROTATIONAL SOCKET
Locking keys in %-inch mounting holes can be omitted if only moderate resistance to rotation is needed.

PARTS 237
 and gold-plated copper for high conductivity and low ther-
38 -nding Posts mal emf with connection to copper wires. Both styles are
available with either metal or insulated tops designed for
easy hand-tightening, or 3A3-in., 12-point wrenches can be
• wide selection
used for more permanent connections. The polycarbon-
• gold-plated copper for low thermal emf or ate insulation has high insulation resistance and low
nickel-plated brass for economy dissipation factor and is available in red and black, for
color coding.
• four colors in metal and plastic
These binding posts can be mounted on metal or non-
• excellent electrical characteristics conducting panels of any thickness up to 0.32 in. (8 mm).
There is 0.52-in. clearance between panel insulators
when binding posts are mounted at standard spacing,
0.75 in. (19 mm) between centers. Mechanical details
and methods of connection are shown in the drawings.
Jack-top The hollow binding post doubles as a ba-
nana jack, allowing secure connection even while the nut
is loose or clamped onto a wire. The binding post has the
same height above a panel as the nonlocking GR874®
coaxial connector, the center contact of which will also
function as a banana jack. Therefore, a grounded bind-
ing post spaced 0.75 in. from a GR874 connector makes
a useful combination that will receive either a GR874
connector or a 274-MB double banana plug.
Versatility There is practically universal compatibility
The excellent electrical properties and ingenious me- among the banana plugs and jacks in the 274-,777-, and
chanical design of the GR 938 Binding Posts provide all 938-series and adaptors such as 874-MB, -02, -010, and
the properties needed for modern electronic instruments. 900-09. Contact resistance, plug to jack, is typically
Two styles are available: Nickel-plated brass for economy, about 1 mil.

Binding Posts
Jack-top binding posts, with top nuts for the primary clamp-
ing function, with mounting nuts and washers, but without
panel insulators or toothed spacers. Gold-plated copper or
nickel-plated brass.
Mechanical: NET WEIGHT: 938-A, -H, -K, 0.4 oz (11 g); -C,
-0, 0.3g (9 g); -G, 0.55 oz (16g). Catalog
Description Number
938 Binding Posts:
938-H Black top, copper 0938-9708
938-K Red top, copper 0938-9711 -G -A
938·G Metal top, copper 0938·9707
938·C B lack top, brass 0938-9733
938-0 Red top, brass 0938-9734
938-A Metal top, brass 0938-9731
"
Binding-Post Accessories
Shorting link conveniently makes a direct short circuit be-
tween binding posts at standard spacing; remains semi-
captive when swung around for open circuit. Panel insulators
or toothed spacers convert any of the plain binding posts to
insulated or uninsulated (panel-grounded) assemblies, respec- -L -BB -VB -F
tively. Use insulators on both front and rear of panel, spacers
on front only. Insulators have interdigitating bosses, for pan- 938 Accessories:
els 0 to 0.32 (8 mm) thick. Double insulators hold pairs of 938-LG Shorting link, gold-plated brass 0938·9503
binding posts at 0.75-in. (standard) spacing. Both insulators 938·L Shorting link, nickel·plated brass 0938·9712
(polycarbonate) and spacers (brass) have square holes to 938·BB Insulators, black, pair 0938·9818
prevent rotation of posts after assembly. 938-BR Insulators, red, pair 0938·9822
938·YB Double insulators, pair 0938·9873
Mechanical: NET WEIGHT: 0.1 oz (3 g) each, except 938-BB 938·FG Spacer, (toothed) gold·plated 0938·9830
and -BR, 0.1 oz per pair. 938·F Spacer, (toothed) nickel'plated 0938-9706

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

238 PARTS
 Banana Plu s and Jacks
Insulated Double Plug
Versatile Stackable, with jack top. Accommodates wires,
cables, component leads, etc from either one side or top (up
to 0.2-in. dia through formed strain relief). Metal parts float
- although captive - for self alignment of mating plugs and
jacks, at standard 0.75-in. spacing. Polarity indicator desig-
nates plug usually used for inner conductor, "high" side, or
+ polarity of the pair. Fully compatible with GR banana plugs
and jacks, except 274-NK Shielded Double Plug. POLARITY
Reliable Safety enhanced by enclosure of all metal parts INDICATOR

but the banana pins themselves; even tips of wires are in-
sulated. Rugged socket-head setscrews provide secure fas-
tening for wires (without tendency to split like slotted screws).
Low-loss molded styrene body.
Convertible Each banana pin is easily removable for con-
version from side wiring to top wiring. Wire can be inserted
and clamped with pin in place or removed, as you prefer. Use
0.078-in. hex wrench. Wire diameter up to 0.12 in. (3 mm
or AWG 9) is accommodated.
Peak Ratings: Up to 4 kV and 15 A. BREAKDOWN: 10 kV pk.
Dissipation Factor, at 1 kHz: < 0.0005.
Net Weight: 0.4 oz (11 g).
Catalog
Description Number
274-MB Insulated Double Plug 0274-9875

Shielded Double Plug

Double plug in an aluminum case for completely shielded
connections to 938 Binding Posts. Accepts cables up to 0.2
in. diameter. Stepped case permits a 938-L(G) Shorting
Link to be used between low-terminal binding post and a
ground binding post without interfering with proper shielding.
High terminal of double plug remains fully shielded. The
274-NK can be locked to binding posts; turning a screw ex-
pands one pin inside body of the binding post. This plug
terminates the Type 274-NL, 776-A, and 874-R34 Patch Cords.
Peak Ratings: Up to 4 kV and 20 A. BREAKDOWN: 10 kV pk.
Dissipation Factor, at 1 kHz: < 0.0005.
Net Weight: 3 oz (85 g).

274-NK Shielded Double Plug 0274-9877

Single Plugs
Nickel-plated brass center pin with 4-leaf beryllium copper
spring seats firmly in 274- and 938- series jacks for reliable
contact, typically = 1 mO. All except 274-P have jack top.
Insulated version is like half of double plug (274-MB); pin is 318'1--

~ '1~~ if'
removable; strain relief along side accepts wires up to 0.156-
in. (4-mm) dia.
T M" r-=;: V4"
Current Rating: 15 A. T ~
Net Weight: 274-P, -DB, 0.2 oz (5.5 g); -U, 0.3 oz (8.5 g). 5/8" ..L
.L'
274-Single Plugs
-OBI -u -p

274-DB1 I nsulated, black 0274-9454

274-DB2 I nsulated, red 0274-9455
274-U Jack top 0274-9721
274-P Solid stud top 0274-9716

Jacks
Nickel-plated brass, for panel mounting. Two lengths, the
longer is available as an assembly with insulators (938-BB,
--l3/8"~

~'
-BR) or can be used with separate toothed spacers (938-F, HEX ~

TJ'~'
-FG). Mounting hardware supplied. ~ 5/16"MAX ~~~
Current Rating: 15 A. V4-~l!!t

J
Net Weight: Assembly, 0.4 oz (11 g); long version 0.3 oz 1-1/2"
(8.5 g); short, 0.15 oz (4.2 g).
11116" ~J:
Jacks -XB 938-J 274-J
938-XB Insulated assembly black 0938-9877
938-XR Insulated assembly, red 0938-9878

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

PARTS 239
 Adaptors
Refer also to the 874-MB and 874-Q series of adaptors.

GR874® Connector and Binding Posts

Connects to GR874 coaxial port from double (or 2 single)
274-series banana plug or patch cord. Has versatility of 938- Fits Type
series binding posts. 274 Double·
Plug Patch Cords
Net Weight: 20z (57 g).
Catalog
Description Number
874·Q2 Adaptor 0874·9870

GR874® Connector and Banana Plugs

Connectors to a standard-spaced pair of jack-top binding
posts (938) from GR874® coaxial connector, with good shield.
ing. Similar to 274-NK plug; can be locked to one post for
semi-permanent installation, by a turn of a screw.
Net Weight: 2 oz (57 g). 777·Q3 Adaptor 0777·9703

BNC Jack and Banana Plugs

Connects BNC cable (plug) to standard pair of jack-top .

,,o
----.-('~
,,, Fits standard
binding posts, with good shielding. Adaptor will lock to one L _____ ... , %·in.-spaced
post for semi-permanent installation, by a turn of a screw. binding posts
Net Weight: 3 oz (85 g). r-----
. _----
'

274·QBJ Adaptor 0274·9884

BNC Jack and Phone Plug

Connects BNC cable (plug) to phone jack.
Net Weight: 2 oz (57 g).

777·Q4 Adaptor 0777-9704

Patch Cords and Po rCor s

(Refer also to the 874-R series of coaxial patch cords; they have superior SWR
and other characteristics of value at high frequencies.)

Shielded Banana Plugs with Cable and BNC Plug

50-fi cable connects between jack-top binding-post pair
and BNC jack, with good shielding. Can be locked in place.
(Refer to description of 274-NK Shielded Double Plug.)
Mechanical: LENGTH: 3 ft (920 mm). PLUG SPACING:
0.75 in., standard (19 mm). NET WEIGHT: 30z (85 g).

776-A Patch Cord 0776-9701

BNC Plug with Cable and GR874® Connector

50-fi shielded cable connects between BNC jack and
GR874 coaxial connector. The GR874 end has the space-
saving hammerhead shape (axis perpendicular to cable), so
convenient when your cable runs parallel to the instrument
panel.
Mechanical: LENGTH: 3 ft. (920 mm). NET WEIGHT: 3 oz
(85g).
776·B Patch Cord 0776-9702

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the cata log.
240 PARTS
 BNC Plugs with Cable
50-.11 shielded cable connects between BNC jacks (popular
panel-mounted connectors).
Mechanical: LENGTH : 3 ft (920 mm). NET WEIGHT: 2 oz Catalog
(57 g). Description Number
776-C Patch Cord 0776-9703

Shielded Double Banana Plugs with Cable

Fully shielded cable and connectors plug conveniently into
pairs of 938 binding posts at standard spacing. Can be locked
in place. (Refer to description of 274-NK Shielded Double
Plug.) ,,(----,''
Mechanical: LENGTH: 3 ft (920 mm). NET WEIGHT: 60z ,,, ','
(170 g). ,/-----\,

274-NL Shielded Double-Plug Patch Cord 0274-9883

Banana Plugs with Cable

Shielded wire with double plugs is ideal for jack-top binding
posts at standard spacing; single-conductor with single plugs
fits any banana jack - 938- and 274-series, 874-Q2, -MB, etc.
Right-angle (hammerhead) , in-line, and single versions are
stackable in any sequence . Plugs fit firmly in jacks for me-
chanical stability (not dependent on springs); contact re-
sistance, about 1 m.l1. Double plugs have polarity indicator,
corresponding to inner conductor of cable. Plug bodies are
molded cellulose-acetate-butyrate for outstanding durability;
the individual pins of the double plugs are, in addition, first
encapsulated in polystyrene for superior insulation. Single
versions, wire size: 18 AWG.
Mechanical: LENGTH: 3 ft (920 mm). NET WEIGHT: Double,
3 oz (85 g); single, l.5 oz (43 g).
Catalog
Description Number
Banana-Plug Patch Cords
274-NQ Double, in-line 0274-9860
274-NP Double, right-angle 0274-9880
274-LLB Single , black 0274-9468
274-LLR Single, red 0274-9492

Power Cords
Well insulated power cable has connector bodies molded For special requirements, you can cut off the hammerhead
integrally wi th jacket. Will connect from standard power-line connector and replace it with your own.
outlet to instrument or other electrical device. Similar cables Ratings: 125 V, 7 A. WIRE SIZE: No. 18 AWG.
can be stacked with their hammerheads engaged (to accom- Mechanical: LENGTH: 7 ft (2.13 m). NET WEIGHT: 7 oz
modate several loads); 2 or more CAP-22 or CAP-35 cords can (0.2 kg).
be connected in series to reach 14 ft or more. Both 2- and
3-wire versions. Socket at load end of 2-wire version fits
either 2-pin plug or 2 flat pins of CAP-22.
3-wire versions At power-source end, these cords have 1
round and 2 flat pins, as well as the corresponding socket.
This connector is designed for 125-V operation, conforming
to the standard for "Grounding Type Attachment Plug Caps
and Receptacles," ANSI C73.11-1963. Cord is type SVT, rated
by Underwriters Laboratories for 300 V, 7 A rms. At the load
end, CAP-22 has a similar socket, permitting series con-
nection.
International At the load end of the IEC version, however,
the socket fits 3 flat pins, conforming to the International Stackable
Electrotechnical Commission's Publication 320. The design
has been adopted world-wide for electronic instrumentation IEC Power Cord, 3-wire 4200·9625
and is rated for 250 V, 6 A. Other advantages are convenience CAP-22 Power Cord, 3-wire 4200-9622
and safety (the instrument plug is recessed or shrouded). CAP-35 Power Cord, 2·wire 4200-9635

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

PARTS 241
 1 -
• de to 50 MHz; 500 MHz with scaler
ter
• low cost
• 10-mV sensitivity • optional 5, 6, or 7 digits and data output
• stable time base • FCC type - approved for a-m, fm, vhf, and tv monitoring

A winner Thanks to efficient IC design and automated and the input circuits provide operator control of trigger
testing, the 1192-8 costs substantially less than larger level, coupling, and attenuation for greater immunity to
instruments but still provides all their versatility; you re- input noise and greater adaptability to unusual signals.
ceive all five basic measurement capabilities: The clear, bright readout includes the units of measure-
ment, an automatically positioned decimal point, and in-
• frequency to 50 MHz dicators for signal-counting and spill. The measurement
• period to a resolution of 0.1 J1.s modes are controlled by simple unambiguous push but-
• time interval to a resolution of 0.1 J1.s tons and gate times are set by a single control. Internal
• frequency ratio averaged to lOs storage permits the readout to display only the final re-
• count up to 50 million events per second sult but can be disabled to permit you to see the actual
counting process.
With all features retained The 1192-8 is equipped with A second input channel permits the measurement of
an internal crystal time base of exceptionally good stabil- normalized frequencies by the insertion of an external
ity. Its input sensitivity is 10 times that of similar units, time base of arbitrary frequency. Time interval and count

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

242 COUNTER
 Plus tailored performance Options permit a broad se-
lection of the right model for your application: If 5-digit
precision isn't adequate, choose 6 or 7. If data output is
381 6"H 6 required for system use and automatic data reduction,
order option 2. If it is to be mounted with other instru-
ments, select a rack model. If pink panels and chartreuse

- 1192-Z 500-MHz Counter.

measurements can be externally controlled by a variety

knobs are called for , you may be out of luck but, if meas-
urements to 500 MHz are necessary, use the 1192-Z.
Up to 500 MHz In combination with the 1157-B
Scaler, the 1192-B frequency range is extended to 500
of signals and, with auxiliary connections, time-interval MHz. Both units, mounted side by side, are completely
range can be extended, the time-base can be phase- assembled as the 1192-Z Counter. Th'ey can be supplied
locked to an external standard frequency and internal as either bench or rack models with all the selection of
standard frequencies can be brought out. digits and options available in the 1192-B alone.

SPECIFICATIONS urement is in progress. MEASUREMENT RATE: Time between

Frequency Measurements: DC to 50 MHz; 100-,us to 10-s measurements adjustable from 10 ms to > 10 sand 00 .
counting gate times; displays Hz, kHz, MHz units with posi- STORAGE: Display and Spill lamp can be either stored or not,
tioned decimal point. ACCURACY: ± 1 count ± time-base as controlled by rear pushbutton .
accuracy. Data-Output Option 2: Fully buffered 8-4-2-1 BCD signals at
Period Measurements: O.l-,us resolution; single and multiple standard DTL levels (logic 0 ~ + 0.5 V, logic 1 = +3.5 to +5 V
period of 10'; displays ms, ,us, ns units with positioned deci- behind 6 kn) available at rear 50-pin type 57 connector.
mal point; counts 10-MHz time base, 1 MHz, and 100 kHz. Time Base: FREQUENCY: 10 MHz. STABILITY: < ±1.5 X 10-6 /
ACCURACY: Depends on signal-to-noise ratio of input signal, month. Room-temperature crystal coefficient, < ±3 X 10-' / °C
input noise, and ± I-count error -7- number of periods counted from 0 to 55 °C. Total deviation from frequency at room tem -
(see note). perature, < ±5 x 10- 6 from 0 to 55 °C. With 10% line-voltage
Frequency Ratio Measurements: 1 to 10'. Frequency A, dc to variation, < ± 2 x 10-' . MANUAL ADJUSTMENT RANGE: ±1 X
50 MHz, is measured over 1 to 10' periods of frequency B, 50 10-' with internal control. INTERNAL PHASE LOCK: Time-
Hz to 10 MHz. ACCURACY: ± 1 count of A ± trigger error of base oscillator can be locked to external standard frequencies
B -7- number of ratios counted (see note). at 1 MHz and 100 kHz of :;;, 100 mV rms into 10 kil. Lock
range> ±1 X 10-'. OUTPUT: 100 kHz, and 1 MHz.
Time Interval and Duration Measurements: TIME INTERVAL:
0.1-, 1-, or 10-,us resolution measured by counting 10-, 1-, or Environment: TEMPERATURE: 0 to +55 °C operating, -40 to
O.l-M Hz signal from internal clock; displays ms with posi- +75°C non-operating. HUMIDITY: 95% RH and + 40 °C. VI-
tioned decimal point. Interval measured is between separate BRATION: 0.03 in. from 10 to 55 Hz. BENCH HANDLING:
commands applied to START and STOP BNC connectors 4 in. or 45 ° (MIL STD-810A-VI). SHOCK: 30 G, 11 ms.
on rear. PULSE LENGTH: Measures duration of pulse ap- Available: 1157-B Scaler to extend frequency range to 500
plied to START connector with STOP connector grounded. MHz, data printer, digital-to-analog converter, GR digital ac-
Storage is disabled in this mode. Counter will also total many quisition equipment, 1158-9600 10: 1 low-capacitance probe.
time intervals. ACCURACY: ± 1 count ± time-base accuracy. Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50-400 Hz, 22 W max.
Count Measurements: Register capacity, 10', 10., 10' depend- Mechanical: Convertible-bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wxhx
ing on version. Events at up to 50-MHz rate accumulated be- d): Bench, 8.5x3 .88x12.6 in. (216x99x320 mm); rack, 19x
tween start! stop commands from manual panel button or by 3.5x12.6 in. (483x89x320 mm) . WEIGHT: Bench, 8.4 Ib (3 .9
separate start and stop commands applied to rear BNC con- kg) net, 10.6 Ib (4.9 kg) shipping; rack, 11 Ib (5 kg) net, 15
nectors, or only during start command with stop connector Ib (7 kg) shipping.
grounded. Counter will also totalize all events during many
openings of the gate.
1192-Z SPECIFICATIONS
NOTE: Trigger error in time measurements: ± 0.3% of one
period -7- number of periods averaged, for a 40-d8 input signal- Sanle as 1192 except:
to-noise ratio . This assumes no noise internal to the counter. Frequency: DC to 500 MHz.
For input signals of extremely high signal-to-noise ratio, the Input to 1157-B Scaler above 50 MHz: SENSITIVITY: 100 mV
trigger error in ,us will be < 0.0003 -7- signal slope in V / ,us. rms, 300 mV pk-pk. MAXIMUM SIGNAL: 7 V rms (1 W). IM-
PEDANCE: 50 n, ac coupled.
A Input B Input
Power: 100 to 125 and 200 to 250 V, 50-400 Hz, 36 W max.
Frequency dc to 50 MHz 50 Hz to 10 MHz
(3 Hz to 50 MHz Mechanical: Bench or rack models. DI M ENSIONS (wxhxd):
ac coupled) Bench, 17x3.88x14 in. (432x98x356 mm); rack, 19x3.5x
Sensitivity 10 mV rms to 20 MHz 12.75 in. (483x89x324 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 15 Ib (7 kg)
20 mV rms to 35 MHz 1 V rms, 50 to 400 Hz net, 20 Ib (9 kg) shipping; rack, 16 Ib (8 kg) net, 21 Ib (10
30 mV rms to 50 MHz 100 mV rms to 10 MHz kg) shipping.
Trigger level adjustable ± 0.1, I, 10, fixed
or 100 V depending on
attenuator setting Catalog
slope negative-going negative-going Description Number
Attenuator X l, X 10, X 100, X 1000 none 1192"8 Counter (50 MHz)
(0, 20, 40,60 dB) Bench Model *
Maximum 400 V pk ac or dc, ex- 400 V dc, 80 V rms Rack Model*
signal (Describe
cept 300 V when dc 1192-Z Counter, with scaler (500 MHz) exactly as
coupled at 1:1 atten. shown at
Bench Model*
Impedance 1 M!l,f27 pF 10 k!l,f20 pF Rack Model * the left_>
(10 M!l,f7 pF
with probe) Select one of the following options
5-Digit Readout
6-Digit Readout
Start/Stop Inputs: Closure to ground at 6-mA max sink,or 7-Digit Readout
pulse with logic 0 of < + 0.3-V and logic 1 of> +2-V levels, or Select the following option, if desired
1 W max into 50 n for pulses of max -7 to +12 V dc, or OP2 Data Output, BCD
± 70 V for short 1% duty ratio. Accessory available with counter
Probe (10:1, low capacitance); not sol<;1 separately;
Data Presentation: DISPLAY : 5, 6, or 7 digits; long-life, high- same as Tektronix P6006, 010-0127-ClO 1158-9600
intensity neon readout tubes with automatically positioned
decimal point and measurement dimension; Spill lamp lights * Your order must specify 5, 6, or 7 digits.
if register capacity exceeded; Count lamp lights when meas- Patent Number: 3,328 ,564.

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

COUNTER 243
 111S1-6stAUR 'GENERAL RADIO

''''''.
SOU OIV UlH MUlHPlY CQUNl(R R(ADI"G BY
INPUTlMt $(NSITIVITY

1·!JOOMHl
L~~-J

1157-8 Scaler (500 MHz)

• inputs up to 500 MHz
• 100-mV rms input sensitivity
• 1-Voutput behind 50 n

The 1157-8 Scaler will divide input frequencies up to Sync Output: Positive pulse, > 1 V behind 50 fl. Repetition
500 MHz by 10:1 or 100:1. Used as a prescaler, it will rate is input frequency divided by 100. Duty ratio, 60%.
extend the upper frequency limit of counters to as much Connectors: Can be moved to rear panel. INPUT: GR874®
as 500 MHz. It can be mounted side-by-side with the locking connector. OUTPUT: BNC.
1191 or 1192 Counter to extend its range to 500 MHz
with 10:1 or 100:1 prescaling.
The 1157-8 Scaler is a two-decade digital frequency
divider complete with input-level meter, attenuator, and
internal power supply. One output can be switched for
either 1/10 or 1/100 of the input frequency; a sync out-
put supplies 1/100 of the input continuously. The input
and output connectors can be moved to the rear for sys-
tems applications.
The input and output connectors can be moved to the rear for systems
applications.

Supplied: Power cord, patch cord to 1192 Counter.

Power: 100 to 125 or 200 to 250 V, 14 W.
Mechanical: Convertible bench cabinet. DIMENSIONS (wx-
I ,

A perfect companion to the 1192 Counter, the 1157·9 extends the coun-
- hxd): Bench, 8.5x3.5xI2.6 in. (216x89x309 mm); rack, 19x
3.88xI2.6 in. (483x98x320 mm). WEIGHT: Bench, 7 Ib (3.2
kg) net, 10 Ib (4.6 kg) shipping; rack, 10 Ib (4.6 kg) net, 13 Ib
(6 kg) shipping.
ter's range to 500 MHz. Equally useful with the 1191·9 Counter.

SPECIFICATIONS !SE ..SITIV,lY! !'NPUTlEYEll I ~ULTfPlY COUNTER REAOIIIIG BY!

: STEPS
Input Frequency: 1 to 500 MHz. ,,
I o~ 1.2.S,10

Input level: MINIMUM: 0.3 V pk-pk (0.1 V rms) on most sen-

sitive setting of attenuator. MAXIMUM: 7 V rms (1 W).
Input Impedance: AC-coupled, 50 fl.
l'OOISY"cl
Attenuator (Sensitivity control): Panel switch of xl, x2, x5 or '"'
x10 attenuation.
Two frequency·divider circuits allow an output that is one·tenth the
Meter: Green sector indicates adequate signal levels for easy input frequency or one·hundredth of it.
;>djustment of sensitivity control.
Catalog
Main Output: DC-coupled positive pulse, > 1 V behind 50 fl. Description Number
REPETITION RATE: Input frequency divided by 10 or 100 de- 1157·B Scaler (500 MHz)
pending on setting of panel switch. DUTY RATIO: 60% for Bench Model 1157-9700
1/10 output, 40% for 1/100 output. Rack Model 1157·9701

National stock numbers are listed at the back of the catalog.

244 SCALER
 Appendix
Abbreviations, Symbols and Prefixes
In this catalog, as in other GenRad publications, our Inc., the Institute of Electrical and Electronics En-
use of symbols, prefixes, and abbreviations follows the gineers, and other scientific and engineering organiza-
recommendations of the International Electrotechnical tions. Where there is not agreement among these groups,
Commission, the American National Standards Institute, we generally choose the usage favored by the majority.
rpm revolutions per minute
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ho open-circuit output
admittance RTL resistor-transistor logic
reverse voltage-transfer
a atto (10- 18 ) ratio s second, series (as L,)
A ampere Hz hertz (cycle per second) S siemens
P- angstrom HTL hearing threshold level shf super-high frequency
ac alternating current sq square
automatic frequency control current sync synchronous, synchronizing
afc
a-m amplitude modulation IC integrated circuit
ID inside diameter T period, Tesla, tera (10")
ANSI American National Stand- IEC International Electro· t time
ards Institute, Inc. technical Commission TTL transistor-transistor logic
APS American Physical Society IEEE Institute of Electrical and TSA times series analysis
ASA Acoustical Society of America Electronics Engineers
ASTM American Society for i-f intermediate frequency uhf ultra-high frequency
Testing and Materials in. inch
avc automatic volume control ISA Instrument Society of v velocity
avg average America V volt
ISO International Standards VA volt ampere
B susceptance Organization
vhf very-high frequency
bar bar (10'N/m 2)
y=1 vlf very-low frequency
BCD binary-coded decimal
joule
W watt
c speed of light, centi (10. 2)
k kilo (lOl) Wb Weber
C capacitance, coulomb
OK degrees Kelvin wt weight
°C degrees Celsi us (Centigrade)
cd candela liter (lO- l ml) x reactance
CIF cost, insurance, freight L inductance y admittance
CML current-mode logic Ib pound yr year
COD cash on del ivery LC inductance-capacitance Z impedance
cw continuous wave 1m lumen
short-circuit forward cur-
d deci (10")
log logarithm " rent-transfer ratio
Ix lux (common base)
o dissipation factor
short-circuit forward cur-
da deka (10) m meter, milli (10-') rent-transfer ratio
dB decibel M mega (10b) (common emitter)
dBm decibel referred to one max maximum r reflection coefficient
milliwatt i'J. increment
mbar millibar
dc direct current mil 0.001 inch h loss angle
DCTL direct·coupled transistor min minimum, minute (J phase angle
logic month ;. wavelength
mo
dia diameter micro (lO. b )
DTL diode-transistor logic n nano (10") ohm
OUT device under test N newton tJ mho
oz ounce OJ angular velocity (2"f)
e electronic charge
E voltage p page, parallel (as Lp),
EIA Electronic Industries pico (10''')
Association P poise (10-'N • sl m2) PREFIXES
emf electromotive force PF power factor Orders of magnitude from 10- 18 to 10"
are designated by the following pre-
ppm parts per million fixes:
F farad, Faraday
of pps pulses per second
degrees Fahrenheit Order Prefix Symbol
pk-pk pea k-to-pea k
frequency, femto (10''') 10 12 tera T
PRF pulse repetition freq uency
fm frequency modulation 10' giga G
FOB free on boa rd Q quality factor (storage lOb mega M
factor) kilo k
10'
conductance, giga (10')
R resistance 102 hecto h
gram, gravitational constant
registered trademark 10 deka da.
transconductance ®
radian 10-' deci d
rad
H henry RC resistance-capacitance
10- 2 centi c
h hour, .planck's constant, 10-' milli m
hecto (10 2 )
RCTL resi stor-capacitor-tra n sis-
tor logic 10- b micro Jk
hf high frequency re referred to 10-' nano n
hI forward current-transfer rf radio frequency 10- 12 pi<;o P
ratio
RH relative humidity 10- 1S femto f
h; short-circuit input imped-
ance rms root-mean-square 10- 18 atto a

ABBREVIATIONS 245
National Stock Numbers of GenRad Products
Catalog National Catalog National Catalog National Catalog National
Number Stock Number Number Stock Number Number Stock Number Number Stock Number

0274-9454 5935-00-636-6868 0874-9681 6625-00-293-8396 0900-9957 5985-01-023-1568 1218-9724 6625-00-172-0381

0274-9455 5935-00-543-8323 0874-9682 5995-00-738-6331 0900-9965 6625-00-377-9982 1232-9701 6625-00-873-6684
0274-9492 6625-00-558-6840 0874-9682 5995-00-111-2297 0900-9971 4931-01-019-7889 1232-9829 6625-01-030-8099
0274-9710 5935-00-187 -0700 0874-9683 5995-00-009-5434 0900-9979 5985-01-008-9490 1234-9701 6625-01-032-2045
0274-9716 5935-00-192-4620 0874-9683 5995-00-935-2561 0938-9503 5940-00-281-2779 1236-9701 6625-00-181-1451
0274-9721 5935-00-192-4615 0874-9690 6625-00-793-1351 0938-9503 6625-01-024-3574 1236-9701 6625-00-397 -4200
0274-9721 5935-00-258-6302 0874-9692 6625-00-729-4629 0938-9706 5940-00-681-9867 1236-9701 6625-00-489-8998
0274-9875 5935-00-914-8853 0874-9700 5935-00-765-5481 0938-9706 5940-00-871-1115 1238-9700 5895-01-046-4906
0274-9875 5935-00-665-4394 0874-9700 6625-01-039-5350 0938-9708 5940-00-469-2295 1240-9829 6625-00-525-3236
0274-9877 5935-00-403-4647 0874-9701 5935-00-961-5498 0938-9710 5935-00-295-5407 1263-9703 6625-00-061-0214
0274-9877 5935-00-754-5770 0874-9702 5935-00-243-8484 0938-9710 5935-01-018-1711 1264-9601 6625-00-965-5544
0274-9880 5995-00-642-9560 0874-9702 5935-00-707 -2830 0938-9712 5940-00-177-2618 1264-9702 6625-00-231-0362
0274-9883 5826-00-837-0699 0874-9704 5935-00-706-6269 0938-9712 5940-00-562-3507 1264-9702 6625-00-872-7838
0274-9884 5935-00-910-9194 0874-9710 5935-00-833-7247 0938-9731 5940-00-235-7987 1265-9801 6130-00-431-5828
0510-9701 6625-00-553-8082 0874-9711 5935-00-496-1059 0938-9733 5940-00-258-4719 1267-9702 4920-01-032-0510
0510-9702 6625-00-311-6104 0874-9711 5935-00-905-5335 0938-9733 5940-00-500-8717 1267-9702 6130-00-596-4580
0510-9703 6625-00-993-1190 0874-9716 5935-00-758-9529 0938-9733 5940-00-971-9223 1267-9702 6625-01-039-6571
0510-9704 6625-00-864-6074 0874-9718 5935-00-502-8344 0938-9734 5940-00-401-8752 1308-9801 5895-01-021-7156
0510-9705 5905-00-561-4150 0874-9719 5935-00-194-6629 0938-9734 5940-00-549-9037 1310-9702 6625-00-213-5812
0510-9705 6625-00-709-0308 0874-9719 5935-00-933-6420 0938-9818 5970-00-561-7872 1311-9701 6625-00-930-3449
0510-9706 5905-00-561-4158 0874-9720 5935-00-194-6626 0938-9818 5970-01-023-0354 1316-9700 6625-01-042-0778
0510-9706 6625-00-709-0310 0874-9791 5935-00-420-3645 0938-9822 5970-00-628-7701 1316-9700 6625-01-040-2312
0510-9707 6625-00-708-7235 0874-9800 5935-00-984-5563 0938-9822 5940-00-977-1143 1362-9701 6625-00-140-8185
0510-9708 5905-00-561-4160 0874-9802 5935-00-706-2827 0938-9822 5970-01-023-0353 1362-9701 6625-00-489-3711
0510-9806 6625-00-690-5156 0874-9804 5935-00-921-8789 0938-9873 5970-00-237-5691 1363-9701 6625-00-170-6555
0777-9703 4931-00-247-0020 0874-9810 5935-00-225-8768 0938-9873 5970-00-755-4297 1381-9700 6625-00-140-8381
0777-9703 5935-00-949-8608 0874-9810 5935-00-919-5915 0938-9873 5970-00-869-2294 1381-9701 6625-00-574-6078
0874-9099 5935-00-370-8549 0874-9811 5935-00-189-1700 0940-9705 6625-00-462-7099 1382-9700 6625-00-190-1299
0874-9099 6625-00-006-6454 0874-9811 5935-00-194-6628 0940-9705 6625-00-842-4869 1382-9700 6625-00-492-6139
0874-9412 5935-00-916-0791 0874-9816 5935-00-761-0408 0940-9706 6625-00-455-8715 1382-9701 6625-00-214-9865
0874-9413 5935-00-789-6031 0874-9818 5935-00-666-4873 0940-9707 6625-00-455-8716 1383-9700 6625-00-141-8673
0874-9413 5935-00-946-4111 0874-9870 5975-00-104-6840 0940-9707 6625-00-842-4868 1383-9701 6625-00-409-6874
0874-9414 5935-00-738-6326 0874-9870 5935-00-555-1885 0940-9708 6625-00-486-7855 1390-9702 6625-00-799-8999
0874-9414 5935-00-981-7264 0874-9876 5935-00-160-5265 0940-9708 6625-00-842-4872 1390-9702 6625-00-942-4260
0874-9415 5935-00-914-8878 0874-9902 5180-00-145-6139 0971-9702 5905-00-681-5653 1390-9702 6625-00-992-0813
0874-9416 5935-00-552-7778 0874-9910 5935-00-864-9988 0971-9703 5905-00-752-6916 1390-9702 6625-01-003-7464
0874-9417 5935-00-253-0749 0874-9911 5935-00-219-9707 0971-9704 5905-00-969-5829 1390-9703 6625-00-799-8999
0874-9419 5935-00-172-8094 0874-9912 6625-00-498-8956 0971-9705 5905-00-926-2751 1396-9702 6625-00-123-3046
0874-9440 5935-00-840-7284 0874-9913 6625-00-437-9117 0971-9706 5905-00-762-2548 1403-9704 5910-00-574-4372
0874-9442 5935-00-965-6178 0874-9931 5910-00-706-5054 0971-9708 5905-00-762-2547 1403-9704 6625-00-804-7402
0874-9443 5935-00-264-5617 0874-9941 6625-00-577-2378 0971-9710 5905-00-557-1569 1403-9707 6625-00-804-7401
0874-9444 5935-00-944-3687 0874-9945 6625-00-623-0328 0971-9711 5905-00-583-2759 1403-9711 6625-00-804-9059
0874-9447 5935-00-028-4147 0874-9954 5985-00-992-2109 0971-9712 5905-00-927-7538 1404-9701 6625-00-916-5948
0874-9449 5935-01-037-8220 0874-9955 5985-00-494-4745 0971-9713 5905-00-887 -7672 1404-9702 6625-01-008-6149
0874-9451 5935-00-925-6261 0874-9970 5985-00-083-4708 0971-9714 5905-00-581-1724 1404-9703 6625-01-011-4955
0874-9465 5935-00-925-6262 0874-9972 5985-00-275-6934 0971-9716 5905-00-881-8062 1408-9702 6625-01-012-4105
0874-9479 5935-00-899-8314 0874-9980 5999-00-888-4296 0973-9703 5905-00-842-8492 1408-9706 6625-01-021-9658
0874-9511 5985-00-912-1544 0874-9982 5985-00-707 -2831 0973-9704 5905-00-052-1927 1409-9706 6625-00-629-1983
0874-9513 6625-00-623-0067 0874-9990 5935-00-699-5817 0973-9705 5905-00-842-8493 1409-9712 6625-00-585-4053
0874-9526 5935-00-627 -0622 0880-9500 5985-00-378-0145 0973-9707 5905-00-660-3747 1409-9720 6625-00-585-4051
0874-9527 5935-00-933-8153 0900-9405 5935-00-354-2108 0973-9708 5905-00-827-1899 1409-9725 6625-00-629-1980
0874-9528 5985-00-185-4466 0900-9421 5935-00-518-1683 0973-9708 5905-01-045-8948 1412-9410 6625-00-465-6861
0874-9537 5915-00-786-9168 0900-9451 5935-00-004-0103 0973-9710 5905-00-690-5684 1413-9700 6625-01-022-3270
0874-9545 5915-00-907-8721 0900-9498 5935-00-403-1928 0973-9711 5905-00-815-4552 1419-9701 6625-00-953-7537
0874-9560 5905-00-103-1876 0900-9527 5985-01-008-9487 0973-9712 5905-00-655-1325 1419-9702 6625-00-124-9382
0874-9564 5985-00-525-3010 0900-9635 5985-00-009-4579 0973-9713 5905-00-378-0895 1419-9711 6625-00-585-1670
0874-9568 5905-00-812-9250 0900-9651 6625-00-498-0925 0973-9714 5905-00-583-5254 1422-9508 5910-00-576-8379
0874-9569 5985-00-623-0327 0900-9703 5935-01-039-5228 0973-9716 5905-00-406-9897 1422-9704 6625-00-987 -9060
0874-9570 5905-00-755-2378 0900-9711 5935-00-838-2722 0973-9717 5905-00-074-8719 1422-9823 6625-00-881-8665
0874-9571 5985-00-087-4715 0900-9717 5935-00-346-7091 0975-9710 5905-00-681-3390 1422-9855 6625-00-060-1818
0874-9572 5985-00-080-2122 0900-9723 5935-00-346-7092 0975-9712 5905-00-683-2340 1422-9916 6625-00-891-5939
0874-9577 5840-00-868-1287 0900-9723 5935-01-015-5757 0975-9713 5905-00-556-6565 1423-9801 6625-00-145-2589
0874-9577 5895-00-623-0255 0900-9730 5935-00-158-8865 0975-9714 5905-00-781-6713 1423-9801 6625-00-775-1753
0874-9596 5910-00-224-3783 0900-9791 5935-00-466-1172 0975-9716 5905-00-725-0725 1423-9811 6625-00-145-2589
0874-9605 6625-00-433-2393 0900-9801 5935-01-039-5257 0975-9717 5905-00-655-1704 1433-9700 6625-00-892-4783
0874-9609 6625-00-433-2394 0900-9803 5935-01-039-5227 0975-9717 5905-00-806-3715 1433-9702 6625-00-437-9157
0874-9627 6625-00-003-7033 0900-9811 5935-00-838-2723 0975-9717 5905-00-970-5224 1433-9704 6625-00-173-5441
0874-9631 5985-00-185-4492 0900-9811 5935-00-884-8229 0975-9718 5905-00-879-6866 1433-9705 6625-00-173-5441
0874-9645 4920-00-922-6219 0900-9850 5905-01-044-4288 0975-9718 5905-00-617 -21 09 1433-9706 6625-00-235-63013
0874-9645 5840-00-868-1288 0900-9851 5985-00-456-0240 1192-9720 6625-00-377-6864 1433-9708 6625-00-098-3712
0874-9651 6625-00-706-9205 0900-9883 5935-00-432-6479 1192-9728 6625-00-760-3022 1433-9710 6625-00-840-4256
0874-9663 6625-00-172-0394 0900-9902 5180-01-044-4741 1192-9730 7025-00-095-6450 1433-9712 6625-00-495-0023
0874-9666 4931-00-404-7388 0900-9953 4931-00-228-1318 1192-9900 6625-00-472-1852 1433-9712 6625-00-431-9236
0874-9666 6625-00-020-9712 0900-9953 5985-00-472-3976 1211-9703 5895-00-140-8196 1433-9713 6625-00-431-9236
0874-9680 6625-00-789-4723 0900-9953 5985-01-008-9485 1211-9703 6625-00-777-1384 1433-9714 6625-00-466-0214

246 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERS

 Catalog National Catalog National Catalog National Catalog National
Number Stock Number Number Stock Number Number Stock Number Number Stock Number

1433-9714 6625-00-553-7652 1560-9666 5995-01-024-6588 1933-9712 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5230 5950-00-068-5180

1433-9715 6625-00-463-4011 1560-9669 5935-01-024-6571 1933-9713 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5516 6120-00-056-7607
1433-9716 6625-00-228-9918 1560-9695 5995-00-169-6873 1933-9714 6625-01-012-8448 3100-5012 5950-00-926-0742
1433-9717 6625-00-228-9918 1560-9696 5935-00-169-7248 1933-9715 6625-01-012-8448 3100-5110 6120-00-710-5747
1433-9718 6625-00-123-7459 1562-9701 6625-00-401-5364 1933-9716 6625-01-012-8448 3100-5111 6120-00-877 -7923
1433-9719 6625-00-137-9995 1562-9701 6625-00-438-0625 1935-9700 5835-01-035-2168 3100-5130 6120-00-717 -3660
1433-9720 6625-00-102-9646 1564-9701 4470-01-039-4124 1935-9700 7450-01-033-3555 3100-5230 5950-00-419-4545
1433-9721 6625-00-038-4559 1564-9701 6625-00-883-8858 1945-9640 5965-01-040-6844 3120-5110 6120-00-078-1445
1433-9722 6625-00-947-7534 1564-9820 6625-00-464-2951 1945-9700 6625-01-041-0292 3120-5121 5950-01-138-7787
1433-9724 6625-00-031-3531 1564-9820 6625-00-495-7884 1945-9730 6625-01-040-6969 3120-5130 6120-00-148-5751
1433-9725 6625-00-106-7545 1565-9702 6625-00-003-9714 1952-9801 5915-00-481-7364 3120-5211 6120-00-11 0-6406
1433-9726 6625-00-140-8183 1565-9702 6625-01-012-9225 1954-9710 6625-01-041-0293 3130-5111 6120-00-849-8928
1433-9731 6625-00-480-0950 1565-9703 6625-01-016-9395 1954-9720 6625-01-043-8294 3130-5131 5950-00-294-4872
1433-9733 6625-00-005-5223 1565-9902 6625-00-001-4452 1962-9602 5965-01-024-6137 3150-5016 5950-00-497 -2450
1434-9707 6625-00-067 -9025 1568-9000 6625-00-162-1940 1981-9710 6625-01-016-1461 3150-5016 5950-00-502-3464
1434-9707 6625-00-356-3133 1568-9000 6625-00-319-2945 3010-5110 5950-00-996-1789 3150-5110 6120-00-681-6862
1434-9713 6625-00-229-6642 1571-9551 611 0-00-566-7229 3010-5110 5950-00-606-8682 3150-5111 6120-00-769-1140
1434-9714 6625-00-935-1470 1571-9556 6110-00-245-4285 3010-5110 5950-00-670-2994 3150-5120 6120-00-911-9777
1434-9724 6625-00-204-0031 1571-9556 6110-00-412-7960 3010-5110 5950-00-681-2253 3150-5211 6120-00-11 0-6402
1440-9601 6625-00-133-7548 1571-9831 6110-00-580-0863 3010-5110 5950-00-581-5189 3150-5211 6120-00-894-1826
1440-9621 6625-00-169-5861 1571-9898 6110-00-879-9800 3010-5111 5950-00-683-3641 3150-5221 6120-00-927-7826
1440-9621 6625-00-421-1931 1581-9974 6110-00-172-0226 3010-5130 6120-00-837-7133 3150-5927 6120-00-504-9092
1440-9631 6625-00-838-2126 1582-9772 6110-01-044-4650 3010-5536 5950-00-850-8346 3160-5110 6120-00-451-4318
1440-9641 6625-00-855-4283 1582-9901 6110-01-044-0226 3030-5012 5950-00-987-5601 3160-5130 6120-00-811-0505
1440-9651 6625-00-169- 5862 1591-9700 6625-01-040-2313 3030-5013 4931-00-777-1385 3200-5110 5950-00-595-8047
1440-9671 6625-01-028-9788 1602-9702 6625-00-511-0512 3030-5014 5950-00-137-7789 3200-5110 5950-01-045-9289
1450-9891 6625-00-201-8779 1606-9602 6625-00-397-4182 3030-5015 5950-00-112-3440 3200-5900 5977 -00-400-7985
1450-9893 6625-00-612-1837 1606-9702 6625-00-423-5415 3030-5110 5950-00-137 -0926 3200-5901 5999-00-520-6209
1455-9700 6625-00-123-7458 1608-9801 6625-00-902-8687 3030-5110 5950-00-578-5592 3200-5906 5977 -00-77 5-6799
1455-9706 4920-01-021-8513 1608-9811 6625-00-902-8687 3030-5110 5950-00-730-7 604 3200-5907 5977-00-357-8000
--J 1608-9812 6625-00-139-3246 3030-5110 5950-00-754-5940 3200-5908 5977-00-727-9061
1455-9707 4920-01-021-8513
1455-9708 6625-00-420-3931 1608-9812 6625-00-902-8687 3030-5110 6120-00-572-5861 3200-5910 5977-00-850-1814
1482-9702 6625-00-583-0040 1615-9801 4931-00-916-5954 3030-5110 6120-01-020-5517 3200-5911 5977 -00-033-8550
1482-9705 6625-00-567-2700 1615-9801 6625-00-005-7274 3030-5111 5950-00-862-0113 3200-5912 5977 -00-877 -6844
1482-9708 6625-00- 583-0041 1615-9801 6625-00-470-8446 3030-5118 5950-00-688-5722 3200-5913 5977-00-110-3971
1482-9712 6625-00-556-8584 1617-9206 6625-01-043-8005 3030-5119 5950-00-050-1162 3200-5923 5977 -00-433-2716
1482-9716 6625-00-583-0044 1617-9701 6625-00-451-4321 3030-5119 5950-00-617 -9242 3410-5110 5950-00-121-5326
1482-9720 6625-00-583-0043 1620-9701 6625-00-076-6762 3030-5130 6120-00-681-6930 3410-5110 5950-00-133-4949
1491-9704 6625-00-251-1158 1620-9829 6625-00-076-6762 3030-5131 6120-00-879-3698 3410-5110 5950-00-519-4767
1521-9428 7530-00-100-2005 1630-9827 6625-00-476-2025 3030-5637 5950-00-674-3901 3410-5110 5950-00-406-6396
1521-9460 6625-01-027-7010 1630-9857 6625-00-476-2025 3030-5816 5950-00-402-7584 3410-5110 5950-00-518-4362
1521-9464 7530-00-180-6393 1644-9701 6625-00-867-6628 3038-5015 6120-01-022-1379 3410-5110 5950-00-538-5662
1521-9465 7530-00-275-8521 1644-9711 6625-00-867-6628 3038-5110 5950-00-110-0379 3410-5120 5950-00-420-0208
1521-9467 6625-00-459-7544 1650-9601 6625-00-992-9045 3038-5130 6120-00-357-7520 3410-5120 5950-00-557-6989
1521-9469 6625-01-027-7011 1650-9702 6625-00-435-5470 3040-5110 5950-00-655-0545 3410-5120 5950-01-036-4721
1521-9513 6105-00-147-8955 1656-9701 6625-00-861-1393 3040-5110 5950-00-802-9810 3410-5130 5950-00-877-4863
1521-9602 5905-00-448-5335 1666-9700 6625-00-376-5200 3040-5110 5950-00-809-5379 3410-5130 6120-00-287 -8845
1521-9603 5905-00-448-5334 1683-9701 6625-00-007 -6643 3040-5110 5950-00-966-6228 3410-5210 5950-00-993-4904
1521-9604 5905-00-448-5712 1683-9800 6625-01-021-9678 3040-5111 5950-00-835-4462 3410-5220 5950-00-952-0088
1521-9615 6625-00-162-0508 1686-9600 6625-01-040-6910 3040-5118 5950-00-681-7431 3430-5110 5950-00-048-3155
1521-9619 6105-00-448-5828 1686-9700 6625-01-038-1938 3050-5110 6120-00-845-1176 3430-5110 5950-00-193-9917
1790-XXXX 3050.5111 3430-5110 5950-00-451-3925
1521-9623 6105-01-016-9031 6625-00-243-7461 6120-00-242-4865
1521-9802 6625-00-161-1827 1790-9670 4920-01-025-8001 3050-5130 6120-00-025-7291 3430-5110 5950-00-504-9090
1521-9812 6625-00-161-1827 1790-9707 6625-00-148-9388 3058-5110 6120-00-105-6108 3430-5110 5950-00-754-6369
1792-9353 6625-01-038-9093 3430-5110 5950-00-856-7904
1522-9614 6685-00-519-0355 3058-5120 6120-00-376-0338 3430-5110 6120-00-015-6728
1522-9615 6685-00-519-0347 1792-9729 6625-01-034-4031 3060-5012 6120-00-054-7794
1522-9616 6685-00-519-0341 1792-9870 6625-00-575-8024 3060-5013 6120-01-043-6705 3430-5120 5950-00-103-7005
1795-9719 6625-01-038-3305 3430-5130 5950-00-521-8076
1531-9430 6625-00-193-7635 3060-5110 6120-00-849-2588 3430-5130 5950-00-997-1261
1531-9601 5960-00-844-5968 1840-9701 6625-00-895-1512 3060-5111 6120-00-816-1517 3430-5230 6120-00-023-3819
1531-9602 6625-00-467-0907 1840-9701 6625-00-937-6156 3060-5118 6120-00-772-7917
3430-5816 5950-00-937 -3292
1531-9605 6625-00-467-0907 1863-9700 6625-00-001-8060 3060-5119 6120-00-682-2557 3460-5110 6120-00-812-7681
1536-9701 5961-00-619-9213 1863-9700 6625-00-456-7442 3060-5130 6120-00-805-0745 3460-5120 6120-00-686-6850
1536-9701 6625-00-534-8274 1864-9700 6625-00-393-2573 3060-5131 6120-00-033-3776 3460-5130 5950-00-238-4876
1538-9601 6240-00-422-1278 1864-9700 6625-01-007-9426 3070-5110 6120-00-660-9211 3460-5130 5950-00-481-8353
1538-9602 6240-00-297 -3892 1864-9700 6625-01-011-3798 3070-5111 6120-00-828-1490 3460-5130 6120-00-504-9047
1538-9604 6625-00-437-9165 1912-9700 6625-00-185-7288 3070-5119 5950-00-073-2226 3460-5230 5950-00-419-4519
1538-9701 6625-00-437-9164 1933-9700 6625-00-001-6915 3070-5119 6625-00-143-0784 3460-5230 6120-01-036-0134
1539-9701 6625-00-185-4764 1933-9700 6625-01-012-8448 3070-5131 6120-00-032-1173 3460-5836 5950-01-015-1994
1543-9700 6625-01-039-4873 1933-9701 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5110 6120-00-800-2482 3460-5936 6120-00-110-6971
1551-9703 6625-00-982-3929 1933-9702 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5111 6120-00-503-0632 3490-5110 5950-01-005-0066
1560-9521 5965-01-022-3484 1933-9703 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5119 6120-00-833-0904 3490-5110 6129-00-052-3305
1560-9522 5965-01-022-3483 1933-9710 6625-00-259-2781 3090-5121 6120-00-145-7284 3490-5130 6120-00-725-4226
1560-9613 6625-00-001-4366 1933-9710 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5130 6120-00-669-8565 3490-5210 5950-00-689-7734
1560-9613 6625-00-169-1701 1933-9711 6625-01-012-8448 3090-5131 6120-00-725-2859 3490-5230 6120-01-013-8420
1560-9653 6625-01-007 -6686 1933-9712 6625-00-327 -6585 3090-5220 5950-00-067-4294 3490-5836 5950-00-173-2969

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERS 247

Index by Subject and Title

A Analyzers (cont'd) Bridges and Impedance Meters (cont'd)

Structural (Mechanical) . . . .. 190 Conductance . 17-20, 46, 50, 56
Time-Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Digibridges . . . ...... 22 , 24, 33
Abbreviations, Symbols and Vibration ...... . 166, 167, 172, High-Frequency . ... .. 33 , 36, 37
Prefixes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 245 Incremental Inductance. . . . . 60
184, 186
Acoustic/Vibration Instruments and Wave . . . ... . . . . ... .. . 173, 174 Inductance .... . .. ... .. . 33, 60
Systems . ...... . . . ... . . 165-191
Attenuators Kelvin. . . . ... .... .... ... . . 56
Adaptors
Adjustable, Coaxial, 500 98 LC, Megahertz . . . . . . . . . . . .. 33
Coaxial , 500 .. . . . . . 94-96, 240
Decade .. . . ..... . ... . . 85, 183 Megohm . .. ... .. . .. . . ... 56-58
Coaxial, 750 ..... .... 103, 104
Fixed, Coaxial , 500 .. ,. 98, 113 Portable (Battery) .. .. 17, 18, 56
Flange, Precision, Coaxial . .. 109
Fixed, Coaxial , 750 . . ...... 105 Precision ... ..... 20, 46, 50, 56
Low-Frequency ... . . . .. .... 240
Audio Oscillator . .. .... . . ... . ... 125 Precision Capacitance .. .. 46 , 50
Precision Coaxial, 500 110, III
Audio Oscillator and Power Radio-Frequency . .. . .. .. 33, 36
Adjustable Autotransformers 213, 236 Amplifier .... . . .... .. . .. . ... 126 Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Adjustable DC Power Supply .... 61
Audiometer Calibration Accessory RLC, Automatic ... ..... . . 22-28
Adjustable Stubs, Coaxial, 500 . . 97 Kit ..... .. . . . .. .~ . . ........ 170 RLC, Manual . ... .. .. . ... 17-20
Admittance Meter, UHF . ....... 37 Audiometer Calibration Wheatstone (DC) . . 17-20, 56, 57
Air Lines, Coaxial Set/System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Bridge Detectors . .. ...... . . . . 48, 52
Adjustable, Constant-Impedance, Audiometer Calibration Stand
500 . . . .. . : . . .. .. .. .. .. . 99 Bridge Oscillators . ... .. .... 125-127
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 170
Fixed , Rigid, 500. . . . . . . . . . 99 Bridge Oscillator-Detector. . . . . . . 49
Automatic Impedance Bridges and
Precision/Reference, 500 .. 114 Meters Brushes, Replacement, Variac® .. 232
Rigid, 750 .. . .... . . . .. .. . . 105 Capacitance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Bug Hound .... ....... . . . . .. .. . 162
Rod and Tube, Precision, 500 116 LC, Megahertz.. . . . . . . . . . .. 33
Amplifiers RLC .. .. ............ .... 22-28
I-F. . . . .. .. . . .. . . .. . .. . ... 41 Automatic Level Regulator .... . . 181 c
Multichannel. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 180 Automatic Line-Voltage
Power, Audio Oscillator and . 126 Regulators .... . . .. . .. . . 205-212
Cable Connectors
Tuned, and Null Detector.. . 48 Automatic RLC Bridge . . . . . . . . . . 26
Banana Plugs ... .. .... .. . . 239
Amplitude-Regulating Power Automatic Test Equipment (ATE)
Coaxial, 500. . . .. . . . .. . . .. 92
Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 123 Component/Network/Module 143
Coaxial, 750 ..... .. .... . .. 103
Analog Limit Comparator . . . . . . .. 32 Digital ..... . .... . . .. . ... .. 152
Precision, Coaxial, 500 .. . . . 108
Analog Test Systems . .. .. .. 154, 155 Digital/Analog (Hybrid) .. . .. 154
Calibration Sets/Systems,
Analyzers In-Circuit/Functional . . ... . . 158 Audiometer .... . .. .. .. .. .. . . 170
Community Noise ... . . . . ... 176 PC Board ...... .. .... . 151-163 Calibrators
Digital Signal ......... 186, 188 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 159 Audiometer .. .. .... . ... . .. 170
Fast-Fourier . ......... 186, 188 Autotransformers, Adjustable 213-236 Sound-Level . . ... ..... .. . . . 169
Impact/Impulse Noise. 166, 167 Vibration ..... .. ...... .. ... 169
Integrating Real-Time ... ... 184 Capacitance Bridge, Precision .. . 50
Motion, Stroboscopic ... 193-204 B
Capacitance Bridges .. . ...... 46, 53
Narrow-Band 173, 174, 186, 188 Capacitance-Measuring Assembly 47
Noise . 166, 167, 172-174, 184 Banana Plugs and Jacks . . . . . . .. 239 Capacitance-Measuring
Octave-Band 166, 167, 172, 184 Basic Connectors Instruments . .. ..... . ....... 43
Precision Sound-Level . 166, 167 Coaxial,500 .......... 91, 108 Automatic .. . . . . . 22-28, 33, 44
Real-Time . . . . ... .. ... 184-188 Coaxial, 750 . . ....... 103, 115 Comparator . .. . .... . . . . .. . 30
Signal ..... 166, 167, 172-174, Bias Insertion Unit, Coaxial, 500 102 Digibridges ...... .. . . 22, 24, 33
184-188 Binding Posts and Accessories237, 238 High-Value .. .. .. 24, 26, 44, 53
Sound and Vibration .. 166, 167, Bridges and Impedance Meters . . 11 Manual .. .. .. 17-20, 46, 50, 53
172, 184 Admittance, UHF. .. . .. .. . . 37 Megahertz ... . ...... .. -. . .. 33
Sound-Level . ... . 166, 167, 184 Automatic .. . . .. . 22-28, 33, 44 Portable (Battery) . . .. . ... 17, 18
Spectrum .. .. 173, 174,184-188 Capacitance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Precision . .... . ..... .. .. 46, 50

248 INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE

Capacitance-Measuring System, Coaxial Components (cont'd) Coupling Elements, Coaxial,
Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 51 Mixer/Rectifier, 500 . . 100, 101 500 .... . . ....... ... . ... 99-102
Capacitance Meter, Digital . . .. . . 44 Panel Mounting Kits .. . . .. .. 109 Coupling Probe, Coaxial , 500 . .. 101
Capacitance Standards and Patch Cords, 50-, 72-, and Crimping Tools, Coaxial . ..... . . . 106
Decades . .. . ... . ........... 63 750 ................. 96,102
Air . .. .... . ... . .. .. . . 66-69 , 73 Power Dividers, 500 . . . . . . . 100
Coaxia I, Precision
Connector ... .. .. .. . . .. 68, 69
Rectifiers, Mixer/ Voltmeter,
500 .. ........ .......... 101
o
Decade . . .......... . . . .. 75-78 Storage Case ... .. . . . .. . .. . 116
Four-Term inal ......... . ... 71 Stubs, Adjustable, 500. . . . . 97 D/ A-ND Converter Tester .. . .. .. 143
Mica .. .... ........ . . 70, 76-78 Tees, 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 99 Data Recorder, Cassette . ..... .. 171
Polystyrene .. . ... ....... 75 , 76 Terminations, 500 . . . .. 97, 11 2 DC Power Supply, Adjustable . . .. 6 1
Reference, Precision . 65, 66, 70 Terminations, 750 .. . . 105, 115 DC Recorder . . ...... . ..... . . .. 171
Variable Precision . . . . . . . . .. 73 Tools, Tool Kits .... . .. 106, 116 DC Resistance Bridge ..... . .... 56
Capacitors Tube and Rod, 500 .. . ..... 116 Decade Attenuator .. . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Coupling, Coaxial, 500 . . . .. 101 Tuner, 500 ..... . . ........ 113 Decade Capacitors . ... . ...... 75, 76
Variable, Coaxial, 500. . . . .. 98 Tuning Stubs, 500 . . . . . ... 97 Decade Capacitors, Prec ision .. 77 , 78
Case, Storage, Coaxial .. . ....... 116 U-Line Section, 500 ....... 100 Decade Inductors . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 88
Cassette Data Recorder . . . . . . . .. 171 Variable Capacitor, 500 . ... 98 Decade I nductor Units. . . . . . . . .. 89
Centering Ring, Rotatable, Precision , Voltmeter Detector/ Rectifier. 101 Decade Resistance Units. . . . . . .. 82
Coaxial . .. .... .... ... .. ... . . • 109
Decade Resistors . . . . . . . . . . . .. 81-83
Ceramic Microphones . . ..... .. .. ' 178 Coaxial Instruments
Decade Resistor, Programmable . 84
Choke, Parallelling, Variac® ..... 232 Radio-Frequency Bridge 36
Decade Voltage Dividers . . .... .. 85
Cleaning Kit, Coaxial ..... . .... . 116 Slotted Lines ......... . .. 38, 39
Decades and Standards
Coaxial Capacitance Standards 68, 69 UHF Admittance Meter. . . . . 37
Capacitance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Coaxial Components ......... 90-116 Community Noise Analyzer .. . .. . 176
Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 86
Adaptor Flange, Precision .. . 109 Comparators
Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Adaptors, 500. 94-96, 110, 240 Analog Limit .. . . . . .. .... .. 32
Decades, Impedance
Adaptors, 750 ... . ... . 103, 104 Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Capacitors .. .. ....... . .. 75, 76
Adjustable Stubs, 500 ..... 97 Component Mount, Coaxial, 500 102
Capacitors, Precision .. . . . 77, 78
Air Lines, 500 . .. . 99, 114, 116 Com ponent/ Network! Modu Ie
Tester ... . . ... . ... . .. . .... . 143 Inductors .... ........... 88, 89
Air Lines, 750 . . .. .. .... .. 105
Component Sorting Resistor, Programmable . . . . . 84
Attenuators, 500 . .. . ... 98, 113
Systems . .. . .. 24, 28, 30, 33, 44 Resistors ...... .... . ..... 81-83
Attenuators, 750 . . . . . . . . . . 105
Component Test System .. .. . ... 143 Detectors
Bias Insertion Unit, 500 .... 102
Condenser Microphones, Electret 177 Bridge . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . 52
Capacitor, Coupling, 50098, 101
Conductance Bridges Coaxial, 500 ..... . ...... . . 101
Centering Ring, Rotatable. .. 109
AC-DC .... .. ........ 17, 18, 20 Heterodyne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cleaning Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 116
AC, High-Frequency . . . . . . .. 37 I-F Amplifier .... . ........ . 215
Component Mount, 500 ... . 102
AC , Low-Conductance . ... 46, 50 Null, Tuned Ampl ifier. . .. . . 48
Connectors, Air Line, Cable,
Panel, 500 ....... 91,92, 108 DC. ..... ... . . . ... . . . . . ... 56 Oscillator, Bridge ... . ...... 49
Connectors, Air Line, Cable, Connectors Digibridges
Panel, 750 ......... 103, 115 Banana Plugs and Jacks. . .. 239 LC, Megahertz .. . . . . . . . . . .. 33
Coupling Capacitor, 500 .. . . 101 Binding Post ... . ......... . 237 RLC ... . ..... . . . .. .. .. . 22,24
Coupling Elements . ..... 99-102 Coaxial, 500 ...... .... .. 91,92 Digital/ Analog Test Systems 154, 155
Coupling Probe, 500 .. . .... 101 Coaxial, 750 ... . . ... .. .... 103 Digital Capacitance Meter. . . . . .. 44
Crimping Tools ............ 106 Precision, Coaxial, 500 . . ... 108 Digital IC Testers . . ........ 134, 138
Detector, Voltmeter, 500 . . . 101 Precision, Coaxial, 750 ... .. 115 Digital Impedance Meter. . . . . . .. 28
Directional Coupler. . . . . . . . . 106 Controllers, Line Voltage .. . 205, 213 Digital Signal Analysis Systems.. 188
Ells, 90°, 500 ........ 100, 116 Cords Directional Coupler, Precision ... 106
Insertion Units, 500 . . 101, 102 Patch . .... . . 96 , 102, 240, 241 Dividers
Low-Pass Filters, 500 . ..... 100 Power .. .... .... .. .. .. . . .. 241 Decade Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Matching Pads, Counter, Frequency .. .. . ...... . 242 Frequency .. .... . ... ~ . . . .. 244
75-to-500 .. . ....... 104, 115 Coupler, Precision Directional . .. 106 Power, Coaxial , 500 . .. .... 100
Mismatches, 500 .. . ... . .. . 112 Coupling Capacitor, Coaxial, 500 101 Dosimeter, Noise ........ . ..... 169

INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE 249

Index by Subject and Title (continued)

E Guides to Product Selection (cont'd) Impedance Standards and Decades

Capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Capacitance-Measuring
Electret-Condenser Microphones. 177 Instruments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Electrolytic Capacitance Bridge . . 53 Capacitance Standards and Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 79
Electronic Stroboscopes .. . . 193-204 Decades.. . .. .. . .. . .. .. .. 63 In-Circuit/Functional Test System 158
Ells, 900 Impedance Measurement .. . 11 Incremental-Inductance Bridge . . 60
Coaxial , 500 .. . . . .. . . ... .. 100 Inductance-Measuring Indicator, Noise-Exposure ... .... 169
Prec ision, Coaxial, 500 . . . . . 116 Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Inductance Bridge, Incremental. . 60
Exposure Monitor, Noise ... . .. .. 169 Line-Voltage Regulators, Inductance-Measuring Assembly. 62
Variac® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 205 Inductance-Measuring
PC-Board Testers ... .... . . . 151 Instruments ..... ....... . . . 59
Resistance-Measuring Automatic . ........ .. 22-28, 33
F Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 55 Comparator ... . .. .. . .. . ... 30
Strobotac® electronic Digibridges .. . . .... . 22, 24, 33
Fast-Fourier Analyzers ... . . 186, 188 stroboscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
High-Power ... . ........... 62
Fau lt Tracer, PC Boards . . ...... 162 Incremental. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Filters Manual . .... .. ...... . ... 17-20
Low-Pass, Coa xial , 500 . . . . 100 H Megahertz ...... . . . . . ..... 33
Multifilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 172 Portable (Battery) .... . ... 17, 18
Octave-Band 166 ; 167, 172, 184 Inductance Standards and
Heterodyne Detectors. . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pin k-Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Decades ... . ....... .. . . . . . 8 6
High-Frequency Instruments
Universal . .. .. ... ... . .. .. . 183 Decades . .... . .. .. . ... . . 88 , 89
Oscillators .. . .. .... . . . 118-122
Fi xed Attenuators Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Variac® autotransformers. . .. 223
Coaxial, 500. . . . . . . . .. . . .. 98 Inner-Conductor Rod, Precision,
High-Pass Filter .. . .. . . .... ... . 183 Coaxial , 500 .. . ... .. . .. ... 116
Coaxial , 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
High-Speed Motion Analyzers Insertion Unit, Bias , J
Precision , Coaxial, 500 . ... . 113
(Stroboscopic) .... .. .... 193-204 Coaxial , 500 ....... . .. .. .. 102
Fixt ures, Test ... . 19, 26, 28, 33 , 34
Hybrid Circuit Testers Insertion Unit, Coaxial , 500 . . .. 101
Fla nge , Adaptor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 109
Network .... ..... .. .. ..... 143 Insuliltion Testers ........ . . .. 56-58
Flash Delay, Strobe . .. .. .... .. . 203
PC Boards . . . . . ........ . .. 154 Integrating Real-Time Analyzer .. 184
Flash Lamp, Strobotron . .. . 198, 200
Integrator System , Vibration . .. .. 166
Flash, Stroboscopic . ....... 193-204
Fourier Analyzers .. .. .. .. . . 186, 188
Four-Terminal Capacitance
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 J
Frequency Meter, Counter . . . . . .. 242
IC Testers
Frequency Oscillators .. ..... 121-127
Digital .. . . . . .... ... . . 134, 138 Jacks and Plugs, Banana . .. .. . . 239
Frequency-Response Recorder 173,174
Linear ...... . ... . .. . .... . . 129 Jigs, Test . . .. . .. 19, 26, 28,33,44
Frequency Scaler/Divider ... . ... 244
I-F Amplifier . . ...... .. .. . ... . . 41
Frequency Spectrum Analyzers,
Impact/Impulse Noise
Real-Time . . ... .. .. .. .. . 184-188
Analyzers .... ..... .. ... 166, 167
Frequency Synthesizers ... . 118, 119
Impedance Bridges (Automatic) 22-28 K
Impedance Bridges (Manual) .. 17-20
Impedance Comparator. . . . . . . .. 30 Kit, Panel Mounting, Coaxial, 500 109
G Impedance Measurements ..... 11-16 Kit, Tools, Coaxial ..... . . .. 106, 116
Automatic . . . . ... 22-28, 33, 44 Kits, Adaptor, Coaxial, 500 . 93, 110
Ganged Variac® Capacitance. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 43
autotransformers . . . . . . .. 213-236 Comparator .. .. .... . . . . .. 30-32
Generators High-Frequency .... . .. . . . 33-42
L
Random-Noise .. ... . ... 181-183 Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Signal .... ..... . . . ... . 117-127 Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Tone-Burst ... ... . . . . .... .. 180 RLC, Automatic .. .. . 22-28, 143 Lamps, Flash .. .. . . .. 198, 200, 201
Graphic Level Recorders ... 173, 174 RLC, Manual .. . .... . .. .. 17-20 LC Digibridge T. , Megahertz : . . . .. 33
Guides to Product Selection Slotted Line .... . ....... 38, 39 Leakage-Current Testers . . 53, 57, 58
Autotransformers, Variac® . . . 215 Impedance Meter, Digital 28 Level Recorder, Graphic .. . . 173, 174

250 INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE

Level Regulator, Automatic ...... 181 Mixer/Rectifier, p
Limit Comparator, Analog . . . . . . . 32 Coaxial , 500 .. . . . .. . . . 100, 101
Linear IC Tester . ... ... . . .. . . . . 129 Modulating Power Supply ....... 122
Pads
Line Stretchers, Coaxial, 500 . .. 99 Monitor, Noise-Exposure ... . .... 169
Attenuator, Coaxial, 750 ... 105
Lines, Air, Coaxial Motion Analysis and Photography
Attenuators, Coaxial , 500 . . . 98
Adjustable , Constant-Impedance, Set .. . . .. . .. ... .... . .. . . . .. 202
Attenuator, Precision, Coaxial ,
500 .. . . ... ............ . 99 Motion Analyzers, Strobe ... 193-204
500 ...... .... .... ...... 113
Adjustable, Trombone Motor-Driven Autotransformers . . . 225
Match ing, 75-to-500, Coaxial 104
Constant-Impedance, 500. 99 Mount, Component, Coaxial, 500 102
Matching, Precision ,
Fixed , 500 ............ .. . 99 Multichannel Ampl ifier .. . .... . . 180 50-to-750, Coaxial . . .... . 115
Fixed , 750 .... .. ... .. .. .. 105 Multifilter .. ..... . .. ........... 172 Panel Connectors
Precision/Reference, 500 . . 114
Coaxial, 500. . . . .. . . . . . . .. 92
Lines, Slotted . . . ... .. . ... . . . 38, 39 Coaxial , 750 ...... . ....... 103
Line-Voltage Regulators ..... 205-212
Logic Test Systems ....... . ..... 152
N Panel Feedthrough Connector,
Coaxial, 500 ... .. . . .. . . .. .. 92
Low-Pass Filters, Coaxial, 500 .. 100 Panel Mounting Kits, Precision ,
Narrow-Band Analyzers .. . . 173, 174, Coaxial .. . .. .. ..... .... . .... 109
186,188 Parallelling Choke ......... .... . 232
National Stock Numbers ....... . 246 Patch Cords, Coaxial and
Network Tester, Thick/Thin-Film . 143 Low-Frequency 96, 102, 240, 241
M Noise Analyzer, Community . .. . . 176 PC-Board Fault Tracer ......... . 162
Noise Analyzers ... . .. ... . 166, 167, PC-Board Testers . . . . .... . . 151-163
Matching Pads, 75-to-500, 172- 174, 184, 186 Photoelectric Pickoffs .... . .. . . . 204
Coaxial .... . ........ .. . 104, 115 Noise Dosimeter . . ............. 169 Photography and Motion Analysis
Measuring-Assembly, Capacitance 47 Noise Exposure Monitor/Indicator 169 Set . . . ............... . .. . .. 202
Measuring-Assembly, Inductance 62 Noise Generators, Random .. 181-183 Pickoffs, Photoelectric. . . . . . . . .. 204
Mechanical Structural Analyzer .. 188 Noise-Measuring Instruments and Pink-Noise Filter .... ... ... . . . .. 182
Megahertz LC Digibridge'M .. . ... 33 Systems .. ............. 165-191 Plugs and Jacks, Banana . .. . . .. 239
Megohm Bridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Null Detector, Tuned Amplifier and 48 Portable Autotransformers. . . . . .. 224
Megohmmeters .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Power Amplifier, Audio Oscillator
Meters and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Admittance, UHF.. . . . . . . . . 37 o Power Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 241
Capacitance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Power Divider, Coaxial, 500 .. .. . 100
Frequency .... . .. .. .. .. ... 242 Power Meter, Output ........ . .. 181
Octave-Band Analyzers Power Supplies
Impact/Impulse
Sound-Level . . . ..... . 166, 167 1/3 and 1/10 Octave .... .. 172 Adjustable, DC ........... . 61
Impedance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1/3 and FUll-Octave . . . ... .. 184 Amplitude-Regulating ..... . 123
Megohm. ........ ..... . .. . 58 Full-Octave . . . .. . 166, 167, 184 Modulating ................ 122
Output-Power . . . .. ..... .... 181 Real-Time .. . . . .. .. .. . . .... 184 Preamplifier . .. ...... . . : . . . 179
Precision Sound-Level. 166, 167 Open-Circuit Terminations Regulated ...... .... .. . 61, 122
Sound-Level ... . . . .. ... 166-168 Coaxial, 500 . .... . .... 97, 112 Preamplifiers
Standing-Wave .. .. . ..... .. 42 Coaxial , 750 . . . . . ... . .... . 105 Acoustic ......... . . .. 178, 179
Microphone Accessories Ordering Information ....... ... . 8 Bridge .. . ..... . ........ ... 49
Preamplifiers/Adaptor . 178, 179 Oscillator-Detector, Bridge ..... . 49 Plug-in, Recorder . . . . . . . . .. 175
Tripod .. . .... .. .. . ....... . 179 Oscillator Power Supplies .... ... 122 Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 179
Windscreens . .. . ..... . .. .. 179 Oscillators Precision Capacitance Bridge. . . . 50
Microphone System, Weatherproof 176 Audio ...... . . . ... . .. . 124-127 Precision Capacitance-Measurement
Microphones Audio, and Power Amplifier . 126 System .. . . .... . ..... . .. .. . 51
Ceramic . . ..... . . . ....... . 178 Bridge, Detector . . . . . . . . . .. 49 Precision Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Electret-Condenser. . . . . . . .. 177 Crystal-Frequency . . ... 118, 119 Precision Coaxial Components,
High-Frequency .... ... 121, 122 500 .... ............. ...... 107
Militarized Variac®
autotransformers .. . . . . . . . . . . 223 Sweep, Recorder Plug-In . . .. 175 Adaptor Flange .. ..... ..... 109
Mismatches, Prec ision, Coaxial, Outer-Conductor Tube, Prec ision, Adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, III
500 .... . . . . .. .. ... . . . .. . .. 112 Coaxial, 500 . . . . .. . . ... . . . . 116 Air Lines/Reference/Set ... . 114
Mixer, Coaxial, 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Output Power Meter ..... . .... .. 181 Attenuators .. .... . ..... . .. 113

INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE 251

Index by Subject and Title (continued)

Precision Coaxial Components, 500 Resistance-Measuring Instruments 55 Sound and Vibration Analyzer . . .. 172
(cont'd) Automatic (ac) . .... ... . .. 22-26 Sound-Level Calibrators .... .... . 169
Cleaning Kit . .. .... ....... . 116 Automatic (dc) ..... .... ... 28 Sound-Level Measurement
Connectors .... ... . .. ...... 108 Comparator (ac) ..... . .. . .. 30 Sets ... . . . . ... ... ... ... 166-168
Ell , 900 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 116 Digibridges (ac) .. .. . . .. . 22, 24 Sound-Level Meters/Sets . . . 166-168
Mismatches . .. .... . . . ... .. 112 Manual (ac-dc) . .. . .... . .. 17-20 Spectrum Analyzers .. . . .. . 173, 174,
Panel Mounting Kits ... .. .. . 109 184-188
Manual (dc) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Standard Capacitors
Rotatable Centering Ring ... 109 Megohm (dc) .... . . .... . . 57, 58 Air ...... .. .. . ... . ... 66-69, 73
Storage Case ......... . .. . . 116 Portable (dc) . . .... . . 17, 18, 56 Coaxial ........ . .... .... 68, 69
Terminations . .... . .. . 112, 113 Precision (dc) .. ....... .... 56 Four-Term inal ...... .... . .. 71
Tool Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 116 Resistance Standards and Decades 79 Mica.. . .. ......... . ... . .. 70
Tube and Rod ... ..... . .. .. 116 Decades ...... . .. . .. . . . . 81-83 Reference , Precision . 65 , 66 , 70
Tuner . . . . .. . . ............ 113 Decade, Programmable . . . .. 84 Standing-Wave Meter. . . . . . . . . . . 42
Precision Coaxial Components, Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
750 ........ . .. ... .. .... ... 115 Storage Case , Coaxial Elements .. 116
Resistance Units, Decade . . . . . . . 82 Strobe Accessories ........ 203, 204
Precision Decade Capacitors .. 77, 78
Resistive Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . .. 183 Strobe Lamps, Replacement. . .. 198,
Precision Directional Coupler . . .. 106
Resistive Terminations 200, 201
Precision Slotted Line . . . . . . . . .. 39 Strobolume® electronic
Coaxial , 500 .. . ....... 97, 112
Prec ision Sound-Level stroboscope . . . .. .. ........ . 196
Coaxial , 750 ... . .. . .. 105, 115
Meters/Analyzers ... . .... 166-167 Stroboscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 193-204
Resistive Voltage Divider . . . . . . .. 85
Probe , Coupl ing, Coaxial, 500 . .. 101 Stroboslave® stroboscopic light
Rigid Air Line, 75.0. . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
Programmable Decade Resistor . . 84 source .... .. ... ... ....... .. 202
RLC Bridges and Meters ... .. . 11-29
Programming Station ..... .... . . 157 Strobotac® electronic
RLC Bridges, Automatic .... . .. 22-28
stroboscopes. . . . . . . . . .. 199, 200
RLC Bridges, Manual .. .. ... . . 17-20
Stubs, Adjustable, Coaxial , 500 . 97
RLC Digibridges ... . .. .. .... 22, 24 Surface-Speed Wheel. . . . . . . . . . . 203
Rod and Tube , Precision, Coaxial, Sweep-Oscillator Plug-in, Recorder 175
R 500 . .. . . .. .. .. . ..... . . . . .. 116
SWR Meter, UHF. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 37
Rotatable Centering Ring, Precision ,
Coaxial .... . ... .. . . .. . . .. ... 109 Synthesizers, Frequency .. . 118, 119
Radio-Frequency Bridge ..... ... 36
Random-Noise Generators .. . 181-183
Range-Extension Unit .. ........ 62
s T
Real-Time Analyzers ... . . . . . 184-188
Recorders
Tachometers, Stroboscopic . . 193-204
Cassette Data .... .. . . . .... 1 71 Sales and Service Information
Tees, Coaxial , 500 . . . . .. . . . . . . . 99
DC .. .. ...... ... ....... ... 171 Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Term inations
Frequency-Response . . 171, 173, Policies ..... ... ........... 8
174 Coaxial , 500 .. . . . ... . . 97, 112
Scaler (500 MHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Graphic Level .. .. .. ... 173, 174 Coaxial, 750 . .. .. .. .. 105,115
Shaker-Control System. . . . . . . . .. 190
Plug-ins .. . .. . ...... ... . .. 175 Test Fixtures .. . .. 19,26,28,33,44
Short-Circuit Terminations
Potentiometric .. . ... .. 173, 174 Test Programming Station .... . .. 157
Coaxial, 500 ....... ... 97, 113
Sound-Level .... ..... . 171 , 174 Test System Software ........... 159
Coaxial, 750 . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 105
Strip-Chart . . .. .. 171,173,174 Test Systems
Signal Analyzers . .... 166, 167, 172,
Rectifiers, Coaxial , 500 173, 184-188 Component/Network/Module 143
Mixer .. ....... ... . ... .. .. . 101 Signal Sources . ..... . ... .. 117-127 Digital ... ... .. .. ...... . ... 152
Voltmeter .... .... .. . . . .... 101 Frequency Synthesizers 118, 119 Digital/Analog (Hybrid) .. ... 154
Reference, Air Lines, Precision, High-Frequency In-Circuit/Functional .. . .... 158
Coaxial, 50.0. ............. 114 Oscillators . ... . .. .. . 121 , 122 PC Board .... ..... . .. . 151 - 163
Reference Standard Capacitors 65, 66 Low-Frequency Oscillators 124-127 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Regulated Power Supply . . .. . . . . 122 Slave, Stroboscope . . . . . . . . . . . .. 202 Testers
Regulating Power Supply, Slotted Lines ..... ... .. . ..... 38 , 39 Component/Network/Module 143
Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Software, Test System .. ... .. . .. 159 Digital IC ....... ~ . . .. 134, 138
Regulator, Automatic Level. . . . . . 181 Sorting Systems, Component .. . 24, Linear IC ..... . .. . ... ..... 129
Regulators, Automatic Voltage 205-212 28, 30, 33, 44 PC Board . . . . 152-155, 158-162
Resistance Bridge, DC . . . . . . . . . . 56 Sound-Analysis Systems/Sets 166, 167 Thick/Thin-Film Network Tester .. 143

252 INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE

Third-Octave Analyzers ... .. 172, 184 u Vibration Control System . . . . . . .. 190
Third-Octave Multifilter ......... 172 Vibration Integrator System .. .. .. 166
Three-Phase Autotransformers 221-222 UHF Admittance Meter . . . . . . . .. 37 Video Strobe Light ......... . .. . 196
Three-Phase Line-Voltage U-Line Section, Coaxial, 50!} ... 100 Voltage-Control
Regulators . ........ .. ... .... 207 Autotransformers. . . . . . .. 213-236
Universal Filter .... .. .... .. .... 183
Three-Wire Power Cords ...... . .. 241 Voltage Divider, Decade. . . . . . . .. 85
Time and Frequency Meter Voltage Regulators, Line . .. . 205-212
(Counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 242 Voltmeter Rectifier/Detector, Coaxial ,
Time-Delay, Strobe .. .... . ...... 203 v 50!} ... . ... . ..... . ........ . 101
Time-Series Analysis System .. .. 188
Tone-Burst Generator . . . . . . . . . .. 180 Variable Capacitors
Tools, Coaxial . . ... .... .. .. 106, 116
Triggers, Photoelectric. . . . . . . . . . 204
Coaxial, 50!} . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 w
Standard ....... .. .... . ... 73
Tripod , Microphone .. . .. .. . .. . . 179 Variac® adjustable
Trombone Constant-Impedance autotransformers. . . . . . .. 213-236 Wave Analyzer Plug-in, Recorder . 175
Adjustable Air Line. . . . . . . . . . 99 Variac® line-voltage regulators 205-212 Wave Analyzers ...... . . . . . 173, 174
Tube and Rod, Precision, Coaxial 116 Variac® replacement brushes . . . . 232 Wearable Noise-Exposure Monitor 169
Tuned Amplifier and Null Detector 48 Vehicle-Noise Measurement Set.. 168 Weatherproof Enclosure . . . . . . . .. 176
Tuner, Precision, Coaxial , 50!} .. 113 Vibration Analyzers .. 166, 167, 172, Weatherproof Microphone System 176
Tuning Stubs, Coaxial, 50!} . . . .. 97 174, 184-188 Wheel, Surface-Speed .. . . . . . . . . 203
TV Strobe Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 196 Vibration Calibrator . . .... . ...... 169 Windscreens, Microphone . ...... 179

INDEX BY SUBJECT AND TITLE 253

Index by Type Number
CAP-22 , -35 Power Cords . . . . . .. 241 874-T Tee (500) ... ...... ... . . 99 938 Jacks . .. ............... . . 239
IEC Power Cord ........ .... .. .. 241 874-TO Crimping Tools/ Kit . .... 106 940 Decade-Inductor Units ... . . 89
M-Series Variac® adjustable 874-TPD Power Divider (50n) ... 100 1061 Frequency Synthesizer ... . 119
autotransformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 874-U U-Line Section (500) . ... 100 1062 Frequency Synthesizer .... 118
U2 Variac® adjustable 874-V Voltmeter Rectifier/ 1157-B Scaler (500 MHz) . .... . 244
autotransformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Detector (500) .... ...... .. .. 101 1192-B Counter ....... .. . . . .. . 242
VB Replacement Brushes 874-VCL Variable Capacitor . . . .. 98 1211-C Oscillator ......... . .... 121
(Variac) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 874-W Terminations (500) . . . .. 97 1218-BV Oscillator . ............ 122
W-Series Variac® adjustable 874-W Terminations (75n) . . . . . 105 1232-A Tuned Amplifier and
autotransformers. . . . . . . . . . . .. 219 874-X Insertion Unit (50n) . ... . 101 Null Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
W50-P1 Paralleling Choke .. . ... 232 880-DCA Precision Directional 1232-P2 Preamplifier. . . . . . . . . . 49
274 Adaptors, Patch Cords, Coupler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 1234 Standing-Wave Meter . . . . . 42
Plugs . .. . ... .... .. ... . . . 239-241 890-BT Low-Cost Basic Precision 1236 I-F Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
510 Decade Resistance Units. .. 82 Coaxial Connector (500) ..... . 108 1238 Detector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
776 Patch Cords ... .. .. 96,240,241 GR900® precision coaxial 1240 Bridge Oscillator-Detector . 49
777 Adaptors ........ .. . . . .. 96,240 components (500) .. ..... . ... 107 1263-C Amplitude-Regulating
GR874® coaxial components GR900® precision coaxial Power Supply .... .......... . . 123
(500) .... .. ............ .... 90 components (750) ...... ..... 115 1264-B Modulating Power
GR874® coaxial components GR900® storage case .... ..... . . 116 Supply ........ .. ...... ..... 122
(750) ........ .. ... . ........ 103 900 Adaptor Flange. . . . . . . . . . .. 109 1265-A Adjustable DC Power
874-B Basic Connector (500) . .. 91 900 Precision Tube and Rod ... . 116 Supply .. . . . .. . . . . ... . .. . ... 61
874-B Basic Connector (75n) .. . 103 900 Rotatable Centering Ring. .. 109 1267-B Regulated Power Supply . 122
874-C Cable Connectors (50n) . . 92 900-BT Basic Precision Coaxial l308-A Audio Oscillator and
874-C Cable Connectors (750) .. 103 Connector (500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Power Amplifier ... . ... .. . ... . 126
874-D Adjustable Stubs (50n) .. 97 900-BT Precision Coaxial l310-B Oscillator ... . ....... .. . 124
874-EL Ells (500) ..... . .. ... .. 100 Connector (75n) . ... . ... . . ... 115 1311-A Audio Oscillator . . . .. ... 125
874-F Low-Pass Filters (50n) . .. 100 900-C9 Coaxial Cable Precision 1316 Oscillator ... . .... . . ...... 127
874-FBL Bias Insertion Unit Connector (50n) . . . . . . . . . . . .. 108 1362 Oscillator ...... .. . .. ..... 122
(50n) ... ...... ............ . 102 900-EL Precision 90" Ell (500) 116 1363 Oscillator ............ .... 121
874-G Attenuators (50n) ....... 98 900-G Precision Fixed 1381 Random-Noise Generator .. 181
874-G Fixed Attenuators Attenuators (50n) . . ... . ..... 113 1382 Random-Noise Generator . . 181
(75n) ............. ....... .. 105 900-L Precision Air Lines l383 Random-Noise Generator. . 183
874-K Coupling Capacitor (50n) ... ....... ... ......... 114 1390-B Random-Noise Generator 182
(50n) ..... . .. ........ .. .. .. 101 900-LB Precision Slotted Line . .. 39 1390-P2 Pink-Noise Filter. . . . .. 182
874-L Air Lines (500). . . . . . .. .. 99 900-LZ Reference Air Lines 1396-B Tone-Burst Generator ... 180
874-L Rigid Air Line (75n) .. . . . 105 (500) ... . .. ....... .... . .. .. 114 1403 Standard Air Capacitors. . . 67
874-LBB Slotted Line . . . . . . . . .. 38 900-MP Precision Matching Pad 1404 Reference Standard
874-MB Coupling Probe (500) .. 101 50-to-750 .. .. .... ...... .... 115 Capacitor ..... ....... ... . . .. 66
874-ML Component Mount (500) 102 900-PKM Panel Mounting Kits . . 109 1405 Coaxial Capacitance
874-MP Matching Pad, 50-to- 900-Q Precision Adaptors Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 69
750 .. . .. ...... . . . . .. .. . . .. 104 (500) ...... .. ... .. ..... 110,111 1406 Coaxial Capacitance
874-MR Mixer/Rectifier 900-TOC Cleaning Kit ...... .... 116 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
(500) .. .... ............ 100,101 900-TOK Tool Kit .......... . .. . 116 1408 Reference Standard
874-P Panel Connectors (50n) .. 92 900-TUA Tuner (500) .... . . ... . 113 Capacitors .. . . . ... . .. . .. . ... 65
874-P Panel Connectors (750) .. 103 900-W Precision Terminations 1409 Standard Capacitors .. . . . . 70
874-PFL Panel Feedthrough and Mismatches (50n) .... .. . 112 1412-BC Decade Capacitor. .... 75
Connector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 900-W Precision-Standard 1413 Precision Decade Capacitor 77
874-Q Adaptors (50n) .. . 94-96,240 Terminat ion (750) ........ . . . 115 1417 Four-Terminal Capacitance
874-Q Adaptors (75n) . . .. . 103,104 938 Binding Posts and Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
874-R Coaxial Patch Cords . .... . 102 Accessories .. ..... . . .... 237,238 1419 Decade Capacitors ... . .... 76

254 INDEX BY TYPE NUMBER

1422 Precision Capacitors . . . . . . 73 1560-P62 Power Supply. . . . . . .. 179 1686-A Digital Capacitance
1423-A Precision Decade 1562-A Sound-Level Calibrator . . 169 Meter. . . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. . ... 44
Capacitor ............... .. .. 78 1562-Z Audiometer Calibration 1686-P1 Test Fixture .......... 44
1433 Decade Resistors. . . . . . . .. 81 Set ......................... 170 1687 Megahertz LC Digibridge'· . 33
1434 Decade Resistors. . . . . . . . . 83 1564-A Sound and Vibration 1687-P1 Test Fixture .......... 33
1435 Programmable Decade Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 172 1740 Linear IC Tester ....... . .. 129
Resistor ........ . ........... 84 1565-B Sound-Level Meter/Sets. 168 1742 Digital IC Tester .......... 134
1440 Standard Resistors ....... 80 1565-0 Sound-Level Meter/Sets . 168 1744 Digital IC Tester . ... . ..... 138
1450 Decade Attenuator ........ 183 1566 Multichannel Amplifier .... 180 1782 Analog Limit Comparator .. 32
1455 Decade Voltage Dividers . .. 85 1567 Sound-Level Calibrator .... 169 1795-FO Logic Test System ..... 153
1482 Standard Inductors. . . . . .. 87 1568-A Wave Analyzer ......... 173 1795-HD Logic Test System .... 152
1491 Decade Inductors. . . . . . . .. 88 1569 Automatic Level Regulator. 181 1796 Digital/Analog Test System 154
1521-B Graphic Level 1571 Variac® automatic voltage 1797 Programming Station ..... 157
Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 173 regulator ......... ... .. . ... .. 210 1799 Digital/Analog Test System 155
1523 Graphic Level Recorder ... 174 1581 Variac® automatic voltage 1840-A Output Power Meter .... 181
1523-P1A Preamplifier Plug-in .. 175 regu lator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 211 1863 Megohmmeter . .. . . .. .. .. 58
1523-P2 Sweep-Oscillator Plug-in 175 1582 Variac® automatic voltage 1864 Megohmmeter ........... 58
1523-P4 Wave Analyzer Plug-in 175 regulator . .. . . ............... 211 1925 Multifilter .... ....... .. .. 172
1531-AB Strobotac® electronic 1591 Variac® automatic voltage 1933 Precision Sound-Level
stroboscope .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 199 regulator ........... ....... .. 208 Meter and Analyzer/System .. . 166
1531-P2 Flash Delay ........... 203 1592 Variac® automatic voltage 1933 Vibration Integrator System 166
1531-P3 Surface-Speed Wheel . . 203 regulator .................... 209 1933 Audiometer Calibration
1536-A, -0 Photoelectric 1602-B UHF Admittance Meter.. 37 System ..................... 170
Pickoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 204 1606-B Radio-Frequency Bridge . 36 1935 Cassette Data Recorder ... 171
1537-A Photoelectric Pickoff .... 204 1608-A Impedance Bridge.. . . .. 20 1945 Community Noise Analyzer 176
1538-A Strobotac® electronic 1615-A Capacitance Bridge. .. .. 46 1954 Indicator . . ...... .... ... . 169
stroboscope .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 199 1616 Precision Capacitance 1954 Noise Dosimeter .. .. .... .. 169
1538-P1 Replacement Strobotron Bridge. . . .. .. .. . ... .. .. ..... 50 1954 Noise Exposure Monitor . .. 169
Flash Lamp .. ............... 200 1617-A Capacitance Bridge . . . . . 53 1952 Universal Filter ........... 183
1539-A Stroboslave® 1620-A Capacitance-Measuring 1961 I-inch Electret-Condenser
stroboscopic light source ...... 202 Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 47 Microphones ........... ..... 177
1539-Z Motion Analysis and 1621 Precision Capacitance- 1962 112-inch Electret-Condenser
Photography Set . . . . . . . . . . . .. 202 Measurement System. . . . . . . .. 51 Microphones ................ 177
1540 Strobolume® electronic 1630-AV Inductance-Measuring 1971 I-inch Ceramic Microphone 178
stroboscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 196 Assembly ................... 62 1972 Preamplifier/Adaptor . ..... 179
1542-B Strobotac® electronic 1633-A I ncrementa I-I nd uctance 1981-B Precision Sound-Level
stroboscope ................. 200 Bridge. . . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. .. .. 60 Meter/Sets/System. . . . . . . . . .. 167
1543 Strobotac® electronic 1633-P1 Range-Extension Unit. . 62 1982 Precision Sound-Level
stroboscope ................. 200 1644-A Megohm Bridge. . .. .. .. 57 Meter and Analyzer/System . .. 167
1544 Strobotac® electronic 1650-B Impedance Bridge.. .. .. 17 1983 Sound-Level Meter ....... 168
stroboscope ................. 200 1650-P1 Test Jig. .... ......... 19 1983 Vehicle-Noise Measurement
1557-A Vibration Calibrator ..... 169 1654 Impedance Comparator.. .. 30 Set. . . .... .. . . . . . ........... 168
1560 Audiometer Calibration 1654-Z Sorti ng Systems . . . . . . .. 30 1985 DC Recorder. . . . . . . . . . . .. 171
Accessory Kit ................ 170 1656 Impedance Bridge. .. .. .. . 18 1995 Integrating Real-Time
1560 Audiometer Calibration 1657 RLC Digibridge~· ......... 22 Analyzer . ........ . .......... 184
Stand Assembly ...... . ...... 170 1658 RLC Digibridge'· .. . ...... 24 2220 Bug Hound .............. 162
1560 Microphone Windscreens .. 179 1666 DC Resistance Bridge. . . . . 56 2230 Component Test System ... 143
1560 Tripod ... .. . .......... .. 179 1683 Automatic RLC Bridge. . .. 26 2270 In-Circuit/Functjonal
1560-P40 Preamplifier ......... 179 1683-P1 Test Fixture .......... 26 Test System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 158
1560-P42 Preamplifier ......... 178 1685 Digital Impedance Meter . . 28 2512 Spectrum Analyzer ....... 186

INDEX BY TYPE NUMBER 255